A+ E 3 :
a EN: a Loge nen an mn мил

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

BB RAR 5%

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

но

\
uud $ 19.05, — Oe A, 109 .

м

HR

и
A

В
Ik

I

DENY

N)
{|
HR

i

fj
N

Be

pals

ti

set

Meddelelser om Grønland.

Meddelelser om Grønland.

udgivne af

Commissionen for Ledelsen af de geologiske og geographiske
Undersøgelser i Grønland,

| № од tyvende Hefte.

Med 14 Tavler og 1 Kort.

” Kjøbenhavn.
I Commission hos C. A.Reitzel.
Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri.

1909.

Carlsbergfondets Expedition
u
Ost-Grenland,
udfort i Aarene 1898—1900
dau Lots a
G. Amdrup.

Tredie Del.

|.
IL
Ш.

IV.
VI.

XI.
ХИ.

Indhold.

Mammals observed on Amdrup's journeys to East-Greenland 1898
1000 By Seren Jensen u... pre JERN tante Irene
Echinoderms from East-Greenland. By Th. Mortensen. (Hertil
TRE Lo DOS RO AN Es TU US edu es LRN ee
The Tertiary Fauna at Kap Dalton in East-Greenland. By J. Р. д.
Ravn »(Hertili-DavleuiIi Vera ame Re ON EE ANA
Birds of East-Greenland. By H. Deichmann. ...................
On Jurassic Fossils from East-Greenland. By Victor Madsen. (Her-
tu Pavie У Xero De BEKO ENS ERE NE ES ETS LAURE lis

. The Fishes of East-Greenland. By Ad. S. Jensen. (Hertil Tavle

XIE SENTE) PANNE RE aa ANA A AR ale ER

. Weitere Beitrage zur Fauna des Jura von Nordost-Groenland. Von

Prof ОВ, ааа Сао

. Оп the Mollusca of East-Greenland. Lamellibranchiata. Ву Adolf

SEVerin ens ens sr RENDUE ee Ue le IDRE TB Nu Nee

. The Insects of East-Greenland. By 3. 6, Nielsen................

— — Appendix: Beschreibung von neuen Dipteren aus Ost-Grön-
lands Von bh Becker ec ESTERE na en aaa ne
Note on the Crustacea. By H. J. Hamsen.......................
The Porifera of East-Greenland. By William Lundbeck. (Hertil
PERLE AI AN) EBS SN A а о eA

Side

141

EDR aen

ee |

basis)

dla Doom +
| И) N LA + FE
PEN Lena Hip |

ALL MER CNE To 2998
DIE ERSTER CA VAL SAT
Hay 1608] и,
Her | » A |
(toa НИР по
à le Ai i

boom oat thy ЭЙ

рр ито sat

HUN 2 1997

de
Meddelelser om Grønland,
udgivne af
|
| Commissionen for Ledelsen af de geologiske og geographiske
| Undersøgelser i Grønland,

Ni og tyvende Hefte.
Iste Afdeling.

| Med 13 Tavler og 1 Kort.

A

JE

"Kjøbenhavn.

I Commission hos C. A.Reitzel.

Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri.

| 1904. | |

Pris: 5 Kr. 50 @re.

u cs

i

vo

Mammals
Amdrup’s journeys to East Greenland

1898—1900.
By

S@ren Jensen.

XXIX. 1

i

Mag. sc. Søren Jensen had got the task of giving a de-
scription of the observations of mammals, made on Amdrup’s two
journeys to East Greenland, m 1898—99, and in the summer of
1900. Не had himself taken part in the second journey, as the
zoologist of the expedition; the observations from the first journey,
put together by cand. med. Knud Poulsen, were left to his
disposal. He executed the most essential part of the work, but
death prohibited his fulfilling it. His manuscript on the terrestrial
mammals had mainly got its final form, and is rendered here with
scarcely any alterations. On the polar bear there was nothing but
a rough sketch; its content is given here in almost his own words;
but some things that had to be considered more immediately as
preliminary studies have been left out. On seals and whales there
was nothing but spread notes in his diary from the journey, among
these, communications given him by Johan Petersen, commercial
manager in Angmagsalik; below is given what has been found, in
this direction, among К. Poulsen’s and S. Jensen's notes. Some
supplementary particulars from the physician H. Deichmann, the
fellow traveller of S. Jensen, have been added. The mammals that
have been brought home from these two journeys to East Green-
land, are mentioned in Conspectus Faunae Groenlandicae, Medd. om
Grønland, Hefte XXI. — The relations of Seren Jensen have wished
it to be said that he was not himself content with his work on
the mammals; the subject was a little unfamiliar to him.

Herluf Winge.

Lepus variabilis Pall. Polar Hare.

Scoresby saw 3 white Hares at Cape Hope, and shot one
of them; he saw also hares at Cape Brewster. Clavering saw
on August 30, 1823, white hares on Jordan Hill; its occurrence
in these regions has thus been known for a long time. It was
observed in a few places; during the second German arctic
voyage, thus in Sabine Island and Clavering Island where 4
were seen together. During the expedition of Ryder"), it was
observed in several places near Scoresby Sund: Nordvestfjord,
Røde Ø, Danmarks Ø, and its traces were seen in Jameson
Land and Gaaseland. Nathorst observed it in Pendulum
Island, Clavering Island, where 4 were seen together, at
Cape Broer Ruys, in Ruth’s Island, and at Cape Weber. It
was not rare at all in the regions travelled over by the ship
expedition, and no greater landing was made without seeing it,
thus in Sabine Island on July 11 (3), at Cape Borlase Warren
on July 14, to the south of Scoresby Sund at Cape Dalton
on July 20, and in Turner Sund on July 25 (2), in Hurry Inlet
at the bottom of the inlet on August 5; in Jameson Land
on August 7, at Point Constable, was seen a leveret, on August
10 on the Liverpool Kyst were seen 2 hares.

During the wandering of Nordenskiôld and Deichmann over
Jameson Land, single hares were seen all over the country,
mostly in very desert places rather high up; Koch observed it
at Carlsberg Fjord; on August 18 one was shot at Forstenings-
kløften, near the border of the plateau. Hartz and Koch
brought 2 almost mature foetus on board the ship; they

1) Bay, Medd.om Grenl., XIX, 1894, р. 17.

had taken them out of a hare, killed in Jameson Land on
August 11, at Hurry Inlet. In Fleming Inlet Ditlevsen and
Madsen met with 4 hares, walking together, on August 25 a
little outside Cape Seaforth, three of them were leverets; on
the same day one was seen at Cape Seaforth; finally 1 hare
was seen in Canning Land at Cape Fletcher on September 1.

The polar hare is an easily contented little animal; it
often lives in desert places, difficult of approach. On the

Fig. 1.
(From a photograph.)

whole it seems to be common in the tracts here mentioned.
Probably it has several litters of young in summer; thus a
hare killed in Turner Sund, on July 25, had milk in her
teats; the three leverets, seen in Fleming Inlet on August 25,
were walking with their mother; a hare, killed in Hurry Inlet
in Jameson Land on August 18, had milk in her teats; and the
hare, that was killed in Hurry Inlet on August 11, was soon to bear.
When we left the coast, autumn began; it was snowing in
Jameson Land on August 19, and new ice was formed on the
pools; the end of August till late in September, is a typical

autumn time (see Ryder, Medd. om Grønl., XVII, 1895, p. 66),
already from September 7, 1891, the temperature was below
zero during the day. We must therefore suppose that the
litter of leverets, evidently born about the middle of August,
cannot be the only litter, for the proper summertime comes
before, and we must take it for granted that the polar hare
has also bred in that time.

Ryder found its bones near the old hamlets of the Eskimo.

Myodes torquatus Pall. Lemming.

While the ship of Scoresby the elder was in Hurry Inlet,
in 1822, the crew found in Jameson Land 2 or 3 Lemmings
which they brought on board the ship (Scoresby jun., Journ. of
a Voyage to the Northern Whale-Fishery, 1823, p.416). Dr.
Traill described it under the name of Mus Groenlandicus; but
already Prof. Jameson (Scoresby, 1. с., App. Zoology) lays stress
on its near relationship with Myodes Hudsonius; later inquiries
have shown that both of them are identical with Myodes tor-
quatus (Pallas), and thus the species is circumpolar. During
the second German expedition one specimen was caught, in Sep-
tember 1869, one was seen in Sabine Island at the Eskimo
ruin near Germaniahafen, immediately after the arrival there, a
dead animal was found in Shannon Island, its traces were seen
in the snow in Walrus Island on November 7 1869, and in
1870 numerous excrements of foxes, with bones and hairs of
the lemming, were found in Walrus Island. During the expedition
of Ryder some few specimens were observed; one was found
dead in Fohnfjord on May 15, 1892; on June 25 one was found,
mummified, in Danmarks О, both in winter dress; in the
beginning of June a living lemming in summer dress was caught
in Gaasefjord, and on June 30, a specimen in summer dress
was found in the stomach of a Buffon’s skua. But during the
winter, numerous traces of it were seen in Danmarks ©

round the station-house and the ship, and in fact, one night a
lemming had even gone on board the ship (Bay, l.c., р. 15);
its traces were also commonly seen in the snow, during the
first sledge-drive, from March 27 till April 21, 1892 (Ryder,
l.c., p. 97); its traces were seen at Cape Stewart; and in Hold
with Hope, numerous signs of the presence of the lemming
were found, but no animal was found; nests were also found
here, lying on the ground. Nathorst found signs of the pre-
sence of the lemming in a few places: in Clavering Island, at
Cape Weber, in the Walrus Island, and at Hold with Hope, but
caught only one, at Sophie Fjord on August 16, 1899.

During the ship expedition, they met with the lemming in
several places. Already on the first day we were on the coast,
Amdrup caught a living lemming in Sabine Island, on July 11,
in the ruin of an old Eskimo house near Germaniahafen;
at Cape Borlase Warren, several signs of the presence of the
lemming were seen. Also south of Scoresby Sund, the lem-
ming was observed as far down as Cape Dalton. Here 2 were
caught on July 19, respectively 600’ and 1000’ above the level
of the sea, by Deichmann’s excellent dog Janette, that turned
out to be the greatest lemming-hunter of the expedition. The
two lemmings were put into the same cage as the one, caught
by Amdrup, in Sabine Island, but during the night one of them
died, and its companions devoured a little of it.

Ditlevsen found, on July 25, in Turner Sund, in a stone
beap where the ermines lived, a lemming, killed by the ermines.
At the same time, Deichmann and Koch caught 4 on the south
side of Manby Halve. The three almost totally devoured
the one that died. Also in Hurry Iniet a lemming was seen;
in Jameson Land, one was caught at Forsteningskloften
on Aug. 14. On the south coast of Jameson Land, where we
went ashore on August 15, numerous holes, with sand recently
thrown up outside, and fresh traces in the sand were seen; in
Fleming Inlet several lemmings were caught on August 26, on

the north side, a little within Cape Seaforth; most of them
were. caught in their holes. The day before I had seen in
Ørsteds Dal no less than 6 lemmings, slipping from one hole
to another in the bright sunshine; in some places several
holes were connected with one another, so that the lemming
ran into one hole, and came out of another. As the lemming
goes about very little in daytime, there is scarcely any doubt
that it was exceedingly common here, and numerous holes, with
sand recently thrown up, showed this. The holes lead to a
passage that may be sometimes as long as 2 metres, but often
it is shorter; as a rule it has no outlet. At the bottom the
passage widens, and there the nest has its place. Deichmann
often found the nest under a stone; he also saw nests built in
dried brooklets under loose stones, thus in Manby Halvo.
The nest has a globular form, and is made of dry grass, and
lined with the winter wool of the musk-ox; a little outside is
found a heap of dung; the lemming seems to put off its ex-
crements here, but never in the very nest; by and by a whole
cake of dung is formed, which the lemming tramples down by
running to and fro over it. Single lemmings, or pairs of them,
were found in these holes, but there is reason to believe that
several lemmings often live in the same nest, and especially
the young must live there, at least for some time, before leaving
the nest. Curiously enough, we did not see any newborn lem-
ming or even a quite young animal; they don’t seem to have
young in August. Also at Forsblad Inlet, both near the mouth
and farther in, 9 lemmings in all were caught, from August 27
till August 28. In Mackenzie Bay and in Musk-ox Inlet Kolt-
hoff, in the same year, met with them in numbers, and brought
home more than a hundred living ones; several of them bred
in captivity. |
There is no doubt that the lemming is very frequently met
with in these regions, and I do not believe Nathorst is right,
when supposing from the fact that many lemmings were caught

in 1900 that it was a «lemming-year» (se Nathorst, Två Somrar
i Norra Ishafvet, II, 1900, р. 289). Nothing was found to in-
dicate this, no wandering or any trace of such a one was found.
Indeed, the circumstances seem to be the ordinary ones (if I
have understood Kolthoff rightly, he is of my opinion); this ap-
pears best from the fact that the lemming often was found,
rather commonly, in places far from each other. It is rather
so that former expeditions have not noticed the lemming in
several places. As an instance of how easily this may happen,
may be named that it was not till the snow had fallen, that the
expedition of Ryder discovered that the lemming was rather
common in Danmarks Ø; nevertheless it was never caught
there. Its hidden way of living explains. as Bay lays stress
on, this sufficiently, for it is probably rather seldom that one
sees it running on the ground in the middle of the day, as we
did sometimes. That the lemming is a nocturnal animal, we
had best opportunity of seeing, during our way home, where we
had several living ones in cages. During the day they were
quiet, preferred staying in the passages they had made between
the green turfs, we had put at the bottom of the cages; sometimes
they came forth, but all of them only to get food. But during
the night they led a restless life, they ran about screaming and
piping; they often got to blows; they gnawed the cage and
scraped the ground so eagerly that we understood, the night
was their time. One night they gnawed themselves out from
one of the cages, but were caught in time.

A thing deserving to be mentioned at greater length, is the
dwellings of globular form, c. 5” on an average, found not sel-
dom lying freely on the earth; they are as the usual nests in
the earth made of stalks of grass, inside they are lined with
moss, and wool from the musk-ox; on the side they have a
narrow entrance, sticking out like a little spout. Вау (1. с., р. 18)
has already mentioned them; he found several of them in Hold
with Hope; he does not think it impossible that they are made

10

under the snow during the winter, but he did not find them
in other places than here. Nathorst mentions them from the
same place, (1. c., p.168; and simply characterizes them as
«winterlodge». In several places, (for instance in Sabine Island,
at Cape Dalton, and in Turner Sund at Cape Borlase Warren)
we found such dwellings; many of them were so unhurt that
it is impossible to think they should have come up from the
earth somehow, for instance brought forth by the water; they
must have been made on the earth, and this can only be thought
to happen during the winter, when the snow is covering the
earth and spares the lemming from intruders. In Ørsteds Dal
I saw several of that sort of dwellings lying on the ground,
one of them had even a little heap of dung a little outside the
opening of the entrance; and from the dwelling one sees rather
distinctly small paths in the moss, probably made during the
winter, under the snow. In captivity the lemmings made a
similar nest of grass, and wool from the musk-ox, also with a
little heap of dung outside; in this nest most of the lemmings
of the cage lived, and were packed up very closely when resting;
they were exceedingly comfortable and warm there; on our
tearing the nest they mended it again. It is not improbable
that the lemmings live in a similar way in these dwellings above
ground, packed up perhaps in families; in that way they are
comfortable and warm, even during the severest wintertime.
From this dwelling the lemming makes excursions under the
snow, to places where it may gnaw the bark from the willow,
or secure food of other sorts. But it also digs holes through
the snow, and runs about on it to go down again somewhere
under it (compare Bay, 1.с., р. 15). Bay searched for the dwel-
ling of the lemming under the snow, by following the passages,
but he never found such winterdwellings, the passages under
the snow always led to holes in the ground. Thus it may
reasonably be taken for granted that the lemming, during the
winter, may also live in the same, or similar dwellings under

11

the ground, where it is found in summer time, perhaps it is
even the most common thing.

The food of the lemming consists of many different things;
it devours very greedily the bark, buds and leaves from the
willow (Salix arctica); it does not care so much for dwarf-
birch; heather and crowberries it does not eat; but it is fond
of grass, flowers of Ranunculus, Dryas etc., stems and leaves
of Taraxacum, leaves of Oxyria, but especially it is fond
of the small tuberous roots of Polygonum viviparum; it was
very amusing to see them scrape such tubers from the green
turfs which we put into the cage for them, pull them free, sit
down on their tails, place the tuber between their small fore
paws, and devour it in a great hurry. As above mentioned
the lemming in no way disdains a dead friend; the lemmings
which died in the cages were sometimes half devoured during
the night.

All the lemmings we caught were in summer dress, but
the colour varied rather much; some of them were on the
upper part grey, with a dark streak down their backs, and were
quite without the red-brown colours; scarcely two were of
quite the same colour. During the way home, in September,
those we had in the cages began to get a lighter colour; white
hairs came forth round about in their furs; not till near Christ-
mas one of them was almost quite white; unfortunately most
of them died rather soon after our return, no one lived through
the winter. At the same time as the hair changes, the strong
clawish development of the tips of the two longest of the fore
toes took place, and when we got home, all those that had out-
lived the voyage had got these clawish protuberances. Reflec-
ting that winter begins in their harsh native country just at
that time, and the earth gets frozen, one understands what an
immense use the lemming may have from these protuberances ;
probably they have simply been developed by the assiduous use
of the fore paws, when scraping the frozen earth. According

12

to Bay it seems as if these formations åre thrown off in spring,
at the same time as the hair change takes place; at any rate,
the lemmings, caught in June in summer dress during the ex-
pedition of Ryder, had not such protuberances.

The lemming has many enemies in its native country:
fox, ermine, snowy-owl, Buffon's skua, raven; the gulps of
birds of prey that I saw, for instance, at Cape Dalton in Turner
Sund and in other places, were full of hairs and skeleton parts
of the lemming.

Remains of lemming have been found, by Ryder, in the Eskimo
kitchen-midden at Cape Stewart (Ryder, 1. c., р. 288).

At Angmagsalik the lemming is known as little as on the
west coast, and it was never seen during Amdrup’s boat ex-
cursions.

Canis lagopus L. Arctic Fox.

The Arctic Fox is the only terrestrial mammal that lives
over the whole of Greenland. In Northeast Greenland it was
already observed by Clavering, who saw it on August 20, 1823
at Jordan Hill, but it is not mentioned by Scoresby. Several
foxes were seen during the second German arctic expedition,
a single time many together; and in winter foxes often came
up to «Germania», when staying in Germaniahafen in Sabine
Island. During the expedition of Ryder it was commonly seen
in Scoresby Sund, in winter a dozen were caught near the
station-house in Danmarks @, and Bay has seen several of
its dens. Nathorst saw little of it; one was seen at Ryder’s
Elv, another in Ymer’s Island, and a fox’s den was found in
Maria Island.

The arctic fox is found not only on land, but it also goes
far out on the floating ice, and is not seldom killed by the
whalers on the ice. Dr. Buchholz, drifting down together with the
Hansa-men along the coast of East Greenland, has seen the

13

polar fox get from one flake of ice to another by jumping on
the small patches of ice, always found among the big flakes.

In summer one does not see so much of the polar fox;
it is a nocturnal animal and is, in its brown-grey summer dress,
difficult to distinguish from the surroundings at some distance.
Yet we met with it in several places: in Sabine Island July 11
one was seen; at Cape Dalton one was heard on July 20, and
here Deichmann found a very great fox’s-den with many holes,
at a height of 300—400 m.; in Hurry Inlet on the Liverpool
Kyst one was seen on August 3, the day after another; on
August 7 one was seen in Jameson Land; we only noticed
it, because a skua flew screaming about it, else we should cer-
tainly not have discovered it; it disappeared quickly. It was
further seen at Carlsberg Fjord by Koch. Professor Nathorst
means that the polar wolf has decimated the foxes in these
regions; but sufficient evidence in favour of this theory is not
forthcoming.

In the region of Angmagsalik the fox is common, and is
caught by the Greenlanders. On the last boat expedition of
Amdrup, a family of a dozen foxes were seen at the bottom of
Angmagsalik Fjord; they had their dwelling under a big stone;
there were several outlets which they made use of on being
turned out.

As generally known, the arctic fox is omnivorous; it is
fond of berries, takes young grouses and nestlings, and devours
also lemmings. In winter it must often suffer much from
hunger; then it follows the traces of the bears. Amdrup and
Seren Nielsen have told me, that the bear traces in the snow
are almost always followed by fox traces, and it must be con-
tent with getting the rests from the meals of the bears; in
winter it is also very thievish and forward.

In Jan Mayen the polar fox is common, several were heard
and seen, and Hartz shot one here on June 26.

All the arctic foxes we saw were in summer dress; but

14

probably the hair change takes place in the beginning of Sep-
tember; already on September 16, 1869, the Germania-men saw
a white fox.

Ryder found remains of fox in the Eskimo hamlets at

Scoresby Sund.

Canis lupus L. Arctie Wolf.

When Nathorst in 1899 was staying on the coast of East
Greenland, he met on July 15, at Cape Berghaus, with some
Norwegian whalers, who were there with their boats, and Cap-
tain Neso of «Cecilie Malene» gave Nathorst the remarkable
intelligence, that he a few days before had killed a white Wolf
at Cape Berghaus, and seen another in Clavering Island (Nat-
horst, l.c. И, p.156). This discovery of the arctic wolf in
East Greenland was very remarkable, and the more so, as none
of the former expeditions had seen the least of it neither the
Germans nor Ryder, and both these expeditions had stayed in
winter on the coast. As also the reindeer has decreased
numerically very much in these places, where it was so com-
mon before, Nathorst means that the arctic wolf not till a few
years ago has immigrated to East Greenland, to Scoresby
Sund not till after 1892. It is before known from the northern
parts of America, from Grinnell Land, in the north west part of
Greenland, and Peary and Astrup saw its traces at Independence
Bay on the north-east coast of Greenland; and in 1869 a wolf
was killed at Umanak in West Greenland; probably it has walked
over the ice of Baffin’s Bay from America. Nathorst found its
traces in Kierulf Inlet, in Ymer’s Island; and in the bottom of
Hurry Inlet 2 wolves, walking together, were seen on August 5,
1899. The day after they were seen together on Vargodden,
but escaped both times.

During our expedition, traces of the wolf were seen in
numerous places, also South of Scoresby Sund. At Cape
Dalton traces of wolves were seen in several places ; in Turner

15

Sund also, in Hurry Inlet, in Klitdalen and in Fleming Inlet.
In the regions here named, excrements were found in several
places; they consisted of hairs of the reindeer and fragments
of bone and, to be sure, they were wolves’ excrements. Gene-
rally two traces were found together, so that the wolves pro-
bably often walk together in pairs, strolling about all over the
country. The traces were found along the beaches of the
river beds, through the valleys (for instance Ørsteds Dal and
Klitdalen); often the animals had run side by side over a long
distance. Only in one place a wolf was seen: on August 9,
near the place where Nathorst had seen one the year before,
at Ryders Elv, and as then two were walking together; they
bathed themselves and played. They walked up to Hartz and
Kruuse and got quite near (c. 20 steps); unforiunately the hun-
ting of them failed completely, Hartz and Kruuse having only
revolvers; the wolves ran away and crossed the flat river.
Later on they were again seen from the ship, but they escaped
from being killed. The same year as we were on the coast,
Kolthoff killed a wolf farther to the North, another was killed
by a whaler.

Whether the wolf really not till lately has arrived to these
regions, or it has been there also in former years, cannot be
decided now. It does not seem to appear in very great numbers
at present; indeed, few have been seen. It is not quite pre-
cluded, that it has also before strolled about the north-east coast
of Greenland; one of Svend Foyen’s old sealers, Julius Hansen,
decidedly meant to have seen it on the ice, to the North of
Jan Mayen many years ago (communicated to me by Henry
Ette), and that it is not impossible, that the wolf may walk out
on the ice, is shown distinctly enough, by the above named
instance from West Greenland. Neither traces nor anything
else that might indicate the presence of the wolf, were seen
during Amdrup’s boat expeditions.

16

Ursus maritimus L. Polar Bear.

On the sixth of July 1900 we met with the first Bear,
c. 200 miles from the nearest main land. We had just. got
through the spread, much decayed field-ice, and were going
through channels among mighty ice-fields. It was an elderly
shebear with two young, both females; she was walking in an
ice-field, but did not immediately observe us; she scraped a
little hole in the snow, sat down and suckled the young. We
set out in pursuit of her in a boat; not till then she discovered
us, as we, along the edge of the ice flake, tried to get up with
her. Now she ran away with her young and jumped into the
water, climbed on to a flake, and again jumped into the water,
but was very soon after got up with. It was strange to see
how the two young sat down on her back and rested a little,
while she swam through the water (Amdrup has made the same
observation during his boat expedition southwards). They were
all of them killed. The mother had in the stomach pieces of
skin and blubber from a seal, the young only blubber and milk,
no pieces of skin.

Still the polar bear is not common in the floating ice in
summer; it stays mostly near land and in the inlets. Amdrup
met, on his boat expedition from Cape Dalton southward, with
numerous bears along the coast. During the ship expedition
we met in Turner Sund with one bear, in Turner Ø with
one, in Dunholm with one female, on the south coast of Jameson
Land with one male, in Fleming Inlet with two, a shebear
and her young, at the mouth of King Oscars Fjord with ffive.

It has by and by become a known thing, that the polar
bear in summer in a great measure lives on vegetables. Four
of the bears, killed during the ship expedition, had plenty
of vegetable substances in their stomachs; it was mostly
Oxyria; also different other vegetable substances may
serve it as food, bleaberries (Vaccinium uliginosum) (Bay),

17

grass; Bay has even found sea-weeds. Several of the killed
bears had nothing in their stomachs; one that came swim-
ming up to the ship had swallowed a cork that had been
thrown out from the ship. On the whole the polar bear is not
fastidious; it may swallow the most strange things. A bear
killed in Dunholm near Stewart © had eat, with good appetite,
several eider ducks’ eggs and eider ducks (the female is
sitting so firmly on the nest, that you may go quite near it);
it even went up to the hauled up boat, and eat a pair of killed
birds that were in the boat. Though we in several places
found lemmings in considerable numbers, no lemming was ever
found in the stomach of any of the killed bears; especially in
Ørsteds Dal where the above named bear with her young was
killed, I had expected to find lemming in their stomachs; the
lemming was there in great mumbers; but both the old and
the young bear had nothing but Oxyria in their stomachs.

None of the bears we saw tried to attack; but indeed it
was in the good time, in which they are very well fed. But
they were very curious; during the days we siayed at the
mouth of Kaiser Franz Joseph’s Fjord, no less than four bears
came by and by swimming up to the ship from curiosity. Still,
one meagre bear we saw; it came paddling from land across
the land-ice on Carlsberg Fjord, quite near the ship where it
was killed; it was a very large and very lank bear; it was old
and had worn off teeth; it walked, in a very strange way that
looked exceedingly funny; it became apparent that it suffered
from an affection of the hip; one of its thighs was rather
spoiled, and it could no more support life.

According to the experiences gathered during the second
German expedition, the bear appears on the coast through
the whole of the winter. But at Scoresby Sund, and probably
also at Kaiser Franz Joseph’s Fjord, a migration takes place in-
ward to the bottom of the inlet in spring, and outward in

autumn. Thus not a single bear was seen at Hekla Havn, where
OO 2

18

Ryder's expedition wintered, from the sixth of November: 1891,
till the 20% of February 1892 (see about this Bay: Medd. om
Grønland XIX); in the beginning of March it appeared more
and more frequently, and in the end of March a day scarcely
ever passed without their seeing a bear. It is not difficult to
find the cause of this wandering. When autumn comes, and
. the inlet gets frozen, the seal does not any more go up on the
ice; it is now impossible for the bears to catch any seal, the
time of hunger makes its appearance, and therefore they seek
outward to the outer coast or out on the field-ice itself, where
now and then they will get an opportunity of catching a seal,
or perhaps a walrus, also dead seals, left by the sealers on
the ice. In the month of March, the ringed seal produces her
young, in chambers in the snow, on the ice on the inlets; again
the seals come up on the ice, and now the bear appears to
revel in an abundance of food, and goes on living there during
the summer. When perhaps the ice in summer disappears
here, and the bear therefore seldom catches a seal, Vaccinium,
Oxyria etc. afford abundant food. On the coast Amdrup tra-
velled over, he saw, as above mentioned, many bears; for in the
places where glaciers were shooting out into the sea, exceedingly
many seals were found. But on the arrival of winter, when the
field-ice sets in hard towards land, the seals do not climb
the ice, and a great many bears seek out on the field-ice.

At Angmagsalik the bears are generally found, when the
field-ice is coming from the North; for they arrive drifting
with it; in winters where there is not much field-ice, there
are not many bears either; but in summer scarcely a single
bear is found in the whole of the inhabited district; to such
a degree they are persecuted by the inhabitants; but the field-
ice of the next year again brings a new cargo of bears down
there, and thus a considerable hunting of bears may yearly be
carried on. The best bear hunting takes place in February.
In the beginning the bears are very fat; but towards. spring

19

they are very emaciated which is connected with their being
without food for a long time in winter. The commercial manager
Petersen, who has given so many good informations on Gréen-
land animals, tried a year to gain knowledge of how many bears
had been seen in the district, and how many had been killed.
He got to the strange result that c. 50 had been killéd that
year, but more than 200 had been seen. Most of them sought
northward along the coast, of course, with numerous turns
into the inlets; but their main direction was always northward.
Probably they try to reach the old places on Blosseville coast,
from where they have mostly started. Thus a regular migration
of bears with the floating ice takes place from the North to
the southern part of the east coast of Greenland (and round to
the west coast). Then the bears again seek northward along
the coast; and the reason of this wandering is probably the same
as of the wandering that takes place inward, through Scoresby
Sund, and outward again, that is the bear's search of food.

Mustela erminea L. Ermine.

The discovery of the Ermine in East Greenland, is due to
the second German arctic expedition; in the autumn of 1869,
Dr. Copeland saw its traces in the snow on Sattelberg, and in
the beginning of June 1870, one was killed in Kuhn Island,
finally another was killed in Franz Joseph’s Fjord in August
1870. During the expedition of Ryder, fresh traces of it were
seen in the snow, on the inlet-ice at Danmarks Ø, on
November 11, 1891 (Bay), also many other times its traces
were seen, but the animal itself was never seen.

While we were in Turner Sund, Ditlevsen; on July 25,
brought the glad news, that he had found a place where 8
ermines lived; for some hours he had been observing the small,
nice animals; they ran about him, snuffing at his boots, and
putting their noses into his gun-barrel. Having no small shot

for our guns on board, Master Lyhne, who had got a par-
Wis

20

lour-gun, went with us to the place where the ermines lived.
It was on the west side of Turner Sund, almost straight be-
fore the river bay on a slope a little above the beach. A great
collection of stones with many hiding places among them, formed
their main dwelling; close by heather was found, a little
farther on some willows were growing; the melt water had formed

Fig. 2.
(Drawn by E. Ditlevsen.)

runs through the earth, down towards Turner Sund, and in
streaks swept off the looser layers of earth, in a way that only
the bigger stones were left in the runs. Quietly we sat down
waiting. Ditlevsen scraped with his pencil on a stone, and it
was not long before the small animals curiously put forth their
heads from their hiding places, to disappear again in a hurry.
Then we scraped again on a stone, piped like a lemming, and

21
in that way we repeatedly lured them out. By and by, we
caught sight of 5 of the 8 members of the family; the most
prominent one was the old female, that was very ill-tempered
and seemed to be completely in command of the others. Now
Master Lyhne shot two animals, both of them young males.
One of them we used to allure others with, by tying a string round
its waist, and placing it on a stone near the hole, where the
old one several times had appeared. Nor was it long before
she rushed out, got hold of the dead son, and tried to haul
him down into the hole. By drawing the dead animal over
a catcher, we succeeded in catching the femaie that followed;
but she slipped out again. However strangely it sounds, we
got her twice more into the catcher, both times we got hold
of her, both times she slipped away, last time not till we were
on the point of putting her down into a telescope-case, to bring
her on board alive; finally we were obliged to shoot her, not
being able to make her pass into the catcher any more. During
all this, some ermines had slipped down towards the beach
along the runs, filled with stones, and hidden themselves there.
The day after, a young female of the same family was killed
there in the same place; thus we carried with us 4 ermines
in all. — On August 9, Hartz saw an ermine in Hurry Inlet,
on the Jameson Land side, and finally Ditlevsen again saw an
ermine in Segelsällskapets Fjord, on August 30, opposite to
Berzelii Mountain. All the ermines that were seen were in
summer dress.

Ditlevsen found in the dwelling, that he discovered in
Turner Sund, a lemming, killed by the ermines; it had the
peculiarly rank smell, possessed by the ermine, and which is
due to its anal glands. A little hole behind the ear of the
lemming had been bit by the ermine. Probably the lemming
serves as the main food of the ermine, and must be supposed
to be common in these regions.

At Angmagsalik the ermine is not known, nor was it

22

found on Amdrup's boat expeditions, and it lives scarcely very
far to the South of Cape Dalton.

Trichechus rosmarus L. Walrus.

At Angmagsalik K. Poulsen heard that the Walrus is now
and then seen and caught, but seldom, often with intervals of
years. |

Near Sabine Island, close by the ship, two adult walruses
were seen playing with each other on July 11, 1900. Two
appeared in Turner Sund on July 27.

Erignathus barbatus Fabr. Bearded Seal.

On the boat expeditions to the North of Angmagsalik, in
September 1898, and in the summer 1899, Poulsen now and then
saw the Bearded Seal singly. At Angmagsalik it is said to be
stationary, and it is caught rather commonly, yet not nearly so
often as the ringed seal, and the harbour seal. According to
the opinion of the Greenlanders, the reason of its wearing off
its teeth so much is, that it swallows a great many small stones
and gravel with its food, that consists mostly of mussels, which
it fetches on the bottom of the sea.

A big bearded seal was seen at Sabine Island on July 11,
1900. In the last part of July several were seen in Turner
Sund on the ice, that was carried to and fro by the stream
continuously. One appeared in Hurry Inlet on August 20. In
the stomachs of the two killed bearded seals, Deichmann found
remains of fish.

Phoca vitulina L. Harbour Seal.

Poulsen saw the Harbour Seal singly, during the boat ex-
peditions to the North of Angmagsalik, in September 1898, and
in the summer of 1899. It is stationary at Angmagsalik, he
says, less common than the ringed seal, and is scarcely ever
caught, but in summer. Most common it seems to be in

23

Angmagsalik Fjord. It produces its young in June, and at this
time climbs the stones. The Greenlanders say that it lives on
mussels and small crustaceans.

Phoca foetida Fabr. Ringed Seal.

Poulsen found the Ringed Seal commonly along the coast
to the North of Angmagsalik, both in September 1898, and in
the summer of 1899. In spring 1899 it was to be seen on
the ice in Angmagsalik Fjord, from the first of April, but in
Tasiusak not till the 6 of May. At Angmagsalik it is commonly
caught during the whole of the year, most often in the inlets,
in summer also outside them. From the beginning of April, it
is said to be used to get up on the ice. The young are born
in April. Poulsen examined the contents of 22 stomachs; most
often smaller crustaceans were found, that seemed to have been
swallowed almost entire, a single time also some squids, once
an almost digested fish, certainly a Gadus.

A little ringed seal was shot near Sabine Island on July
10, 1900. In Turner Sund the species was found in the last
part of July. In Fleming Inlet one was seen on August 24.

Phoca groenlandica Fabr. Greenland Seal.

Along the coast to the North of Angmagsalik, Poulsen saw
the Greenland Seal singly during the summer 1899. To Ang-
magsalik, he says, it is said to arrive, wandering from the North,
in June and July in numbers, yet not in swarms, and it is said
to stay there till far into autumn. — According to the communi-
cations of Johan Petersen, it arrives twice a year, migrating, in
July and September; in July both young and old arrive from
without, and after that they are found singly, till the ice begins
to form; in September they come in swarms, and according to
the sayings of the Greenlanders, they are then going southward.

In the floating ice to the North of Jan Mayen, many
were to be seen in the first days of July, 1900. Deich-

24

mann saw swarms of them in Fleming Inlet in the last part
of August.

Cystophora cristata Erxl. Crested Seal.

Poulsen saw the Crested Seal singly along the coast to the
North of Angmagsalik, in September 1898, and in summer
1899. According to the sayings of the Greenlanders, it
arrives at Angmagsalik in April, from the North, in small num-
bers, and again disappears in the last part of May; in July it
returns in greater numbers, yet not in swarms, also from the
North, and after that it is to be seen till later in autumn. In
April it is accompanied by its young. — Also according to the
communications of Johan Petersen most of them come in July.

In the floating ice outside the northern part of the east
coast, between Jan Mayen and Sabine Island, many were to be
seen in the last part of June, and the first part of July 1900,
a few also near land.

Rangifer tarandus L. Reindeer.

Scoresby is the first who has given informations of the
Reindeer in Kast Greenland; he found numerous horns and bones
of it, in the old Eskimo hamlets at Cape Stewart, Cape Swainson,
Cape Hope, and on the south side of Scoresby Sund at
Cape Brewster. Also Scoresby’s father found rests of it at
Cape Simpson (Traill Island) in an Eskimo hamlet, but
no living reindeer was seen; in Scoresby’s list of animals
of East Greenland (1. с. App. Zoology) it is not put down.
Clavering and Sabine did not see it, but during the second
German arctic expedition, (1869—1870) it was observed in
greater numbers from lat. 75° N. southward until Franz Joseph’s
Fjord, and it was observed in swarms of nearly 30 animals.
Ryder’s expedition (1591—92) found it in very great numbers
in the regions round Scoresby Sund, in Jameson Land, at
the Nordbugt in Vestfjord and Gaasefjord, besides in smaller

25

numbers in Milne’s Land and Rypefjord, and singly in Dan-
marks Ø.

Some reindeer were seen on August 13, 1892 in one of
the «Islands» to the South of Scoresby Sund, probably Manby
Halvø. It was found in parties of 4—7 or singly (Bay),
and in several places paths were found, made by the reindeer.
In winter they seemed to migrate outward from the inner part
of the inlet, to places more free from snow. Nathorst (l. с., р.
329) found reindeer in 1899 in the following places: Franz
Joseph’s Fjord (25 or 26), King Oscar’s Fjord (2 and a calf),
Renbukten (12), and finally in Hurry Inlet a little to the North
of the bottom (2), in all little more than 40. During the whole
of the time we were staying at the coast, not a single reindeer
was seen, and Kolthoff who visited the coast northward the
same year as we, did not see any one either. This appeared
strange, especially to the partakers who had also been partakers
in Ryder’s expedition (Hartz and Deichmann), for then the
reindeer was very common, as mentioned, in Jameson Land,
and while going along the south-coast of Jameson Land to
Nordostbugt, this extraordinary fact was very much discussed.
Was it really so that the wolf had extirpated the reindeer by
its fierce hunting during a dozen years, or had perhaps the
musk-ox that now appears in such great numbers in these
regions expelled it? Perhaps both of them have assisted here.

Nathorst (1. с., р. 352) saw in Kierulf's О, many places
where reindeer had been killed by wolves; hoofs, skeleton parts,
hairs etc. were lying about; the wolves’ excrements I have seen,
always contained reindeer-hairs and fragments of bones, so there is
no doubt that the animal, most chased by the wolf, is the reindeer.
Another question is whether the wolf may really be able to
eradicate it completely. This is scarcely probable, for many
other places are known, where the polar wolf and the reindeer
live, and have lived together for long times. The reindeer, seen
by the Germans, were little afraid; it happened on their going

26

ashore one day, that. some reindeer came running quite near
the boat, and a party of 7 animals ran up to Ryder, one day
he was on shore in Jameson Land, took their stand at a distance
of 30 steps, and showed a great interest in Ryder's examining
the altitude of the sun. But the reindeer seen by Nathorst
were very shy and in this Nathorst sees a sign of the wolf
having not begun raging in these regions till the latest years.

In all places where the ship expedition made its way forth
it found remains of the reindeer. Horns and hairs were seen
everywhere, as far down as Cape Dalton; in Turner Sund
in Turner Ø, one of the engineers found two skeletons of
reindeer, much gnawed off, but they lying in a place not
easily accessible, and the ship being on the point of leaving,
| did not find any opportunity of seeing them. In Jameson
Land were found numerous horns, and some skulls, much
gnawed off, also in Fleming Inlet, but else we did not find
any distinct instance of any reindeer having been killed by a
wolf, except at Nordostbugt, where a shank was found, at
which still muscular fibres and sinews were hanging. After
our return home, Deichman has reported that he found the
skeleton of a reindeer in Jameson Land, killed by a wolf.

Indeed, one should expect to find similar places of slaughter
in Jameson Land, as Nathorst found in Kierulfs ©, the
Reindeer being so very numerous here such a short time ago,
but this not happening, I feel inclined to mean, that the
reindeer have been chased away for a great part, that they
have sought away from the flat country, where the wolves so
much more easily have been able to hunt them, to the moun-
tainous regions deeper down in the inlets, and there sought a
natural defence; but for the present time of course this can be
nothing but a conjecture.

Far to the South of Cape Dalton the reindeer has not
lived; it is not found at Angmagsalik, and scarcely ever was
there, as else its horns must still now and then be found, and

21

such ones are not known. Nevertheless it is known by the
Greenlanders there and appears in their legends (Holm) and
c. 70 years ago a man is said to have met with a living
reindeer, according to the informations, received by Poulsen.
‚ The Greenlanders, Graah lived together with, in 1829—30 on
the southern part of the east-coast, did not know anything of
the reindeer, and on his showing to some of the inhabitants
of the island of Aluik (с. 641/2° lat. М.) a fur-cloak of reindeer skin,
they thought it was made of a sort of dog skin.

At the old Eskimo hamlets at Scoresby Sund and farther
northward, remains of reindeer, especially the horns, that were
used in several ways, were exceedingly common.

Ovibos moschatus Zimmermann. Musk-ox.

Since the second German arctic expedition under Captain
Koldewey, first found the Musk-Ox in Shannon Island on August
16, 1869, and during the autumn of 1869 till August 1870
showed its existence northward until lat. 77° N., southward till
Franz Joseph’s Fjord, it has been observed several times, both
by whalers and by the different scientific expeditions, Ryder
1891—92, Nathorst 1899, Kolthoff 1900, that have later on
visited the coast. Ryder found it in the regions round Scoresby
Sund, Nathorst besides in the great complex of inlets, connected
with Franz Joseph’s Fjord.

By these investigations it has become an established fact,
that the musk-ox appears generally on the east coast of Green-
land, from Scoresby Sund northward, and it is found not only
on the mainland itself, but it has also wandered out to several
of the greater and smaller islands near this: Kuhn Island,
Shannon Island, Sabine Island, Pendulum Island, Clavering
Island and Ymer's Island, still in some of these it is perhaps
only found in summer (W. Peters), thus in Sabine Island,
Pendulum Island, and on the east coast of Shannon Island.

Peary and Astrup having observed the musk-ox at Inde-

28

pendence Bay on the north east side of Greenland (lat. 81° 37' N.),
no doubt is left that a connection still exists between the
musk-oxen of North Greenland and East Greenland. Already
Dr. W. Peters (Geogr. Mittheil. 1873 p. 309), and Dr. G. Hart-
laub (2% deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, В. I, р. 536—544), supposed

Fig. 3.
(Drawn by E. Ditlevsen.)

this to exist, musk-oxen having been found in Hall Land in 1871
—72, by the «Polaris» expedition.

There is no doubt either that it appears also on the coast of
East Greenland, betwen lat. 77° N. and lat. 81° 37’ N., as Nathorst
has represented it, in his excellent little map of the present
extension of the musk-ox.

But to the South of Scoresby Sund it was not observed

29

with certainty by any former expedition. During the expedition
of Ryder, Hartz found an old cranium at Gaasefjord, the most
southern one of the inlets, issuing westward from Scoresby
Sund; thus this was the most southern point where remains of
the musk-ox were known, yet it was not seen alive on the

Fig. 4.
(Drawn by E. Ditlevsen.)

_ Spot. — Bay writes (1. с. Тр. 18): «To the south of Cape Brewster
it was not seen»; but Ryder writes (1. с. р. 116): «In one of these
islands that, as distinct from the others, is rather flat (probably
Manby Halvø) we saw by our telescope reindeer, and perhaps
musk-oxen».

Though we stayed for some time, from the 18% till the
30% of August, 1900, South of Scoresby Sund, and were on

30

shore in several places, we did not see any musk-oxen; but
still I feel no doubt that it is there. I saw traces of a great
bull, that had crossed a little river near Amdrup's depot at
Cape Dalton (lat. 69° 25' N.), they were seen very distinctly in the
soft ground along the river. Some days later, I saw traces of
a party, having crossed a swampy fen stretch a little way up
a mountain slope, finally I saw also traces of musk-oxen at
Turner Sund. Now there might be the possibility of con-
founding the traces of the reindeer and the musk-ox, but still
I do not believe there is; the big lateral toes of the reindeer,
leave marks laterally behind the main hoofs, while the small
laterai toes of the musk-ox leave a little mark just behind the
main hoofs, and they do not appear distinctly, but when the
animal is treading on soft ground. I drew in my pocket-book,
a representation of the traces, I meant to be those of the
musk-ox at Cape Dalton, then I later on compared them with
the traces of musk-oxen in Jameson Land; they agreed com-
pletely. Also the dung I saw at Cape Dalton was like that of
the musk-ox, as I later on got to know it farther northward.
Strange to say the winter wool of the musk-ox was never
found, though this is commonly found, where the musk-ox is
living; it sticks very easily to willow, heather and the like,
when the animal lies down; but, of course, it is by chance
you come across such places, and the animal is hardly common
in the regions named here. Besides, considering how the
whole rest of the characteristic mammalianfauna of Greenland
appears South of Scoresby Sund, it would be very strange, if
the musk-ox did not live there also.

Very far South of Cape Dalton, the musk-ox is not found;
nothing was seen of it during the boat expeditions of Amdrup,
neither in 1898—99, nor in 1900, though the partakers directed
their attention expressly towards this question; and at Angmag-
salik it hardly ever lived, though the Greenlanders there know
it, and have legends about it. In one of the stories Angitinguak,

31

a 55 years old Greenlander, told Holm (Holm, Medd. om Grønl.
X. p. 318) the following is told about a man who went out
hunting reindeer at Kangerdluarsugsuak at Norsit (where Green-
landers lived in former times): The next day he again went out
hunting. Then he saw a big black animal, bigger than a bear,
having long hairs on its neck, and horns bent backwards. This
animal is called «Pangnek» («musk-ox»). Properly «Pangnek»
does not mean «musk-ox», but «reindeer». By the Eskimo
that know the musk-ox, it is called Umingmak or Omingmak.
Perhaps the story originates from a time when the East Green-
landers lived farther North, but it may happen that a dead
musk-ox is carried southward by the floating ice, and from that
the knowledge of it might originate.

Thus Holm reports (Medd. om Grønl. IX. p. 134) accor-
ding to the relation of the Greenlanders, of a musk-ox, found
drifting on the ice at Sermiligak; part of the meat was rotten,
but the rest was eaten. Besides it mav be observed that
Graah, who wintered at Nukarbik on the east coast of Green-
land in 1830, did not hear any relation of the musk-ox, from
the Greenlanders he met with.

At what time the musk-ox has wandered to the regions
about Scoresby Sund cannot be said with certainty, as long as
no better informations are given.

Referring to the fact that rests of the musk-ox were found
neither in the Eskimo hamlets, nor in the Eskimo kitchen-
middens, seen during the expedition, that no carved figures of
such a strange animal were found in the sites of the houses,
that Scoresby did not meet with the musk-ox in the places
where they are now so common, Ryder writes (1. с. р. 304): —
— — one might be tempted to believe that the musk-oxen
were not found in any great number in this part of the coast
(Scoresby Sund), at the time when it was inhabited by the
Eskimo, but that they, did not come southward in greater
‘numbers till later.

32

Later Nathorst has set forth the same opinion, and means
that the musk-ox not till probably after 1822—25 immigrated
to the regions South of lat. 75° N., as neither Sabine, who dwelt
in Sabine Island in 1823, nor Clavering who at the same time
made a boat expedition of a fortnight to Clavering Island, past
Jordan Hill, and quite to the bottom of Loch Fine, an inlet on
the north side of Hudson’s Land, saw musk-oxen; farther Nat-
horst means, that on the whole the musk-ox has not lived
together with the Eskimo.

However tempting such a theory might seem to be, yet I
do not believe in its being right. — Certainly, neither Scoresby,
Clavering, nor Sabine, found musk-oxen, when they were on
the coast (1822 and 1823), and when the Germans made their
sledge expedition in 1869, from October 27 till November 4,
from Sabine Island to Clavering Island, and to the inmost part
of Tyroler Inlet, thus a distance not less than that, travelled
over by Clavering, they did not see a single musk-ox either;
but how little importance is to be attached to this, is best
seen from the fact, that they did not see a single reindeer
either; Scoresby found nothing but its horns and bones in the
old Eskimo hamlets, and there is scarcely any doubt that the
reindeer lived there at this time. The want of remains of musk-
oxen in the Eskimo hamlets, the main point of support of this
theory, is not so conclusive either, as it might seem immediately ;
the numerous old Eskimo hamlets are far from having been
so thoroughly examined, that one dares conclude anything
decisively from that: indeed, it is not even excluded, that rests
of the musk-ox were found in one hamlet. Of the bones of
animals, found at Cape Stewart in the Eskimo hamlets, that
are there, Scoresby writes (l. с. 214): «Among the bones dis-
covered in the hamlets, we could distinguish those of seals,
bears, reindeer, dogs, narwhals, and whales. The thighbone
of some big animal was also met with, the species of which
we could not determine». Scoresby knew the other bones,

33

also those of the reindeer, so there is no small possibility
that the above mentioned thighbone was that of a musk-ox.

During the expediton of Ryder a dozen craniums were
gathered on a mountain slope in Nordbugt at Nordvestfjord;
few of the other bones were found then. Ryder (l.c. р. 304)
thinks it probable that the animals were killed by Eskimo,
who have carried with them the meat, bones and the skin, and
left the heavy heads. Nathorst (|. c., Il, р. 143) feels most
inclined to believe that some Scotch whaler killed the animals.
But it is not very likely that a whaler shouid go so far into
Scoresby Sund; Nordvestfjord is so closed in by high ice
mountains, that no ship ventures upon going there, and hardly
whale-boats, but of course, the question is open, though several
things might indicate that Ryder is right.

Much weight must not be attached to the fact that musk-
oxen are not found among the found carved figures of animals.
Certainly, some figures of bears, seals, narwhals etc. are
known, found in the old Eskimo houses, and Nathorst has
(1. с. р. 348 Fig. с.) given a figure of an animal from East
Greenland, the single known that is perhaps a reindeer. There-
fore nothing can be built on this, especially as the above
mentioned figure of a reindeer with as great right might be
said to be that of a musk-ox, the horns that might show with
complete certainty the difference are wanting.

During the expedition of Ryder a very old skull of a
musk-ox was found at Vestfjord, another at Gaasefjord; in
neither place musk-oxen were seen «so that it does not seem
to live in so great a part of the country as it used to do»
(Bay L с. р. 18). Nathorst found two very decayed skulls in
the inmost part of Franz Joseph’s Fjord, and thinks that the
musk-ox lived before in this region, then it disappeared, and
then again it returned. After our return home, Hartz has
communicated to me that he saw a very old cranium, covered
with lichens, near Ryder’s Elv. These informations show, that

XXIX. 3

34

the musk-ox in East Greenland lived in former times in almost
the same places as now-a-days. How old the other craniums
are that were found during the later expeditions cannot be
decided; several of those I saw did not seem quite young.
While O. Fabricius was staying in Greenland, 1768—74,
a Greenlander brought him a fragment of the skull of a
musk-ox that together with some hoofs and knots of hair had
been found on the field ice «undoubtedly near Frederikshaab»
(Winge). Fabricius described it in Fauna Groenlandica (p. 28,
sp. 17) under the name of Bos grunniens. In his later work
«Om Drivis i Davids Strædet» (Vid. Selsk. Skrft. N. Sml. Ш
p. 81) he mentions the remains again, and draws the piece
of the skull; it was brought on the field ice round Cape Fare-
well, and he thinks that it originates from Asia, as the above
named species of oxen is found there. Not till later (Zoologiske
Bidrag р. 61, К. D. Vid. Selsk. Skrft. 3 В. 4 Bd.), he perceives that
his definition is not right, Pennant (Arctic Zoology p. 11) having
shown that the cranium must belong to the musk-ox, and he
erants, Pennant is right. Now he supposes that the ice, on
which the rests of the animal were found, originates from North
America, where at this time the musk-ox was known to live,
and that the ice has drifted down along the east coast of
Greenland round Cape Farewell. . However, there is no doubt
at all that the found rests originate from the east coast of
Greenland, according to what is known now about the East
Greenland ice stream. The skull is still found in the Zoological
Museum in Copenhagen. ‘Thus it is a fact that the musk-ox
lived in East Greenland in the end of the 18% century, certainly,
it cannot be seen from that, whether the musk-ox was found
then North or South of lat. 75° N. as Nathorst (1. c., р. 141 Anm.)
has observed. Still nothing is found at 75° n. 1. that might
put a stop to the progression of the musk-ox, no large glaciers
or other natural bars, the country is the same on both sides;
if the musk-ox lived North, probably it also lived South of

55

lat. 75° N. If the above mentioned facts are compared with this,
it will be seen that several things indicate that the musk-ox
has lived in East Greenland for long times almost in its present
territory, perhaps in changing multitudes, and that the time of
its immigration cannot be decided by way of the present infor-
mations.

Already the first day on which we went ashore in Green-
land, Sabine Island, on July 11%, musk-oxen were met with.
They were walking on the left side of a river bed, between Ger-
mania Mountain and Hasen Mountain. In several places the
ground was very moist and soft, in other places rather hard
and dry, the vegetation poor, a few willows were found. One bull
and two heifers were walking together, allof them were killed. The
bull that was carried on board whole, weighed more than 600
pound without the skin. Skeletons and skins are now in the
Zoological Museum in Copenhagen together with different parts
of the entrails. Besides these three animals a single bull was
seen in the neighbourhood. Also Nathorst found the musk-ox
(14) in Sabine Island the year before.

On July 14%, we went ashore at Cape Borlase Warren; the
country was exceedingly sparely covered, traces of the musk-
oxen were seen.

The traces, seen South of Scoresby Sund, have been
mentioned already.

From July 31%, till August 21%, we were staying in Scoresby
Sund, mostly in Hurry Inlet, where the ship was lying at the
Fame Øer, and during that time a great many musk-oxen
were seen.

On July 31%, we went ashore 5 kilometers North of Cape
Stewart, we were 9 men in all; through a river bed most of
us ascended the plateau that is precipitously ended towards
Hurry Inlet by the steep Neill’s cliffs. Towards the edge of
the plateau the ground is very barren, consisting of nothing

but sandy, gravelly and stony soil, covering the subjacent sand-
3*

36

stones, slates etc.; at this time of the year the ground was
very dry and hard as stone. Musk-oxen had been walking here
lately, fresh dung was found, and I also found a place where
they had been lying. Westward the country was sloping down
towards Scoresby Sund, in soft undulating forms; the heather
strew a brownish tone of colour over the whole scenery, and
round about green fens were seen, continued by streaks along
the water-course. Here Master Hoyberg met with 4 musk-oxen,
2 bulls and 2 cows, they were lying at a little fen; he shot
the two bulls, the cows hurried away, I saw them at a little
distance, walking fast, one behind the other. — When skins,
skulls and meat were fetched later on in the night, a party of
14 animals with 2 calves were met with close by. The herd
was drawn up in array, and set out on the crew, but returned
hastily and disappeared; of this party a cow was killed (Hoy-
berg). From that day the crew were very afraid of musk-oxen,
and would not go with us when not armed. The rest of the
partakers of the expedition, being on shore at the same time,
did not see a single musk-ox.

On the same day (July 31%) when we were on shore in
Jameson Land, numerous musk-oxen were seen from the ship
on the Liverpool Kyst near the beach. Mate Munck counted
parties of 7, 8 and 11 animals, and on the low point towards
Cape Hope a very large party of at least 21 animals were
walking. Captain Kjoller went ashore with some of the crew;
they met with a party with 2 calves. The herd took up a
position of assault, the calves being kept behind, but then they
ran away in a great hurry, crossing a country where one edged
stone was beside the other, and where men went on only with
difficulty; those, following the party, were obliged to give up
persecuting after a short time.

At the very bottom of Hurry Inlet, where the ship was
lying from August 1* till August 10%, no musk-ox was seen, but

31

numerous traces were seen; winter wool was also seen in
many places.

But during an expedition, made by Nordenskiöld and
Deichmann over Jameson Land from Hurry Inlet to Fossil-
Bjerget (c. 60 kilometers) from August 2% till August 7”, a very
considerable number of musk-oxen were found. Deichmann
has given an account of this expedition, and of the catching of
the musk-calf in Dansk Jagttidende 17de Aargang Nr. 9 og 12,
184е Aargang Nr. I og 2 (1900—1901). On the third in the
morning was seen a party of a dozen animals in a hollow,
close by 3 single bulls were found, besides two bulls were
seen near the herd; later on these penetrated into the
herd, but the chief bull went for one of them, and swept his
sides with his horns so that the hairs flew about. The chief
bull was killed (Deichmann); the troop ran away, and was later
on seen walking away, one after the other. On the return in
a fertile fen near Ryder’s Elv a dozen oxen with a calf were
seen, and over an extent of 12 miles in the plateau of Jameson
Land numerous musk-oxen were seen. A bull walking in a little
party of 4—5 animals first assailed the dog, and then Deich-
mann; else the dog was able to stop a whole herd of musk-
oxen, by attacking the animals while baying. Later a single
bull was seen, finally a large party of animals were seen,
exactly at the moment when the chief bull was soundly beating
a forward single bull; besides two single bulls were seen. In
this country where scarcely any human being before set foot,
and probably shall not for long times, more than 80 oxen were
seen. This gives a good idea of the frequency of the musk-ox
in these regions.

At the same time (from August 2% till August 6%), Koch and
Mate Christensen made an expedition from Hurry Inlet to the
bottom of Carlsberg Fjord through Klitdalen (c. 40 kilometers).
In a poorly covered place in the northern part of Klitdalen a
party of 10 musk-oxen were seen.

38

In the days August 6‘*—August 9%, Ditlevsen and the author
together with two of the crew, Christian and Laurits, were at
Point Constable on the west side of Hurry Inlet. Immediately
in the morning of the 7" of August, Ditlevsen went to the
large river beds from which the sandy downs where we had
pitched our tent have been swept out into Hurry Inlet. He
had scarcely got up there when two young bulls, walking
together, came down towards him. A little time after, a very
large herd came forth from the river bed that is turning to the
South. The animals walking among each other, and now appearing,
now disappearing, he was not able to count them exactly,
but there were at least 20 adult animals in the party; whether
there were calves he did not see, as the two young bulls grew
rather forward, and he therefore retired. Soon after, he and I
went up there, but then the large herd had disappeared, and
we saw nothing more of it. Now we walked together to the
west slope of the river bed; here was a very rich vegetation of
heather, bleaberry, willow, dwarf-birch; in several places were
small boggy fens. Here we met with the two bulls; standing,
as they did, their mighty heads turned against us, their noses
against the earth, staring at us with their small sticking eyes,
they looked exceedingly imposing. First we killed one bull,
later the other, but he had come near the river bed which
was here very steep, and falling, hit by the ball in his
heart, he made a high jump, fell down and rolled with
crash and crach at a furious pace down into the river, far
below. Farther to the South we now saw a party of 11 animals
with two calves, they being at a great distance from us we
returned. Meat and skull of the killed bull was secured. In
his liver was found a tape-worm in the bladder phase. On the
return we again met with a single bull that ran away. During
the expedition we found the skull of a musk-ox together with
some parts of a skeleton, besides the skull of a calf, all things
very much gnawed off, and the horns of the skull were quite

39

loose, cocoons of flies were found in the skull, but as these
are very durable and may he conserved for a long time, they
are no hold for the estimation of the age of the skull. All
parts were very bleached. Three and a half hour later we returned
to try to catch a calf, if possible, together with Madsen and
the two sailors. Immediately at the mouth of the river bed we
found an old bull with a large cake of winter wool across his
back; one of his horns was half broken off, but as he was
looking very malicious, and we did not appreciate his attacking
us from behind on our passing, he was killed. When we came
up to the old place from where we had seen the troop, it was
away. The whole night we walked in the most beautiful
weather over Jameson Land; it was a rather fertile country we
passed; now and then we found fens, that got their moisture
from the melt water of an old dirty snow drift, lying above;
farther in, curiously shaped sandstone formations peeped forth;
about them the country looked very barren and waste. We
only met with one single bull; galloping he rushed against us,
put his nose against the earth snuffing, and scraping with one
of his fore legs in the earth; thus he stood for some time;
then he rushed forth again, and in that way he approached us
at a distance of 20 ells; we dared not let him approach us
any more, we were quite still, looking at him, our guns ready.
If he had sprung at us again, he must die. But suddenly he
turned round, and hurried away as fast as he had come. Now
he crossed the river, ran up the opposite waste side, stones
and gravel rattled down round him at his running up; he
followed us almost an hour; now and then he set up loud
roars, followed by an energetic snorting, resounding far about,
at last he left us, and paddled his own ways. We had thus
seen 36 animals in all, and probably there had been at least
1 calf in the large herd.

In the night between August 10% and August 11, we went
ashore on the Liverpool Kyst, in the place where so many

Fig. 5.
(From a photograph by Joh. Madsen.)

Fig. 6.
(From a photograph by Joh. Madsen.)

Fig. 7.
(From a photograph by Riise.)

Fig. 8.
(From a photograph by Riise.)

42

musk-oxen had been seen 10 days before, divided in two parties;
we searched a great stretch of the country, but met with no
musk-oxen, except an old bull that was walking near the beach;
he had been wounded at the last landing, All the other animals
had left the place. Of course, traces of musk-oxen were found,
at a little stretch of boggy land which Ditlevsen and I came
across, a herd had been rather lately; rather fresh dung was
found; besides the country round about was very difficult to
travel over, one large edged stone being beside the other; for
as already mentioned before, Liverpool Kyst is made up of
primitive rock.

Nordenskiöld, walking at the same time from the Fame
Island southward along the Liverpool Kyst, saw a single bull,
but no herd.

On August 11%, in the evening, Deichmann and Madsen!)
went ashore i Jameson Land to try to catch a calf. They had
taken with them a setter that on former occasions had shown
that he was able to stop a herd when on flight. During the
night they met with several single bulls; in all a score of
vagrant animals were seen, among them a little party, in which:
5 cows (Madsen). One of the bulls that attacked was killed,
after having gored the dog and tossed him up into the air
with his horns. Whilg the bull was lying wounded in a river
bed, another bull came rushing against him and began fighting
with the wounded bull that rose; still, he quickly gave up his
purpose and went away. At eleven o'clock a. m. the next day
(August 12"), they met with a herd consisting of 11 cows, 3 bulls
and 1 calf (Madsen), a little South of Ryder’s depot on Cape
Stewart. Deichmann states «12 adult animals and 1 calf»,
but the party consisted of 14 animals, as I had later an occa-

1) Deichmann has written about this expedition in his above named
article in «Dansk Jagttidende». Madsen has written about it in several
places, among others in Zool. Garten Jahrg. XLII 1901. The accounts
differ at several points.

43

sion to see; the fact is that Deichmann does not include the
two bulls in the sum. Two bulls were walking near the party;
they joined it and «got the same fate as the troop» (Deichmann).
Some of the animals were grazing, others were chewing the
cud. One bull paired with one of the cows. The whole herd
was now killed, by and by, by Deichmann, the dog repeatedly
stopping the flying party. The calf, a vigorous bull-calf was
caught and tied; 4 and a half hour it was lying tied, before a
sufficient number of sailors came up to carry it on board the
ship. Together with some other partakers of the expedition I
visited the place where the animals had been killed; they were
spread over a rather long stretch of ground, I counted then
15 killed animals in all, 11 cows, 4 bulls; one bull was seen
in the neighbourhood, he seemed wounded (Ditlevsen). Some
meat, some skins with the skulls of the killed animals were
secured, but -part of the meat of some animals that lay the
night through without being taken out, had already begun to
get tainted.

During the first day the calf was on board, it was faint and
exhausted from the catching, but soon it grew so tame that
it walked freely about the deck; but it was discontented, when
nobody played with it. It eat very greedily leaves and twigs
from the willow, still, it also eat grass when it could get it;
by and by it grew accustomed to eating hay, softened in boiled
water, and crushed oats. Being hungry or discontented, it
lamented in the same way as a sucking-calf. Being teazed, it
snuffed and rushed against us. It was very dissatisfied with
the cat and the dog, it could not see them without snuffing
and rushing against them. It had evidently been born in the
same spring, had not yet got any horns, only the first small
rudiments, it had not yet changed its calf's dress on coming on
board. The two photographs Fig. 5 and 6 have been taken of it
on board «Antarctic» in the end of August 1900; on both
pictures it is seen busily eating willow. But the two photo-

44

graphs Fig. 7 and 8 have been taken of it in August 1901, in the
Zoological Garden in Copenhagen; now it has got horns, directed
slantingly forward; not till later they will get the characteristic
form of those of the full grown bull (Fig. 3 and 4).

During a stop Hartz and the author made from August 16%
till August 19”, we saw on the plateau at Vardekloft, on
August 18%, a little party of 6 musk-oxen (perhaps there were
more); they came walking along the edge of a fertile valley;
we cried to them; they stopped a little, but then went on
again. ‘The day after I saw a single bull on the low fore-
beach, but he ran away in a hurry, probably he had seen men
before.

Going on August 14% from Hurry Inlet along the south
coast of Jameson Land to Nordbugt, several flocks were seen
from the ship, one party counted 16, another at least 12, a
third 7; on account of the distance we could not make out
whether there were calves in the flocks; single bulls were also
seen in the country.

On the return we went ashore in Jameson Land on August
15%, at two o'clock p.m. The country here was looking like the
rest of the South coast of Jameson Land, mounting northward,
undulating, covered by formations of moraines, thickly covered
with stones. The vegetation consists mainly of heather with
willow and dwarf-birch; round about several small moors with
lakes were found. Here Madsen succeeded in taking some
photographs of a herd in its different positions. The drawings
Fig. 9—12 are from these photographs, executed with much
fidelity to nature by my friend and fellow partaker of the
expedition, Е. Ditlevsen, who himself attended the photographing !).
Fig. 9 shows the arrival of the party; it consisted of 12 adult
animals, 7 ‘bulls, 5 cows, and 2 calves; it is the greatest
number of bulls,seen during the expedition in the same herd.

1) Unfortunately I was not present myself, having got too far away.

(uosaogrq "Ha Аа uAvap usspew ‘yor Аа ydeasogoyd ® woxx)
‘6 SU

(uasaoruq ‘я Aq пмезр uospew "qop <q ydeasogoyd ® wor)
‘OT Sl

San” re =
Se

penn
N

Manz ur

(ussaopq “af Aq umeap цозреи ‘yor Aq ydeıdogoyd ® U1014)
1) 214

ae

XXIX.

(‘позлэтта ‘x Aq uMeap uospep ‘yor Aq ydeadogoyd в шоля)
‘Gr SU

Lite

It has stopped, astonished at seeing the funny two legged
beings before them; the magnificent old chief bull, having tufts
of winter wool hanging on him, is found foremost on the left,
and is just taking a walk before the front of the herd; his
example is followed by the whole herd, he is their absolute monarch.
The calves have been forced farthest back in the troop, pro-
tected by the adult animals. — A moment’s disturbance
and seeming confusion arises; then the animals place them-
selves in a row and approach (Fig. 10), two cows instantly
place themselves at each calf, and put the calf between them.
The chief bull hiding at this moment one of the calves, is
found foremost on the left steadily walking to and fro before
the herd, snuffing and snorting; the other bulls are on the
wings. In this position the troop can make several movements,
always keeping almost the same order; it can swing half to
the right and left, rush straight forth; on the whole it is the
position, in which the troop can make a joint attack: its
aggressive position. Again disturbance arises, the troop has
approached, and the animals, having grown afraid, draw close
together, the calves are pushed into the middle, and the adult
animals place themselves round them, their heads turned
outward (Fig. 11). The animals farthest to the right have not
yet got near the others. The foremost bull has lowered his
head, ready to run his horns through the enemy’s body. This
is the position of defence of the herd, a position they must
be thought to take up when wolves try to attack them. — It
is funny to see the curiosity of the calves during all this, it
is very difficult for them to keep quiet; they will always press
forward to see what is the matter, but the old ones push them
gently back again. — Thus both parties were standing for some
time, staring at each other, suddenly the herd turned round and
left the place, always protecting the calves (Fig. 12). When the
herd had got at some distance, the animals began to play and
cut the most curious capers.

54

From August 15 till August 215 some of the partakers of
the expedition made a boat expedition along the south coast
of Jameson Land, during this expedition several musk-oxen
were seen (communicated to me by Koch); perhaps some of
them had been seen from the ship before.

Though we stayed only some few days in Fleming Inlet,
we saw also here several musk-oxen. On August 25 Ditlevsen
and Madsen met with a little troop of 4 a little inside Cape

Fig. 13.
(Photograph by Joh. Madsen).

Biot; in the troop was a younger animal with short horns
(yearling calf). The bull rushed on against them, first against
Ditlevsen, then against Madsen, and was only at a distance of
15 ells from him when Ditlevsen shot a ball through its heart;
shortly after Madsen killed a cow, the others ran away over a
stony and not easily passable territory. — On the return they
were followed by a single bull (Fig. 13), he followed them for
half an hour guite near, observing each of their movements,
but did not attack, and at last paddled away. At Cape Seaforth
the bodies of 5 musk-oxen were seen that had been killed

55

shortly before; ravens and gulls stayed there, revelling in the
meat, also several falcons were staying in the neighbourhood.
In Ørsteds Dal numerous traces were seen of musk-oxen which
shows that they are often walking here.

On August 26% numerous musk-oxen were seen at the
bottom of Fleming Inlet from the ship; they were walking on
the coast, and there being already one calf on board Ditlevsen
and I resolved to go ashore and try to catch one more. We
got with us one of the sailors, Peter, and went ashore on the
north-west side of the inlet. Along the beach was a flat sandy
fore shore on which several pieces of floating timber had been
thrown up. Fleming Inlet is continued in southwestern direc-
tion by three greater valleys, through which several rivers run,
forming deltas at their mouths, and carrying considerable multi-
tudes of sand into the inlet. The country is rising on both
sides of Fleming Inlet and the valleys to rather considerable
heights; the slopes were covered with looser layers of earth
where we were walking; they were richly covered with heather,
bleaberries, willow and some birch. The melt water made
its way hrough the looser layers of earth and had in several
places cut deep beds into the firmer substratum, lighter
and darker clay, quite red slates and sandstones; towards
the beach the melt water spread itself out to all sides, and
formed a somewhat swampy little covered strech of land (com-
pare fig. 15). At this time of the year one can however pass
it, only now and then we went through where the water was
still oozing down. We had scarcely got on shore. when we
met with a little party of 4 animals, 2 bulls and 2 cows,
walking a little up the slope. There being no calf in the herd
we went on westward, and the party ran away in a great hurry
upwards and disappeared. Then we met with a young single
bull, but he ran away westward. We had not walked very
long, when we caught sight of a herd that approached us
grazing. Having observed before that the musk-ox is much

more fond of going up than down if possible, we went a little
farther up, and thus got above the flock. It did not observe us
immediately, and we lay down quietly watching it. The party
consisted of 7 cows, 3 bulls and 1 calf. The above named
young bull came just up to the troop trying to approach, but
the old chief bull a very vigorous animal with a large cake of
winter wool on his back rushed immediately against him.
Snorting, snuffing and scraping the earth with his fore legs he
approached the forward guest sideways, the young bull ran
away a little, and the same scene was repeated, the other
animals looking on quietly. Then suddenly the old bull went
for him, the young bull ran away in a hurry, and both of them
disappeared, wildly galloping. The chief buli being away we
used. our chance to go for the herd. For a long time we had
had a clear understanding that it was impossible for us to
catch adult animals, if we should catch a calf, the herd
must he shot down. Divided in two parties we went down on
each side of the flock. As soon as we had got a little down,
the herd observed us. The calf walking a little above the
others together with a cow it had sucked a little before, and
that therefore probably was its mother, sprang up to the others,
that instantly formed a circle round it and pressed it into the
middle. All the animals turned their heads outward; so they
were taking up their position of defence. Snuffing and snorting,
their noses turned towards the earth, the animals were ready to
receive the enemy. But the enemy was not now polar wolves,
but something much worse: men with guns. — By the two
first shots two animals fell, it was strange to see a trembling
go through the herd, the animals pressed closer round the
calf, by the next 4 shots 3 animals fell, and a bull went away,
shot in his lung; soon he fell, soon after a cow fell. The
two cows, now left, pressed the calf between them, then one
fell bleeding; the other protected the calf. Just a the same
moment the chiet bull returned; he stopped for a moment,

57

saw the strange sight of the dying herd and immediately sprang
up to defend the calf. But also the old bull was forced to
give way, only by the fourth shot he sank down!) and bored
one of his horns into the earth, he rose again, but his vigour was
exhausted, he went out a little to the side (Fig. 14) sank down
and fell dying (Fig 15). We now tried to chase the left cow on
to the beach; she had sought cover beside the killed bull, and |
the little calf pressed closely to her (Fig. 16). The cow walked
a little, but then turned towards us, fell and died. The calf
took up its position at the hind legs of the cow (Fig. 17)
snorting at our approach, a few times we got hold of it, but it
slipped away again, still it ran only round the cow, and it was
not long before it was tied; it pulled hard to get free and
must have worked too hard, for having got on board, it be-
came ill and died in the morning of the next day, though the
transport did not last long. It was a bull-calf, somewhat
smaller than the other calf, that was caught in Jameson Land,
it had not yet changed its dirty brown tufted calfs dress and
was thus a little younger than the other. Skin, skeleton and
bowels are now in the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen.
While we were shooting at this herd, another was seen
from the ship a little farther in; it was galloping past the
valley and counted about 14 animals; probably there were 3
calves in it. Of the killed herd as much meat as possible
was saved, but order having been given by the captain not to
save anything but meat, as the ship was to leave Fleming Inlet
already in the evening, unfortunately there was not any oppor-
tunity to get any of the skeletons of the killed animals, only
a Skull was taken on board. Of the cows of the herd 2 had,
strange to say, milk in their udders, so both of them have

1) It is quite curious to see how hard lived the old bulls are; it is seldom
that they fall for the first shot, and dying they are possessed of great
vigour.

Fig. 14.
(Photograph by Joh. Madsen.)

Fig. 15.
(Photograph by Joh. Madsen.)

HAN TU
x rates

„

"ig. 16.
(Photograph by Joh. Madsen.)

Fig. 17.
(Photograph by Joh. Madsen.)

60

probably calved in the same spring, but one calf must have
died; perhaps the wolf had played its pranks here.

In Polhems Dal a single bull was seen on August 28*,
this was the last musk-ox, seen during the expedition.

In all about 400 animals had been seen. Of these 18
animals had been killed, besides the two herds of in all 24
animals; of these 4 were cows, the rest mostly single bulls;
besides 2 calves were caught, both bull calves; of these
one died.

The number of the herds we saw was very different, from
three till more than 20. In some cases it has been decided,
how many of each sex were found in the herd thus: a party
of 3 animals (Sabine Island) 1 4, 22 (one 9 had scarcely before
had calf and was perhaps only a 2 years old heifer); a party
of 4 animals (Fleming Inlet) 2 6; 29; a party of 5 animals
(Fleming Inlet) 2¢, 29 and a yearling calf; a party of 11 ani-
mals (Fleming Inlet) 3 4, 19 and I calf (6}; a party of 14
animals (Jameson Land) 1 d, 59, 2 calves; a party of 15 animals
(Jameson Land) 119, 34, 1 calf (4).

On the whole only 13 calves were seen, but certainly there
must have been more, for it is often difficult at some distance
to discover calves in a herd, and in several of the herds
that were seen at some distance, there were certainly calves.
Therefore one cannot rashly say that of all the animals we
saw, only 13 were calves; the 13 calves are dispersed over
herds of about 88 animals, if one says now that 12 single bulls
belong to the 88 animals in the herds, it will be found that 13
calves belong to every 100 animals, or with a round number:
that 10% are calves. We saw never more than 2 calves in a
herd, but on former expeditions more have been seen. On the
second German expedition a party of 15 animals with 4 calves
was seen in Kuhn Island on July 11“ 1870. Ryder met with a
herd of 9 animals at Cape Stewart, of them 1 old bull, one

61

cow with 2 small calves’) and 2 heifers (?) without horns; the
horns always appearing during the first year, the two latter
must also have been born in the same spring; as there have
been in all 4 calves in the herd. In Strindberg Peninsula
in Geologfjord, Nathorst met with a herd of 19 with 3 calves.
As far as known the calves are born in the beginning of May;
in Shannon Island the Germans saw 6 animals with 2 calves
on May 19%, and 11 animals with 3 calves оп May 21% and they
put the age of the calves to almost a fortnight. There is no
reason to believe that the cows should go far away before
bearing, as Nathorst means.

The numerous single bulls that are found, are either old
animals that have been chased away from a party, or young
bulls, having not yet been able to gain a place by fighting in
the herd; one is apt to believe that these young animals that
have been educated in a herd, at a certain time of their devel-
opment are chased away by the other bulls of the herd.
Then a period of fighting and strife begins for them. They
try steadily to gain admission to the herd. Numerous fights
of that sort have been observed. Often such young bulls
unite by two. But the old bulls have scarcely any hope of
regaining any sway of a flock; their time is over, and now
they walk about very malicious, till death overtakes them.

Orca gladiator Bonn. Killer.

At Angmagsalik the Killer has sometimes been seen and
caught, according to what the Greenlanders reported to Poulsen.

Monodon monoceros L. Narwhal.
At Angmagsalik the Narwhal arrives in swarms from
June to August and is then caught rather commonly, says
Poulsen.

1) It is a question whether Ryder has seen rightly here, for no instance
is known of a cow having born two calves at a time.

62

In Turner Sund it was seen on July 27% 1900. At Skær-
gaardshalvø Amdrup saw some оп August 8. ‘Three narwhals,
two dark ones and 1 very light one, were seen by Deichmann at
the mouth of Carlsberg Fjord on Sept. 1%; they were swimming
about in the inlet in the night and forenoon, and then dis-
appeared in southern direction.

II.

Kehinoderms from East Greenland.

By

Th. Mortensen.

Crinoidea.
1. Antedon Eschrichti Müll. — Pl. I. Fig. 4—6.

Duncan & Sladen: A memoir on the Echinodermata of the Arctic
Sea to the West of Greenland. 1881. p. 73. — P. H. Carpenter: Report
upon the Crinoidea collected during the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Part
II. The Comatule. Vol. 26. 1888. р. 138. — Е. Jeffr. Bell: Catalogue of
the British Echinoderms. 1892. p. 53.

Forsblad Fjord, 90—50 fathoms. 3 specimens. — Off Henry
Land, c. 20 fath. 4 sp. — Turner Sund, 120 fath. 7 sp. —
Kap Tobin, 57 fath. 1 sp. — All large specimens.

2. Antedon prolixa Sladen. — PI. I. Fig. 1—3.

Duncan & Sladen: Op. cit. p.77. — Е. Jeffr. Bell: Op. cit. p.58.

Forsblad Fjord, 90—50 fathoms. 1 specimen. — S. E. of
Sabine Island, 110 fath. 2 sp. — Kap Hope, 120 fath. 2 sp. —
Kap Brewster, 250 fath. 6 sp.

Without entering upon the question about the possibility
of distinguishing with certainty À. quadrata Carp. from A. Esch-
richtt or А. prolixa from À. tenella (Retz.) (= А. Sarsii Düb.
Kor.), I may point out some features, by which these two groups
are very easily distinguished; though very easily seen, the struc-
tures here dealt with have, to my knowledge, as yet remained
unnoticed, a fact the more curious as good distinguishing charac-
ters are rather scarce in the great, difficult genus Antedon. While
the three lowermost pinnule have been very carefully examined,

little attention has been paid to all the numerous pinnule from
XXIX. 5

66

the fourth to the end of the arm (except, of course, as regards
their anatomical and histological structure); they may, however,
prove to be of no smaller importance from a systematic point
of view than are the three lowermost ones — if it be allowed to
conclude from the fact that they are so in these two groups.

A. Eschrichti. The joints are rather thick and robust, on
the interior side with a sharp, thin keel, well marked off from
the thick part of the joint; only on the last joint no such keel
is distinctly seen. The last 6—7 joints have their outer side
provided with numerous spines or hooks, especially the last
joint has 2—3 groups of large hooks. (PI. I. Fig. 5).

The covering-plates («ambulacrals») (PI. 1. Fig. 6) are large,
cribrous, of very irregular outline; the lower part is much the
larger and may consisi of two separate plates, lying very clo-
sely together; they unite with the neighbouring plates and thus
form a complete covering on the side of the ambulacral groove,
interrupted only by the narrow spaces in which the sacculi are
lodged, sacculi «and covering-plates alternating regularly. The
upper part of the covering-plate may be more or less separate,
forming a very irregular plate, whose adoral side is bent some-
what inwards; this part is much smaller than the lower part,
the plates being thus widely separated from each other. The
connection between the two parts may be represented by a
single rod, which forms, however, mostly a more or less exten-
sive network on its aboral, but not on its adoral side. On the
genital pinnule there are formed a number of thin irregular
plates, covering the widened portion between the joints and
the «ambulacral» plates. When dried these pinnule thus show
а very distinct, irregular plating. (Pl. I. Fig. 4). It may yet be
added about the pinnule of this species that the ambulacral
groove persists almost to the end, though, of course, rather
rudimentary; the covering-plates are not found on the last
6—7 joints, but the sacculi may proceed almost to the last
joint. (PI. I. Fig. 5).

67

In «The Comatulæ of the Willem Barents Expeditions»,
1880—84 (Bijdr. tot de Dierk. 13. АЙ. 1886) P. H. Carpenter
describes a new species, A. Barents’, remarkable through «the
extensive development of anambulacral plates in the perisome
of the genital pinnules. In this respect it differs from all the
Comatule of the arctic and temperate regions». — From the
informations given above it is clear that 4. Barentsi in this respect
closely agrees with A. Eschrichti — and this is the main charac-
ter of the species. The only other character of some impor-
tance is the length of the cirri, which is said not to reach
20 mm. Now there are on the figure given by Carpenter of
the single specimen found only three unbroken cirri represen-
ted, and the longest of these is c.25mm. Carpenter further
points out that the third pinnule is much shorter than the
second; in this respect, however, much variation is found
there being great differences not only between the individuals
but between the different arms of the same specimen and even
between the two sides of the same arm. From what here is
said, I think, we may safely regard A. Barents? as synonymous
with A. Eschrichti.

A. prolixa. The joints are rather long and slender; a thin
keel is found on the interior side, but the outer 4—5 joints
are quite cylindrical without such a keel. The outer side of
the joints is smooth, only at the upper end of all the joints
there is a circlet of thorns. (Pl. I. Fig. 1—3). The covering-
plates are long, narrow, curved rods, at the outer end a little
widened and with a few holes; the lower part is beautifully bent,
parallel to the joint. (Р1.1. Fig. 3). As in A. Eschrichti sacculi
and covering-plates alternate regularly. In the genital pinnules
no secondary plates are developed in the skin of the widened
part, it remains quite naked. The ambulacral groove is not
found on the 3—4 last joints. (Pl. 1. Fig. 2.) It may yet be
noted that the covering-plates are sometimes a little irregular
in the lover part, they may even be a little fenestrated.

5*

68

As will be seen, these differences are very striking. Whether
specific characters can be found here, I dare not assert; I
have not on this occasion been able to take the other species of
the two groups into consideration. At any case these structures
deserve to be carefully examined.

Asteroidea.

3. Asterias Mülleri Sars. — Pl. Il. Fig. 2.

M.Sars: Norges Echinodermer. 1861. p.88. — Danielssen &Koren:
Asteroidea. Norske Nordhavsexpedition. 1884. p. 21. — Levinsen: Kara-
havets Echinodermata. Dijmphnatogtets zoologisk-botaniske Udbytte. 1887.
p. 392. — F. Fischer: Echinoaermen von Jan Mayen. p. 31. (Die interna-
tionale Polarforschung 1882—83. Die Osterreichische Polarstation Jan Mayen.
Ш. Bd.). — Г. Döderlein: Die Echinodermen, in: Zoologische Ergebnisse
einer Untersuchungsfahrt des deutschen Seefischerei-Vereins nach der Baren-
insel und Westspitzbergen. Wiss. Meeresunters. herausg. v. d. Komm. z. Unters.
d. deutschen Meere in Kiel u. d. Biol Anst. auf Helgoland. N. F. IV. Abth.
Helgoland. H.2. 1900. p. 202. — H. Ludvig: Arktische Seesterne. Fauna
arctica, herausg. у. Е. Römer и. Е. Schaudinn. Bd. 1. 3. p.481. — Bell: Op.
cit. p. 100.

Several specimens from Ingolfs Fjord (°/s 1899), Angmag-
salik 9—0 fathoms and off Henry Land, 20 fath. Those from the
latter locality must be referred to the var. floccosa Levinsen; the
larger specimens from Angmagsalik have very few and small
spines on the abactinal side and thus look remarkably naked;
also the form of the arms is uncommonly rounded.

It is a very difficult task to distinguish between the species
A. Mülleri and A. groenlandica (Stp.). None of the characters,
when commonly used to separate the two species, holds good,
a large material is examined. The most important character is
found in the adambulacral spines, which form in А. groenlan-
dica a double series at least in a larger part of the arm,
Whereas in A. Mülleri they are alternately single and double.
— On the larger specimens from Angmagsalik they are
disposed in a single series or alternately one and two, but on
most of them a double series is found on some part (4—6

69

pairs) at the basis of the arm or farther out, sometimes only
on one side of the arm. — At Angmagsalik are taken some
small specimens (8) together, whose habitus is so much the
same, that it would be quite absurd to make two species of
them. Now most of them have the adambulacral spines dispo-
sed in a single series or alternately one and two, but in one
specimen they form a regular double series in the inner half
of the arms, also in a few of the other specimens 2—3 paired
spines may be found together in some part of the arms. The
same may be found in the specimens from Henry Land. This
character is thus not to be relied upon.

As distinguishing characteristics the following features are
further pointed out: in A. groenlandica there is an impression
across the basis of the arms, the disc thus forming a «polygon
with rounded corners»; this feature is not found in A. Mülleri,
«vel rarissime indistincte». (Levinsen p. 392). Though mostly
very distinct this character is neither to be relied upon, as it
may be found well developed also in typical A. Mülleri, as well
as in other species (rubens).

In A. groenlandica there are no pedicellaries on the disc
(Lütken: Grønlands Echinodermata p. 29. Levinsen: loc.
cit.), whereas pedicellaries are found here in A. Mülleri. But
in many specimens of Mülleri there are found only very few
pedicellaries on the disc, and in groenlandica a few pedicella-
ries may also be found there in some specimens. — In A. Mülleri
there are always pedicellaries on the adambulacral spines, in
groenlandica pedicellaries are not found here. This character
evidently is the best one, but neither this is to be relied upon
with certainty, as there may sometimes be found pedicellaries
on the adambulacral spines also in groenlandica.

Further the madreporite is said to be encircled and almost
covered by spines in groenlandica, which is not the case in
Miülleri (Sars. Op. cit. p.91). This seems to be of very little
specific value, as well because this circle of spines is very

70

indistinct in many specimens of groenlandica, as because it is a
relative thing, what is here to be understood by a circle of spines.
The madreporite may always be said to be encircled by spines
in species, where the disc has a dense covering of spines.

The «forcipiform» pedicellariæ (PI. II. Fig. 2) are quite iden-
tical in both species, as Danielssen & Koren (Op. cit. p. 22)
have pointed out. But as several other species (f. i. A. rubens,
polaris, glacialis) have just the same form of pedicellariæ, that
proves nothing against their being two distinct species. In the
«forficiform» pedicellariæ Danielssen & Koren find this diffe-
rence between the two species that in A. groenlandica they
form small tufts along the ambulacral groove, whereas in À.
Mülleri they are disposed singly. This character does neither
hold good; also in A. groenlandica they are often singly arranged.

Though a typical A. groenlandica as to habitus differs very
much from a typical A. Mülleri, especially of the var. islandica
Levinsen, there is evidently not a single character to be relied
upon by which they may be distinguished; I think, we must
then conclude that they cannot be maintained as two distinct
species, the form groenlandica must be regarded as a, more
or less distinct, variety of A. Mülleri.

4. Asterias panopla Stuxb. (Pl. II. Fig. 1.)

Danielssen & Koren: Op. cit. p. 17.— Levinsen: Op. cit. p. 394. —
Doderlein: Op. cit. p. 204. — Ludwig: Op. cit. p. 486.

Off Henry Land, 200—100 fathoms. 1 specimen, medium-sized.

The disc and abactinal side of the arms almost without
spines, only a few, inconspicuous spines, hardly larger than
the pedicellariæ are found at the basis of the arms. On the
disc only forcipiform pedicellariæ are found, the forficiform ones
being found only along the ambulacral groove and very sparingly.
Danielssen & Koren have figured the forcipiform pedicellariæ,
but it is not distinctly seen, that they differ in a more marked
manner from those of other Asterias-species. So they do
indeed, the more remarkably as the forcipiform pedicellariæ are

71

almost identical in structure in so many different species (Pl. И.
Fig. 2). To be able to see the structure of these pedicellariæ they
must be examined from the inner surface ; it is then seen that there
is only a single series of small teeth along the outer margin and
a few ones irregularly disposed below this series in the median
line. (PI. II. Fig. 1). Also the whoie outline is quite different
from the common form, as seen by comparing the figures 1
and 2. In sideview this curious structure is not to be seen.

5. Asterias Linckii (Mill. & Troschel). — Pl. II. Fig. 3.
Synonym: Asterias stellionura Perr.

Danielssen & Koren: Op. cit. p. 14. — Levinsen: Op. cit. р. 395. —
Döderlein: Op. cit. р. 200. — Ludwig: Op. cit. р. 486.

Forsblad Fjord, 14—3 fathoms, 1 large specimen. — Hurry
Inlet, 7—0 fath., Г large sp. — Kap Dalton, 9—11 fath., 1
small sp.

The specimens in hand must be referred to the Var. Gunneri,
though not being very marked. One of them, preserved in formaline,
has retained the red colour on the abactinal side very well.
The small specimen (R — 41 mm., r. — 17 mm,) looks rather
curious, the spines of the disc being well developed, whereas
pedicellariæ and papule are as yet very scarce. There can be
no doubt, however, that it is the same species as the large
specimens.

In this species the forcipiform pedicellariæ are even more
characteristic and unlike the common form than in A. panopla.
(Pl. li. Fig. 3). The upper end of the valve is not at all widened,
ending in two large hooks and—mostly—a smaller one between
them. Below there is a continuous series of teeth along the
median line of the valve, a single series in the upper part, a
double series in the lower part; at the lower end of the valve
there is a larger group of teeth, as usually. This curious struc-
ture can only be rightly understood, when the valve is examined
from the inner surface. Danielssen & Koren, who have figured
the pedicellarie in side-wiew only, therefore have failed: to
understand it.

72

6. Stichaster albulus (Stimps.).
Lütken: Oversigt over Grønlands Echinodermata. 1857. p. 30. (Ast.

problema Stp.). — Danielssen & Koren. Op. cit. p.31. — Duncan &
Sladen. Op. cit. p.29. — Ludwig: Op. cit. p. 479.
Angmagsalik, 9—0 fathoms, 1 specimen. — Ryders Sund,

30 fath. I sp. — Off Henry Land, 20 fath., 2 sp. — Jan Mayen,
15 fath.. 3 sp. — Kap Borlasse, 2 sp.

The figure given by Danielssen&Koren of the forcipi-
form pedicellariæ is not good; upon the whole it is impossible
to get a clear conception of the structure of these pedicellariæ
without isolating the valves and examining them from the inner
surface. They are much like the common form in Asterias
(Pl. II. Fig. 2).

7. Cribrella sanguinolenta (O. Е. Müll... — Pl. Il. Fig. 7—9.

Lütken: Op. cit. p. 31. — Sars: Norges Echinodermer. p. 84. — Dun-
can & Sladen: Op. си. р. 32. — Bell: Op. cit. p. 95. — Ludwig: Op.
eit. p. 472.

Kap Tobin, 57 fathoms, 2 small specimens. — Jan Mayen,
155 fath., 1 large specimen (В = 70 mm.).

From Forsblad Fjord there are two rather large, but badly
preserved specimens which are so unlike the typical form that
it seems to me to be rather doubtful, if they can be referred
to this otherwise very variable species. As, however, I cannot
on this occasion carefully examine the variations of this species,
I will only here point out the differences between these two
specimens and the typical form. The question, if they must
form another species, I intend to deal with in a more detailed
manner, when working out the «Ingolf»-Asteroidea.

The dorsal skeleton is a rather open, irregular meshwork,
and in the meshes are found one or more (3—5) small, isolated,
round or a little elongated plates. The spines are placed singly,
not in clusters (pseudopaxillæ), along the frames. Also the small
plates inthe meshes carry isolated spines. The spines are slender,
a little longer (0,2—3 mm.) than in the typical Or. sanguinolenta;

13

they are not trifid, as is commonly the case in this species,
but end irregularly; they are all covered with a thick skin,
which often unites with the skinfof the neighbouring spines,
forming thus a thin web along the frames. But one or two
papulæ in each mesh. (Pl. II. Fig. 7).

For comparison a part of the abactinal skeleton of a typical
Cr. sanguinolenta is figured (PI. II. Fig. 9). The difference is very
striking, but as the species is so extremely variable, transitional
forms may be found. In Fig. 8 is represented a part of the
abactinal skeleton of a specimen from the Cattegat. Here
the spines stand only 3—4 together, and there may be one or
a few small plates in the meshes, some of them even bearing
a single spine. These are not trifid and not covered by
thick skin.

The adambulacral spines do not offer any marked difference
from those of the typical Cr. sangwinolenta; there is only a
single series of spines outside these, whereas there is a double
series in the typical form. The inner small spine is present,
but often little developed. — The arms are not very slender;
В = с. 35 mm., width at the basis с. 10 mm. (The measures
cannot be quite exact because of the bad preservation of the
specimens).

These specimens are very interesting, showing how close
is the relationship between the genera Cribrella and Echinaster.
In fact they might as well be referred to Echinaster, there
being, as far as I can see, no distinguishing character of any
importance. Especially they resemble Echinaster scrobiculatus
Dan. Kor. so much (the spines of this species being small and
arranged in a similar manner as here, even occasionally two
together. Danielssen & Koren: Op. cit. p. 40) that it seems
rather irrational to refer them to two different genera. AlsoM.
Sars (Norges Ech. p. 86) has found specimens of Cr. sanguino-
lenta with the spines arranged in the manner here described,

74

and says: «hereby it is thus brought nearer to the mediterra-
nean Ё. sepositus»').

8. Rhegaster tumidus (Stuxb.).

Danielssen & Koren: Op. cit. p.60.— Levinsen: Op. cit. p. 399. —
Döderlein: Op. cit. р. 219. — Ludwig: Op. cit. p. 459.

Forsblad Fjord, 90—50 fathoms, 2 specimens.

These two specimens differ rather much. In one the adam-
bulacral spines are mostly disposed in single transverse series,
their number varying from 3 to 5; here and there a single
spinelet is found in the ambulacral groove, reminding of Cr. sang-
winolenta. — In the other specimen the adambulacral spines
are disposed in double transverse series, very crowded, espe-
cially at the oral end of the groove. The marginal plates are
very distinct in this specimen and the larger tubercles on the
abactinal side rather numerous. The one of these specimens
thus unites two of the most important characters of the Var.
tuberculata Dan. Kor.: the distinct marginal plates and the nu-
merous tubercles of the abactinal side, with the disposition of
the adambulacral spines found in the typical form, whereas the
other specimen has the adambulacral spines disposed as in the
Var. tuberculata, but no marginal plates and very indistinct
tubercles on the abactinal side. The Var. tuberculata Dan. Kor.
thus evidently cannot be maintained as a distinct variety—as
also results from the researches of Döderlein and Levinsen.

9. Solaster syrtensis Verr.

Е А. Verrill: Descriptions of new species of Starfishes and Ophiurans.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 17. 1894. p.271. — Döderlein: Op. cit. р. 211.

Hurry Inlet, 50 fathoms (Clay with stones). One specimen,
agreeing perfectly with the descriptions given by Verrill and

1) In a recently published paper (Oversigt over det nordlige Norges Echi-
modermer. Bergens Museum Aarbog 1902 p. 28). J.A. Grieg states the
Echinaster scrobiculatus to be only a young stage of Cr. sanguinolenta.

75

Döderlein. According to Ludwig (Ор. cit. р. 465) it is only
a form of S.endeca; 1 cannot feel sure of that and think that
Döderlein is right in regarding it as a distinct species. But
whether species or variety, as it is easily recognised, it must
at all events be treated separately from the typical 5. endeca.

10. Solaster papposus (L.). Pl. Il. Fig. 6.

Lütken: Op. cit. p. 40. — Sars: Op. cit. p. 76. — Danielssen &
Koren: Op. cit. p.48. — Fischer: Op. cit. p.33. — Duncan & Sladen:
Op. cit. p. 36. — Dôderlein: Op. cit. p. 205. — Bell: Op. cit. p. 89 —
Ludwig: Op. cit. p. 460.

Jan Mayen, 55 fathoms, 13 specimens (one 9-armed, one
13-armed, the others with 10 arms). — Kap Tobin, 57 fath., 1
sp. — Turner Sund, 120 fath., 1 sp.

One 10-armed specimen from Angmagsalik, 140 fathoms, differs
from the typical form in having 5—6 adambulacral spines, the
adoral one mostly smaller than the others, and in the abactinal
skeleton forming rather small meshes; the papulæ are disposed
singly, seldom 2—3 together in one mesh. The paxillæ are rather
small and closeset, the thorns not truncated. This, rather
badly preserved, specimen undoubtedly is nearly related to the
Var. septentrionalis Sladen («Challenger»-Asteroidea р. 445);
however, it does not agree so exactly with the description, that
it can be definitively referred to that variety.

Three specimens from Hurry Inlet, 50 fathoms, may be referred
to the var. sguamata Döderlein. (Op. cit. р. 208). They agree with
this form in the curious, scalelike, abactinal skeleton (Pl. II.
Fig. 6) and in the number of adambulacral and external spines.
“The paxille of the abactinal side are rather closeset, uniform,
long and slender, with about 3—10 spines, mostly 4—6, disposed
in a single circle and all of the same length (about 1,5 mm.).
This form looks very different from the typical S. papposus, in
which small and large paxille are found together. All the three
specimens have 11 arms. В. = 22/4 г.

This very curious form might well be separated from pap-

16

posus as a distinct species, though a similar development of
the abactinal skeleton may be found in some specimens of the
latter. However, it is of little importance, if it be called a
distinct species or variety, if it be only kept distinct from
the typical 5. papposus. — Possibly it is also nearly related to
S. echinatus Storm, in which species the abactinal skeleton is
likewise composed of «cruciform» plates. But the description
and figure of this species, given by Storm are not sufficient
for recognizing the species with certainty.

11. Solaster furcifer Dub. Kor.

Düben & Koren: Ofversigt af Skandinaviens Echinodermer. К. Sv.
Vet. Akad. Handl. 1844. p. 248. — Danielssen & Koren. Op. cit. p. 47. —
Duncan & Sladen: Op. cit. p. 43. — Fischer: Op. cit. p. 33. — Bell: Op.
cit. p.91. — Ludwig: Op. cit. р. 467.

Kap Brewster, c. 250 fathoms, 2 specimens. — Forsblad
Fjord, 90—50 fath., 5 sp. — Hurry Inlet, 50 fath., 1 sp. —
Turner Sund, 120 fath., I large specimen (R — 80 mm., r =
37 mm.).

In the large specimen all the spines and paxillæ are
clothed with a thick skin, in the same manner as in the large
specimen mentioned by Duncan & Sladen. The arms are
very broad almost to the end (not so in Duncan & Sladen's
specimen). There is an unusually broad naked space between
the ventral and dorsal marginal paxillæ in the outer half of
the arm.

With regard to this species I might here only point out, that
the spines in the transverse series outside the adambulacral spines”
are distinctly thorny, whereas the latter are smooth. This is
most distinct in young specimens, where the spines are covered
only by a thin, translucent skin; — another character by which
this very curious species is distinguished from the other species
of Solaster.

AT

12. Pteraster obscurus (Perrier).
Hexaster obscurus Perrier.
Perrier: Contribution 4 l'étude des Stellerides de l'Atlantique Nord.
Resultats des campagnes scientifiques par Albert ler, Prince Souverain de

Monaco. Fasc. XI. 1896. р. 41. — Döderlein: Op. cit. р. 213. — Ludwig:
Op. cit. p. 468.

Hurry Inlet, 50 fathoms, 1 specimen.

13. Pteraster militaris (О.Е. Müll.). — Pl. Il. Fig. 4—5.

Lütken: Op. cit. р. 43. — Sars: Op. cit. р. 48. — Duncan & $ 1а4еп.
Op. cit. p. 46. — Bell: Op. cit. p.93. — Ludwig: Op. cit. p. 469.

Turner Sund, 120 fathoms, 1 specimen.

Duncan & Sladen (Op. cit. p. 47) have pointed out that
the secondary mouthspines in Pteraster militaris have «the tip
abruptly pointed, transparent and glass-like», and Sladen makes
the same remark («Challenger»-Asteroidea) for several other
Pteraster- and Retaster-species. Perrier (Mém. sur les Etoiles
de mer recueillis dans la mer des Antilles et le Golf de Mexique.
Nouv. Arch. d. Mus. d’hist. nat. 2 Ser. 6. 1884) finds the same
structure in Pteraster caribeus. Also in Goniodon dilatatus
Perr. such transparent, glasslike secondary mouthspines are
found (De Loriol: Notes pour servir à l’étude des Echinoder-
mes. IX.), and in the family Odontasteride Verrill likewise one
or two mouthspines have that structure.

These spines, in my opinion, are extremely interesting; I
cannot see but that they must be regarded as the Homologa
of the spheridia of Echinids. These curious organs are
indeed only spines, which have been transformed into a homo-
genous, compact calcareous mass, the basal part alone retaining
traces of the original structure. Not seldom sphæridiæ may be
found, which have been so little transformed that one scarcely
knows what to call them: spines or sphæridiæ. An especially
striking example of this fact I have found in a specimen of
Echinus esculentus from the North Sea (a curious variety, resemb-

78

ling to an extraordinary degree Ech. elegans, with which species
it has, however, nothing to do). In this specimen the spines
of the buccal plates were partly transformed into spheridie, all
transitional stages being found between common spines and true
sphæridiæ. (Textfig. 1—3). — Now these secondary mouthspines
in Pteraster militaris are constructed just in the same way as
the sphæridiæ: the lower part has retained the common calca-
reous structure, whereas the upper part has been transformed

TEE SRD
LUN oe toi <

НЫ,

RE
eer guy,

Fig. 1—3. Transformation of spines into sphæridiæ, in Echinus esculentus.
1. Spine of the typical form. 2. Transitional form. 3. Spheridia.
(Seibert: Obj. II. Ос. Г.).

into a clear, compact, glass-like mass (PI. II. Fig. 4). That the
surface is not smooth, but covered with small, scalelike thorns
(Fig. 5) is no proof against their being true sphæridiæ; also in
the Echinids they are often more or less thorny. Neither is the
fact that they are covered with a thick skin an objection against
my view, the sphæridiæ of Echinids being likewise covered with
skin (though a thin and transparent one). In short, I cannot
find a single essential difference between these structures and
the sphæridiæ of Echinids, except in their position. In Echinids

79

the sphæridiæ are always placed in the ambulacral areas, though
otherwise a great variation prevails as to their position and
number; in the Asterids they are placed interradially. This
fact, to be sure, seems to be a serious objection, but, in my
opinion, it does not disprove the homology of the mentioned
organs. The radial or interradial position is an extremely im-
portant character in Echinoderm morphology, and as a whole
it must be maintained that the relation to the radia or interradia
is a criterion of homology. In this case, however, it cannot be
applied. It must be remembered that the sphæridiæ are only
transformed spines; but spines are not exclusively radial or
interradial, and nobody, I think, would maintain that the ambu-
lacral (radial) spines of Echinids are not homologous to the
interradial spines of Asterids. Further it must be remembered
that the homology of the ambulacral plates in Echinids is very
uncertain; at any rate they are scarcely homologous to the
ambulacral plates of Asterids, more likely they are homologous
with the adambulacral ones of the Asterids. In that case the sphe-
ridiæ in both Asterids and Echinids would be placed on plates
of the same morphological value. But, be that as it will, at
any rate it seems to me undoubtful that the mentioned struc-
tures in the Asterids are true sphæridiæ. — A careful examina-
tion of their histological structure especially of the thick cove-
ring of skin is very desirable.

In itself it is not so very surprising to find sphæridiæ in
Asterids. Pedicellariæ are likewise found only in Asterids and
Echinids (with the single exception of Trichaster, in which
Ludwig has found a curious kind of pedicellariæ). But it is
of no small importance that the Homologa of these curious
organs, hitherto thought characteristic of Echinids alone, have
thus been found also in Asterids. In accordance with the well
known fact that pedicellariæ are found only in certain families
of Asterids the sphæridiæ are likewise not found in all Aste-
rids, but are known to occur only in the families Pterasteride

80

and Odontasteridæ and in Goniodon dilatatus. Doubtless they
will be found yet in some other Asterids, though in most of
the families they are certainly not found. It may be remem-
bered that neither in the Cidarids sphæridiæ are found. In
Chetaster longipes the spinules on the adambulacral plates and
the abactinal skeleton are of a homogenous, glassy structure
in their outer part, especially those of the adambulacral plates |
looking very much like sphæridiæ 1). Whether they are also to be re-
garded as true sphæridiæ I dare not say, but I should think so,
though it seems a very curious thought that the whole animal
should be covered with sphæridiæ. — Also these spines ought
to be examined as to their histological structure.

In the Pterasteride spheridie are commonly. occurring,
but not in all species. Thus in Pteraster obscurus the secon-
dary mouthspines are almost not transformed at all. Neither
in Hymenaster pellucidus.such a structure is found, if indeed
in any Hymenaster at all.

14. Hymenaster pellucidus. Wyv. Thomson.

Danielssen & Koren: Op. cit. p. 72. — Sladen: Report on the
Asteroidea of H. М. 5. «Challenger». Vol. ХХХ. 1889. p. 508. — Ludwig:
Op. cit. p. 472.

Forsblad Fjord, 90—50 fathoms, 2 specimens. — SE. off
Sabine Island, 110 fath., 1 sp.

The latter specimen differs very strikingly from the two
others and from the common form of H. pellucidus in having
three adambulacral spines, whereas this species otherwise has
only two adambulacral spines. The number of these spines is
of great systematic importance in this genus; Sladen (op. cit.
p.494) even groups the species after their having one, two,
three or more adambulacral spines. It is then very remarkable

1) Ludwig: Die Seesterne des Mittelmeeres. Flora u. Fauna des Golfes
von Neapel. XXIV. Monogr. 1897. (р. 144. T. IX. Fig. 15—23).

81

to find a specimen varying in this respect, and one might sup-
pose this specimen to belong to another species. I cannot,
however, find one single other character of any importance, by
which it may be distinguished from the specimens with two
adambulacral spines. — In the figure given by Sladen (Op.
cit. PI. LXXX. 5) there is only one pair of secondary mouthspi-
nes, and Danielssen & Koren have seen and figured none
at all; now there are two pairs of secondary mouthspines in this
specimen. This would be an excellent character, if the state-
ments of Sladen and Danielssen & Koren were to be relied
upon. I find, however, that also specimens with two adambula-
cral spines have regularly two pairs of secondary mouthspines.
To found a new species on account of the three adambulacral
spines alone would be rather absurd, to my opinion; I prefer,
at any rate till more material has been procured, to regard it
as a variety of H. pellucidus.

15. Pentagonaster granularis (Retzius).

Sars: Op. cit. р. 46. —Lütken: Kritiske Bemærkninger om forskellige
Sostjærner (Asterider) med Beskrivelse af nogle nye Arter. Vidensk. Medd.
Naturh. Foren. Kobenh. 1864. р. 146. — Bell: Op. cit. р. 73. — Ludwig:
Op. cit. p. 456.

Angmagsalik, 140 fathoms, 1 specimen (À = 15 mm., 7 =
9,5 mm.

The arms are very distinctly marked off; the margin of
the disc between the arms quite straight. The marginal plates
with an uncommonly small naked, oval spot near the upper (or
lower) margin. Most of the upper marginal plates have not, as
is commonly the case in P. granularis, a series of small grains
along the upper margin, but the abactinal plates are directly
in contact with the marginal plates. There are 12 dorsal and
14 ventral marginal plates, the last of the ventral ones being
very small. The two distal pairs of dorsal marginal plates are
in contact in the median line on the abactinal side of the arm;

but, whereas there is in the typical P.granularis a series of
XXIX. 6

82

grains between the plates both in the median line and along
the sides, such grains are here not found on the sides between
the three last pairs of plates, and in the median line the grains
cease at the last pair of plates but one, only a small separate
group of grains being found between the last and the last but
one pair.

This specimen reminds somewhat of P. simplex Verrill
(Distribution of the Echinoderms of Northeastern America. Amer.
Journ. Sc. 49. 1895. p.135), but does not agree exactly with
the — not very detailed — description. In spite of the diffe-
rences here pointed out it must evidently be referred to P.
granularis.

This species had not previously been recorded from these
regions; but as it is known from N. America as well as from
the European coast, it is not surprising that it has now been
found also at East Greenland.

_ 16. Pontaster tenuispinus (Dub. Kor.).

Duben & Koren: Op. cit. р. 251. — Sars: Op. с И. р. 38. — Lütken:
Fortsatte kritiske og beskrivende Bidrag til Kundskab om Sostjærnerne (Aste-
riderne). Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kobenhavn. 1871. p. 240. — Daniels-
sen & Koren: Op. си. р. 85. — Levinsen: Op. cit. p. 401. — Sladen: Op.
cit. р. 28. — Bell: Op. cit. р. 60. — Ludwig: Ор. cit. р. 447.

Forsblad Fjord, 90—50 fathoms, 10 specimens. — Off Henry
Land, 200—160 fath., 3 sp. — Hurry Inlet, 50 fath., 1 sp. —
Off Canning Island, 202 fath., 1 sp. — S.E. off Sabine Island,
110 fath., 1 sp.

Ophiuroidea.
17. Ophioglypha Sarsii (Ltk.).

Lutken: Additamenta ad historiam Ophiuridarum. I. Vidensk. Selsk.
Skr. 5. Række; math. naturv. Afd. 5. Bd. р. 42. — Duncan & Sladen: Op.
cit. р. 60. — Bell: Op. cit. р. 109. — Grieg: Die Ophiuriden der Arktis.
Fauna arctica, herausg. von Römer u. Schaudinn. J. 2. 1900. р. 261.

Jan Mayen, 55 fathoms, numerous large specimens. Hurry
Inlet, 10 fath., 2 specimens.

83

Lutken has pointed out that there may sometimes be found
a third, small tentacle scale besides the two normal ones. In
these specimens two and three tentacle scales are found equally
often, and not only on the inner armjoints, but farther out,
until about the 16 joint. Sometimes there are even 4 tentacle
scales on some of the inner joints. On the other hand, I have
seen none with only one tentacle scale, as in some specimens
from Greenland, mentioned by Lütken. In some specimens
the armcomb is very little developed or even totally wanting;
these specimens, however, are in no other respect different
from the typical form.

It is a noticeable fact that all the numerous specimens are
of about the same size (15—20 mm. diameter of the disc); as
numerous specimens of the small О. robusta are taken in the
same haul, the small specimens of O. Sarsii cannot have been
overlooked; really none have been living here together with the
large specimens. Otherwise it is a common thing to find all
different sizes represented in places, where some species occurs
in great numbers; by measuring the specimens of different sizes
from such a locality it may be possible to show the age of the
specimens—as I have done elsewhere for О. texturata. (Smaa
Biologiske Meddelelser. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Koben-
havn. 1897. р. 321). How this may be in O. Sarsiü, I dare
not say; the occurrence of only one size on the locality named
might mean that they are only one year old.

18. Ophioglypha robusta (Ayres).
Ophiura squamosa Liitken.

Lütken: Additamenta. p.46. — Duncan & Sladen: Op. cit. p. 62. —
Bell: Op. cit. p. 109. — Grieg: Op. cit. p. 262.

Jan Mayen, 15 fathoms, 1 specimen. — Jan Mayen, 50—60
fath., numerous sp. — Henry Land, 20 fath., 2 sp. — Sabine
Island, anchoring place; 4 sp. — Kap Tobin, 57 fath., 2 sp. —
Rathbom Island, 94 fath., 2 sp. — Hurry Inlet, 10 fath., 1 sp.

6%

84

In some specimens the armcomb is totally wanting, and
the resemblance of such specimens to O. maculata Ludwig is
very great; also the number of tentacle scales at the first pair
of pores is variable, and sometimes there may be two tentacle
scales farther out on the arm; this character is then not to be
relied upon either. I have, however, never in O. robusta found
the papillæ on the adoral side of the innermost tentacle pores
uniting with the mouthpapille, as Ludwig figures it in O. ma-
culata; the latter species therefore must be maintained, though
evidently very nearly related to O. robusta.

19. Ophiocten sericeum (Forbes).

Lütken: Additamenta. p. 52. — Duncan & Sladen: Op. cit. p. 62. —
Bell: Op. cit. p.113. — Grieg: Op. cit. p. 264.

Forsblad Fjord, 14—3 fathoms and 90—50 fath., numerous
specimens. — Hurry Inlet, 7—0 fath. and 70 fath., several sp.
— Sabine Island, anchoring piace, several sp. — Kap Dalton,
9—11 fath., several sp. — Ryders Sund, 3 fath., several sp. —
Henry Land, 20 fath., several sp. — Jan Mayen, 50—60 fath.,
several sp.

20. Ophiopleura borealis. Dan. Kor.

Danielssen & Koren: Fra den norske Nordhavs-Expedition. Nyt Mag.
for Naturv. 25. 1879. p.33. —Duncan & Sladen: Op. cit. p. 55. — Levin-
sen: Op. cit. p. 403. — Grieg: Ophiuroidea; Norske Nordhavs-Exped. р. 3.
— Grieg: Die Ophiuriden der Arktis. p. 261.

Hurry Inlet, 50 fath., numerous specimens. — Kap Hope,
121 fath., 3 sp. — Off Canning Island, 202 fath., 1 sp. — Kap
Tobin, 57 fath., 1 sp. — Forsblad Fjord, 90—50 fath., 8 large,
7 small sp. — Fleming Inlet, 118 fath., 8 sp. — SE. off Sabine
Island, 110 fath., 2 sp.

According to Danielssen & Koren the disc is covered
by a thick skin, which conceals the scaling; they think this so
remarkable, that they establish a new family, Ophiopleuride,
whose main character is that «the disc is clothed with a firm
thick skin, through which the scaling is faintly seen». Levinsen
(Op. cit. p. 405) has rightly pointed out that the naked skin

85

covering the scaling of the disc is a character of very little
importance, as it is found very well developed also in several
species of Ophioglypha. (That a naked skin covers the plates
of all Echinoderms, I need scarcely name). I quite agree with
Levinsen herein, but I must further add the rather curious
that in Ophiopleura there is no thick skin at all, covering
tbe scaling. On the contrary the skin is very thin and delicate,
and quite translucent, as is easily seen by preparing it off the
disc; it is by no means thicker than in our common Ophioglypha-
species or in Ophiocten sericeum, and is quite unable to con-
ceal the scaling; it is from the character of the scaling itself
that it looks, as if the disc were covered with that famous
thick skin.
21. Ophiopholis aculeata (O. F. Müll.).

Lütken: Additamenta. p. 60. — Bell: On. cit. p. 125. — Grieg: Oph.
d. Arktis. p. 264.

Angmagsalik, 130 fathoms, 16 specimens. — Jan Mayen,
15 fath., 1 sp.

22. Ophiopus areticus Ljungm.
Ophiaregma abyssarum G. О. Sars.

Ljungman: Ophiuroidea viventia Вас usque cognita. Ofvers. К. Vetensk.
АК. Förh. 1866. р. 309. — С. 0. Sars: Bidrag til Kundskaben om Dyrelivet
paa vore Havbanker. Forh. 1 Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania. 1872. р. 112. —
Th. Mortensen: Uber Ophiopus arcticus Ljungm., eine Ophiure mit rudi-
mentären Bursæ. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 56. 1893. р. 506. -- Grieg: Ophiu-
roidea; Norske Nordh. Exped. p. 17. — Grieg: Oph. d. Arktis. p. 266.

Henry Land, 20 fathoms, 10 specimens. — Rathbom Island,
94 fath., 5sp. — SE. off Sabine Island, 110 fath., 3 sp. — Кар
Brewster, 250 fath., 1 sp. — Kap Tobin, 57 fath., 1 sp. — Forsblad
Fjord, 90—50 fath., 2 sp. — Turner Sund. 120 fath., 2 sp. —
Hurry Inlet, 50 fath., 2 specimens.

23. Amphiura Sundevalli (Mr. Tr.).
Amphiura Holbolli Ltk.
Lütken: Additamenta. р. 55. — Duncan & Sladen: Op. си. рф. 67. —
Grieg: Oph. d. Arktis. p. 265.
Off Henry Land, 20 fathoms, 1 specimen.

86

24. Ophiacantha bidentata (Retz.).
Ophiacantha spinulosa M. Tr.

Lütken: Additamenta. p. 65. — Duncan & Sladen: Op. cit. p. 68. —
Bell: Op. cit. p.127. — Grieg: Oph. d. Arktis. p. 267.

Numerous specimens from the following localities.

Kap Brewster, 250 fathoms; Kap Tobin, 57,fath.; Kap Hope,
120 fath.; Kap Dalton, 9—11 fath.; Forsblad Fjord, 90—50 fath. ;
Hurry Inlet, 50 fath.; Off Henry Land, 20 fath.; Turner Sund,
120 F.; Ryders Sund, 3 fath.; Off Canning Island, 202 fath.;
Angmagsalik, 140 fath.; Jan Mayen, 50—60 fath.

Several specimens have two tentacle scales at the inner
pair of pores, though mostly not on all the arms; sometimes
two tentacle scales may be found farther out on a single arm.
One specimen from Forsblad Fjord is remarkable by having
3—4 extra mouthpapillæ, outside the normal series; such groups
of papillæ outside the true mouthpapille distinguish О. enopla
Verrill (and a few other species, O. cosmica Lym., rosea Lym.,
scutata Lym.). As, however, this specimen does not differ in any
other respect from the typical O. bidentata, it must be regarded
as an abnormal form of this otherwise very variable species.

25. Ophiacantha anomala G. O. Sars.

С. 0. Sars: Nye Echinodermer fra den norske Kyst. Forh. i Vidensk.
Selsk. Christiania. 1871. p. 12.

Angmagsalik, 140 fathoms, 5 specimens. (In one of the
specimens the young ones are protruding from the bursal slits).

This species was hitherto known only from Norway and
the Eastcoast of North-America (Verrill).

26. Ophioscolex glacialis M. Tr. — Pl. il. Fig. 10.
Sars: Norges Echinodermer. p. 7. — Bell: Op. си. р. 134. — Grieg:
Oph. d. Arktis. p. 268.
Off Canning Island, 202 fathoms, 4 specimens, the three
large, 30 mm. diameter of disk, 130 mm. length of arms. —

87

N. off Stewart Island, 158 fath., 1 large specimen. — SE. off
Sabine Island, 110 fath., 1 small specimen.

Ludwig (Ophiuren der Sammlung Plate. Zool. Jahrb. Suppl.
IV. 1898. р. 770) describes from the disc skin of Ормотуха
some small plates, almost quite homogenous, without the holes
commonly found in the plates (scales) of Echinoderms. «Glas-
plattchen» he names these structures. He rightly points
out that they are only a special development of the scales,
usually found in Ophiurids. — In Ophioscolex glacialis and
purpureus I find just the same sort of curious plates in the
skin (Pl. I. Fig. 10). In small specimens they are little deve-
loped, not differing much from the usual scales, but in large
specimens only a small spot in the middle of each plate retains
traces of the original structure, the rest being converted into
a homogenous calcareous substance, in which mostly some con-
centric rings are seen. In the larger specimens these plates
are very scarce, in the smaller they lie closely together and
overlap as common scales. There may be some specific differ-
ence between O. glacialis and purpureus in this respect, but
I have not sufficient material for ascertaining that fact.

27. Ophioscolex purpureus Dub. Kor.

Düben & Koren: Ofvers. af Skand. Ech. р. 235. — Sars: Norges
Echinodermer. p. 8. — Bell: Op. cit. р. 134.

Angmagsalik, 140 fathoms, 1 specimen.

Possibly this specimen has to be referred to О. quadrispinus
Verrill (Results of the Explorations made by the steamer Alba-
tross off the northern Coast of the U.S. in 1883. Washington.
1885. p. 48) instead of to O. purpureus. It differs from the latter
species in the dorsal plates not being divided through a delicate
transverse line into two almost equal parts; otherwise it comple-
tely agrees with the descriptions of this species. As Verrill
does not say anything about the form of the dorsal (or ventral)
plates in O. quadrispinus, it cannot be decided, whether it be

88

that species — or whether, indeed, O. quadrispinus be not
identical with O. purpureus.

O. purpureus is known only from the coasts of North Europe
and from the Westindies; from the East coast of North-America
O. quadrispinus is recorded instead of this species. The geogra-
phical distribution thus seems to indicate that the two species
are synonymous; that O. purpureus should occur at the Westindies
but not at the Eastcoast of N.-America, is very improbable. But
a close examination of authentic specimens of O. quadrispinus
is needed, before this question can be settled.

28. Gorgonocephalus eucnemis (М. Tr.). _

Lutken: Additamenta. p. 70. — Sars: Norges Echinodermer. p. 4. —
Doderlein: Op. cit. р. 226. — Bell: Op: cit. р. 138. — Gries: Ophivd:
Arktis. p. 268.

Turner Sund, 120 fathoms, 8 specimens, large and small.
— Kap Brewster, 250 fath., 1 sp. — Kap Tobin, 57 fath., 2 sp. —
Kap Hope, 121 fath., 1 sp.

29. Gorgonocephalus Agassizii (Stimpson).
Duncan & Sladen: Op. cit. p. 69. — Fischer: Echinodermen von Jan
Mayen. р. 37. — Doderlein: Op. cit. p. 227. — Grieg: Oph. 4. Arktis. р. 271.
Jan Mayen, 50 fath., 1 specimen (12 mm. diameter of disc).

Echinoidea.

50. Strongylocentrotus drebachiensis (О. Е. Müll.).

Lutken: Oversigt over Grønlands Echinodermata. p. 24. — Duncan
& Sladen: Op. cit. р. 19. — Agassiz: Revision of Echini. р. 277. — Bell:
Op. cit. p. 156.

Kap Tobin, 57 fathoms, 41 specimens. — Kap Hope, 120
fath., 3 sp. — Kap Dalton, 9—10 fath., 1 sp. — Forsblad Fjord,
90—50 fath., 3 sp. — Rathbom Island, 94 fath., 6 sp. — Henry
Land, 20 fath., 32 sp. — Jan Mayen, 15 fath., 3 sp. Jan Mayen,
50-—60 fath., 1 specimen.

89

Holothurioidea.
31. Myriotrochus Rinkii Stp.

Lutken: Overs. over Grønlands Echinodermer. p. 22. — Danielssen
& Koren: Holothurioidea. Norske Nordhavs-Expedition. p. 28. — Duncan &

Sladen: Op, cit. p.15. — Ludwig: Arktische und subarktische Holothurien.
Fauna Arctica. I. 1. 1900. p. 166.

Kap Dalton, 9—11 fathoms, 5 specimens. — Forsblad Fjord,
14—3 fath., 3 sp. — Turner Sund, 3 fath., 2 sp.

32. Eupyrgus scaber Ltk.

Lutken: Overs. over Grønlands Echinodermer. p. 23. — Ludwig:
Arktische u. subarktische Holoth. p. 160.

Hurry Inlet, 10 fathoms, 1 specimen.

33. Trochostoma boreale (Sars).
Molpadia borealis Sars.

Sars: Norges Echinodermer. p. 116. — Danielsen &Koren: Holothu-
roidea; Norske Nordh. Exp. р. 64. — Levinsen: Op. cit. p.388. — Ludwig:
Op. cit. p. 161.

Flemming Inlet, 118 fathoms, 3 specimens. -— Off Angmag-
salik, 140 fath., 1 sp.

' te baie ut
+4

À mr LEA

MTS vr KEE

001; 4, meh.

ni nina: и

BY PTE Kin! Re

n'a suis
CA NSB LE AIR a,

Vy

р
|

za Wi

Fig. 1.

vs

'
mo

Explanation of the plates.
Plate I.

Genital pinnule of Antedon prolixa (3). *f1.
Distal end of a pinnule of Antedon prolixa. 31/;.

Joint of a pinnule, with the covering-plates, sacculi and tentacles
of Antedon prolixa. 82).

Genital pinnule of Antedon Eschrichti; dried. 3/1.
Distal end of a pinnule of Antedon Eschrichti. 34/1.

Joint of a pinnule of Antedon Eschrichti, showing the covering-
plates, sacculi and tentacles. 52/1.

Plate I.

Valve of forcipiform pedicellaria of Asterias panopla; seen from the
inner surface. 70/1.

The same of Asterias Mülleri. 175/:.

The same of Asterias Lincku. *°/1.

Sphæridia (secondary mouthspine) of Pteraster militaris. 39/1.

The outer end of the same. 79/1.

Portion of the abactinal skeleton of Solaster papposus, var. squamata
Döder!. 5/1.

Portion of the abactinal skeleton of Cribrella sangwinolenta, Var. 14/1.

Portion of the abactinal skeleton of a specimen of Cribrella sang-
uinolenta from the Cattegat, intermediate between the Var. and
the typical form. 14/1.

Portion of the abactinal skeleton of Cribrella sanguinolenta, typical
form. 14/1.

Portion of the disc-skin of Ophioscolex glacialis, showing the trans-
formed scales. 34/;.

All the figures are drawn with Abbé’s Camera; the micro-

scope used, for which I am indebted to the Carlsberg Fond,

is a Zeiss’s-instrument.

et

lo. wait Ч
en gee A io ata id A agi MUR

pS

bolsen De annie enduits ton §

Г

ВА “bok, Yi AMG

u ra. HO) ar 30 ‘ое ñ fu lite ‘teri
} 2 oe р А Ue = LØR RAN
Del aan Hp “ot DEN КОРЗИНЕ to ati B 16 а
; ang Ë Be he" want bil ALBERS i .
BENE er coh à SÅ | UN,
as EU CAEN AD nee 10 node m fregat: LH VANT;

KT TEGN

Ави art HOUR ann To ви HEURE
Jet ue a ae RN Bere Re te wee ‘af ae
: $ ; APTE k ? apy
lir or see О TANT В М0 оао т заре Mbits sd
Mg М La

.

ne | HUE one eet I fu: I ‘UM im ur

Ух. IB San #19 uf na så ar ”

(hol.

ВУ To eo HEN

Hui AG

Inline oath ju Hattie u

Gas MAT 30 Wemisgq4a a 30 LUE
и i

{4 + , x + i 5 AT i » Etc
hen ie wat OM 9 прочат Ни mæ QUE HONOR

у
# TERRE ‘ha She TEEN avid er ae 7
И я À SRE "e Ie nee RS ВАУ
iger alison: her te пола о wilt tå ‘поно,
У u RUN | À RS RUN

OTIS acl} acts я (ЧА dia wae) эВ stant ou Mth
aut

Meddelelser om Crønland XXIX,

INSSE

7

>
=
=x
=
#7 —
=
А

3.
ИПМ. Møller seulp.

Meddelelser om Grønland XXX.

Th. Mortensen del. £ å TN. Möller seulp.

tires a =
HER EE
HEDE

Ш.

The Tertiary Fauna at Кар Dalton
in Bast-Greenland.

By

JEP: TJ Ravn

Tertiary deposits have, as is well known, a rather wide
extension in the northern Arctic countries, and have often been
examined, but yet the stage has not been reached where we
can, with sufficient certainty, determine their exact age in
relation to the Tertiary formations of other places. The reason
of this uncertainty consists chiefly in the fact, that in the
Arctic Tertiary deposits generally fossil plants only have been
found which as a rule are less satisfactory than fossil animals
for the determination of age. Although in the course of time
a very considerable number of well preserved fossil plants have
been collected, we see nevertheless, that the views regarding
their age vary very much. О. Heer, who specially occupied
himself with fossil plants from the Arctic regions, arrived at the
conclusion that the greater part was Miocene, while younger
naturalists suppose them to be considerably older. This que-
stion can scarcely be solved with certainty, until the plant-
bearing deposits are found in connection with formations con-
taining marine fossils, sufficiently well preserved for correct
determination. All Tertiary marine-fossils, found in the above
named regions, will therefore be received with great interest,
and must be examined as carefully as possible.

With special regard to the Tertiary deposits of Greenland,
it may be remarked that the formations abounding with fossil
plants from this period in the northern part of West-Greenland,
have been known for a long time; however no determinable
marine fossils have been found in connection with them, and
their age is therefore, as above mentioned, somewhat problematical.

96

Tertiary deposits åre known also in East-Greenland. In
the years 1869—1870 the Second German Northpole Expedition
brought home from Hochstetters Vorland and the Sabine
Island some Tertiary fossils. In the former locality was found
in a yellowish or partly brick-coloured, quartzose sandstone,
about 63 m. thick, a great many marine fossils, which were
however very badly preserved (as casts and moulds) so that only
the genera could be determined. O. Lenz"), who is of the
opinion that these deposits belong to the Miocene, mentions
from this locality the following genera:

Lucina,
Cytherea and
Venus.

By a renewed search into the material Tr. Focus?) has added
a couple of other forms viz.

Astarte sp. and
Pecten sp.

In the same work Tx. Fucus gives the result of his
examinations of the Tertiary fossils animals which Narxorsr,
during his expedition to Spitzbergen in the year 1882, had
collected East of Kolbay. The fossils were here found in a
sandstone lying between deposits containing impressions of
leaves. They were however in a similarly bad state of preserva-
tion as the above mentioned fossils from Hochstetters Vorland,
and only the genera could therefore be determined, and even

1) Oskar LENZ: Specielle Darstellung der geologischen Verhältnisse Ost-
gronlands. — Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869
und 1870. 2. Bd. Ш. Geologie. Leipzig 1874. р. 495.

?) TH. Fucus: Ueber die während der schwedischen geologischen Expedi-
tion nach Spitzbergen im Jahre 1882 gesammelten Tertiärconchylien. р. 5.
— Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar. Bd. 8. Nr. 15. Stock-
holm 1883.

97

that with some uncertainty. Fucas!) gives from here the follo-
wing list of fossils:

Siliquaria sp.
Pharella sp.
Psammosolen (Macha) sp.
"2 Psammobia sp.
2 Thracia sp.
* Cytherea (Callista) sp.
2 Venus (Circomphalus) sp.

? Terebratula sp.

Moreover these fossils come from two different horizons,
the two here marked with asterisks are supposed to belong
to a somewhat higher horizon than the others; but though these
two species are different from those that were found in the
lower horizon, they do not appear to Fucus to belong to any
essentially different Fauna. The whole fauna was critically
examined by him, and he came to the conclusion that it pro-
bably must be called Miocene.

M. Semper”) was, on account of a misapprehension, doubtful
as to the presence of marine Tertiary in East-Greenland
and at Spitzbergen, but NarHorsr?) maintained the occurrence
of very large Tertiary deposits with marine-shells at Spitzbergen;
and after having mentioned Fucus’s examinations of the fossils
from Hochstetters Vorland, he expresses himself in the follo-
wing terms about the Marine Tertiary of East-Greenland: »Auch
das Vorkommen mariner Tertiär-Gonchylien in Ost-Grénland
scheint demnach ganz sicher; und man wird wohl mit der

тн. FUCHS: 1. © р: 8.

2) М. SEMPER: Das palaeothermale Problem, speciell die klimatischen Ver-
håltnisse des Eocaen in Europa und im Polargebiet. — Zeitschr. d.
deutsch. geol. Gesellschaft. Bd. 48. Berlin 1896. S. 266.

3) А. G. NarHorst: Marine Conchylien im Tertiär Spitzbergens und Ost-
gronlands. — Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Ges. Bd. 48. Berlin 1896. 5.
983—86.

XXIX. 7

98

Annahme nicht irren, dass die marinen Tertiårlager Spitzbergens
und Ost-Grönlands in demselben Meere abgelagert wurden.»

During the Swedish expedition to North-east Greenland, in
the year 1899, conducted by A. G. Narmorsr, some localities
with Tertiary deposits were also visited. In the map which
accompanies Nathorst’s important work on the geology of
North-east Greenland‘), Tertiary is stated to be found in the
following places: Hochstetters Vorland, Pendulum Is-
land, Sabine Island, Flache Bay, and Jackson Island.
As a new locality is here added Pendulum Island. Naraorsr
found here a shaly sandstone, and sand and clay covered over
by basalt-sheets. No fossils were found; Natsorsr nevertheless
supposes these deposits to be Tertiary. On the other hand he
is doubtful as to the existence of Tertiary at Flache Bay; he
found nothing here to indicate it, but is more inclined to be-
lieve in the occurrence of the Jurassic at this place.

Besides the above named observations on Tertiary deposits
in the Arctic regions, we find in literature also other occur-
rences stated, but these statements have partly proved to be
wrong, and partly they are founded upon exclusively plant-
bearing deposits, and are therefore of less interest to the
subject which is treated here.

We have already stated the most important part of what
little was hitherto known about marine Tertiary deposits in
those parts of the northern Arctic-sea. The news was there-
fore received with great interest that the Danish expedition to
the East coast of Greenland in the year 1900, brought home a
collection of partly well preserved marine Tertiary-fossils from
Kap Dalton. After the return of the expedition, I was
charged with the examination of this material. As however,
there is in Copenhagen a want of the material required for

1) A. С. NarHorst: Bidrag till nordöstra Grønlands geologi. — Geolog.
Foren. i Stockholm Fôrhandl. Bd. 23. Stockholm 1901. S. 275—306.

99

purposes of comparison, the Carlsberg-fund granted the neces-
sary means for a journey to Gôttingen that I might, during my
work avail myself of the very valuable collection in that town.
The permission to do so was readily granted to me by Geheime-
rath, Professor У. Koenen, to whom I render my heartiest thanks.

Mag. scient. N. Е. К. Harız, who was the leader of that
part of the expedition in 1900, during which these fossils
were found, has already given a short description of the locality
where the fossils were found !. Further he has communicated
to me some supplementary information, of which I give here
the essential part.

The fossils were discovered at Kap Dalton, (69° 24, '6
Lat. N.) on the 18 of July 1900, by Dr. О. NorvexsksöLp; the
greater part of the material that was brought home, was collected
on the following days by Mag. М. Е. К. Hartz. The fossils
were found in the little point, bounding the Bay of Kap Dalton
to the North, which is connected by a low ridge (about 300
meters high) with the basalt-cliff to the West of it which is
about 1300 meters high. At a height of about 300 meters, on
a flat mountain ridge, running almost from E. to W., at right
angles to the coast, the following deposits were found, in pas-
sing from West to East:

1) A coarse whitish-yellowish sandstone devoid of fossils.

2) A brown, soft, easily crumbled argillaceous shale with
numerous concretions. The greater part of these concretions
contained brachyura, bits of coal, leaves, macrura etc., and
likewise some partly black, partly white silicified wood, per-
forated by teredos; a shark’s tooth was also found here. In
the argillaceous shale itself, little shells and fragmentary
leaves were discovered, and also a specimen of an Aporrhais
was found.

On account of the frequent occurrence in the concretions

1) «Meddelelser om Grønland». Bd. 27. Kjøbenhavn 1902. S. 158.
ics

100

of a species belonging to the genus Coeloma, I shall in the
following term this bed the Coeloma-bed.

3) A greenish sandstone with wood and fossil animals.

4) A sandstone which in some places was quite filled up
with pelecypods and gastropods.

On account of the frequent occurrence in this bed of a
species of Cyrena, I shall in the following pages term this
bed the Cyrena-bed.

Of the stratigraphical relations between the Tertiary sedi-
ments and the basalt nothing is known beyond what has been
related above, but as farther to the NW. considerable beds of
sandstone were seen in the basalt-cliff, it may be reasonably
supposed, that the fossiliferous deposits of Kap Dalton form
subordinate beds in the basalt. This agrees with the fact that in the
above mentioned, more northerly situated Tertiary-localities, with
the exception of Hochstetters Vorland, the Tertiary deposits
are in contact with the basalt.

Professor N. У. Ussine who has been kind enough to
examine the Tertiary rocks occurring at Kap Dalton, has, as
the results of his examinations, sent me the following commu-
nications :

«By an examination through the microscope of the Tertiary
«rocks brought home by the Amdrup expedition in 1900, I have
«tried to determine the question of the origin of the material.
«As the age of these fragmental rocks in relation to the basalt
«formation has not been finally decided at the place in question,
«it might be supposed that the material of these sediments

«a) originates exclusively from the destruction of Archean
«rocks, or

«b) originates exclusively from the destruction of the vol-
«canic rocks (basalts etc.) of the district, or finally

«c) that they contain detritus both from the Archean
«formations and the basalt formation.»

— NS PE,

101

«The result of the petrographic examination is, that the
«sediments which have been examined are found to contain —
«though in very varying proportions — detritus both of ordi-
«nary granite or gneiss, and of fresh basic igneous rocks.
«The examination thus proves that the eruption of the basalts
«had commenced before the deposition of the fossiliferous
«formations.»

«The samples examined are:

ul) The Coeloma-bed. Marly concretion from the greyish-
«brown shale (p. 99, Nr. 2).

«The colour of this concretion is grey; with the naked
«eye we see besides the organic remains numerous little flakes
«of muscovite.

«The microscope shows that the principal part is formed
«of a dusty brown clayish material; in this material there are
«enclosed, besides flakes of muscovite, a number of colourless
«grains of sand having a diameter of 0,2 mm. A number of
«these are grains of quartz (they were found to be optically
«uniaxial with weak positive double refraction); others, optically
«biaxial, are polysynthetic anhedra of a plagioclase with large
«extinction angles. The grains of plagioclase are perfectly
«transparent, and contain no alteration-products.

«2) The Cyrena-bed. From this bed two different samples
«of sandstone were examined. Both are presumably closely
«associated with each other; the sample to be mentioned first
«consists chiefly of grains of quartz, while the other consists
«of grains of relatively high specific gravity.

«а. Dark brownish-grey calcareous sandstone with nume-
«rous and distinctly visible flakes of muscovite. Fossils are
«very plentiful in this sandstone.

«By aid of the microscope I discerned that the grains of
«sand belong to the following minerals:

«Quartz forms by far the greatest number of the grains;

102

«these grains reach a diameter of up to 0,75 mm., and have
«quite sharp edges.

«Felspar is found rather abundantly. Some of these grains
«are not quite free from alteration-products, and either have
«the appearance of orthoclase or they consist of microcline.
«Others, which are quite fresh, belong to a plagioclase with
«sharply defined twin-lamelle and large extinction-angles.

«Augite, light-greyish, of the same appearance as this
«mineral often has in basalts.

« Muscovite in flakes of up to 1 mm.'s length.

«Besides these minerals a small number of grains were
«found, consisting of rock-fragments of a micro-crystalline,
«somewhat decomposed basalt.

«The cement consists partly of micro-crystalline calcite,
«partly of brownish-green alteration-products which did not
«allow of a more exact determination.

«This sandstone thus chiefly consists of detritus from the
«Archean rocks, but basaltic material forms also an essential
«part of it.

«b. An almost black, coarsely grained calcareous sand-
«stone with large fragments of brownish-grey shale or volcanic
«tuff.

«Seen through the microscope this sandstone has a very
«characteristic appearance, as it consists wholly of volcanic
«material, especially of grains of augite. The size of the grains
«is 0,6—0,9 mm.; the grains are rounded and consist partly of
«mineral-fragments, partly of rock-fragments.

« Augite occurs in two varieties: one which is colourless or
«greyish-violet, and looks like an ordinary basalt-augite, and one
«which is green, and somewhat pleochroic (yellowish-green—
«greyish-green). In longitudinal sections both show large ex-
«tinction angles.

«Grains of microcrystalline basalt, rather weathered and
«well rounded.

103

«The grains of augite and those of basalt are plentifully
«represented, but those which will now be mentioned are only
«sparsely represented:

«Plagioclase with large extinction angles.

« Magnetite ;

«Brown garnet (2), brown, optically isotropic grains with
«strong refraction, and of the same appearance as the dark
«garnet in igneous rocks rich in alkalis;

«Quartz; of this mineral only one single grain was found
«in two thin sections.

«The cement consists chiefly of calcite; but in a few places
«pyrite occurs as a cement between the grains of sand. In the
«above enumeration have not been included alteration products
«of brown and green colour, whose exact nature has not been
«determined.

«This last sample thus consists almost wholly of volcanic
«material; it seems to originate from the disintegration of at
«least three different rocks:

«(1) A fresh medium-grained basalt (dolerite) with violet
«augite,

«(2) a very fine-grained and somewhat weathered basalt,

«(2) a basic igneous rock more rich in alkalis.»

With regard to the fossils I have only found determinable
specimens in the two beds which I have above termed the
Coeloma-bed, and the Cyrena-bed. On closer examination it
was however proved, that though the state of preservation of
the material far exceeded all that had hitherto been brought
home from Greenland, yet much was left to be desired. In
the best state of preservation were the Crabs occurring in the
concretions, and moreover there was an abundance of these.
The Mollusca, on the contrary, were almost all found in the
very hard sandstone, forming the Cyrena-bed, from which it

104

was difficult to extract or expose the specimens. Moreover
the shells were either dissolved or, for the greater part, trans-
formed into crystalline calcite, and for this reason they were
exceedingly brittle, and the preparation of them was very
difficult.

In the following account, the species that were found will
first be mentioned and described, and subsequently the con-
clusions with regard to the age and the conditions of formation
of these deposits will be given. Once more I must draw atten-
tion to the unfortunate state of preservation of the material;
the determinations are therefore not always so certain as could
be wished.

A. Pelecypoda.

1. Nucula similis J. Sowrrsy.
Plate Ш, figs. 1 a—c.

1818. Nucula similis J. Sowersy; Mineral Conch. pl. 192, fig. 10.
1864. — — — ; S. Woop, Monogr. of the Eocene Bivalves
of England. Vol. I. (Palæont. Soc.) р. 118; pl. 18, fig. 11.

A single specimen of a Nucula seems to belong to this
species. Both valves are here in their natural position, but a
little of the central part is missing. The outline and their whole
form correspond well with the descriptions of N. similis J. Sow;
thus the siphonal region is short, with the basal termination
somewhat pointed, which is said to be characteristic of this
species. The angle at the umbones is about 90°. The surface
is weathered and thereby finely and rather irregularly concentri-
cally furrowed, and it is also covered with radiating striae.
The shell itself was originally thick.

Height 13,5 mm., length 16,5 mm. and thickness about
9 mm.

Another specimen of a Nucula was found among the fossils
from the Coeloma-bed. It probably belongs to the same species,

|
|
i
|

105

but the specimen is so imperfect, that a definite decision of
this question is impossible.
The Coelma-bed. One or two specimens.
Occurrence. England: Barton Beds (Wood).

2. Mytilus affinis J. Sowersy.
Plate Ш, figs. 2—3 b.
1829. Mytilus affinis J. SOwERBY; Miner. Conch. pl. 532. fig. 1.

1861. — — — ; S. Woop, Eocene Bivalves. Vol. 1. р. 61.

D?

In a rather large piece of sandstone from the Cyrena-bed,
which was broken up after the return of the expedition, some
specimens of a little Mytilus were found. These resemble
closely М. affinis J. Sow., but generally seem to be somewhat
smaller. The form varies a little, some specimens are decidedly
triangular (as in Woon: Eocene Bivalves. pl. 12, fig. 1 d.), while
others are more rounded (as in Woop, pl. 12, fig. 1 b.); like-
wise the thickness seems to vary somewhat. The reason of
these variations is perhaps due chiefly to the various specimens
having been subjected to pressures in different directions. —
The shell itself is thin, and the inner parts are probably pearly;
the surface is covered by finer and coarser concentric furrows
and ridges; no trace is found of radiating striae.

The best preserved specimen only measures 9 mm. from
the umbo to the posterior margin and 5 mm. at right angles
to that direction; in another larger specimen these measurements
are relatively 21 mm. and 12 mm.

The smaller specimens seem to differ only by their size
from Woon’s description of M. affinis J. Sow. For comparison I
have obtained a specimen from the Headon Beds of Colwell Bay.

The Cyrena-bed: 15 specimens.

Occurrence. England: Barton Beds of Barton. Headon
Beds of Colwell Bay, Headon Hill, Whitecliff Bay, Hordwell
(Woop).

106

3. Modiola cfr. simplex J. Sowersy.
Plate Ш, figs. 4 a—b.

1850. Modiola simplex J. SOwEBBY, in Drxon's Geol. of Sussex. р. 117 and
225; pl. 14, fig. 16.

1861. Modiola simplex J. Sowergy; $. Woop, Eocene Bivalves. I. p.71; pl.
122, 1 7%

A rather well preserved imprint of a Modiola was found
in a concretion. Of all the forms with which I am familiar it
seems to have the greatest resemblance to M. simplex J. Sow;
however, I only know this species from figures and from a cast
from Bognor. The specimen in question differs from the above
mentioned species by being somewhat broader in front, and
moreover it seems to be a little more inflated. The umbo is
small, depressed and almost terminal. The shell has lines of
growth; otherwise it is smooth.

The length is about 60 mm., the greatest height about 30 mm.

By its form the specimen in question also resembles M.
Brocchii Mayer, but the keel is not nearly so sharp as in the
latter species.

The Coeloma-bed: 1 specimen.

Occurrence. England: Eocene of Bognor, Herne Bay
(Woon).

4. Cyprina sp.

From the Cyrena-bed we have two specimens (one right
and one left valve) of a Cyprina. It is very flat, almost circular,
and only slightly inequilateral; the beak is only slightly projec-
ting. That the two valves really belong to a Cyprina is proved
by the nature of the hinge. By grinding I have succeeded in
demonstrating its close resemblance with the hinge of the genus
Cyprina. The pallial line is without a sinus. No lunule.

| have not succeeded in determining the species, the material
being insufficient for this purpose.

Another shell from the Cyrena-bed also seems to belong
to a Cyprina, but most likely to another species. It is a little

107

more inflated, its outlines more curved and oblong, and its
beak more prominent.

5. Cyprina sp.

Besides the above mentioned species of the genus Cyprina
there has been found still another species at Kap Dalton,
which differs very much from the former, but on account of
its bad state of preservation it does not allow of exact deter-
mination. The only specimen we have consists of the remains
of two united valves in their natural position. The shell is
oblique and oblong, rather strongly inflated, the umbo is rather
short and thick. The lunule is absent.

This specimen was found in the Coeloma-bed.

6. Astarte cfr. tenera Morris.
Plate Ш, figs. 5 a—b.

1852. Astarte tenera Morris, Fossil shells from the Lower Thanet Sands.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. VIII; р. 265, pl. 16, fig. 6.

1871. Astarte tenera Morris; S. Woop, Eocene Bivalves. I. р. 157, pl.
24, fig. 14.

One fragment of a shell has a close resemblance to
Astarte tenera, as described and drawn by Morris from Thanet
Sands at Herne Bay. But even for a moderately certain deter-
mination the material is too insufficient.

The Cyrena-bed: 1 specimen.

Occurrence. England: Eocene of Herne Bay (Morris,
Woop).

7. Cyrena Gravesi ПЕЗНАУЕЗ.
Plate Ш, figs. 6—9.

1824. Cyrena Gravii DESHAYES, Coquilles fos. des envir. de Paris. I.
р. 120, pl. 19, fig. 3—4.
1860. Cyrena Gravesi DESHAYES, Animaux sans vertèbres. I. р. 498.

The most frequent fossil in the material brought home is
a Cyrena, which agrees well with С. Gravesi Desa. On account

108

of its being so plentiful, it is highly characteristic of the sand-
stone which I have named the Cyrena-bed.

Some specimens which I have succeeded in developing
from the sandstone agree, as above mentioned, with C.
Gravesi Dresu. For comparison I have obtained specimens
from France, determined by Desxayes himself. Like these the
Greenland specimens are comparatively high and greatly inflated,
the outline is almost circular. The umbo is large and promi-
nent. On some specimens at any rate, there seems at the
posterior region to be an intimation of a strongly rounded
keel. The surface is covered by numerous irregular growth
lines, that seem originally to have been fine, in most specimens
they are now rather coarse, which is ‘most likely due to the
bad state of preservation. The hinge seems to correspond
perfectly with the hinge of C. Gravesi Desa. Thus three
cardinal teeth are found, and the lateral teeth (especially the
posterior one) are long like those of the latter species. — The
only difference I have been able to find between the French
and Greenland specimens is that the latter seem to have a
somewhat thicker shell than the former.

Some specimens differ somewhat from the above described
form, as they are higher and their keel is more prominent. Whether
they belong to the same or to several different species it is
impossible for me to decide on account of the incompleteness
of the material. The shells are all transformed into calcite and
therefore exceedingly brittle, so that the preparation of them
generally fails. As the sandstone contains calcium carbonate
as cement, it is also impossible to dissolve the shells, and by
means of the resulting moulds to study the construction of
the hinge.

The species does not seem to attain the same size in
Greenland as in France, but a few of the Greenland specimens
reach the considerable length of about 40 mm., and about the
same height.

109

It is rather common to find two united valves in their
natural position.

The Cyrena-bed: Very common.

Occurrence. France: Cuisse-la-Motte. (DesHaves).

8. Cryptodon cfr. unicarinatus Nysr. sp.
Plate Ш, figs. 14 a—b.
1835. Азиз unicarinatus Музт, Rech. coquil. foss. d'Anvers. р. 6, pl. 1.
о. 2
1843. aoe, angulatus Sow. pro parte; Музт., Coquilles et polypiers

foss. de la Belgique. pl. 141; pl. 6, fig. 13.

1867. Cryptodon unicarinatus Музт; у. KoENEN, Das marine Mittel-Oligocän.

p. 101; pl. 4, fig. 9.

A somewhat imperfect specimen of a little Cryptodon has
been found in one of the concretions. It consists of two con-
nected valves, of which both, but especially the left valve, are
somewhat imperfect. Of the hitherto described species it most
resembles the Cr. unicarinatus Nyst, but it perhaps belongs
to a new species. The outline agrees rather well with the
above named Oligocene form, and is like the former rather
high. The most essential difference is, that the lunule in the
Greenland specimen is comparatively longer, more lancet-shaped,
and less deep, moreover the keel which runs from the umbo to
the posterior margin seems to be less sharp; but these diffe-
rences may possibly arise from the shell being somewhat worn.
On the surface of the shell only indistinct concentric growth
lines are seen.

Height 7,5 mm., length 6,5 mm. and thickness about
4,5 mm.

Also in the Cyrena-bed there has been found a single
specimen of a species of Cryptodon which is probably identical
with the species above mentioned, but unfortunately the specimen
is somewhat crushed and imperfect. The lunule here seems to
agree exactly with the lunule of Cr. wnicarinatus Nyst, as it

110

is both shorter and deeper than in the specimen from the con-
cretion, and in other characters, as far as can be seen, the two
specimens are otherwise identical.

The Coeloma-bed: 1 specimen.

The Cyrena-bed: 1 specimen.

Occurrence: Cr. unicarinatus Nysr is rather plentiful in
the Oligocene deposits of Belgium and Germany.

9. Erycina sp.
Plate IIT, fig. 12.

In the Cyrena-bed is found a small shell showing its
interior, and the cast thereof. I have not been able to
examine the hinge, but on account of its form and the thin
translucent shell, I have determined the specimen as belonging
to the genus Erycina. The pallial line is without a sinus.
The surface is most probably covered by fine concentric striae.
With regard to form the shell resembles most E. striatissima
Des. from Calcaire grossier near Paris.

Height 5mm., length 7 mm.

The Cyrena-bed: 1 specimen.

10. Tellina sp.
Plate III, fig. 10.

There was also found a species of the genus Tellina in
the material which was brought home, it was however only
represented by a very imperfect specimen, and therefore not
suitable for exact determination. Both the united valves are
preserved, but only one allows of examination. The form
is comparatively high, and the surface is covered by fine con-
centric striae.

Height 15 mm., length 18 mm.
The Cyrena-bed: 1 specimen.

111

11. Psammobia sp.?
Plate Ш, fig. 11.

Some shells found in the Cyrena-bed I consider, though
somewhat doubtfully, to belong to the genus Psammobia.

The shell is oval, very oblong and rather flat. The umbo
is only slightly prominent and is situated at about the middle
of the shell. The valves seem to gape both at the front and
at the back. On the surface concentric growth lines are seen;
at the ends the lines are coarser and here form a moire-like
ornamentation.

The species in question resembles in form somewhat Ps.
plana Desx. but it is in too bad a state of preservation for
more definite determination.

Height about 9mm., length about 18 mm.

The Cyrena-bed: 4 specimens.

12. Donax sp.
Plate III, fig. 13.

In the Cyrena-bed has been found a single shell, which
probably belongs to a species of the genus Donax. The shell
is thin and flat, oblong-triangular, very inequilateral; narrowing
in front, but yet rounded; at the posterior regions short and
rounded. The surface is covered by irregular growth lines.
— As I have not been able to examine the hinge and the
course of the pallial line a more exact determination is
impossible.

Height about 20 mm., length about 30 mm.

The Cyrena-bed: 1 specimen.

13. Teredo sp.
Some pieces of fossil wood of some foliferous tree is quite
perforated by Teredos. The borings are now filled with sand-
stone or calcite. The perforations are more or less curved,

112

and vary considerably in thickness (maximum is about 11 mm.).
Their surface seems to have been smooth. — As all that 1
have seen of the shells are a few insignificant casts, a closer
determination is impossible.

The Coeloma-bed: Many specimens.

Besides the above mentioned lamellibranchs I have seen a
few other species from the Cyrena-bed, which however are so
imperfect, that even the determination of the genus is impos-
sible. One has some resemblance to certain species of Corbula.

B. Gastropoda.
14. Natica sp.
Plate IV, fig. 3.

Some specimens of a Gastropod certainly belong to the
genus Natica. As it is impossible to separate the shell from
the sandstone only the casts are available for examination, and
a more exact determination is therefore unfortunately impossible.

The Cyrena-bed: 4 specimens.

15. Aporrhais speciosa у. SCHLOTHEIM sp.
Plate IV, figs. 4—5.

1820. Strombites speciosus v. SCHLOTH. sp.; Petrefactenkunde p. 155.
1854. Aporrhais speciosa — - BEYRICH, Conch. des nord-

deutsch. Tertiärgeb. p. 170; pl. 11, fig. 1—6.

1867. Aporrhais speciosa SCHLOTH.; у. KOENEN, Das marine Mittelolig.

Norddeutschlands. p. 14.

Four specimens from the Cyrena-bed, one rather perfect,
the others casts, seem to belong to this species. This is at
any rate undoubtedly the case with the specimen which is in the
best state of preservation, since it shows distinctly the numerous

sloping transverse ribs, and here and there parts of the spiral

113

ornamentation. On the last whorl the three keels with their
rows of nodes are distinctly seen; on the superior keel the nodes
are more strongly developed than on the others; on the lowest keel
they are least developed. The distance between the lowest and
the middle keel is somewhat less than between the middle and
the superior keel. In this specimen it is moreover seen that the
inner lip is broadly expanded, and very thick. The wing at any
rate reached to the fourth whorl from the base of the shell;
whether it reached higher up cannot be seen, as the shell is
broken here. The prolonged part of the wing is missing in
this specimen.

From the Coeloma-bed we have likewise a specimen of this
species with the shell partly preserved. From the cast it is seen
that on the last whorl the superior row of nodes is well deve-
loped; the middle keel is only faintly indicated, while nothing
is left of the lowest keel. The slanting transverse ribs, which
are characteristic for this species, are present on the middle
whorls, and have left their impressions on the cast. Of the
shell itself the wing is preserved, but is somewhat decayed
on the surface. It is of about the same shape as in Beyricu:
pl. 11, fig. 3; but the part rising along the spire seems to
have been very narrow. On the surface of the wing the three
stubby keels are seen; two of these are about equally strongly
developed, while the lowest is very sligthly developed. The
wing almost reached the apex. The aperture is considerably
contracted.

This form greatly resembles the species which Garner !)
has described under the name of A. Margerini ve Коммск.

According to Garpxer however the wing of this form only
reaches the last whorl but one or the last but three, while as
mentioned, in the Greenland form it almost reaches the apex.

1) J. STARKIE GARDNER: British eocene Aporrhaidae. — Geol. Magazine.
New Series, Decade Ш, Volume I. London 1884. р. 532, pl. 17. figs.
7—8.

XXIX. 8

114

In this respect the Greenland specimens have a stronger resem-
blance to A. firma Garpxer!) from the Headon Series.

The Coeloma-bed: 1 specimen.

The Cyrena-bed: 4 specimens. ;

Occurrence: This species with its varietées is plentiful
in Eocene, Oligocene, and Miocene deposits in Denmark, Eng-

land, Belgium and Germany.

16. Fusus sp.

In the material from the Cyrena-bed I have found a small
specimen of a Fusus, but lunfortunately it is too imperfect for
the determination of the species. It is 6—7 mm. long; partly
it presents itself in a longitudinal section, and partly it shows
some of the surface. The former has a small number of some-
what curved transverse ribs, and a great number of fine regularly
elevated spiral ridges. The columella seems to have been
without folds.

The Cyrena-bed: 1 specimen.

In the brown shale of the Coeloma-bed has been found a
gastropod, which seems to be the last whorl of a Fusus. As
the surface here has numerous quite fine transverse ribs, it
cannot be the same species as the specimen from the Cyrena-bed.

17. Bulimulus sp.?

Some specimens of a gastropod I determine — though
not without some doubt — as belonging to the genus Buli-
mulus Leach. The shell is rather thick, and as it is now
transformed into calcite, and consequently very brittle, I have
only to a slight degree been able to perform any preparation.
The form is oblong-oval; the whorls slightly arched, and the
suture slightly visible. The aperture is oblong. The outer lip
seems to have been somewhat thickened. No folds at thé

1) J. S. GARDNER: 1. ©. р. 553; pl. 17, figs. 1—2.

115

columella. The surface is covered by rather thick transverse
striae almost as in Glandina costellata Sow. sp.
The Cyrena-bed: 11 specimens.

Besides the above mentioned gastropods I have, in the
material from the Cyrena-bed which was brought home, found
some other species of which, on account of their bad state of
preservation, I have not even succeeded in determining the
genus. Rather frequently a slender, turreted form appears,
of which I have only seen sections; it looks as if it might
belong to the genus Cerithium. Moreover I have seen a couple
of specimens of a quite small form, which rather resemble
certain recent species of Planorbis.

C. Crustacea.

18. Hoploparia groenlandica n. sp.
Plate IV, figs. 1—2.

In the concretions from the Coeloma-bed several specimens
of a macrurous crustacean have been found, but only one is
tolerably perfect and in a good state of preservation. This one
will therefore serve as foundation for the following description.
It is somewhat smaller than the other specimens which probably
belong to the same species.

The carapace is rather long; its length reckoned from
the posterior margin to the base of the rostrum, 44 mm.
The greatest breadth of the flanks is near the middle and
is 25 mm.; the greatest thickness, which is near the posterior
margin, is about 17 mm.; but it has probably been a great deal
larger as the shell after the animal’s death has become some-
what compressed. At a distance of 18mm. from the posterior
margin is the cervical furrow which is deep and broad; it first

g*

116

runs in a straight direction down the flank at a length of about
9 mm., and then rather suddenly bends forward at the same
time getting flatter, by degrees it disappears long before reaching
the lateral margin. A little below the point where it bends
forward it sends out a short indistinct branch, which slants
toward the front and disappears by degrees before it reaches
as far down the lateral margin as the head branch.

In front of the lower part of the cervical furrow, and at
about 5,5 mm. distance from the latter, the A-formed hepatic
furrow is found. It starts from about the same height as the
ramification of the cervical furrow, runs first at a right angle
to the lateral margin, deepening at the same time; then it
sends forth a branch in front, which gets shallower and shal-
lower but yet almost reaches right to the anterior margin;
before reaching so far it has sent out a very fine and short
branch towards the side margin. After having sent forward
the above mentioned branch, the head branch of the hepatic
furrow is directed somewhat backwards and is quite short.

There is a broad incision in the middle line of the posterior
margin which in an even curve unites itself with the side margin.
A furrow which is specially deep at the flank runs alongside it.

The length of the rostrum is unknown, it seems to have
been slenderly constructed. At the top of the middle line is
found a furrow which is continued on to the carapace itself,
but here it quickly gets shallower and broader, and at last it
quite disappears. This furrow is bordered by two rounded keels,
which at the carapace proper, diverge from each other, and at
last resolve themselves into two rows of pointed spines; these
two rows later on approach each other, and may be traced
almost to the cervical furrow.

The postorbital ridge ends in front with a little spine,
which is now broken off. It quickly decreases in height at the
back. Its distance from the above mentioned keel is 2,5 mm.
from the orbit 2mm. The part of the carapace which is

117

between the keel and the ridge is pretty strongly excavated.
Below, and somewhat behind the spine of the ridge, there is
still another spine whose distance from the border is 3,5 mm.
Between the two spines the shell sinks a great deal towards
the region round the lower part of the orbit.

The orbits are large and surrounded by a thickened
margin.

The whole surface of the carapace seems to have been
covered by rather widely spaced little oblong, somewhat squami-
formed granulations.

Of the oral organs I have not seen anything preserved.
On the other hand one chela (the right one) is present; it is
very long and large, and projects far in front of the body. The
first segment which is accessible for examination is the upper
part of the arm, the length of which is 19 mm., and greatest
breadth 10mm.; its innerside is hidden, the outerside is strongly
arched, the lateral margin is here accompanied by a flat furrow.
At the top part of the upper arm nearest the back is seen
the trace of a short spine, and at its front part is seen a
strong spine directed slantingly upwards; about the middle is
found another, still stronger spine, directed forwards.

Of the forearm only insignificant remains are seen; it also
seems to have been provided with strong spines.

The chela itself is large and compressed, 52 mm. long,
its greatest breadth is 20 mm. The outer margin of the hand
and the immoveable finger form a gentle curve. The middle part
of the hand itself is arched, much stronger on the inside than
on the outside. On the latter there is a furrow near the outer
margin which broadens in front, and almost occupies the whole
breadth of the immoveable finger; towards the tip of the
finger it decreases somewhat. Along the outer margin of the
hand is a row of small, widely spaced, forwardly directed spines.
At the inner margin of the hand a somewhat hollowed part is

118

seen; on the margin itself a few forwardly directed spines are
visible. On the innerside of the hand there is along the outer
margin a deep furrow, and here also a row of small spines occurs.
The greater part of the innerside has however been inaccessible
for examination. Along the inner margin of the immoveable
finger, which is slightly concave, is found a row of oblong,
jagged teeth or nodes whereof two are much larger than the rest.

The moveable finger is long (25 mm.) and narrow (at the
utmost 6 mm. broad). The upperside is flat, the underside I
have not seen. The outer margin is slightly convex, and has
a row of small, forwardly directed spines; the inner margin is
almost straight, and has, like the immoveable finger, oblong
teeth or nodes, whereof one at any rate far exceeds the others
in size. At the base of the moveable finger is a small point
or node, and opposite to this, on the hand, another but larger
node is seen. Whether or not these nodes formed a kind of
joint cannot now be determined.

The surface of the chela seems to have been of the same
nature as the surface of the carapace.

Of the rest of the walking feet I have only seen indistinct
remains; they seem to have been long and rather thin.

The specimen here described has only the four first seg-
ments of the abdomen preserved. The first segment is only
8 mm. long, while the others measure 10—!2 mm. On the
sides it runs into two rounded plates; about 1,5 mm. from its
posterior margin is a furrow which, on the sides, retreats
more and more from the posterior margin, and at last ends
on the epimeral plates. On the following segments the epimerai
plates end in backwardly directed falcate points. Also these
segments have a transverse-furrow, but here it is found nearest
the anterior margin, on the sides it approaches still more the
anterior margin, but reaching the epimeral plates it forms a
backward curve, and at the same time it gets very deep;
however it soon disappears after having united itself with an

119

indistinct furrow, which is found near the posterior margin of the
epimeral plates. This furrow is best developed on the second
segment, it disappears before reaching the transverse-furrow,
and on the fourth segment I have not been able to discover
it at all.

In two other concretions have been found the back part
of the abdomen with the strong caudal fin. Unfortunately both
specimens are in a bad state of preservation, but there seems
to be a great resemblance to H. gammaroides M° Cox.

In a fourth concretion remains of the new species of
Hoploparia were found. The carapace is preserved, but in
part as an imprint only. It is somewhat larger than in the
above described specimen, measuring a little over 50 mm. in
length. Otherwise the two specimens agree as far as can be
seen. But in this fourth specimen a left chela is preserved, and
this differs considerably from the above described right chela.
It has a length of about 70 mm., and the greatest breadth is
17 mm. The middle part of the surface is strongly arched.
Moreover it differs from the right chela by both fingers having
on their inner margin very pointed spines, whereof a few are
much larger than the rest, as is the case with H. gammaroides
M° Coy, according to Berr's description of that species.

Hoploparia groenlandica n. sp. is certainly closely related
to H. gammaroides M° Cox. Unfortunately I have only suc-
ceeded in getting a specimen of the latter species (from Sheppey),
which is in a bad state of preservation, for comparison. I
have therefore been obliged to relv on Вем/з descriptions and
figures 1).

I shall therefore, from Berr's description and figures indi-
cate in a few words the features in which the two species seem
to differ.

1) BELL: A monograph of the fossil malacostracous Crustacea of Great
Britain. Part I. Crustacea of the London clay. p. 38. pl. 8, figs. 4—6
and pl. 9. The palaeontogr. Society. London 1857.

120

In the H. gammaroides М® Cox the carapace is comparatively
narrower both at the front and at the back, and it seems to
have a deeper incision at the back in the middle line than in
the Greenland species. The two keels which start from the
rostrum do not reach so far back on the carapace in H.
gammmaroides M° Coy; moreover the cervical furrow in this
species is considerably nearer the middle of the carapace, and the
spine under the postorbital ridge is situated somewhat farther
forward. Also the construction of the chela seems to be some-
what different, especially with regard to the right one. On
account of all these little differences I consider it advisable to
regard the Greenland specimens as belonging to an independent
species, remarking however that, although rather improbable,
I do not think it quite impossible, that by further comparison
it may prove to be identical with H. gammaroides M° Coy.

H. groenlandica n. sp. differs so much from Hoploparia
Klebsii Noeruise!) that any confusion of the two species may
be considered impossible.

The Coeloma-bed: 4 specimens.

19. Coeloma bicarinatum n. sp.
Plate IV, fig. 6; plate V, figs. 1—6.

The carapace is trapezoidal, its length is about 4/s of its
breadth; in a specimen in a very good state of preservation the
measurements are relatively 22mm. and 28mm. (The following
measurements of the carapace also refer to this specimen.) The
greatest breadth is formed by a line between the two spines
farthest back on the anterio-lateral margins; about 3/7 of
the length of the carapace lies in front of this line, and
about 4/7 of the length behind it. The upper side is rather

1) Е. Моктыме: Die Fauna des samlandischen Tertiärs. I. Th. — Abhandl.
zur geol. Specialkarte von Preussen und den Thüringsch. Staaten. Bd. 6,
Heft 3. Berlin 1885. p. 436; pl. 7, figs. 1—4; pl. 8; pl. 9, fig. 1.

121

flat, somewhat arched from the front backwards, less from side
to side.

The front is broad and somewhat bent down, its breadth
is about 1/4 of the whole breadth of the carapace; in the above
mentioned specimen it is thus 6 mm. broad. The whole breadth
of the anterior margin (22 mm.) is about 4/5 of the greatest
breadth of the carapace. The front is somewhat prominent,
projecting by about half its breadth beyond the anterior
margin. The front margin ends in four short spines, separated
by incurvations, they are about on the same plane, the inner-
most however are a little deeper than the outer ones because
the sides of the front rise a little in proportion to the middle
part. The outer spines are somewhat stronger than the inner
ones, and directed somewhat to the side, all four spines project
about equally. The distance between the two middle spines
is only half as great as between one of the middle spines
and one of the outer ones. After the outer spine comes a
little furrow, and at the same time the anterior margin bends
backwards, and forms a bowed incurvation the margin of which
turns somewhat upwards; this incurvation is bordered by a
small slit which extends itself into a furrow. Then follows a
small slightly prominent part which is again bordered by a slit.
The margin now bends forward again, and ends in a strong
triangular spine where the anterior margin, and the anterio-
lateral margin meet. The margin from the front to this place
is the supraorbital margin which forms the border of the orbit
upwards; it is surmounted by a row of small tubercles. The
angle between the anterior margin, and the anterio-lateral
margin is about 120°. The anterio-lateral margin is slightly
convex, and has the same length (8 mm.) as the supraorbital
margin, It carries five strong spines, whereof the fifth and the
first are the strongest, while the second and the fourth are the
weakest, and lie on a somewhat lower level than the rest. The
four front spines are (in casts) flat, and directed more or less

122

towards the front, whereas the fifth is more round, and directed
straight out to the side, and at the same time somewhat up-
wards. The first spine belongs to the orbital region, the second
and third to the hepatic region, the fourth to the epibranchial
lobe, and lastly the fifth to the mesobranchial lobe.

After the last spines of the anterio-lateral margin comes
the posterio-lateral margin, the length of which (12 mm.) far
surpasses that of the former margin. It is almost straight,
and forms an obtuse angle with the posterior margin. The
anterio- and posterio-lateral margins have not, like the anterior
margin, a row of regular small tubercles.

The posterior margin (17 mm. broad) forms a flattened
curve, the middle part as well as the side parts are slightly
bent inwards. The posterior margin carries throughout its length
a row of quite small regular tubercles.

The furrows which border the different regions of the cara-
pace are shallow, but yet rather distinct. In the casts they
are seen most distinctly; on weathered shells it is sometimes
somewhat difficult to follow their course.

From the incurvation between the two middle of the
four front spines, runs a small flat furrow which divides
the front into two symmetrical parts. Farther back, where it
separates the two epigastric lobes, it gets deeper and broader,
and then it divides itself into two branches which between them
enclose the long forward extension of the mesogastric lobe. The
epigastric lobes are seen as a small, crooked, square promi-
nence on either side of the furrow; by another furrow they
are separated from the elevated part of the supraorbital margin.

Between the epigastric and protogastric lobes a broad, flat
furrow is found. The last mentioned lobe is large, and rather
flat, its highest part is near the furrow which separates it from
the long mesogastric lobe.

The metagastric lobe has grown together with the meso-
gastric lobe, and forms with the latter a hexagonal, slightly

123

elevated part, which as already mentioned sends forward a
long projection.

The furrows which separate the urogastric lobe in front
from the metagastric lobe, and at the back from the cardiac
region, are curved, (with the concavity towards the front) broad
and flat, but yet distinct. The urogastric lobe is formed like
a flat, curved, rather narrow elevation.

The epicardiac lobe is rather large, slightly heart-shaped.
In the casts indistinct traces of a few nodes are sometimes
seen on its front part.

The metacardiac lobe is narrower than the epicardiac lobe,
and there is no distinct partition between the two. In the casts
traces of a small node on its front part are often seen. In
specimens with shell preserved I have not seen this node, nor
have I seen the two nodes on the epicardiac lobe.

The orbital region is narrow, and rather long; the inner
part of its outer margin (the supraorbital margin) is thickened.
It is separated from the protogastric region, and the hepatic
region by flat, but distinct furrows.

The hepatic region is rather large and bordered at the
back by the cervical furrow. Its highest part is about at the
middle, and somewhat behind that.

The epibranchial lobe is — especially in the casts —
distinctly separated from the hepatic region; its border towards
the mesobranchial lobe is less distinct. The fourth node of the
anterio-lateral margin belongs as above mentioned to the epi-
branchial lobe.

The mesobranchial lobe is well developed. It forms a
long fairly arched wall which, towards the middle of the
carapace, bends strongly backwards; at the back it slopes more
steeply than in front, where it is bordered by a very flat furrow.
At the back it is not bordered by any furrow, but here gradu-
ally unites itself with the metabranchial lobe. The strong fifth

124

spine on the anterio-lateral margin belongs to the mesobran-
chial lobe.

The metabranchial lobe is very large. About at its middle
is a sharply marked, somewhat rounded keel, which runs nearly
parallel with the longitudinal axis, as the two keels from
their respective sides only converge slightly forwards. This keel,
which is very conspicuous in the casts as well as in the spe-
cimens with shells, forms ‘something like an extension of the
elevated part of the mesobranchial lobe, from which it is
however separated by a furrow. Frequently a couple of points
on the keel, especially in the casts, give indications of little
nodes. The part of the lobe situated outside the keel is rather
strongly excavated, and the same is the case, in a somewhat
less degree, with the part inside the keel.

The orbits are, as usual in the genus Coeloma, very large
and deep; they reach from the anterio-lateral margin right to
the front. Their top border, the supraorbital border, is men-
tioned above. Downwards they are bordered by the infra-orbital
margin, which from the front spine of the anterior margin
curves strongly downwards, and at the same time somewhat
forwards, and rather near to the front forms a strong, flat spine
which is placed a little lower than the spines of the front, and
reaches about as far to the front as the latter ones. Beside
this spine is a somewhat smaller, flattened spine or tooth,
which forms the end of the infra-orbital margin. This margin
also, like the supraorbital margin, is ornamented by a regular
row of little nodes. The orbit is indistinctly divided into two
parts, separated by the slit between the two infra-orbital teeth;
the latter is continued as a very indistinct furrow into the orbit.
The inner part of the orbit is much smaller and flatter than
the outer part, and served to hold the stalk of the eye, while
the outer part held the eye itself. The stalk of the eye is
short and rather thick.

The flanks form towards the front (near the anterior-side-

125

spine) a very acute angle with the surface of the carapace; this
angle becomes larger farther back until at the last side-spines
it is about 90°, and near the posterior margin it gets still larger. ©
The pterygostomial furrow, which is very distinct, starts from
the innermost infra-orbital spine, and runs from thence in a
slightly S-shaped line towards the posterio-lateral margin which
it almost reaches at a point situated a little behind the hind-
most spines of the posterio-lateral margin, then it runs parallel
with the latter at a short distance from it, down to the posterior
margin. The inner margin of the branchiostegites is thickened,
and during its whole length accompanied by a furrow.

I have only an imperfect knowledge of the epistoma. It
seems to consist of a long cross-beam the ends of which are
bent somewhat upwards, and enclose the basal-segments of the
inner antennae. From the middle of the epistoma a narrow
projection runs at right angles up towards the front; it sepa-
rates the basal-segments of the two inner antennae.

Nor have I seen the endostoma in a good state of preserva-
tion. As far as can be seen it greatly resembles the endo-
stoma of Coeloma holsaticum Store. Its highest parts are
found on each side of the bottom of the deep incision.

The basal-segments of the inner antennae are situated just
below the front, they are very large, and are separated by the
cross-lamella which unites the front with the epistoma.

The basal-segments of the outer antennae lie close to the
inner ones, and are much smaller than these.

Of the oral appendages I have seen the last pair of
maxillipeds. They greatly resemble the corresponding pair in
the С. holsaticum Storey; only in the Greenland species the
furrow on the head-segment generally seems to be somewhat
deeper, and the following segment gets somewhat broader
towards the outside.

Of the other oral appendages I have seen here and there
indistinct remains only.

126

The sternal plastron is broadly elliptical, almost circular;
in front it is somewhat pointed; its height only slightly sur-
passes its breadth. The anterior sternite is the smallest, it
has the shape of a low isosceles triangle, its point is bent
somewhat upwards. The following sternite is the largest of all.
The two together occupy almost half the length of the whole
plastron. The whole middle part of this sternite is concave,
but especially is this the case with the back part — its object
being to contain the end of the abdomen. The two furrows
which run in a slanting direction towards the middle are more
or less distinct; they are deepest towards the outside of the
margin of the plastron; towards the middle of the latter they
disappear. The outer margin is somewhat swollen.

The next sternite is much smaller and wedge-shaped; it
does not reach the middle of the plastron. Its posterior edge,
which is at right angles with the longitudinal axis of the carapace,
bends strongly forwards at the point where the sternite lowers
itself to help to form the cavity which contains the abdomen. —
The next two sternites also get narrower farther in, but both
reach the middle line. On the posterior one, a deep furrow is seen
which begins right at the outer margin, and runs parallel with
the posterior margin of the sternite, and at short distance from
the latter, the furrow suddenly disappears before reaching the
middle line.

The episternites are generally seen very distinctly. They
have a pointed projection at the back which projects in between
the basal-segments of the walking feet and the sternites, and
sometimes reaches the middle of the next sternite, sometimes
still farther.

The front pair of walking feet are strongly developed, and
end in large chelæ of which the right one is stronger than
the left. The first segment is, like the two next, of small
size; on the border turning inwards towards the sternal
plastron, there is a small spine which corresponds with an

127

incision in the second sternite. At the back it reaches right
up to the third segment, whereby the second segment which
is quite small becomes wedge-shaped. The third segment has
a furrow which runs parallel with its posterior margin, and at
a short distance from the latter. — The upper part of the arm
is short, but very strong, and has the shape of a three-sided
pyramid with the point turned downwards; in height it reaches
the surface of the anterio-lateral margin. The plane which
turns inwards towards the flanks is slightly arched, while the
two other sides are arched more strongly, the one which turns
upwards more so than the one turning downwards. Farthest to
the front on the lowest margin a strong round spine is seen,
the base of which is bordered by a deep furrow. On the front
border of the innerside are two spines, one above the other. —
The forearm is short, strong and square. On its two upper
front corners two spines are seen whereof the innermost one
is long and pointed, while the outer one is rounded, and fits
into a cavity in the hand. The upper side is strongly arched,
the two back corners rounded. Further details of the structure
of the forearm cannot be made out.

The hand is short, strongly built; its shape is longish-
triangular. Its outer side is fairly strongly arched, the inner
side is arched in the middle, but excavated near the under and
upper margin. At the end of the hand there is, on the upper
side, a small tubercle with a cavity with which a small projec-
tion on the forearm corresponds, and hereby a sort of joint is
formed. The hand is separated from the immoveable finger by
a cavity.

The fingers are narrow. On their innerside they have a
row of large and small oblong teeth, which decrease in size
towards the front. Inside the teeth a row of small irregular
cavities is seen. In a number of specimens, which all seem
to be males, the fingers (especially the immoveable finger) have
a distinct furrow on both sides, while in the females there is

128

no furrow at all. In one female however I have seen an indi-
stinct furrow in the immoveable finger.

The other four pairs of walking feet are only partly
preserved, having almost always projected beyond the concre-
tions wherein the crabs are found, and have therefore dis-
appeared. They seem to have been comparatively strong, and
rather flat.

The abdomen consists of seven segments. It is of a
longish-triangular form in the males, more oval in the females.
In the males the second segment is the broadest, while the
greatest breadth in the females is not reached till the third or
fourth segment; whether this rule may be considered universal I
am not able to determine with perfect certainty, however it is
valid with regard to the specimens whose abdomens are
completely preserved. The length of the two last segments is
greater than their breadth. In the middle of the abdomen an
indistinct, broad, longitudinal keel is seen in most specimens.

Only in rare cases can the nature of the surface be
examined, as the shell generally adheres to the stone by its
surface, and where this is not the case it is much decayed.
Still one sees that it is finely granulated. The granules
are generally stronger on the more elevated parts of the
shell.

It has already been mentioned that a row of regular little
nodes are found here and there on the border of the carapace.
In the Greenland species we also find (in casts or decayed
shells) marks similar to those which Norrune has declared
to be the places where the muscles were joined to the
shell. Such marks are found in the shape of short flat
curves at the border between the meso- and metagastric lobes,
and in the side furrows somewhat behind the latter two, and
moreover in the flat furrow between the mesobranchial lobes
and the keels on the metabranchial lobes.

129

№ втгакс !) has divided the species of Coeloma into two groups:
Laeves and Tuberculati. To the first group are referred
the forms whose carapace is almost perfectly smooth with the
exception of a few rather large nodes. To the second group
belong those whose carapace is more uneven, and provided
with rather large nodes and tubercles. To the Laeves he refers
Coeloma vigil Mune Epwarrs from the Vicention Eocene,
С. balticum Scartrer from the Lower Oligocene formation in
Samland, С. granulosum Миме Epwarps from the Upper Nummu-
litic beds near Biarritz, and С. Reidemeisteri Norrune from the
Phosphate-beds near Büddenstedt and Helmstedt. Of the second
group, T'uberculati, he knows only two species, viz. С. tauni-
cum у. Meyer sp. from the Middle Oligocene Septarian clay
near Breckenheim, and С. Credneri у. Зенготн. sp. from the
Upper Oligocene in the neighbourhood of Hildesheim. To
these Srorrey?) adds two more species, viz. С. rupeliense Srainter
from the Middle Oligocene Rupel clay near Rupelmonde in
Belgium, and С. holsaticum Srottey from the Middle Oligocene
Septarian clay near Itzehoe in Holstein.

According to Моктыке the group Laeves contains chiefly
earlier species, while the group Tuberculati is characteristic of
the younger Eogene.

Coeloma bicarinatum n. sp. is quite in agreement with the
group Laeves, and if, as Norte thinks, in the development
from the older to the younger species there is an inclination
towards a sharper definition of the furrows, and a richer
ornamentation of the surface, it must certainly be one of the
oldest species. Especially characteristic of this species, and very

1) Е NOETLING: Die Fauna des samländischen Tertiärs. I Theil. — Ab-
handl. zur geol. Specialkarte von Preussen und den Thüringsch. Staaten.
Bd. 6, Heft. 3. Berlin 1885. $. 415—17.

2) E. STOLLEY: Ueber zwei Brachyuren aus dem mitteloligocanen Septarien-
thon Norddeutschlands. — Mitth. aus. dem mineralog. Institut der Univ.
Kiel. Bd. I, Heft. 3. Kiel 1890. S. 165.

XXIX. 9

130

conspicuous, are the two strong keels or ridges on the carapace.
Indications of such keels are also seen in other species, but
they are far from reaching the development which they do in
the Greenland species. In the following I shall only state the
most evident differences between C. bicarinatum and the other
species of the genus Coeloma with which I am acquainted.

С. vigil Миме Epwarps. In the museum of Göttingen
I saw a specimen of this species from Laverda. It was
in a rather bad state of preservation. According to this spe-
cimen C. vigil seems to differ in the following particulars:
Its form is higher, less narrowing towards the posterior region,
a little less inflated. The front is narrower in proportion. The
anterio-lateral margins are placed somewhat more steeply; they
only carry four spines on each side. The two keels on the
carapace are much less prenounced, and carry two nodes which
are indistinct and placed rather near each other. The surface
carries rather coarse tubercles which are placed close together.

С. balticum Scniürer. In addition to Norruine’s very detailed
description I know this species from a specimen in the museum
of Göttingen. The anterio-lateral margins are here compara-
tively longer, and only carry four spines on each side. The
two keels on the metabranchial lobes are missing, or are at any
rate only very indistinctly indicated. The granulations on the
carapace are considerably coarser than in C. bicarinatum sp.

C. granulosum Mnxe Enwarps has a narrower front, and
a much longer anterior margin. The anterio-lateral margins
run in almost the same direction as the posterio-lateral ones.
Only four spines are found on each of the anterio-lateral
margins. No keels on the metabranchial lobes.

С. Reidemeisteri Nortunc. I only know this species from
Noettine’s description. It is said to belong to his group Laeves,
and is different from С. balticum Scuriirer with which species
it was formerly identified. This circumstance presumably permits

131

he conclusion that it is closely related to Scuttirer’s species,
and therefore differs not a little from the Greenland one.

To the group Laeves, or perhaps to a new independent
group, С. vareolata Lorentaey!) from the Eocene of Kres-
senberg must be referred. The carapace of this species is
much broader comparatively, and very narrowing towards the
posterior region; the anterio-lateral margins carry only three
little spines on each side. The surface is punctate, not
granulated.

From the Tuberculati group Coeloma bicarinatum п. sp.
differs by its almost perfectly smooth carapace. I have also
seen in the few species belonging to this group the following
differences. |

С. taunicum v. Meyer sp. In the museum of Göttingen I
have seen a specimen of this species from Breckenheim. The
anterio-lateral margin has only four spines. No keels are
found on the metabranchial lobes, but two strong nodes on each
side. The posterior margin is comparatively broad. The chelæ
seem to be more slender than in the Greenland species.

С. rupeliense Stamıer. I have seen no specimen of this
species, and as I have not been able to procure SramiEr’s
description of it, I only know it from Srorrry’s?) description
and the figure which he has copied from Sramıer. This figure
is however drawn from a cast. С. rupeliense Stamıer seems
to closely resemble the Greenland species in form, but differs
from it in the following particulars: The two middle spines of
the front margin are longer than the two outer ones, the front
is broader, the carapace broader towards the posterior region.
The furrows between the different regions and lobes are much

1) Е. LöRENTHEY: Ueber die Brachyuren der palaeontologischen Sammlung
des bayerischen Staates. Termiszetrajzi Fürzetek. Ва. 21. Budapest 1898.
Mele ine tee,

2)BELSTOLLEN:I 16. р. 166; 21.151 “fig. 2.

9*

132

more distinct. On each side of the metabranchial lobes there
are two strong nodes, but no keels.

C. holsaticum Srottey. Three specimens of this species are
preserved in the Mineralogical Museum of Copenhagen. They
have broader, less prominent fronts; the anterio-lateral margins
are placed more slantingly; their spines are formed differently
to those in С. bicarinatum п. sp. No distinct keels are found.

C. bicarinatum n. sp. was found at Kap Dalton in
great numbers in the numerous concretions in the shale. In
almost every concretion a specimen of this crab was found.
On account of this frequent occurrence I have called the bed
the Coeloma-bed. The sizes of the specimens are, as a rule,
almost the same as the size of the one to which the measure-
ments in the above description refer. There are however speci-
mens the size of which is much less, thus the carapace of the
smallest of the specimens present only measures 10,5 mm. in length,
and 14 mm. in breadth. A few other specimens are unusually large,
the carapace of one being about 41 mm. long, and 50 mm. broad.

The Coeloma-bed: Very common.

D. Insecta.

In one of the concretions of the Coeloma-bed which is
quite filled with imprints of fragments of leaves, and other
remains of plants, I found a fragment of the wing of a Beetle.
On the surface of the wing are seen longitudinal rows of little
cavities. A closer determination is impossible.

The fossils from the Coeloma-bed and the Cyrena-bed have
here been treated collectively. What the mutual relation in
age is between the two beds is not known; the only thing
known about the conditions of deposition is what has been stated
on рр. 99—100. But I must remark that the bits of shale,
which are found in the sandstone of the Cyrena-bed, have some

133

resemblance to the shale of the Coeloma-bed, and that there is
therefore some probability of the latter bed being older than
the former. Against this the objection cannot be raised, that
in addition to the bits of shale, the concretions of the shale
ought also be found in the sandstone, because these may have
been formed in the shale at a much later period.

Neither would I dare to draw a positive conclusion from the
fossils found, regarding the respective ages of the two beds, but
as may be seen from the accompanying list of fossils, the two beds
seem to have two species in common viz. the species which I have
above assigned as Cryptodon cfr. unicarinatus Nysr, and Aporrhais
speciosa v. Эсньотн. sp. We may therefore presumably be right in
supposing that the two deposits do not differ much with regard
to age. To the question of the age of the Tertiary deposits at
Kap Dalton I shall return later on.

—

4 E © = =

Е 5 = 5 =
ir Миса similis SON ME — —
2. Mytilus affinis J. Sow. ...... — L —
3. Modiola cfr. simplex J. Sow... + — (+) — =
РОИА SD RENE EL REA ENT | — + — | — —
Her CU DIN GUS Psa cmc sty Sisal) | + — — — a
6. Astarte cfr. tenera Morris . . . . | — + (+) — —
7.’ Cyrena Gravesü DESH. ...... + + = ==
8. Cryptodon cfr. unicarinatus Музт. | + RUE eel >=
оно Вена cea ee |
LOMME Ina рано вии — — — — —
[HE Rsam mo bra о о ово eal — — — — —
о а PESTEN SENE ere — == = = —
1330 eredOUS DIAC | ES FARTEN SD ЧЩ. — — Е —
Я D ae ic aan. ner le —
15. Aporrhais speciosa у. SCHLOTH. sp. | + | + NE Enr
UG Se SUS Вю NE Wille tr. — | 4 | —
17: Bulimulus' spo? 0.022 2... = + — | — —
18. Hoploparia groenlandica n. sp. . | + — = | = =
19. Coeloma bicarinatum n. sp... . . 4 | — — | — =
РО [ОЕ m „u. DIES — — — | — -

134

If we now look at the fossils which have been found in
the Coeloma-bed, we see that with the exception of the
single beetle-wing we have here a purely marine fauna. The
nature of the rock indicates that the deposition took place
in comparatively deep water. However, we also sometimes find
in the concretions innumerable well preserved imprints of frag-
ments of leaves and other remains of plants, which presumably
together with the beetle-wing were carried by a river into
the sea. The number of the land-organisms in the concretions
moreover permits the conclusion, that the deposition took place
near the mouth of the river.

If we now consider the fauna of the Cyrena-bed it is at
once evident that it is of a quite different composition from that
of the Coeloma-bed. Beside typical salt-water species, such as
those belonging to the genera Cyprina, Astarte, Cryptodon,
Erycina, Tellina, Natica, Fusus, Aporrhais a. s. 0. we here
find a brackish-water species, namely Cyrena Gravesii Desx., and
presumably a land-species Bulimulus sp. That we have to
do with a marine deposit here also is plainly proved by the
above named salt-water species, but the deposition here took
place in less deep water, and nearer the coast. A material as
coarse as that which forms the sandstone, in which the
fossils mentioned have been found, could hardly be washed
very far out into the sea, but would subside near the coast.
That this was the case, the bits of shale which are found depo-
sited in the sandstone, are also signs of. Another argument
for the Cyrena-bed being a shallow-water formation is from the
fossils, among which is found such a strongly marked littoral
form as a species of the genus Donax. Species of the
genus Mytilus,’ and probably also of the genus Psammobia,
which are both generally found in shallow water, also occur
here. Even if some of the other species belong to genera
which are found in somewhat deeper water, there are presu-
mably none of these exclusively found at such great depths,

135

that a transport of them to the shore would be inconceivable.
— It is probable that the coast during the formation of the
Cyrena-bed consisted of deposits of clay in layers; whether or
not this clay belonged to the Coeloma-bed or a like formation
is uncertain. The coast was subjected to abrasion, whereby
loosened bits of the clay were washed into the sea. The clay
must probably already have attained a certain firmness, as the
bits would otherwise soon have become macerated in the water,
and would then have been deposited as clay again in deeper
water. In the sandstone itself none or only very slight traces
of clay are found. At the same time as the sea by the denuda-
tion of older deposits provided material for the formation of
new ones, the rivers washed a lot of material from the main-
land. This material consisted in a great part of sand which
in a few places was formed of volcanic products, but generally
consisted of grains of quartz, produced by the weathering of
the Archean rocks inland. This sand was deposited in the
sea near the mouths of the rivers. In the rivers or in the
brackish swamps connected with them, near the coast, lived
mollusca, and other animals (e.g. Cyrena Gravesit Desx.); after
the death of the animals a part of their remains were washed
into the sea, and were deposited there together with the other
material which the rivers brought with them. The negative
change of position of the coast-line which probably took place
between the formation of the Coeloma-bed and the Cyrena-bed
was continued, with the result that the Cyrena-bed was at last
raised above the level of the sea. Then volcanic eruptions
occurred whereby the Tertiary deposits, at any rate in some
places, were covered by thick basalt-deposits.

That the tertiary deposits at Kap Dalton are connected
with the ones farther north on the east coast of Greenland may
presumably be supposed. Marine-fossils are here, as above
mentioned, only known from Hochstetters Vorland. Of the five

136

genera which Lenz and Fucus mention from this locality (see
р. 96) only one, viz. -Astarte, has been found at Kap Dalton.
However too much significance must not be attached to this,
as the material from Hochstetters Vorland is very imperfect.
Tertiary fossils are said to be very frequent here, and it is
therefore to be hoped that we shall some day succeed in getting
both more abundant and better preserved material from this
part of Greenland, which is unfortunately so difficult of access.

As has been already mentioned by Narsorst!) we shall
hardly be wrong in supposing that the marine Tertiary of Spitz-
bergen and Greenland was deposited in the same sea, and yet
Focus’ list of the fauna from Kolbay at Spitzbergen (see p. 97)
has very little in common with the one from Kap Dalton,
as the only resemblance is that the genus Psammobia possibly
is common to both localities. As for Spitzbergen the same is
the case there as in Hochstetters Vorland, the material of the
marine Tertiary fossils is both scarce and in a bad state of pre-
servation.

From the west coast of Greenland marine Tertiary has cer-
tainly not been mentioned in literature until now. Whether
the very coarse-grained sandstone found by К. J. V. Этевхзтвор ?)
at Alianaitsunguak is from the Tertiary beds I dare not
decide as the only fossils I have seen are a very large and
thick-shelled Dentalium and some imperfect remains of a
snail. But the sandstone huwever contains concretions derived
from older formations; these concretions resemble those
which have been found near Niakornat, and in other localities,
and, according to У. Mapsen*), they contain a number of spe-

1) A. С. NarHorst: Marine Conchylien im Tertiär Spitzbergens und Ost-
gronlands. — Zeitschr. 4. deutsch. сео]. Gesellschaft. Bd. 48. Berlin
1896. S. 986.

2) К. J. V. Srgensrrur: Om Forekomsten af Forsteninger i de kulfarende
Dannelser i Nord-Grenland. — Medd. om Grønland. Kjøbenhavn 1883. 5. 63.

3) V. MADSEN: The genus Scaphites in West-Greenland. — Medd. fra Dansk
geolog. Foren. Nr. 4. Kjøbenhavn 1897. S. 45.

137

cimens of Scaphites Rümeri v. Ors, though their fauna accor-
ding to De Lorıor!) ordinarily consists partly of new species,
and partly of such as have been described by Merk and
Haypen from the North-American «Fox hills’ group». As this
group is reckoned to belong to the Upper Senonian of which
Scaphites Römeri v’Ors. is also characteristic, it does not seem
improbable to me that the above mentioned sandstone from
Alianaitsunguak might belong to the older Tertiary. If this is
the case it would be highly interesting to have this sandstone
more closely examined, as there is a possibility that the West-
Greenland marine Tertiary may be more closely connected with
the American, than with the European Tertiary, a thing which
cannot at all be said to be the case with the marine Tertiary
from Kap Dalton.

Also marine Tertiary formations are said to be known from
Iceland, viz. from the well known locality Halbjarnarstadir,
and a few other places. The fauna found here is however quite
different from the one from Kap Dalton, and must, according to
the opinion of various naturalists, be considered as being
much younger”).

If we now consider the West-European Tertiary, we find
deposits there which have much in common with those at
Kap Dalton. This resemblance is so great, that I believe we
may draw a parallel between the East-Greenland Tertiary, and

1) P. pe Говтог: Om fossile Saltvandsdyr fra Nord-Grenland. Genf 1882.
(Meddelt i et Brev til Prof. 0. Herr). — Medd. om Grønland. Hefte 5.
Kjøbenhavn 1883. S. 205.

2) In the archives of the Museum of Mineralogy are found four plates,
showing figures of mollusca from this locality; these four plates were
composed by 0. Мовсн, but were not published before his death. Later
(1884), C. M. PouLsEN undertook the revision of the plates and the
composition of a text; this text, however, was never published, but
the MS is deposited in the archives of the Museum; it shows that ac-
cording to POULSEN’s opinion the fauna from Halbjarnarstadir may be
considered to be still younger than the youngest of the English Crag-
faunas.

138

the Eocene in England and the Paris basin. With a single
exception all the species which form the fauna of Kap Dalton
seem to be either identical, or at any rate closely connected with
species which occur in the English or North-French Eocene.
An exception to this is perhaps formed by the species which
I have mentioned under the designation of Cryptodon -cfr.
unicarinatus Nyst.; but as will be seen from this designa-
tion the specimens in question do not quite agree with the
Cr. unicarinatus Музт. However I have not seen any other
species described to which they have so great a resemblance
as to this Middle Oligocene species. Besides this one all the
other determinable species which I have mentioned from Kap
Dalton are represented in the West-European Eocene; from this
must perhaps be excepted one of the crustaceans viz. Coeloma
bicarinatum n. sp.

There seems to be some reason for drawing a parallel
between the Coeloma-bed, and the London Clay, not only on
account of these two deposits having a petrographic resem-
blance (brown or greyish brown clay with calcareous concre-
tions), but also because there seems to be a certain resem-
blance in their fauna, as far as the material from Kap Dalton,
which is so poor with regard to species, will permit of com-
parison. I do not attach any importance to the fact that wood
perforated by Teredos is common in both formations, as this
phenomenon is of very frequent occurrence also in other Tertiary
deposits. The occurrence of Hoploparia groenlandica n. sp.
seems to me to be of importance; this species is very
closely related to, if not identical with, the H. gammaroides
Bett from the London Clay of Sheppey. Something the same
is the case with the Modiola found at Kap Dalton, which is
certainly closely related to M. simplex J. Sow. found in the
Bognor Beds, that is, in a deposit of the same period as the
London Clay. To the other crustacean from Kap Dalton,
Coeloma bicarinatum n. sp., I have not found any corresponding

139

species in the London Clay; yet I must draw the attention to
the resemblance it has to the Portunites incerta Bern"); accor-
ding to Berr's description the two species cannot be identical,
but in the first place the Portunites incerta (judging from Brett's
figures), seems to vary not a little, and secondly Berr's descrip-
tion is somewhat brief. In spite of all my exertions I have
unfortunately not succeeded in procuring any specimen of this
species for purposes of comparison with the Greenland one.
If a closer comparison could be drawn between the Cyrena-
bed and the West-European Tertiary, it would presumably be
between the Sables de Cuise or the Bagshot beds, which deposits
are said to be partly contemporaneous. This supposition is
especially supported by the frequent occurrence of Cyrena
Gravesti Desa. at Kap Dalton. This species is also very
common at Cuise-la-Motte, where a like mixed fauna is
found as in the Cyrena-bed at Kap Dalton. Of other species
which I have found in the latter bed, I have already mentioned
Cryptodon cfr. unicarinatus Nyst. Like this species Mytilus
affinis J. Sow. also seems to indicate a higher horizon, while
the opposite is the case with Astarte cfr. tenera Morris; but
the occurrence of these species is not quite certain, and it is
not impossible that some species, in such a distant locality,
may have a somewhat different vertical extension than usual.
As will be seen by the above description, the East-Green-
land Tertiary seems to be closely related to the West-European.
The resemblance is so great that we may certainly suppose, that at
the time when the above mentioned formations were deposited,
there must have been a connection between the two oceans.
However this connection presumably need not exclude the
possibility of a «land-bridge» between Western-Europe and

1) BELL: A monograph of the fossil malacostracous Crustacea of Great
Britain. Part I. Crustacea of the London clay. London 1857. p. 21;
pl. 3, figs. 1—5. — The Palaeontogr. Society.

140

North-America via Iceland and Greenland. But if this bridge
was in existence at that period, it must certainly have been
broken through by the sea in one or more places, so that
it formed no hindrance to the propagation of the same fauna
in both oceans. But there is no reason to think, that the
strait or straits constituted a hindrance to the propagation of
terrestrial animals and plants.

Although by the finding of the marine Tertiary fossils the
Danish expedition to East-Greenland in 1900, has greatly ad-
vanced the knowledge of the Tertiary formations of the Arctic
regions, still much is left of which we have no knowledge,
and further new discoveries will be received with the greatest
interest.

Så

ul)

Kan

Plate Ш.

Figs. 1 a-c. Nucula similis J. Sow. 1 c. Posterior view.
- 2,3a-b. Mytilus affinis J. Sow. Internal moulds. 2.>< 2.
- 4a-b. Modiola cfr. simplex J. Sow. Wax mould.
- ba-b. Astarte cfr. tenera Morris.

- 6a-b. Cyrena Gravesii DESH. Cast.

=f eld, - - - . Wax mould of interior of a specimen
from Cuise-la-Motte, France.

- 8-9. Cyrena Gravesii DESH.

- 10. Tellina sp.

= lig Psammobia sp.?

= 2 Erycina sp. Internal mould. X 2.

= 18 Donax sp. Internal mould.

- 14a-b. Cryptodon cfr. unicarinatus Музт sp. >< 2.

The figures are of the natural size, except where otherwise
stated.

All the specimens figured are preserved in the Mineralogical
Museum of the University, Copenhagen.

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. Тау. Ш.

14b

Th. Bloch phot. et del. Pacht & Crone phototyp.

Plate IV.

Figs. | a-c. Hoploparia groenlandica n. sp. 1 с. Portion of the carapace; X 2.

à 32: — — — Chela of an other specimen.
= 8}, Natica sp. Cast.

- 4-5. Aporrhais speciosa у. SCHLOTH. sp.

- 6. Coeloma bicarinatum n. sp.

The figures are of the natural size, except where otherwise
stated.

All the specimens figured are preserved in the Mineralogical
Museum of the University, Copenhagen.

Meddelelser øm Grønland XXIX, Nav LIVE

Th. Bloch phot, et del, Pacht & Crone phototyp.

АИ
"Иова

Plate V.

Figs. 1-6. Coeloma bicarinatum n. sp. 1 & 3. Females. 4. Male. 6. À young
specimen; X 2. :

The figures are of the natural size, except where otherwise
stated.

All the specimens figured are preserved in the Mineralogical
Museum of the University, Copenhagen.

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX.

Th. Bloch phot. et del.

Pacht & Crone phototyp.

EN nr PRES EEE

rr

IV.

Birds of East Greenland.

By

H. Deichmann.

Anas acuta Г. ?7/6 *).

In Jan Mayen Mr. Hartz found the remains of a Pintail,
gnawed by foxes. The wings however were well preserved, so
there was no difficulty in identifying the species.

Pagonetta glacialis (L.). 26/6-28/6. 19/7, 18/7, 18/7, 23/1-24]1.

I saw a few Longtailed Ducks in the south lagoon of Jan
Mayen; they were male birds in summer dress. At Sabine Ø
a single male was observed in open sea. At Kap Borlase Warren
a few smaller flocks of these birds — mostly males in summer
dress — were swimming in the little lagoon on the south side
of the Cape.

As might be expected the Longtailed Duck was also met
with in Turner Sund and at Kap Dalton, but, strange to say,
not in the inner part of Hurry Inlet.

Somateria mollissima (L.). 25/6. 28/6. 28/6. 11/7, 18/7, 18/7, 24/7, 27/7,
len И

The Eider-Duck is met with almost everywhere in the
northern part of the East-coast of Greenland.

It prefers to breed on little islands and rocks, but as these
are very few in number here, it is obliged to be contented with
the mainland and the larger islands. Now and again it nests
a good bit inland. I thus in Sabine Ø saw a nest about 1000

”) This date and the following refer to the list at the end of this treatise.

144

yards from the coast and about 200 yards above sea level. Even
when nesting on holms or skerries it is subject to the persecu-
tions of the Polar Bear.

On the Dunholm, where a great number of Eider-Ducks
were breeding in the last part of July, I saw excrements of
bears, containing many bits of shells of Eider-Ducks'-eggs, and
a bear I shot here also had the remains of Eider-Ducks'-eggs in
the stomach. It is perhaps because the Polar Bear destroys
so many nests, that the breeding season stretches over so long
a period. — The nest in Sabine Ø was found July 11“, and
still on August 11 I found a sitting bird on the Liverpool
Kyst. The Eider-Duck is found in East Greenland as well on
the outer coast as far up in the bays, when only the circum-

stances are to its taste. — In a lagoon on the Manby Halvø I
saw young ones — bigger and quite small — on the last days
of July.

The variety V. nigrum was not observed; however only a
few Eider-Ducks were killed.

Somateria spectabilis (L.).
Was not observed in this journey, but I think I saw it
during Ryder’s expedition at Danmarks Ø in June.

Anser torquatus Frisch. 28/6. 14/7,

In Jan Mayen I repeatedly saw a Brent Goose in the south
lagoon. At Kap Borlase Warren it was found with two quite
small and downy goslings.

It was here remarkably confiding and allowed us to approach
so near, that it might easily be hit with a stone.

Anser leucopsis Bechst. 11/7. 18/7, 28/7, 31/7, 2/8, 7/g. 10/8,

In Walrus @ some geese were observed on the eleventh
of July; their resort was a steep rock; they were possibly
Barnacle Geese.

145

In Turner Sund I saw — at some distance — a flock of
geese, which certainly were Anser leucopsis. On July 315 I
saw moulting old geese, and goslings which were still far from
being able to fly (Jamson Land). On August 10% Mr. Hartz
saw a very large flock of moulting geese in Hurry Inlet.

Lagopus mutus (Mont.).

In Sabine Ø I saw a brood of Ptarmigan chickens on the
10 of July. They were of the size of a newly hatched chicken
of a domestic hen. Only the female bird accompanied the brood.
The male was not to be seen anywhere near, while another
brood, observed the same day was accompanied by both the
old birds. Both cases, I think, are seen equally often. The
frequent absence of the male might perhaps be due to the fact
that his plumage — while the hen is sitting — is still partially
white, and he consequently, no snow being on the ground at
that time, more liable to be the prey of falcons.

On the 3°, 4 and 5 of August I saw several broods in
Jameson Land. The smallest chickens were quite as big as a
quail, while the largest ones scarcely were distinguishable from
the old birds. Besides these cases I saw Ptarmigans or their
excrements wherever I came ashore in Greenland.

As | had a pointer with me, | had the opportunity a couple
of times to see how the Greenland Ptarmigan behaves before
a dog. The hen with little chickens would at first crouch be-
fore the dog and then fly almost right at his head; then, with
hanging wings, partly running partly flying, she would try to
draw the attention of the dog upon herself to get him away
from the place, where the chickens were hiding.

The chickens of broods consisting of almost grown-up
birds would either run before the dog or stand upright on the
bare ground gazing at the pointing dog. — A single brood
crouched well among knolls. I have also seen a couple of

XXIX. 10

146

solitary old males crouching flat on the stone, on which they
were sitting, when the dog approached.

Colymbus septentrionalis Г. 26/6. 28/6. 13/7, 24/7. 25/7, 1/8. 11/8,

1/52 В.

The Red-throated Diver is found commonly in the fjords
and fresh water lakes. It is more frequently seen than Co-
lymbus glacialis, and seems like this species to be specially
fond of the mouths of big mountain streams, where I suppose
the fishing is most profitable.

Downy young ones were seen July 25" in a little lagoon at
the mouth of Turner Sund.

Colymbus glacialis L. 26/6. 28/6. 19/7, 1/8. 7/8. 18. 18/8.
The great Northern Diver seems to be more frequent in
the fjords than at the outer coast-line.

Fulmarus glacialis (L.).

While the expedition was staying outside the East-coast of
Greenland the Fulmar was seen every day, in the floating ice
around Jan Mayen, in the North- Atlantic and in the northern
part of the North-Sea. — It occurs in greatest numbers around
the nesting place Jan Mayen, but it is also numerous in the
vicinity of the floating ice-belt and in the outskirts of same.
Farther into the ice-belt the bird becomes rarer, and at the
coast it is only seen singly, still frequently enough so that
hardly a day — as said before — passes without its being
seen a couple of miles off land. It never goes very far into
the fjords.

According to my observations the grey race seemed to
become more numerous the farther west and into the ice the
expedition came, and most strikingly so west of Jan Mayen.
Of twenty specimens shot July 7%, thirteen were grey. Seventeen
of these were closely examined and opened; sixteen proved to

147

be males all with bare nesting-patches. The only female was
very downy on this spot but without contour feathers.

The contents of their stomachs consisted of rather big
crustaceans, Hyperia and Gammarus; only a single bird was
found to contain remains of fish. Besides they all had cuttle-
fish beaks in their crops. These horny objects evidently do duty
for stones which are very rarely found in the crop.

Once I had the opportunity of seeing the Fulmar catching
fish. While it is generally skimming over the waves and fre-
quently takes its spoil on the wing, in this case it settled down
upon the water and moved forwards in little jumps with half-
spread wings snatching the fish which by whales were driven
up to the surface in a compact shoal. It only put its head
under the water and did not display any swimming-diver per-
formance, as it sometimes does. However it is probably unable
to dive deeper than two or three feet.

During the light summer time it is on the wing through
the whole of the night and strange to say I never saw it sleep
in the night but on the contrary in daytime. — Later, in
Davis Strait, | have observed the Fulmar sleeping on the water
during the warmest time of the day.

It skims indefatigably over the waves, at open sea very
seldom rising to a greater height than a few yards above the
surface. In calm weather it moves the wings rather quickly,
but in a breeze or a gale it can rest upon its spread wings, and
cruise against the wind by changing the position of the body
to the direction of the wind, but without, apparently at least,
moving the wings.

It is indeed a splendid sight to see this excellent flier
move about in the air during a storm, but this same bird makes
a very wretched figure, when caught and placed on the deck
of a ship. The legs can hardly support the body and when it
wants to get along quickly the wings must be used as assistance.

And yet it cannot rise into the air. It is evidently feeling very
10”

148

uncomfortable, it vomits — very likely to make itself lighter —
but all in vain, it is utterly helpless. This splendid aeronaut
must have an edge to start from or at any rate a level to rise
from with room enough to use wings and legs for quite a
distance.

The gunwale of the ship is an insurmountable impediment
to it unless it is very windy; then perhaps a puff of wind can
reach it — and immediately it rises. If it has to rise from the
water in calm weather it is obliged to run as far over the sur-
face as a coot. At the nesting-places its mode of flight is quite
another. It is constantly seen circling high up in the air and
makes an impression upon the observer quite different from
the above described.

The Fulmar is a very greedy bird. When the offal of some
big catch — whale or seal — is thrown overboard in the arctic
Ocean these birds are at once on the spot to get their part of
the spoil and they are often so voracious that they may be
caught by hand.

At the eyries there is quite a deafening cackling and
jabbering ga-ga-ga-ga which is constantly going on whether
the birds are disturbed or not. One can’t help getting the im-
pression that it must be some everlasting disagreement that
accounts for all this jabbering. — When the expedition visited
Jan Mayen on the 26% of June young ones were found in the
nests, so they seem to breed early.

Some writers mean that a smaller sized race of these birds
exists, and there is in fact a slight variation in size between
the single specimens, but on the other hand [ have not found
any specimen varying so much from the type that there is any
reason for classifying it as a subspecies.

Here are the measurements of 14 specimens — all males.
Nr. length (ctm.) breadth colour
1 50 = 112 grey
2 50 - 113%, white
3 48 - 103 grey

149

NT. length (ctm.) breadth colour
4 51 - 1141/2 white
5 49 - 113 grey
6 481]: - 113 grey
7 49! - 113 grey
8 50 - 110 white
9 49 - 114 grey

10 50 = 108 grey

11 48 - 109 grey

12 46 = 111 grey

13 49/2 - 113 white

14 49 - 113 grey

Charadrius pluvialis L.
In Jan Mayen I saw two Golden Plovers June 26%. Un-
fortunately I did not succeed in securing any of them.

Aegialitis hiaticula Г. 26/6. 78/6. 13/7. 18/7. 24/7, 26/7, 27/7, 1.

The Ringed Plover was seen in Jan Mayen and in Green-
land in great numbers. It certainly breeds commonly in both
places. In Jan Mayen it was mostly seen on the seashore eating
washed-up Calanus (and perhaps other crustaceans), whereas in
Greenland it is quite as frequently seen on the mountain slopes
and in the river valleys. It seems here to feed upon vegetables
and insects. (The last specimen was seen August 7, but this
may possibly be accidental.)

Strepsilas interpres (L.).

I saw the Turnstone on a moory mountain slope between
Jameson Land and Liverpool Kyst. The bird moved lively about
in the twilight of the night.

Numenius phaeopus (L.). 7/6. 26/6. ?®/e.

June 20% a Whimbrel came to the ship. Having tried in
vain to perch on the top yard it flew away in ESE. direction.
In Jan Mayen a few were seen.

150

Tringa canutus L.

On the 26% of July I saw two old Knots and a young bird
running about seeking food on the sandy beach of Deichmann's
Fjord. Two old birds were seen in Dunholm July 28%. In
both places the birds were comparatively shy. In the Dunholm
they were seeking their food among the sea-weeds on the shore.
The old ones still had some red feathers on the lower parts.

Tringa alpina L.

On the 10% of July a few Dunlins were seen in Sabine ©
in the fens at the south side of the island, west of Germania-
hafen. They were certainly breeding in this place, but I did
not find the nests. A single specimen was seen at Kap Dalton
on the 18 ofJuly. In August they gather together with Calidris
arenaria in great numbers on the sands of Hurry Inlet, a
regular Eldorado for waders.

Strange to say they were not found in the river valley which
separates the Liverpool Kyst from Jameson Land.

Tringa sp.? 10/7. 24/1.

In Sabine Ø and in Turner Sund I saw a Tringa — both
times at the coast — which was neither canutus nor alpina;
I suppose it vas Tringa maritima, to which bird it at least
had the greatest resemblance. Both times it flew past very
quickly.

Calidris arenaria (L.).

In August the Sanderling is found in vast numbers in the
inner part of Hurry Inlet, on the sands formed by the river
delta. They partly keep in flocks by themselves, partly mingle
with the considerable flocks of Tringa alpina, so commonly
seen at this place.

Up along the banks of this same river they were not seen.

151

Larus glaucus Brünn. 26/6-23/6. 10/7, 13/7. 16/7, 11/5, 18/7, 24/7.
ae he от

The Glaucous Gull bred in Jan Mayen.

On a high holm south of Stewart Ø we found young ones,
more than half-grown on July 27%,

During the whole journey I paid special attention to the
Glaucous Gulls being anxious to distinguish, if possible, the Larus
leucopterus Faber, but neither in Jan Mayen nor in East Green-
land did I see anything but typical specimens of L. glaucus.
Later on I have seen numbers of Larus leucopterus on the
West-coast of Greenland, and there is no difficulty at all in
distinguishing the two races when the birds are seen alive.

Larus tridactylus Г. 18/6-6/т. 14/7. 31/7, ??/g-?4/s. ?/9-5/9.

The Kittiwake breeds in Jan Mayen and possibly on Kap
Brewster. In Jan Mayen the birds were sitting on June 28‘
On those bird-cliffs which I had the opportunity to see here,
it occupied the upper shelves.

The Kittiwakes are generally seen in flocks and are fond
of following the ships, but even during the lightest nights they
disappear as а rule for a short time. When one of the flock
gets hold of something too big to be swallowed quickly, the
rest of them at once, with great squalling and noise attack
the lucky one to take the spoil away from it — if Lestris
parasitica be not at hand to save them the trouble.

The flocks seen at open sea, far from land, during the
summer time generally consist of young birds. These offer
very little resistance to the robberies of the Lestris, while the
old birds, especially when they have young ones to provide for,
do their utmost to avoid delivering the spoil. When finally the
Lestris attacks so hard that feathers are torn off the Kittiwake,
the poor creature will try as a last scheme to throw itself
on the water, where the Skua can’t very well press so hard
upon it.

152

The Kittiwake is the bird most commonly met with on a
voyage to Greenland; it follows the ship from Skagerak to Green-
land. On the East-coast it cannot be said to be very frequent,
and I don't think that it goes so far into the fjords here, as on
the West-coast, or even so far as Larus glaucus does.

Larus eburneus Phipps. ?%/6. 39/6.

Strange to say the Ivory Gull was seen very rarely during
our voyage in the ice. Only at the stated dates and on Jan
Mayen; on all three occasions in very small numbers.

Sterna macrura Naum. *6/6-°8/6. 10/7-12/7, 13/7, 16/1. 18/7.24/,

26/-. 27/7.

The Arctic Tern was seen in Jan Mayen where it probably
breeds. Also in Sabine Ø July 10% & 19%.

At Kap Borlase Warren I saw the greatest number of Terns
l ever saw at one time on the East-coast of Greenland. They
were about thirty birds together in a flock, resting on a little
piece of ice.

Lestris parasitica auct. 26/6-28/6. 8/7, 17/7, 228.

In Jan Mayen Richardson’s Skua was rather common and
presumably it bred there.

Outside the East-coast of Greenland I saw it twice and
also at the mouth of Scoresby Sund where it chased the
Kittiwakes.

Lestris longicauda (Vieill.). ?26/6-28/6. 10/7-12/7, 15/8,

Buffon’s Skua was found breeding in Jan Mayen. On the
twenty seventh of June there was one egg in the nest, which
was placed in a bog almost in the middle of the narrow part
of the island.

It also bred in Sabine ©, but I did not find the nest,
although the behaviour of the bird showed plainly enough that
it was close by. It tries by every conceivable devise to lead

153

man (and animals) away from the nest. Standing on a little
knoll or at least on some conspicuous place it raises its body
straight up and flaps the wings violently. Now its tands on one
leg now on two, and it looks as if it was going through some
kind of dancing performance.

If the intruder in spite of all comes near the nest it will
swoop down upon him in the manner of a tern.

It is frequently seen flying about catching insects, but it
also catches the little Salmo alpinus in the brooks, diving
like a tern.

Lestris pomatorhina (Temm.). 21/6. 24/6. 75/6. ?6/6-28/6. 4/7-8/7.

The Pomatorhine Skua was seen now and again on our
way to Greenland, partly single specimens partly a few together.
June 24 two were shot. When the one had been killed, the
other one continued to circle around it, without getting scared
by a missing shot, fired at it. They both had remains of fish
in their stomachs.

Cepphus grylle (L.). 25/6. 26/6-28/6. 7/7. 10/7, 13/7, 14/7, 26/7,

The Black Guillemot may be considered a true coast-bird.
When it is seen so far off land as for instance on the seventh
of July (S. Jensen), I think it is because sea with pack-ice easily
becomes a resort for coast birds living on crustaceans like the
Black Guillemot. It is however very seldom that these birds
are seen far from land even when there is ice enough.

Cepphus grylle was found nesting in Stewart 0, on the
rocks south of same and in the Dunholm. In this latter place
the young ones were rather big and yet downy. A considerable
number was breeding here.

Uria arra (Pall.). ?9/6-7/7. 14/7-117/5, 28/7-3 1/7. 23/8. 2/9,
Briinnich’s Guillemot was seen in the Atlantic, at Jan Mayen
and at the East-coast of Greenland. It was absolutely most

154

abundant at Jan Mayen, where it breeds in considerable numbers.
There is a smaller colony on Liverpool Kyst and another or
Kap Brewster; great numbers again are breeding together with
Mergulus alle on a rock between Kap Brewster and Stewart Q.

These birds were sitting on eggs on the rocks of Jan Mayen
during the last part of June.

Here I saw a specimen which was «hringvia» on one side
but not on the other. J was only a few yards from the bird,
but it was no use shooting it as it would have fallen down into
a strong surf, where it would have been absolutely lost.

Mergulus alle (L.). 23/6. Sr. 15/5-17/7, 28/7-81/7, 12/8, 22/8. 2/0,

The Little Auk was seen in far less numbers in the floating
ice this year than in 1891 (Ryder’s Exp.) In Jan Mayen it
breeds; among other places on — or rather in — some high
mountains on the north side of the south Lagoon, rather far off
the coast. On Liverpool Kyst I saw three different nesting
places where also a number of Guillemots were living: on Kap
Brewster and on the bird-cliff between Kap Brewster and
Stewart ©. In the latter place it breeds in numbers. In
Scoresby Sund only a few were seen, possibly because the ice
did not break up until the end of July.

A specimen was found dead without any visible injury in
Jameson Land, about four miles from the coast. It had pro-
bably lost its way in the fog.

Fratercula arctica (L.). ?2/6-?9/6,
The Puffin was only seen about Jan Mayen where it breeds
in comparatively small numbers.

Falco gyrfalco L.

At Kap Stewart the Falcons occupied the same nesting place
as in 1891—92 when I was here with Ryder’s Exp.; besides
two other nesting places were seen on Neill’s Klipper along
the coast of Hurry Inlet.

Both grey (one specimen) and light coloured falcons were
seen. Also in the Carlsberg Fjord a few were seen.

Nyetea nivea (Thunb.). ?7/7.
In Stewart Ø was found a wing of the snowy Owl. Other-
wise this bird was not seen by the expedition.

Corvus corax L. 78/7. 4/8. 18. 22/8. 21/8.

In Dunholm, in the surroundings of Scoresby Sund and at
Fleming Inlet Ravens were seen now and again, mostly singly
or in pairs.

Saxicola oenanthe (L.). ?/8-&/8. 12/s.
In Jameson Land a few Wheatears were seen. Very likely
they are more abundant in the inner part of the fjords.

Cannabina linaria (L.). 11/7, 24/7. 26/7, 27/7, 2/8-6/g.

The Redpoll was seen in most places where we landed.
From August 2% to 6" it was observed flying about in small
flocks of 5 or 6 individuals, very likely young birds just be-
ginning to fly.

Emberiza nivalis Г. 11/7. 13/7, 18/7, 24/7, 26/5, 27/5, 81, 1-65.
11/g-13/5, 15/8, 25/9. 28/9.
The Snow Bunting was seen almost everywhere, where we
landed in Greenland. At Kap Dalton young birds were seen
flying about.

Thalassidroma sp. 13/6. 29/6,

156

Positions at noon of the «Antarctic».

Date.
18/, lat. 59° 24° N.; long. 4911' Е.
19/6 - 60° 26 - — 3°10° -
206 - 62°16 - — 1°14 -
21/6 - 63951' - — 0° 23’ W.
22/6 - 65°19" - — 2°00 -
ze - 67°19 - — 4°21 -
24/6 - 69°06 - — 6°12’ -
25/6-29/6 Jan Mayen.
30/6 lat. 71° 20’ N.; long. 10° 30° W.
1/7 - 71°31 - — 7° 43° -
2/7 > TE AN = — 6°40 -
3/7 - 73°06 - — 4°43" -
4/7 > О © — 35930’ -
5/7 - 74°09 - — 4°36 -
6/7 - 74° 30° - — 5°30 -
7/7 = YOON < — 89 18' -
Sly - 74°09 - — 11°31 -
3/7 - 74°15’ - == WA PI С
10/7 - 74919" - — 17910' -
11/7-18/7 Sabine 0.
137 Kap Borlase Warren.
15/7 Kap Broer Ruys.
107 lat. 72° 02’ N.; long. 21° 20° W
177 - 70°29 - — 21°21’
18/7217 Kap Dalton.
32 1-28} Turner Sund.
237 lat. 69° 51° N..;
Sr Dunholm.
31 [1 Scoresby Sund.
1/8-14/8 Hurry Inlet.
15/8-16/8 Scoresby Sund.
17 /g-21/8 Hurry Inlet.
22/8 Scoresby Sund.
28/3 lat. 70° 59° N.;
в Davys Sund.
25 [8-26 Fleming Inlet.
2715-28] 3 Kong Oscars Fjord.
23 |8 Segelsållskapets Fjord.
30/8-%1/8 Forsblads Fjord.
1/9 Davys Sund.
2,9 lat. 70° 56’ N.; long. 18° 54 W.
2/9 - 68942' - — 17°15’
4/9 = ONY = — 29° 53’

5/9 Dyrefjord.

VI.

On durassie Fossils from East-Greenland.

Victor Madsen.

Works which are quoted in abbreviation in the following pages: —

Fox-STRANGWAYS, С. 1892. The Jurassic Rocks of Britain. Vol. II. Yorkshire.
Tables of Fossils. Mem. Geol. Survey United Kingdom. London.

LUNDGREN, B. 1895. Anmårkningar om några Jurafossil från Kap Stewart
i Ost-Gronland. Medd. om Grønland. Hefte 19, 1896.

POMPECEJ, J.F. 1899. The Jurassic Fauna of Cape Flora, Franz Josef Land
with a geological Sketch of Cape Flora and its neighbourhood by
Friptsor NANSEN. The Norwegian North Polar Expedition 1893—1896.
Scientific Results edited by Friptsor NANSEN. Il. London. Christiania.
New York. Bombay. Leipzig.

ScHLOSSER, M. 1901. Die Fauna des Lias und Dogger in Franken und der
Oberpfalz. Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Ges. Jahrg. 1901, p. 549.

Woopwarp, H. В. 1894. The Jurassic Rocks of Britain. Vol. IV. The Lower
Oolitic Rocks of England (Yorkshire excepted). Mem. Geol. Survey United
Kingdom. London.

Woopwarp, Н. В. 1895. The Jurassic Rocks of Britain. Vol. У. The Middle
and Upper Oolitic Rocks of England (Yorkshire excepted). Mem. Geol.
Survey United Kingdom. London.

Introduction.

The Jurassic deposits in East-Greenland were discovered
in 1822 by Scoressy jun. From Scoreszy's description of
Jameson’s Land!) and from Jameson’s Appendix to the same’),
it is seen that ЗсовЕезву examined the Jurassic beds of Саре
Stewart in Neill’s Cliffs and brought away specimens of the
rocks. Scoressy brings out, with great distinctness, the striking
difference between the structure of Jameson’s Land and that
of the rest of Greenland: «The western coast of this land
[Jameson’s Land], that borders Hurry’s Inlet» says Scoresgy «is
more regular than any thing I have seen in Greenland. From
the shore, where it is low and almost even with the water’s
edge, it rises, with an easy slope, to the height of perhaps
1500 or 2000 feet perpendicular; and it is so uniform in its
ascent and termination, that it constitutes a level ridge, regu-
larly diminishing, to appearance, by the effect of perspective,
until it sinks down to the level of the sea, in the extreme
distance ...

1) SCORESBY, WILLIAM (junior). 1823. Journal of a voyage to the Nor-
thern Whale-Fishery; including Researches and Discoveries on the
Eastern Coast of West Greenland, made in the summer of 1822 in
the Ship Baffin of Liverpool. Edinburgh 1823. p. 191, 193, 202, 204—7.

?) JAMESON. 1823. List of specimens of the Rocks brought from the
Eastern Coast of Greenland. with Geognostical Memoranda. Appendix
No. 1 to the above-named work. р. 399—409 of the same.

160

«Jameson's Land, it has been observed, is of a totally dif-
ferent appearance and character, from any other polar lands
that I have seen. At a distance, it appears low, and undulating,
and of a light-brown colour: while all the surrounding coasts,
with the exception of Perspective Ridge, are rugged, moun-
tainous, and of a blackish-brown colour. And what rendered
it still more striking at this time, was the remarkable freedom
of the southern part from the least vestige of snow».

ScoresgY's description of the Jurassic deposits which occur
in Neill’s Cliffs near Cape Stewart, is in all essentials correct:
«Neill’s Cliffs were found to be about 300 feet in height, full
two—thirds of which were concealed by the debris of the
higher strata: on this I ascended to the rock in situ; and
found it to consist of a thick bed of bituminous slate, — coarse

conglomerate, with a base of sandstone, — sandstone flag, or
slaty sandstone, — calcareous sandstone, — fine granular lime-
stone, full of organic remains, — and a coarse grained lime-

stone of a grey colour, containing numerous large specimens
of pectinites and other bivalve shells. These were the prin-
cipal rocks; but scattered specimens were also found of clay
ironstone, slate-clay, common slate-coal, jet, splintery lime-
stone, arenaceous limestone, &c. Most of these rocks were of
a friable texture, and the general colour was light-brown. This
tint gives the peculiar appearance to the cliffs of Jameson's
Land which first excited my attention».

Scoresgy (1. с. р. 207) and Jameson (1. с. р. 402 and 408) referred
these deposits to the Carboniferous system. Later it Was
proved that the lower bituminous slate belongs to the Rhetic,
and the overlying beds to the Jurassic.

Many years later, the German North Polar Expedition of
1869—70'), discovered Jurassic beds somewhat further north, on

1) Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869 und 1870 unter
Führung des Kapitan Kari KoLDEwEG. Herausgegeben von dem Ver-

161

Kuhn Island off the east coast of Greenland (see the map). The
material collected by Jurius Payer and Влтрн CopELanD Was ехат-
ined by Franz Toura in Vienna. Tovra’s researches demonstrate
clearly that the development of the Jurassic beds in Kuhn
Island is of a two-fold nature. On the east coast are light-grey,
calcareous marls and fine-grained micaceous quartz-sandstones
of a yellow or grey colour; the petrological nature of these
rocks recalls somewhat that of the «Quadersandstein», but their
fossils, on the other hand, show the strongest affinities with
those of the Jurassic rocks of Russia. On the south side are fine-
grained, calcareous sandstones of a dark greyish-brown colour,
containing flakes of mica; also coarse-grained sandstones filled
with shells, and regular shell-breccias, in both of which coal-
seams occur. All these rocks belong probably to the middle
«Dogger». The Jurassic deposits of Kuhn Island rest directly
upon crystalline rocks, which stand out between the two types of
deposits, forming a lofty mountain ridge covered with glaciers.

The following fossils are quoted as occurring on the
east coast: —

Perisphinctes Payeri, nov. sp.

Ammonites sp. ind.

Belemnites Panderianus, »'Ors.

— absolutus, Fiscu.
— Volgensis, »'Ors.?
— sp. ind.

Cyprina sp. cf. Syssolæ, Keys.

Aucella concentrica, Keys. non Fiscu.
— — var. rugosa, Keys.
— — var. crassicollis, Krys.
— — var. sublævis, Keys.

ein für die deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in Bremen. Zweiter Band. Wis-
senschaftliche Ergebnisse. Leipzig 1874. p. 477—479, 491—492, 497
— 307.

XXIX. 11

162

Some other Aucella-forms were also found; two left valves
bear some resemblance to Aucella Pallasü, Keys. The Aucella-
shells are abundant in a light-grey calcareous marl. Casts and
impressions of Aucella concentrica, Fiscu. var. rugosa, Keys. occur
in various sizes in the quartz-sandstone.

On the south coast have been found (in the fine-grained
sandstone): —

Ostrea sp. ind. in great abundance.
Goniomya V-scripta, Sow. sp.

Myacites sp. ind.

Modiola sp. cf. Strajeskianus, v Ors. sp.
Avicula Münsteri, Gornr. sp.

Belemnites cf. fusiformis, Qu.

(in the coarse-grained shelly sandstone): —

Trichites, Lycerr?

Patella cf. Aubentonensis, Авсн.
Patella sp. ind.

Nerita cf. hemispherica, Rom.
Trochus sp. ind.

Spines of Echinodermata.

The Jurassic deposits of Jameson’s Land were examined
later by N. Harrz and Epv. Bay during the Danish expedition
to East-Greenland, undertaken in the years 1891—2 under the
leadership of С. Ryper'). Bay reports that Rhetic and Jurassic
beds have been found along Hurry’s Inlet in Jameson’s Land
and that similar beds may possibly crop out also on the west
side of Jameson's Land. The western shores of Hurry’s Inlet
consist of high, steep cliffs, the so-called Neill’s Cliffs, which
have their beginning southward at Cape Stewart and rise grad-
ually to a greater elevation towards the north. Bay is of

1) Bay, Env. 1896. Geologi. Meddelelser om Grönland. Hefte 19, р. 163.

163

opinion that no essential difference occurs in the strata for
the whole of this long distance and therefore that a description
of the relationships between the various beds at Cape Stewart
is fairly applicable throughout their extent.

The lowest part of Cape Stewart consists of a foreshore,
made up almost entirely of fragments from the formations
above it, all of which weather very easily. From this foreshore
a narrow ravine leads up to the plateau above the cliffs and in
this ravine the various beds can be easily examined.

The lowest bed is described as a green sandstone, which
has been observed on the shore at the most northerly part of
the Cape, but has not been found in Neill’s Cliffs north of
Cape Stewart.

Above the sandstone, a grey, somewhat sandy clay-shale
was seen to occur, this containing many fossil-plants. In the
ravine, it attains to a height of 160—180 feet (50—56 metres)
above sea-level and also crops out almost immediately below
on the shore.

Above the shale is a belt covered with weathered frag-
ments and above this again a stratum rich in fossils, which
varies very much in different parts but can be best described
as a very impure, reddish-coloured limestone. In some places
the limestone is free from foreign fragments of any appreciable
size, but contains very much sand; in such places it hardly
ever contains fossils. In other parts it is full of small pebbles,
which are sometimes rolled and sometimes fairly angular, so
that the limestone has the appearance either of a conglomerate
or a breccia. In other places, again, the limestone becomes
a regular shell-breccia, in consequence of the number of fossils
contained in it, these being of Jurassic age. These variations
of the same rock occur near one another and pass over into
one another. In addition to the fossil fauna, a few stems and

branches have been found here and there. This bed is 7 feet
11*

164

(2 metres) thick and occurs at a height of 186 feet (58 metres)
above sea-level.

Above this is a very sandy grey shale, which prob-
ably continues up to a height of at least 270 feet (85 metres).
This deposit yielded no fossils. |

At а height of 300 feet (94 metres), а sheet of basalt,
10 feet (3 metres) thick, occurs which, at the end of the ravine,
is overlain by a yellow sandstone, 6 feet (2 metres) in thick-
ness. The latter appears in some places as a typical sandstone
and in others it approaches in nature rather an impure clay-
shale. As regards fossils, it contains only a few carbonised
plant-remains. This sandstone is the uppermost deposit at
Cape Stewart. Further inland, sedimentary beds could be seen
cropping out in various places.

All the beds of Cape Stewart and, generally speaking,
those of Neill’s Cliffs as well, are dipping at an angle of 6°,
in a direction 50° west of south.

Continuing along Hurry’s Inlet in a northerly direction,
Neill’s Cliffs rise higher and higher, this being due partly to
the position of the beds, but also probably to the fact that
several other beds appear, both above and below those already
described.

The expedition landed about south-west of the Fame Is-
lands (see p. 169). Here, the lowest bed exposed is a kind of
shale, which frequently assumes the nature and appearance of
a sandstone. Above this, and at a height of about 1000 feet
(314 metres) above sea-level, appears once more the fossiliferous
limestone, which here becomes conglomeratic or brecciated
both upwards and downwards, the middle part being a fairly
pure limestone. Above this is a shale, then a yellowish-grey
sandstone, then basalt, at a height of about 1300 feet (408
metres), and above this come alternating layers of sandstone
and dolerite. It is evident that several beds occur here, which

165

belong to a higher horizon than those of Cape Stewart, and
further inland are yet newer deposits. |

The plant-remains of the lowest shales found at Cape
Stewart were examined by N. Harrz!) who referred them to the
Rhetic or to the Rhetic-Lias formation.

The animal-remains were examined by В. Lunperen’).
Luyperen states that the rocks in which the fossils occurred
may be relegated to two main types, the gap between them
being bridged over by other rocks of intermediate structure
and composition. The two main types are: —

1) a somewhat calcareous, grey sandstone, rich in mica; this
is usually fine-grained, sometimes so compact as almost
to be designated a quartzite, at others containing rounded
quartz-grains and quite fresh fragments of felspar as large
as peas, the rock thus assuming rather the character of
a conglomerate.

©

а dark-coloured, almost black, very calcareous rock, also
containing mica.

In the grey sandstone, the following fossils were found: —

Rhynchonella sp., three species.

Waldheimia sp., two species.

Ostrea grünlandica n. sp., one of the most characteristic
forms, and fairly common.

Ostrea sandalina (cf. sandalina, Gornr.).

Placunopsis minuta n. sp.

Plicatula cf. spinosa, Sow.

Limea duplicata, Sow.

Lima sp.

1) Hartz, N. 1896. Planteforsteninger fra Cap Stewart i Östgrönland,
med en historisk Oversigt. Meddelelser om Grönland. Hefte 19,
р RE
LUNDGREN, В. 1895. Anmårkningar om några Jura-fossil från Кар
Stewart i Ost-Grönland. Meddelelser om Grönland. Hefte 19, 1896,
p. 191—214.

с
—

166

Pecten Stewartianus n.sp., fairly abundant.
— Johnstrupi n.sp., one of the commonest species.
— Rinki п. sp.
Pecten callosus n. sp.
Avicula Münsteri, Bronx, one of the commonest and most
characteristic species.
Perna sp.
Modiola Ravni n. sp.
Pinna sp.
Leda lacryma, Sow.
Panopea Toulai n. sp.
— sp.
Pholadomya grénlandica sp.
Ammonites sp.
Belemnites sp.

In the black limestone the following fossils were found: —

Lingula sp.

Rhynchonella sp.

Placunopsis minuta n. sp.

Limea duplicata, Sow.

Modiola sp.

Astarte Bayi n. sp.
— Wandeli n.sp., sometimes in large numbers.
— ? amygdaloides n. sp.

Cardium concinnum, у. Восн.

Lyonsia subequilateralis n. sp.

In rocks of composition intermediate between 1)and 2) the
following fossils were found: —

Myoconcha borealis n. sp.
Astarte Hartzi n. sp.
Tancredia elongata n. sp.

Cyprina cf. Cancriniana, v’Ors.

167

Lunperen considers that the Cape Stewart beds should be
identified with the Middle Jurassic («Dogger») deposits of Kuhn
Island. «The four European species found at Cape Stewart
all occur in the Callovian deposits of Europe and the general
character of the fauna is in close agreement with that of the
Callovian. Plicatula cf. spinosa, alone, seems to point rather
to the Lias, but too much importance should not be attached
to this fact. The Jurassic deposits of Cape Stewart should
then, in my [Lunperen’s] opinion, be referred to the Callovian
and they certainly have a Middle-European character, as far as
the Lamellibranchs and Brachiopods are concerned. As regards
the Cephalopods, these are not well enough preserved for any
conclusions as to the age of the beds to be definitely based
upon them».

The observations upon the Jurassic deposits of Jameson's
Land were further supplemented in 1899, by the Swedish expe-
dition under the leadership of A. G. Матновзт 1).

On this expedition Narnorsr discovered a sandstone crop-
ping out on the western shore of Hurry’s Inlet, near Point
Constable. This sandstone is mottled red and white and rather
coarse-grained; but higher up, at a height of 71 metres, it is
white, shaly and contains kaolin; higher still, it is of a brown-
ish colour. At a height of 120 metres a basalt-sheet protrudes.
Above this, blocks of a greenish sandstone were found, which
is probably in place there, the same blocks occurring up to
a height of 231 metres. Still higher up, a rock was seen,
similar to the plant-bearing Rhetic beds of Cape Stewart; and

') NATHORST, А. С. 1900. ТуА somrar i Norra Ishafvet. Kung Karls Land,
Spetsbergens kringsegling, spanande efter ANDREE i nordöstra Grön-
land. Bd. П, р. 214 and 305.

NATHORST, А. G. 1900. Den svenska expeditionen till nordéstra Grön-
land. Ymer. Arg. 20, p. 115—156.

NATHORST, A. G. 1901. Bidrag till nordôstra Gronlands geologi. Geol.
Foren. i Stockholm Forh. Bd. 23, p. 283, 298 and 303.

168

at 514 metres is a yellow sandstone, containing Ostreas, Be-
lemnites etc. Ostreas are present in great numbers and the shells
were seen to be partly weathered out, so as to be quite whole.

On the map, accompanying his paper in Geol. Fören.
Fôrh., Млтновзт has further indicated a certain region on the
south-west side of Davys Sound at Antarctic’s Harbour as
doubtfully of Jurassic age. Here, the rocks on the shore have
more gentle outlines than the Silurian and Devonian rocks
further north in King Oscar’s Fjord. The mountains east of
Antarctics Harbour consist partly of soft, coloured sandstones
with obscure plant-remains. A block of impure, arenaceous
limestone with obscure animal-remains, recalls, in some measure,
the Cape Stewart rock. Possibly we are here dealing with the
Keuper and Jurassic deposits of Hurry’s Inlet, which may
extend to this point.

With regard to the geological structure of the district,
Natuorst infers that the whole of Greenland must be regarded
as a «Horst», which must in earlier times have been more or
less covered by sedimentary deposits. These are only preserved
in areas of depression and in small «Grabensenkungen», along
the coast, or beneath the eruptive masses, which have been
brought to the surface in consequence of these depressions. As
regards the Jurassic deposits, it must be supposed that the small
exposures on Kuhn Island occur in «Grabensenkungen» which
have а north and south direction. The Jurassic rocks of Jameson's
Land also are depressed in relation to the crystalline rocks.

The Jurassic deposits of Jameson's Land were once more
examined in 1900 on the occasion of the Danish expedition to
the East coast of Greenland under the direction of N. Harrz!),
while G. Amprup, who had the chief command of this expedi-

1) Harız, N. 1902. Beretning om Skibsexpeditionen til Grönlands Östkyst
for Tidsrummet fra d. 18. Juli til d. 12. September 1900. Meddelelser
om Grönland. Hefte 27, р. 155—181.

169

tion, accomplished his perilous journey along the East coast
of Greenland to Angmagsalik. |

Harrz’s detachment landed on the 31% of July near Dino-
saurus River, about one and a quarter Danish miles (9,4 kilo-
metres) north of Cape Stewart. Here, at a height of about 110
feet (35 metres) above sea-level, Harız found a block of sand-
stone bearing the footprint of a Saurian, which according to
Fraas was that of a Dinosaur. Harrz believes the sandstone
to have been derived from the Jurassic beds there exposed.
Hartz also found in the same locality some good fossils, mainly
Lamellibranchs and Belemnites, in loose blocks derived from a
sandstone bed, which was exposed at a height of about 600 feet
(188 metres) above sea-level; and, on the shore below, in loose
pebbles, were a large number of beautiful Pectens (Pecten Ste-
wartianus, Гоковв.).

Dercumany and О. Norpensxsétp, members of the expedition,
spent from the 2% to the 7 of August in making a journey
into the interior of the northern part of Jameson’s Land. On
their return, they reported amongst other things, that innumer-
able Ammonites lay scattered about on the plateaux inland;
they brought specimens of the Ammonites back with them.

On the 9 of August, Koca and Harrz sailed for Point
Constable. In Mount Nathorst at a height of about 1625 feet
(510 metres) above sea-level, they observed a huge oyster-bank
(probably identical with that mentioned by Млтновзт, see р. 167)
containing innumerable oyster-shells, beautifully preserved, be-
sides many other Lamellibranchs and Belemnites. Somewhat
higher up, a crinoid-sandstone with many stems and arms of
Crinoids (Pentacrinus) occurred.

On the 11 of August, Harrz found some richly fossiliferous
beds containing plant-remains in the lower part of Vardeklöft !)

1) According to information kindly given by Harrz, Vardeklôft is the
place on the coast where Ryper’s expedition landed in 1891 and which
was described as approximately south-west of the Fame Islands, see
р. 164. — Meddelelser om Grönland. Hefte 19, 1896. р. 165.

170

about 600 feet (188 metres) above sea-level. According to the
fossils, the beds were of Rhætic-Lias age. From the 16% to
the 19 of August was spent in collecting fossil-plants. In the
north side of Vardeklôft, at a height of 1750—1850 feet (550—
580 metres), Hartz also found many fine Ammonites, Belemnites,
а Gastropod, vertebre of Ichthyosaurus (according to Fraas) and
fossil wood. These fossils were contained in concretions in a
very micaceous clay-shale, which weathered easily.

From the 15% to the 215 of August Kruuse, О. NoRDENSKJÖLD
and Koca undertook an expedition in a boat along the coast
of Jameson’s Land, from North-east Bay to Cape Stewart. On
this expedition a light-coloured, Aucella-bearing sandstone was
found cropping out in Aucella River near the camping-place of
August 18—19 in the south-west of Jameson’s Land, about
two and a half Danish miles (18,8 kilometres) south-east of the
«Erratic Boulder» (see the map).

A very exact topographical description of the regions
visited by the Danish expedition has been given by J. P. Косн ').

The Board of directors of the «Carlsbergfondet» did me the
honour of requesting me to undertake the examination and deter-
mination of the Jurassic fossils collected during the expedition of
1900. A casual glance through the material at once convinced
me of the importance of comparing these fossils with those of
the same age which had been derived from Central Europe.
I, therefore, represented to the Board of directors that it would
be advisable for me to make the final determination of the species
at Munich, where the most magnificent material for comparison
would be available. To this the Board of directors readily agreed
and placed the necessary means at my disposal; for which gener-
osity on their part, I desire here to express the deepest grati-

7) Косн, J.P. 1902. Bemærkninger vedrørende de paa Skibsexpeditionen
til Grönlands Ostkyst opmaalte Kyststrækninger mellem 69° 20° М. Br.
og 72° 20' М. Br. Meddelelser om Grönland. Hefte 27, р. 275—303.

171

tude. At Munich, Herr Geheimrath К. А. у. Zırıer received me,
as on former occasions with every possible expression of kind-
ness and goodwili. He placed a seat in the Palæontological
Institute at my disposal and permitted me to make use of the
very valuable palæontological collection for purposes of com-
parison. I tender to him now my heartfelt thanks for all the
assistance he, in many ways, afforded to me. Even then my
labours would hardly have been crowned with such satisfactory
results, had not Herr Professor Dr. J. Е. Pomprcxs proffered me”
such ready assistance in my researches. His very wide experi-
ence of the fossils belonging to the Jurassic formations of
Arctic regions has been of the greatest assistance to me, in
helping to determine the more obscure fragments, and I beg
here to express my gratitude to him for his kindly help.

The conclusions I arrived at and the descriptions of the
various species that could be identified, are contained in the
following pages.

172 i

Description of the fossils.

Echinodermata.

Crinoidea.
Pentacrinus. Miırrer.

Pentacrinus sp. cf. Andree. ve Lorıor.

Plate VI, figs. 1—6.
1878. DE Говтог, P. Monographie des Crinoides fossiles de la Suisse,
Deuxième partie. Abh. Schweiz. paläont. Ges. Basel und Genf. vol. V.

p. 112, tab. XIV, fig. 31—38.

The remains of Crinoids are found in great quantities in
a very coarse-grained brown crinoid-sandstone from Mount
Nathorst. The fragments consist of stalks, cirrhi and arms,
but are, unfortunately, weathered and so badly preserved that
the species could not be determined with any certainty. A few
of the better-preserved stalks, however, are pentagonal, sharply
angular, perfectly smooth without any sculpture, and resemble
very closely that of Pentacrinus Andreæ, ve Lorıor. Very rarely
fragments of stalks occur, in which the suture-line bears
centrally a small round depression as in Pentacrinus crista-gall,
Quenstept!) (pl. VI, fig. 6), but the tubercle in the middle of the
side of the stem-joints. described by ре Lorıor as characteristic

of this species, has not been observed.

7) DE Говтог, P. 1884—9. Paléontologie Française. Ser. 1. Animaux
invertébrés. Terrain jurassique. Tome XI. Deuxième partie. Crinoides.
Paris. p. 152, tab. 152, fig. 1—10.

173

The largest stem-joints have a diameter of 5™™, but the
majority have a diameter of only 3—4™™, Upon one slab is
an impression of a stalk, which is 170mm long. No sculpturing
is discernible upon the faces of joint. The cirrhi resemble
those of the above-mentioned species.

A few of the arms are fairly well-preserved and appear
to branch infrequently. They also resemble those of the spe-
_ cies already mentioned.

Calyx-fragments are rarely present and are unfortunately
so weathered that it has not been possible to identify the
various ossicles.

The Swiss specimens of Pentacrinus Andree quoted by
pe Говют belong to the «Hauptrogenstein» (étage bathonien).
Pentacrinus crista-galli occurs in the Humphriesianum-zone of
the Inferior Oolite (étage bajocien, the «brown Jura д» of

QUENSTEDT).
Vermes.
Serpula. Linné.
.Serpula sp.

_А brown sandstone block, brought by ©. Norpensxs6Lp
from the vicinity of Aucella River in the south-west of Jame-
son’s Land on August 18, contains a mass of thick, irregularly
twisted, calcareous tubes representing probably some species of
Serpula. A nearer determination is not possible.

Molluscoidea.
Brachiopoda.
Rhynchonella. Fiscuer.
Rhynchonella sp. sp.

Fragments of two species of Rhynchonella, not determin-
able, were found by Harrz in Vardeklôft on August 11 in a
block of dark-coloured calcareous sandstone.

174

Waldheimia. Kine.
Waldheimia sp.

А badly-preserved shell of a species of Waldheimia occurs
in the brown sandstone from Mount Nathorst. This shell re-
sembles rather closely the one figured by Lundgren’), but is
so weathered that it cannot be determined with absolute cer-

tainty.

Mollusca.
Lamellibranchiata.
Pseudomonotis. Beyricx.
Pseudomonotis sp. (an Jacksoni. Pomrzcx3).

The left valve of a large Aviculid has been obtained from
the plateau immediately west of Neill’s Cliffs. This shell was
found by Deicamann on August 12%. It is embedded in brown
sandstone so that only the weathered inner surface is visible.
As both hinge and the greater part of the wing are wanting,
the shell cannot be determined with certainty, but the large
size and coarse radial sculpture recall Pseudomonotis Jacksoni,
Pompecks ?).

Pseudomonotis Jacksoni, Pompecrs was found by Nansen at
Cape Flora in Franz Josef's Land in a hard grey sandy marl.
Pompecxs considers that in all probability the horizon is Lower
Bajocian, almost corresponding to the Opalinum- and Murchi-
sone-zones.

Pecten. Kırır.

Pecten sp. (an Stewartianus. Гоковвек).

A fragment of a large smooth Pecten occurs in a block of
coarse-grained sandstone found in Vardekloft. It resembles

1) LUNDGREN, В. 1895, р. 195, pl. III, fig. 4.
2) POMPECKJ, J. Е. 1899, р. 60 and 125—127.

175

Pecten Stewartianus, Lunperen !), but a more exact determination
cannot be made.

According to Lunperen, Pecten Stewartianus occurs fairly
abundantly in the grey sandstone of Cape Stewart in Jameson’s
Land which is reckoned by him to be of Callovian age.

Pecten sp. cf. Johnstrupi. Lorveren.
1895. LUNDGREN, В. Anmärkningar om några Jurafossil från Kap Stewart
i Ost-Grönland. Medd. om Grönland. Hefte 19, 1896, р. 199, tab. Ш,
fig. 13.

Part of a ribbed Pecten was found by Harrz on Aug. 11"
in a block of dark-coloured calcareous sandstone from Varde-
КОН. The ears of the shell are wanting, otherwise it is in
every other respect identical with Pecten Johnstrupi but is too
incomplete to be determined with any certainty.

Pecten Johnstrupi is, according to Luyperen, one of the
very commonest species occurring in the grey sandstone of Cape
Stewart in Jameson’s Land, which rock is by him referred to
the Gallovian.

Pecten sp. cf. Rinki. Loxveren.

1895. LUNDGREN, B. Anmärkningar om några Jurafossil från Kap Stewart i
Ost-Gronland. Medd. om Grönland. Hefte 19, 1896. p. 200, tab. III, fig. 14.

A smooth cast of a Pecten has been found in a block
of coarse-grained sandstone from Vardeklôft. The specimen is
about 46™™ Jong and 45™™ wide. It resembles Pecten Rinki
but cannot be determined with any certainty.

Pecten Rinki, as described by Lunperex, occurs in the grey
sandstone of Cape Stewart in Jameson's Land, which is referred
to the Callovian by Luyperen.

Pecten sp.
Pl. VI, fig. 10.

A cast of a rather finely striated Pecten, which cannot be
identified, occurs in the Awcella-sandstone. The sandstone

1) LUNDGREN, В. 1895, p.198, pl. Ш, fig. 12.

176

crops out in Aucella River in the south-west of Jameson's
Land. The cast is 25™™ in length.

Lima. Brucuière.
Lima sp.

An impression in the crinoid-sandstone of Mount Nathorst
seems to belong to a species of Lima, but cannot be determined.

Limea. Bronx.

Limea duplicata. Sowerry.

1829. Plagiostoma duplicata. SowerBy. Mineral Conchology of Great Bri-
tain. London. vol.6, p. 114, tab. 559, fig. 3.

1834—40. Lima duplicata. Goupruss. A. Petrefacta Germaniæ. Düsseldorf.
Theil 2, р. 103, tab. 107, fig. 9.

1863. Lima duplicata. TRAUTSCHoLD. Bull. Moscou. 1863, р. 10, tab. 7, fig. 6.

This cast is entirely similar to those identified by Lunderen !)
as Limea duplicata, Sow. It occurs in a dark-coloured calcareous
sandstone pebble found on the sea-shore near Dinosaurus River,
about one and a quarter Danish miles (9,4 kilometres) north of
Cape Stewart, on July 31%, The material of which the pebble
consists resembles the rock of Lunperey’s specimens exactly
and has evidently been derived from the same bed.

Limea duplicata has been found by Lunveren in the grey
sandstone, as well as in the black limestone of Cape Stewart in
Jameson's Land, which is referred by him to the Callovian.
? Limea cf. duplicata, Goror. is quoted by Pomescxs”) from the
grey clayey sandstone north of Elmwood at Cape Flora, Franz
Josef s Land, which is reckoned by him to belong to the Middle
Callovian. According to РомрЕскл, Limea duplicata has been
obtained from the Upper Bajocian to the Oxfordian in Western
Europe, in the localities of Balin and Koscielec near Krakow,
Popielany in Lithuania, the island of Andö in Norway, Central
Russia, Nova Zembla and Cape Stewart in East-Greenland.

1) LUNDGREN, В. 1895, р. 198. pl. Ш, fig. 6.
2) POMPECKJ, J. Е. 1899, p.65 and 113—115.

177

Ostrea. Lime.

Ostrea eduliformis. ScHLOTHEIM.
Pl. VIL, figs. 13.

1820. SCHLOTHEIM, E. F. Die Petrefactenkunde etc. Gotha. p. 233.
1834—40. Ostrea explanata. Gornruss, A. Petrefacta Germaniæ. Düssel-
dorf. Theil 2, p. 22, tab. 80, fig. 5.

A large number of oyster-shells have been collected from
Mount Nathorst. These occur mainly in an oyster-bank, i.e. a
bed which consists almost exclusively of oyster-shells, held
together by a brown sandy cementing material. A few shells
occur in the brown sandstone and in the crinoid-sandstone.
Most of the better preserved shells resemble very closely Ostrea
eduliformis Scutots. They have the same broad hinge-line,
drawn out into a point above, the same rounded anterior
border and the same concave posterior border with a wing-like
prolongation below. The position of the muscular impression
is also identical. The shell figured on pl. VII, fig. 3, except
that it is smaller, is very like a specimen from the Knorrii-beds
of the canal near Hildesheim, which is to be seen in the Palæ-
ontological Collection at Munich. Other specimens in the Munich
Collection are also very similar to the Greenland ones.

The largest of the specimens from East-Greenland is 104mm
in length.

Ostrea eduliformis (typ. and var. trigona Scuupre) occurs,
according to ScaLipre !), in the Subfurcatum-beds, in the «Haupt-
rogenstein (Great Oolite) and Cornbrash of Baden, in the
«Hauptrogenstein» and Cornbrash of Alsace, in the «Hauptrogen-
stein» and the Varians-beds of Western Argau, in the «brown
Jura д» of Swabia and in the Parkinsoni-zone of North-west
Germany. ScHLosser”?) quotes it from the «brown Jura д»
(Humphriesianum-zone) of Franken and of Oberpfalz.

!) SCHLIPPE, O. 1888. Die Fauna des Bathonien im oberrheinischen Tief-
lande. Abh. zur geol. Specialkarte von Elsass-Lothringen. Strassburg.
Band IV, Heft IV, p. 21, 34, 54, 67, 110.

?) SCHLOSSER, М. 1901, р. 552.

ххх. 12

178

Ostrea sp. cf. eduliformis. Эенготнелм.
PI. VII, figs. 4 and 5.

1820. SCHLOTHEIM, Е. Е. Die Petrefactenkunde etc. Gotha. р. 233.

A few of the Ostrea-shells from Mount Nathorst are more
convex than the typical Ostrea eduliformis. Unfortunately the
largest of these are in a very fragmentary condition so that it
is not possible to identify them with certainty. A small, fairly
complete specimen with both valves (pl. VII, fig. 5) resembles
very closely an «Ostrea cf. explanata, Gowor.» from the
Bathonian beds of Boulogne, which is preserved in the Munich
Collection.

Ostrea sp. cf. sandalina. Gornruss.
1834—40. Ostrea sandalina. Goupruss, A. Petrefacta Germaniæ. Düssel-
dorf. Theil 2, p. 21, tab. 79, fig. 9.

1849. Ostrea sandalina. RouizLer. Bulletin de Moscou. 6. N., fig. 111.

In the pebble which was found by Harrz on July 31% on
the seashore near Dinosaurus River and which has already
been mentioned as containing a cast of Limea duplicata, Sow.,
fragments of a species of Ostrea also occur. These resemble
very closely the specimens from Cape Stewart in the Copen-
hagen Collection, which have been determined by Гомоввек')
as Ostrea sandalina (cf. sandalina Gorvr.). Lunneren’s specimens
of Ostrea sandalina were found in the grey sandstone of Cape
Stewart in Jameson’s Land, which has been referred by Lund-
gren to the Callovian.

Aucella. Keysercing.

Aucella Pallasti. Keysrrutne.
Pl. VI, fig. 7.

1846. KEYSERLING, A. und Krusensrern, P. Wissenschaftliche Beobacht-
ungen auf einer Reise in das Petschora-Land im Jahre 1843. St.
Petersburg. p. 299, tab. XVI, fig. 1—6.

1888. LAHUSEN, J. Ueber die russischen Aucellen. St. Pétersbourg. Mém.
Com. Géol. vol. Ш, по. 1, р. 34, tab. I, fig. 12—27.

') LUNDGREN, B. 1895, p. 197.

179

Casts of Aucella Pallasii. are fairly abundant in a light-
coloured sandstone which crops out in Aucella River in the
south-west of Jameson's Land. The fossils agree exactly with
Lanusen’s description and also with the figures. The largest
specimen (a cast) is 43™™ in length.

According to Lanusex, Aucella Pallasii is an excellent
guide-fossil for the lowest Virgatus-beds in the lower Volga-
stage, which А.Р. Pavrow places in the Middle Portlandian !).

Aucella Pallasti is quoted from the Kimeridge Clay of
Lincolnshire *). It has also been found by Natxorsr?) in the
dark-grey, marly, bituminous limestone of Nordenskiölds Berg
in the Svenska Förlandet and in boulders of a black carbona-
ceous shale from Tordenskjolds Berg in Kung Karls O (King
Karl’s Land).

Myoconcha Sowersy.

Myoconcha grünlandica. nov. sp.
Pl. VI, figs. 8 and 9.

Two fairly well-preserved casts in coarse brown sandstone
of a species of Myoconcha have been obtained from Mount
Nathorst. The larger one, the posterior end of which is wanting,
must have been about 103mm in length; the breadth is 29mm
and the thickness 23mm. The smaller specimen, in which the
posterior end is also lacking, must have been about 85™™ long;
the breadth is 267" and the thickness 15™. The shape of
these casts, and especially the fact that they have a deep
depression corresponding to the position of the ridge on the
posterior border of the muscular impression, show clearly that

1) Paviow, А.Р. 1901. Comparaison du Portlandien de Russie avec celui
de Boulonnais. (Compte-rendu du VIII. Congrès géologique inter-
national 1900. Paris.

2) WoopwarD, Н. В. 1895, р. 371.

3) POMPECKJ, J. Е. 1899. Marines Mesozoicum von König-Karls-Land.
Öfvers. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Förh. Stockholm. No.5, р. 457—8.

12’

180

they belong to the genus Myoconcha; on the other hand
the specimens cannot be identified with any species hitherto
described. The species Myoconcha elongata, Morris and Lycerr!)
approaches them most nearly; they are, however, considerably
larger and narrower in proportion. |

In the collection of Cape Stewart fossils examined by
Lunperen, there is a badly preserved impression in coarse brown
sandstone of the inner side of a Lamellibranch shell, which
LuypereN was unable to determine with certainty. This im-
pression is about 95™" long and 26™™ wide. It resembles the
casts of Myoconcha grénlandica and is probably to be identified
with this species.

Trigonia. Brucuière.
Trigonia undulata. Fromarrz.
Pl. VI, fig. 11.
1872—79. Lycerr, J. A monograph of the British fossil Trigonie. Printed
for the Palæontographical Society. London. p. 77, tab. XVI, fig. 9,
10, 11; tab. XVII, fig. 5, 6.

Six specimens of a species of Trigonia occur in a fine or
fairly coarse-grained sandstone from Mount Nathorst. These
agree exactly with Lycerr's description of Trigonia undulata
and with figure 5 on pl. 17 of his work, except that they are
slightly more convex and consequently the border between the
surface of the shell and the area is bent more in an S-figure.
The Greenland specimens are also more convex than a specimen
of the same shell from the Bathonian of Boulogne-sur-mer
in the Munich Collection, although in other respects they
resembie it exactly.

Trigonia undulata is quoted from the Great Oolite and
Stonesfield slate, from the Forest Marble and Bradford Clay

1) Morris, J., and Lycerr, J. 1853. A monograph of the mollusca from
the Great Oolite. Part II. Bivalves. London. p. 77, pl. Ш, fig. 18.

181

and also from the Macrocephalus-zone in the Cornbrash of
England, from Dorsetshire to Lincolnshire").

Astarte. Sowersy.

Astarte Bayt. Lonveren.
Pl. VI, fig. 13.

1895. LUNDGREN, В. Anmärkningar om några Jurafossil fran Kap Stewart
i Ost-Grönland. Medd. om Grönland. Kjöbenhavn. 1896. Hefte 19,
p. 204, tab. 1V, fig. 22.

A small, well-preserved specimen of Astarte Bayi was
found by Harrz in a block of dark-coloured calcareous sandstone
in Vardeklôft on August 11”, The specimen agrees perfectly
with Lunperen’s description and figure. Its length is 5™™.

According to Lunneren, Astarte Bayi occurs rarely in the
black limestone of Cape Stewart in Jameson’s Land, which is
reckoned by him as Callovian.

Astarte Hartz. Luxveren.
Pl. VI, fig. 12.

1895. LunDGREN, В. Anmärkningar om några Jurafossil från Kap Stewart
i Ost-Gronland. Medd. om Grönland. Kjöbenhavn 1896. Hefte 19,
р. 205, tab. IV, fig. 24.

. Two dark-coloured calcareous sandstone casts, with frag-
ments ofshell attached, are identical with Lunperen’s description
and figures of this species. These specimens were collected in
blocks in Vardeklôft on August 11%. The shell-fragments show
that the shell was covered with tolerably fine, close, con-
centric lines.

Astarte Hartzi occurs in the Callovian beds of Cape
Stewart in Jameson’s Land.

1) WoopwaArD, H.B. 1894, р. 573.

182

Astarte sp. cf. elegans. SowErgr.

PI. VI, figs. 14 and 15.

1818. SowERBY, J. Mineral Conchology of Great Britain. London. vol. 2,
p. 86, tab. 137, fig. 3.

1834—40. Goupruss, А. Petrefacta Germaniæ. Dusseldorf. Theil II, p. 191,
tab. 134, fig. 12.

1853. Morris, J., and Гусетт, J. A monograph of the Mollusca from the
Great Oolite. Printed for the Palæontographical Society. London.
Part II, p.86, pl. XIV, fig. 14.

In a fine-grained, brown sandstone from Mount Nathorst,
seventeen shells and casts are found belonging to a species
of Astarte closely allied to Astarte elegans. The shells are
broad (the best preserved specimen has a breadth of 30™™
and a length of 29™™), they are also thick and are covered
by rather coarse, close lines of growth. The Greenland speci-
mens do not agree particularly well with the above-quoted
figures of this very variable species, seeing that they are
both broader and more convex. The specimens resemble much
more closely two in the Munich Collection from the Bajocian
or Inferior Oolite of the Cotswold Hills, Gloucestershire, but
the latter are more drawn out posteriorly and have a narrower
lunule.

Astarte elegans, Sow. is quoted by Fox-Srraneways') and
Woopwarn?) from the Dogger, МШероге Bed, Grey Limestone
and Cornbrash of Yorkshire; also from the Inferior Oolite,
Murchisonæ-, Humphriesianum- and Parkinsoni-zones, and from
the Cornbrash (Macrocephalus-zone) from Dorsetshire to York-
shire.

Scutosser®) quotes Astarte elegans as occurring in the
«brown Jura 7» or Sowerbyi-zone of Franconia.

') Fox-Straneways, С. 1892, р. 157.
2) Woopwarp, Н. В. 1894, р. 555.
3) SCHLOSSER, М. 1901, р. 549.

183

Astarte sp. cf. Semanni. DE Lorıor.
Pl VI, fig. 16.

1867. DE Говтот, et PeLLar. Mon. pal. et géol. de l'étage portlandien de
Boulogne-sur-mer. p. 68, tab. VI, fig. 9.

Fragments of an Astarte have been obtained from a light-
coloured sandstone block, which was found by О. NorDENSKJöLD
in Aucella River in the south-west of Jameson’s Land. The
sandstone-block was found below the place where the Aucella-
sandstone crops out. The best-preserved specimens show a
close resemblance to those of Astarte Semanni in a Kimeridge-
Portland boulder from Hirshals in Denmark, in the Copenhagen
Collection'). The sculpture of the shells is somewhat coarser
and the edges do not seem to have been crenulated. Specimens
of Astarte Semanni from the Portlandian of Boulogne, in the
Munich Collection, are also very similar to these.

The sculpture of the valves recalls at once that of Astarte
ovoides У. Buc”), specimens of which, from Khorochovo near
Moscow, are in the Copenhagen Collection. The shape of the
latter is, however, very much more oval than that of the Green-
land Astarte, which certainly stands nearer to Astarte Semanni
than to Astarte ovoides.

Astarte Semanni occurs in the «Marnes a Perna Bou-
chardi» or «zone à Virgatites typiques» (sosia, apertus etc.)
of the «Portlandien» of Boulogne-sur-mer, and in the Lower
Portlandian (Portland Sand) of Wiltshire and Buckinghamshire
in England.

1) SKEAT, E.G., and Mapsen V. 1898. On Jurassic, Neocomian and Gault
boulders found in Denmark. Kjöbenhavn. Danmarks geologiske Under-
sögelse R.2, Nr. 8, р. 123, tab. Ш, fig. 2.

2) т. BucH, L. 1845. Mittheilungen an Н. G. Bronx. Cistideen; Trigonia
Whateleye; Unteroolith-Versteinerungen bei Moscau. Neues Jahrbuch
fir Mineralogie etc. Jahrg. 1845, p. 180.

184

Tancredia. Lycerr.

Tancredia sp. cf. angulata. Lycertr.

Pl. VI, fig. 18.

1853. Lycerrr, J. Description of some new species of Mollusca from the
Lincolnshire Oolites, see: Morris, J. On some sections in the oolitic
district of Lincolnshire. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 9, p. 341,
tab. 14, fig. 5.

1853. Morris, J., and Lycerr, J. A monograph of the Mollusca from the
Great Oolite. Printed for the Palæontographical Society. London.
Part II, Bivalves. p.94, tab. XIII, fig. 9 a and b.

Three specimens consisting of casts and shells, but with
the outer side embedded in brown sandstone, were found in
Mount Nathorst. These resemble Tancredia angulata, Lycerr,
but are larger than the figures quoted above.

The specimen much resemble the casts of Tancredia
donuciformis, Lyc. an angulata, Lyc. in the Munich Collection,
which came from the «brown Jura 2» (Murchisonæ-zone) of
Heininger Wald near Boll; the largest Greenland specimen
is, however, more convex and shows but faint indications of
the broad groove on the surface of the cast, which passes
diagonally from the umbo towards the posterior end. A second
Greenland specimen is also more convex and narrower and
either does not show the groove at all, or gives but the faintest
possible indication of it.

The largest specimen from Greenland is 46%" long and
22™™ wide; the second is 35"" long and 18™™ wide.

Tancredia angulata is quoted by Woopwarp') from the
Passage Beds (Opalinum-zone) and from the Fuller’s Earth, Clay
and Rock; also from the Great Oolite and Stonesfield Slate of
Somersetshire, Gloucestershire and Lincolnshire in England.

1) Woopwarp, Н. В. 1894, р. 571.

185

Tancredia sp.
Pl. VI, fig. 19.

A cast which, in all probability, is derived from a species
of Tancredia, occurs in a light-coloured sandstone block.
This block was found by O. NorpensgsöLp in Aucella River,
below the spot where the Aucella-sandstone crops out. This
locality is in the south-west of Jameson’s Land.

The specimen is, unfortunately, too incomplete to be deter-
mined with any certainty.

Gresslya. Agassiz.

Gresslya gregaria. (Zetex) Gornruss. sp.
Pl. VIII, figs. 1 and 2.

1830. Lutraria gregaria, ZIETEN, С. H. Die Versteinerungen Württembergs.
Stuttgart. р. 85, tab. 64, fig. 1 a—c.

1834—40. Lutraria gregaria, GoLDFUss, А. Petrefacta Germaniæ. Düssel-
dorf. Theil 2, tab. 61, fig. 8— 10.

1858. Myacites gregarius, QUENSTEDT, Е. A. Der Jura. Tübingen. р. 447.

Sixteen casts and the greater part of a shell, found em-
bedded in a fine-grained brown sandstone from Mount Nathorst,
are identical with casts of Gresslya gregaria, Gotpr. in the
Munich Collection, from the «brown Jura d» of Auerbach, in
Oberpfalz.

The largest specimen, a cast, is 53" long, 36%" broad
and 26™™ thick.

Gresslya gregaria occurs, according to Quenstenr in the
“brown Jura д»; ScaLosser !) quotes it from the «brown Jura д»
(Humphriesianum-zone) and «brown Jura =» (Parkinsoni-zone).
In England, Woonwarn?) gives it as occurring in the Inferior
Oolite (Murchisonæ-zone) of Dorsetshire.

1) SCHLOSSER, M. 1901, p. 552, 559.
2) WoopwaRD, H.B. 1894, р. 561.

186

Gresslya abducta. Рнилльз. sp.
Pl. VII, fig. 3.

1829. Unio abductus. Рнилилрз, J. Illustrations of the Geology of York-
shire. York. p. 156, tab. VI, fig. 4.

1858. Myacites abductus. Quenstept, F.A. Der Jura. Tübingen. р. 325,
tab. 44, fig. 17.

Eight casts of fine-grained brown sandstone from Mount
Nathorst resemble exactly the Munich specimens of «Gresslya
gregaria, лет. abducta, Pau. sp.», which came from the
«brown Jura д» of Laufen near Balingen.

The largest specimen, a cast, is 54™™ long, 41”” wide and
SE thick

Gresslya abducta is quoted by Quenstenr from the «brown
Jura a». In the Munich Collection there are fragments of the
same species from the «brown Jura д».

Fox-Straneways!) gives them as occurring in the Jurense-
zone, Millepore Bed and Cornbrash of Yorkshire, and Woopwarp ?)
quotes them from the Passage Beds, (Jurense- and Opalinum-
zones), the Inferior Oolite (Murchisone-, Humphriesianum- and
Parkinsoni-zones) and questionably from the Great Oolite and
Stonesfield Slate from Dorsetshire to Yorkshire.

Gresslya peregrina. Рнилльз. sp.
Pl. VIII, fig. 4.

1829. Unio peregrinus. PHILLIPS, J. Illustrations of the Geology of York-
shire. York, p. 144, tab. VII, fig. 12.

A few casts in a fine-grained brown sandstone from
Mount Nathorst resemble very closely the Munich specimens
of Gresslya peregrina, which are also casts and were obtained
from the «brown Jura д» of Laufen near Balingen.

The largest cast is 60™™ long, 38™™ wide and 24™™ thick.

1) Fox-Srraneways, С. 1892, р. 61.
2) Woopwarp, H.B. 1894, р. 560.

187

Gresslya peregrina occurs, according to Fox-Straneways’),
in the Blea Wyke beds, the Grey Limestone (Humphriesianum-
zone) and the Cornbrash of the Lower Oolite, in the Kellaways
Rock, the Lower Calcareous Grit and Lower Limestone, the
Middle Calcareous Grit and Upper Limestone of the Middle Oolite
of Yorkshire. Woopwarp?) quotes it from the Inferior Oolite
(Muchisonæ-zone), the Fuller’s Earth, Clay and Rock, questionably
from the Great Oolite, the Stonesfield Slate, the Cornbrash
(Macrocephalus-zone), the Kellaways Rock (Calloviense-zone)
and the Corallian (Plicatilis-zone) from Dorsetshire to Yorkshire.

Pleuromya. Agassiz.

? Pleuromya sp.
PI. VI, fig. 17.

A cast in light-coloured sandstone, which may possibly
have been derived from a species of Pleuromya, was found by
О. Norvensxsétp in a block. This block was found in Aucella
River in the south-west of Jameson’s Land, below the spot
where the Aucella-sandstone crops out.

Unfortunately the state of preservation of the cast does not
allow of accurate determination.

Pholadomya Sowersy.
Pholadomya angustata. Sowrrsy. sp.
Pl. VI, fig. 20.

1823. Lutraria angustata. SOWERBY, J. Mineral Conchology of Great Bri-
tain. vol. 4, р. 29, tab. 327.

1874. Мовзсн, G. Monographie der Pholadomyen. АБВ. schweiz. palæont.
Ges. Basel und Genf. vol.l, р. 33, tab. X, fig. 2, 3, 4.

A fairly well-preserved cast of a Pholadomya, in fine-grained
brown sandstone has been obtained from Mount Nathorst. This
corresponds fairly well with Мокзсн`$ description of Pholadomya
angustata, yet an appreciable distinction is seen in the fact

1) FOx-STRANGWAYS, С. 1892, р. 162 and 217.
?) Woopwarp, Н.В. 1894, p.561, and 1895, р. 375.

188

that the anterior border of the shell is somewhat drawn upwards
in the direction of the hinge-line and is not «nach der Bauch-
seite vorspringend» as Moescr indicates. In this respect the
Greenland specimen agrees better with Sowergys figure quoted
above. The pallial border is somewhat curved, but the hinge-
line is almost straight. The area is not preserved. The number
of ribs is 13.

Pholadomya angustata occurs, according to Morscx, in the
Sowerbyi-zone, through the Cornbrash up to the Callovian.
Fox-Strangways!) gives it as occurring doubtfully in the Grey
Limestone, also in the Cornbrash, Lower Calcareous Grit and
Lower Limestone of Yorkshire. Woopwarp ?) quotes it from the
Oxford Clay of Dorsetshire.

In addition to the specimens described above, a number of
shell-fragments and casts of Lamellibranchs have been found in
various localities. Ufortunately it has been impossible to de-
termine any of these. They are mentioned on pages 198—203.

Gastropoda.

A few fragments of Gastropod-casts, partially covered with
the shell, have been found in the brown calcareous sandstone
of Mount Nathorst and in the very micaceous clay-shale of
Vardeklöft, 550—880 metres above sea-level. These specimens
are, unfortunately, so badly preserved that they cannot be
determined.

1) Fox-STANGWAYS, С. 1892, р. 168 and 223.
?) WoopwaARD, Н.В. 1895, р. 381.

189

Cephalopoda.

Ammonoidea.
Macrocephalites. у. Зотмев.
Group of Macrocephalites Ishmæ. Кеузевыме. sp.

Macrocephalites Pompeckji. nov. sp.
PI. VIII, figs. 5 and 6.

Five more or less perfect clay-ironstone casts of Ammo-
nites have been collected by О. Norprensxsétp on Ammonite
Mountain on the west side of the innermost part of Hurry’s
Inlet, from a height of 500 metres above sea-level. These
belong to the genus Macrocephalites and to the group of
Macrocephalites Ishme Keys. sp.

The largest fragment has a diameter of 81™™; the best-
preserved has a diameter of 75™™ in the widest part that can
be measured.

In this same specimen the actual measurements and pro-
portions, taken where the diameter measures 70™™, are the

following: —
Diameter — 10 1
Width of umbilicus — Yo — O15
Height | = don == OLY
Thickness J of Test whorl} — 32» = 0.46.

Measurements of the same specimen taken at right angles
to the above, gave the following results and proportions: —

Diameter — §2™™ — |
Width of umbilicus — iv — 011
Height — 31» = 0.50

a ПЕ EL oa!

The whorls are broadly convex on the sides and on the
external margin, but curve down steeply and abruptly towards
the umbilicus. The greatest thickness of the whorls occurs at
a little below half their height. The whorls are approximately

190

horseshoe-shaped or elliptical in cross-section. The penultimate
whorl is embraced by a little more than half the height of the
last whorl. The umbilicus is deep and narrow so that little
more than the inner margin of the first whorls is visible. In
the region of the body-chamber the umbilicius widens some-
what more rapidly and forms a more open spiral than before.
The length of the body-chamber and the shape of the shell-
aperture are not known.

The whorls are covered with strong ribs, which traverse
their sides in slight curves, having their convex side back-
wards. At a distance of somewhat less than half the height of
the whorl, these ribs divide into two or three branches or,
more rarely, shorter ribs coming from the external margin are
interposed between the longer primary ribs. The ribs cross the
external margin in gentle curves, which have their convex side
forwards. Upon the last whorl or body-chamber the ribs become
gradually broader, less prominent and further apart than they
are on the preceding whorls. In some specimens, the sculpture
of the last whorl has almost disappeared.

The suture-lines cannot be traced with certainty; they appear
indistinctly in a few places on the surface of the weathered
casts. It can, however, be observed that the lobes and saddles
were strongly and deeply divided.

The Greenland specimens differ from Macrocephalites Ishme,
Keys. typ.') and from var. arctica, Newron?) by their more flat-

1) KEYSERLING, A. und KRUSENSTERN, P. 1846. Wissenschaftliche Beob-
achtungen auf einer Reise in das Petschora-Land im Jahre 1843.
St. Petersburg. p.331, tab. XX, fig. 8—10, tab. XII, fig. 15.

Pomprecks, J.F. 1899. The Jurassic Fauna of Cape Flora, Franz
Josef Land. The Norwegian North Polar Expedition 1893—1896. Scien-
tific results edited by FRIDTJOF Nansen. II. London &c. р. 72.
Newton, E.T., and Traut, J.J. H. 1897. Notes on a collection of rocks
and fossils from Franz Josef Land, made by the Jackson HARMSWORTH
expedition during 1894—1896. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London. vol. 53,
p. 500, tab. 40, fig. 1.

>
—

191

tened whorls, their wider umbilicus and by the inner whorls
being less embraced by the outer.

Macrocephalites Ishme. Kevsrkume. sp.
PI. VII, figs. 7, 8 and 9.
1846. KEYSERLING, A., und KRUSENSTERN, P. Wissenschaftliche Beobachtungen
auf einer Reise in das Petschora-Land im Jahre 1843. St. Petersburg.
р. 331, tab. ХХ, fig. S- 10, tab. ХИ, fig. 15.
1899. PoMPECKJ, J.F. The Jurassic Fauna of Cape Flora, Franz Josef Land.

The Norwegian North Polar Expedition. 1893—6. Scientific Results
edited by Fripryor NANSEN. II. London &c. р. 72.

Eight more or less complete specimens of this Ammonite
have been found at Vardeklöft. Most of the specimens occurred
in concretions in a very micaceous clay-shale, 550—580 metres
above sea-level. Many of the specimens have unfortunately
been much compressed and crushed, but the width of the
umbilicus, the extent to which the penultimate whorl is em-
braced by the outer whorl and also the sculpture of the
whorls are in every way identical with those of Keyserune’s
specimens from Petchora-Land. In some of the specimens, parts
of the suture-lines can be made out. These resemble those of
Macrocephalites Kettlitzi, Pomrecxs, which, according to Pompecxs,
are — at any rate as far as the second lateral lobe — identical
with those of Macrocephalites Ishme. Pomprcxs explains that
Keysertine’s original drawing of the suture-lines of this species
was not correct.

The diameter of the largest Greenland specimen of Macro-
cephalites Ishme is about 1007".

According to information given by Professor Ta. TscHErxY-
scuew to Professor Pompecks, Macrocephalites Ishme occurs in
the Lower Callovian or Macrocephalus-zone of the Petchora-

basin.

192

Group of Macrocephalites macrocephalus, Scacorxem sp.

Macrocephalites sp. cf. compressus. Quexsrepr.

1849. QuENSTEDT, Е. А. Cephalopoden. p. 182, tab. 15, fig. 1.

21868. Stephanoceras Canizarroi. GEMELLARO, С. G. Studj paleontologici
s. Fauna d. Calc. a Ter. Janitor. p.45, tab. 9, fig. 9—11.

1886—7. QuENSTEDT, Е. A. Die Ammoniten des Schwäbischen Jura. vol. II.
Der braune Jura. p.651, tab. 76, fig. 14, 15.

A fragment of an ammonite-cast, consisting of red-brown
limestone, found in a concretion in a very micaceous clay-
shale at Vardeklöft, seems to bear a
strong resemblance to the species
Macrocephalites compressus, QuENSTEDT.

It has, however, a wider umbilicus and

|

| the ribs are further apart at the um-
Fig. 1. Suture-line of Ma- i
crocephalites sp. cf. com- Pilicus. On the other hand, the ribs di-

pressus, QUENST. vide more than do those in QuensrenrT's
figures, consequently, on the external margin, they are quite
as near together as in those figures; also the ribs curve forward
more in the neighbourhood of the umbilicus, than do those in’
the above-mentioned figures of Qvenstepr. In the Paleontological
Collection at Munich, there is, however, a specimen of Macro-
cephalites compressus from Utzing in Franconia; in this the ribs
are closer together and seem to curve in the same way as
those of the Greenland specimen. The latter has, however, a
wider umbilicus than is seen in the Utzing specimen.

Macrocephalites compressus is quoted by Отемзтерт from
the «brown Jura =» (Lower Callovian) of Swabia and by Эснгоз-
ser!) and Ромрескл as occurring in the Macrocephalus-zone at
Regensburg (Keilberg). Perhaps the same form is intended by
Gemettaro in his description of Stephanoceras Canizzaroi from
Sicily and by Bonarerir?) from Chanaz (Savoy).

1) SCHLOSSER, M. 1901, p. 560.
2) Parona, С. Е. et BONARELLI, С. 1895. Sur la Faune du Callovien in-
férieur de Savoi. p. 118.

193

Cadoceras. Fiscaer.
Group of Cadoceras modiolare, d’Orsiexy, and Elatmæ, Nırırım.

Cadoceras crassum. nov. sp.
PI. IX, figs. 1, 2, 3, and X, fig. 1.

Six more or less complete casts of this Ammonite have
been found in Vardeklöft and on some of these the shell is
partly preserved. The casts occurred in concretions in a very
micaceous clay-shale 550—580 metres above sea-level.

The largest specimen has a diameter of 140™" and its
dimensions and their proportions to one another are as

follows: —

of about of about of about of about
Diameten 2. re ies 140mm (— 1) 124mm(——1) 57mm (<1)
Width of umbilicus .... 34» (=0.24) 27» (= 0.22) 17» (=0 30)
Helene Vor thewhon Я 600.43) 52, (= 0,43) 725, (== 0,44)) fomm
Thickness Л \ 100» (0,71) 84» (0,68) 40 >» (0.70) 20 »
Proportion of the height of
the whorl tothe thickness 0,61 0,62 0,62 0,75

The very involute outer whorls are broadly convex on the
sides, but bend down steeply and suddenly towards the umbilicus.
The greatest thickness of these whorls occurs at about a third
of their height. In cross-section they are broadly horse-shoe
shaped. The penultimate whorl is embraced by the outer whorl
to half its height. The inner whorls are higher and narrower
than the outer. The umbilicus of the adult shell is deep and
somewhat narrow. Little more than the umbilical border of the
inner whorls is visible. The length of the body chamber and
the shape of the aperture is unknown. The whorls are covered
with strong ribs which cross the sides either in a quite straight
line or in shallow, backward-bending curves. At about the
thickest part of the whorl, the ribs divide into two — or very
rarely into three — branches. No tubercles are present at the
points of bifurcation. The ribs usually pass straight across the
external area or occasionally form very slight curves which

are convex forwards. On the last whorl, or body-chamber, the
XXXI 13

194

ribs become gradually broader and less elevated; they are also
further apart than on the preceding whorls.

It has to some extent been
possible to develop out the
suture-lines on one of the
specimens. These are deeply
divided, as is shown in the

figure. The external saddle is
Fig.2. Suture-line of Cadoceras high and narrow; the first su-

en perior lateral saddle is broader
and somewhat lower than the external saddle. The inferior
lateral saddle is situated at the angle formed by the side and
the inner margin; it also is comparatively broad and lower
than the superior lateral. The nature of the suture-line proves
that this Ammonite belongs to the genus Cadoceras.

Of all the Ammonites that have been hitherto described,
these Greenland ones are related most nearly to Cadoceras
subleve, Desr.!) and Cadoceras Elatmæ, Nixitix®).

They differ from the first in that the whorls are propor-
tionately higher and narrower, the umbilicus is wider and the
ribs are smaller and closer together.

The chief difference between the Greenland specimens and |
Cadoceras Elatme is seen in the wider umbilicus of the former ;
further, the umbilical border is much more rounded, the ribs
are finer and do not curve forward so much, also they remain
distinct further forward in the Greenland specimens than is the
case in the species Cadoceras Elatme.

Another large Ammonite-fragment was found also in Varde-
klöft, which differs from the six specimens mentioned above in

') EuDES-DESLONGCHAMPS, Е. 1889. Rapport sur les fossiles oxfordien de
la collection Jarry. Bull. Soc. Linnéenne de Normandie. sér. 3, vol. X,
separat p.26, tab.1, fig. 1—4.

?) Nrxitin, $. 1881. Der Jura der Umgegend von Elatma. Lieferung I,
p. 34, tab. IV, fig. 20, 21, 23, 18? Lieferung 2, p. 14, tab. X, fig. 47.

195

having a wider umbilicus. This may perhaps be a variety of

Cadoceras crassum.

Perisphinctes. Waacex.
Perisphinctes sp. cf. Panderi. d’Orsıcnr.
Pl. X, fig. 3.
1890. Perisphinctes Panderi. MicHarski, A. Die Ammoniten der unteren
Wolga-Stufe. St. Petersbourg. Mém. Com. Géol. vol. VIII, no. 2, p. 211,
453, tab. XII, fig. 1—3.

A large Ammonite-fragment occurs in a block from Aucella
River in the south-west of Jameson’s Land. This fragment
consists of a cast of the inner whorls of some species of
Perisphinctes. The block was found below the place where the
Aucella-sandstone crops out and is of very similar material.
The specimen is unfortunately crushed and in a poor state of
preservation. There is no trace of the suture-lines and the
species cannot possible be determined with any certainty. It
resembles the specimen figured by Миснлтзкт on pl. ХИ, fig. 1
not only in the width of the umbilicus and in the sculpturing
of the surface, but also in the manner in which the inner
whorls are embraced by the outer. The somewhat coarse ribs
divide usually into two branches, very rarely into three. The
points of bifurcation, in the case of the outer whorls, lie
somewhat below the line of contact with the next whorl and
are consequently visible on these whorls.

Perisphinctes Panderi is quoted by Миснатзкт as occurring
very frequently in the deposits referred to the Virgatus-zone in

the immediate neigbourhood of Moscow.

Olcostephanus. Nevumayr.
Olcostephanus (? Simbirskites, Pavtow and Глмрыхен.) nov. sp.
PI. X, fig. 2.
Some Ammonite-fragments were collected by О. NORDENSKJOLD

on the 5 and 6 of August 1900, from fossil-locality 2 on
13*

196

Fossil Mountain in the northern part of Jameson's Land at a
height of about 600—700 metres above sea-level. The specimens
are five in number and consist of casts,. four in light-coloured
and one in dark-coloured sandstone.

Although the specimens are tolerably complete, they are too
badly preserved for determination to be possible. Prof. Pomprcks
is of opinion that they may be a new species of Simbirskites.

In addition to the specimens described above, a number
of Ammonite fragments and casts have been found in various
localities. Unfortunately it is impossible to determine any of
these. They are mentioned on р. 197—203.

Belemnoidea.

Large and small fragments of several species of Belemnites
have been obtained in considerable numbers from the localities
given below. All of these unfortunately are either much weathered
or incomplete and cannot therefore be determined: —

1) Mount Nathorst — from the crinoid-sandstone, the coarse
sandstone, the fine sandstone and the oyster-bank.

Il) Vardeklöft — in blocks.

I) Fossil-locality 1 on Fossil Mountain in the northern part of
Jameson's Land, — in light-coloured sandstone blocks
collected by О. Norvensxsorp August 3" and 4% 1900.

IV) Fossil-locality 2 on Fossil Mountain in the northern part of
Jameson's Land, — in light coloured sandstone blocks
collected by О. NorvensksöLn August 5 and 6% 1900.

V) Aucella River in the south-west of Jameson’s Land, — in
light coloured sandstone blocks collected by О. Norpex-

SKJOLD.

197

General remarks.

The fossils that have been examined were collected from

various localities and from different beds. The following lists

of fossils have been compiled, arranged in the order of the

days on which the collections were made.

1.

From a pebble of dark-coloured calcareous sand-
stone, found by Harrz on the sea-coast near Dinosaurus
River about one and a quarter Danish miles (9,4 kilometres)
north of Cape Stewart, on July 31%, the following were
obtained: —

Limea, duplicata, Sow., one cast.

Ostrea sp. cf. sandalina, Go.vr., fragments.
Both these forms were identified by Lunperen in the Jurassic
deposits of Cape Stewart. This pebble may easily have been
derived from a continuation of the same beds, or may per-
haps have been conveyed to this place by coast-ice from
Cape Stewart.
A brown sandstone was found on August 4% by
Curistensen. This occurred on a mountain south of Fossil
Mountain, WSW of the innermost part of Carlsberg Fjord,
at a height of 950 metres above sea-level. In this
occurred: —

Ammonites sp. ind., one fragment.
The age of this fragment cannot be determined, but, ac-
cording to Curistensen many Ammonites could be found here.

198

Fossils collected by О. NorvensksörLn from «Fossil-locality 1»
on Fossil Mountain in the northern part of Jameson's Land,
on the 3"4 and 4 of August: —
Ammonites sp. ind., one fragment.
Belemnoidea-fragments.
The rock, in which these fossils are contained, is a coarse-
grained brown sandstone.
No conjecture can be made as to the age of these fossils.
Fossils collected by О. №овремзкаблю on August 5 and 6”
from «Fossil-locality 2» on Fossil Mountain in the northern
part of Jameson’s Land, at a height of about 600 to 700
metres above sea-level: —
Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp. ind., two specimens.
Olcostephanus (? Simbirskites) nov. sp., five fragments of
casts in light or dark-coloured sandstone.
Ammonites sp. ind., two fragments in a brown sand-
stone.
Belemnoidea-fragments.
If these specimens are really a kind of Simbirskites, the
beds must be of Upper Jurassic or Lower Cretaceous age.
Fossils, undated, collected by О. NorvensgsörLn from Fossil
Mountain in the northern part of Jameson’s Land: —
Ammonites sp. ind., two fragments in a brown sand-
stone.
The age of these fragments is quite uncertain.
Fossils collected by О. NorvensksöL on August 7" from
Ammonite Mountain, on the west side of the innermost part
of Hurry’s Inlet, at about 500 metres above sea-level: —
Macrocephalites Pompeckji nov. sp., five casts in a
brown clay-ironstone.
Ammonites sp. ind., two fragments.
Although the specimens of Macrocephalites belong to a new
species, it may be assumed that they are of Callovian age and
consequently that we are here dealing with Callovian beds.

199

7.. The following were collected by Harrz on August 9 on
Mount Nathorst near Point Constable: —

a)

b)

An oyster-bank occurring at about 1625 feet (510
metres) above sea-level, a local development of b), con-
tained: —
Ostrea eduliformis, Эснгот., many specimens.
Ostrea cf. eduliformis, Scaror., a few specimens.
Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp. ind., three specimens.
Belemnoidea-fragments.
As far as I have been able to discover, Ostrea eduli-
formis first occurs in the Humphriesianum-zone of the
Bajocian, extends through this stage and the Bathonian
and dies out in the Macrocephalus-zone of the Lower
Callovian.
A brown calcareous sandstone, sometimes fine-
erained, at others of medium-grain or coarse-grained,
occurring at about 1675 feet (525 metres) above sea-level,
contained: —
Waldheimia sp., one specimen.
Ostrea eduliformis, Зснготн., a few specimens.
Myoconcha grünlandica nov. sp., two casts.
Trigonia undulata, Fromnerz, six specimens.
Astarte sp. cf. elegans, Sow., a few specimens.
Tancredia cf. angulata, Lycerr, three specimens of
shells and casts.
Gresslya gregaria, (Zwr.) Goupr. sp., sixteen casts.
Gresslya abducta, Pam. sp., eight casts.
Gresslya peregrina, Sow. sp., a few casts.
Pholadomya angustata, Sow. sp., one cast.
Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp.ind., various impress-
ions and casts.
Gastropoda gen. et sp. ind., one specimen.
Ammonites sp. ind., five fragments.
Belemnoidea-fragments.

200

So far as I have been able to discover, the species which,
of all these, extends the furthest downwards is Gresslya
abducta, which appears in the Jurense-zone of the
Upper Lias. In the Opalinum-zone of the lowest «Dogger»
(Bajocian), Gresslya peregrina and Tancredia angulata
appear; in the Murchisonæ-zone, Astarte elegans and
Gresslya gregaria; in the Sowerbyi-zone, Pholydomya
angustata; in the Humphriesianum-zone, Ostrea eduli-
formis; while in the Great Oolite (Bathonian) Trigonia
undulata appears for the first time.

In the Parkinsoni-zone of the Upper Bajocian the
following species die out: Astarte elegans, Gresslya gre-
garia and Gresslya abducta, although the last of these
may possibly pass up into the Bathonian. In the Ba-
thonian, Tancredia angulata dies out. Ostrea eduliformis
and Trigonia undulata die out in the Macrocephalus-
zone of the Callovian, Pholadomya angustata in the
Perarmatum-zone of the Corallian and Gresslya peregrina
in the Plicatilis-zone of the same.

If then we may venture to correlate the Middle-
European distribution of fossils with that of East-Green-
land, it would seem that the fossils in question must
have been derived from strata of an age intermediate
between the Upper Bajocian and Lower Bathonian.

A very coarse-grained brown crinoid-sand-
stone, occurring at about 1675 feet (525 metres) above
sea-level, a local development of b), contained: —

Pentacrinus sp. cf. Andrew, de Lor., many pieces

of stems and cirrhi, a few arm-fragments and
some portions of the calices.

Lima sp., one impression.

Ostrea eduliformis, Эснготн., a few specimens.

Belemnoidea-fragments.

Pentacrinus Andree occurs in the Bathonian.

201

The age of the Jurassic strata of Mount Nathorst seems to
be intermediate between the Upper Bajocian and Lower
Bathonian.

The following were collected by Harrz in Vardeklôft between
August 11 and 19%: —

a) A block of coarse-grained sandstone, found

с)

450 feet (140 metres) above sea-level, contained: —
Pecten sp. (an. Stewartianus, Luxver.), one fragment.
Pecten sp. cf. Rinki, Luyver., one cast.

Pecten Stewartianus and Rinki occur in the Callovian

of Cape Stewart. This piece of sandstone is probably

derived from a continuation of these beds.

Blocks of dark-coloured calcareous sand-
stone, found 480—640 feet (150 —200 metres) above
sea-level, contained: —

Rhynchonella sp., one fragment.

Rhynchonella sp., one fragment.

Pecten sp. cf. Johnstrupi, Lunper., one fragment.

Astarte Bayi, Luxper., one specimen.

Astarte Hartzi, Гоковв., two casts.

Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp. ind., two specimens.
The fossils that are suitable for purposes of determina-
tion all occur in the Callovian beds of Cape Stewart.
The dark-coloured calcareous sandstone blocks are ap-
parently derived from a continuation of these beds.

Concretions in a very micaceous clay-shale,

the so-called «Ammonite-bed», found 1750— 1850

feet (550—580 metres) above sea-level, yielded:
Ichthyosaurus (Ophthalmosaurus) sp. one vertebra.
Gastropoda gen. et sp. ind., one specimen.
Macrocephalites Ishme, Keys. sp.; eight specimens.
Macrocephalites sp. cf. compressus, Quenst., one

fragment of a cast.

202

Cadoceras crassum nov. sp., six casts partly covered

with shell.

Ammonites sp. ind., five specimens.
Macrocephalites Ishme (see р. 191) and Macrocephalites
compressus belong to the Macrocephalus-zone (Lower
Callovian).

All the Jurassic strata of Vardeklôft seem to be of
Callovian age.

9. A brown sandstone found on August 12%, by Deica-
mann On the plateau immediately west of Neill’s Cliffs, con-
tained: —

Pseudomonotis sp. (an Jacksoni, Pomercxs), one shell.

Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp. ind., one cast.
Pseudomonotis Jacksoni occurs in a deposit in Franz Josef's
Land, which should probably be referred to the Lower
Bajocian; no definite statement can, however, be made with
regard to the age of this rock-fragment.

10. Brown sandstone; a loose block found by О. NorDen-
sksöLp in the vicinity of Aucella River in the south-west
of Jameson’s Land on August 18 and containing: —

Serpula sp., a collection of tubes.
Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp. ind., one specimen.
The age of this block cannot be determined.

11. In Aucella River near the camping-place of August 18‘
and 19 in the south-west of Jameson’s Land, О. Norpry-
skJétp collected: —

a) A yellowish-white sandstone with: —
Pecten sp., one cast.
Aucella Pallasii Keys., several casts.
Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp. ind., several speci-
mens.
Aucella Pallasii is the typical fossil of the lowest
Virgatus-beds of the Lower Volga-stage. This is classed
as Middle Portlandian.

12.

6, 7, 8 and 11 are of any real interest.

203

b) The same rock, but loose blocks only, containing: —
Азат sp. cf. Semanni, de Lor., fragments of
several shells.
Tancredia sp., one cast.
2 Pleuromya sp., one cast.
Lamellibranchiata gen. et sp. ind. a few specimens.
Perisphinctes sp. cf. Panderi, d'Or, a fragment
of a cast.
Ammonites sp. ind., three fragments.
Belemnoidea-fragments.
Astarte Seemanni characterises the Middle and Lower
Portlandian; Perisphinctes Panderi belongs to the
Virgatus-beds of the Portland stage.
The light-coloured sandstone of Aucella River is therefore
of Middle Portlandian age and can be correlated with the
Virgatus-beds of the Lower Volgian.
A light-coloured sandstone was obtained by O.
NorpenskJôLr August 19% from the vicinity of Aucella River
in the south-west of Jameson’s Land. This contained: —
Ammonites sp. ind., two fragments.
No conjecture can be made as to the age of these specimens.

Of the above-mentioned twelve collections only nos. 1, 4,

Nos. 1 and 8a and b indicate that near Dinosaurus River

about one and a quarter Danish miles (9,4 kilometres) north of

Cape Stewart, in all probability, and in Vardeklôft certainly,

Callovian-beds are exposed; that these are petrologically and
faunistically identical with the Cape Stewart beds and probably

represent a direct continuation of these.

No. 6 shows that Callovian-beds may also be present on

Ammonite Mountain on the west side of the innermost part of

Hurry’s Inlet.

204

No. 8c and also no. 6 help to extend very consider-
ably our knowledge of the East-Greenland Callovian rocks,
seeing that here, for the first time in that country, Callovian-
beds have been found to contain Ammonites suitable for deter-
mination. The following Ammonites have been found in these
beds: —

Macrocephalites Ishme, Keys.

Macrocephalites sp. cf. compressus, Quexsr.

Macrocephalites Pompeckji nov. sp.

Cadoceras crassum nov. sp.

Macrocephalites Ishme indicates (see p. 191) that the
Macrocephalus-zone (Lower Callovian) is represented in the Cal-
lovian-beds of Vardeklôft.

No. 7 is also of great interest as proving that on Mount
Nathorst, throughout a number of brown sandstone deposits
of coarser or finer texture, a Lamellibranch fauna occurs. This
fauna is undoubtedly more ancient than the Callovian and should,
in all probability, be referred to the Upper Bajocian or Lower
Bathonian, or possibly to passage beds between these two stages.

No. 11 is also very interesting for the yellowish-white sand-
stone found in Aucella River near the camping-place of August
18 and 19% in the south-west of Jameson’s Land contains
a fauna which can with certainty be referred to the Virgatus-
beds of the Lower Volgian.

No. 4 proves that the «white Jura» probably exists also
on Fossil Mountain in the northern part of Jameson’s Land.

As in the case of the Jurassic deposits of East-Greenland
described already, the facies of the material brought back in
1900 is that of shallow-water and coast-deposits.

That the Jurassic rocks of East-Greenland show certain
faunistic peculiarities has already been demonstrated by

Tovra and Гохобвем, and is now more clearly seen on examination

205

of the material brought back by Harrz in 1900. The most
striking feature is that the Lamellibranch-fauna of the «brown
Jura» and also to some extent that of the «white Jura» show
a Middle-European character, whereas the Ammonites distinctly
have affinities with those of Russia"). Nor should the scarcity
of the Gastropods in the Jurassic beds of East-Greenland pass
unnoticed. It appears that, throughout the Arctic Jurassic, the
number of Gastropod species is remarkably small and this is
the case also in East-Greenland.

The researches of Toura and Lunperen have already proved
that the East-Greenland Jurassic deposits are developed in a
similar manner to those of King Karl’s Land and Franz Josef’s
Land. The present work supplies further evidence in support
of this fact.

Deposits occur in East-Greenland which must be referred to
the Bajocian or the Bathonian, to the Lower Callovian and to the
Lower Volgian (Middle-Portlandian) stages respectively. In King
Karl's Land’), beds occur, which have been referred to the
Bathonian, the Lower, Middle and Upper Callovian, to the Upper
Oxfordian, to the Kimeridgian and to the Lower and Upper
Volgian. In Franz Josef’s Land?) are deposits, which have
been referred to the Bajocian, to the Lower, Middle and Upper

1) The plant-remains of the Rhetic-Liassic deposits of the west-side of
Hurry’s Inlet (see р. 164—5) have the closest affinity with the Rhetic-
Liassic plant-remains of Scania and with the Rhetic ones of Franconia.
— Medd. om Grönland. Hefte 19, 1896, р. 244.

Pompecks, J. Е. 1899. Marines Mesozoicum von König-Karls-Land.
Öfvers. Vetenskaps.-Akad. Förh. Stockholm. №. 5, p. 464.

NATHORST, А. @. 1901. Bidrag till Kung Karls lands geologi. Geol.
Foren. i Stockholm Forh. Bd. 23, p. 349.

POMPECKJ, J.F. 1899, р. 108.

POMPECKJ, J.F. 1899. Jura auf Franz Josef-Land. Zeitsch. d. deutsch.
geol. Ges. Bd. 51, Heft 1:

NATHORST, À. @. 1899. Fossil plants from Franz Josef Land. р. 22—28.

>

©

206

Callovian and to the «white Jura». The identical character of
the beds will probably be revealed in a yet more striking
manner, when, at some future time, more fossiliferous material
from East-Greenland is available, so that the determination of
the zones can be worked out completely in this country.

The various conclusions arrived at with regard to the
Jurassic deposits of East-Greenland are of the greatest paleo-
geographical significance. As Pomprcxs?) has pointed out, a
Bajocian sea was situated to the north of the Jurassic continent
of Eurasia. We now know that this sea, at the close of Bajocian
or at the beginning of Bathonian times, extended as far as East-
Greenland, and its shore in that direction was in the vicinity of
the present coast-line. The Bajocian Polar Sea must have been in
direct connection with the Central- and West-European sea, by
means of a strait which passed between the Scandinavian part
of the Eurasia of that period and the then existing Nearctic
continent (Neumayr). Similar relations existed in Callovian and
Portlandian times, but Scandinavia must then have been an
island, with the Polar Sea extending across the greater part of
Russia and Siberia. Whether or not the sea receded from
East-Greenland during the intervening periods, it is impossible
to determine on the ground of existing evidence as, up to the
present time, no deposits belonging to these periods have been
found there.

1) POMPECKJ, J.F. 1899, p. 40.

Explanation of the plates.

Plate VI.

Pentacrinus sp. cf. Andreæ, de Говтот..

Fig. 1. Fragment of a stem with cirrhi.

Figs. 2 and 3. Fragments of arms, with a few pinnules attached.

Fig. 4, a,b. Fragment of а stem: a) as seen from the side, b) as seen
in cross-section.

Fig. 5. Fragment of a stem to show the sutures (enlarged ?/ı).

Fig.6. Stem-fragment with little round depressions in the middle of
the suture-line of each side, as in Pentacrinus crista-galli, QUENSTEDT
(enlarged 2/1).

All these specimens were obtained from the coarse-grained brown crinoid-
sandstone of Mount Nathorst.

Aucella Pallasii, KEYSERLING.

Fig. 7. Cast of left valve: a) as seen from the side, b) from above,
с) from below. Light-coloured sandstone from Aucella River in the south-
west of Jameson’s Land.

Myoconcha grönlandica sp. nov.

Figs. 8 and 9. Casts of two specimens: a) as seen from the side,
b) from above, c) from the front. Coarse brown sandstone of Mount Nathorst.

Pecten sp.

Fig. 10. A cast in light-coloured sandstone from Aucella River in the
south-west of Jameson’s Land.

Trigonia undulata, FROMHERZ.

Fig. 11. Left valve. Brown sandstone of Mount Nathorst.

Astarte Hartzi, LUNDGREN.
Fig. 12. A cast: a) as seen from left side, with part of shell attached,
b) from right side, c) from above. Block of dark-coloured calcareous sand-
stone from Vardeklöft.

208

Astarte Bayi, LUNDGREN.

Fig. 13. Right valve enlarged ?/1. Block of dark-coloured calcareous
sandstone from Vardeklôft.

Astarte sp. cf. elegans, SOWERBY.

Fig. 14. Both valves of the same specimen: a) view of exterior of right
valve, b) view of reverse side of same valve showing internal cast of left
valve with the border of right valve, c) the same valve (with the cast) from
anterior end, d) interior of left valve. Brown sandstone of Mount Nathorst.

Fig. 15. Fragment of a right valve to show the sculpture of the surface.
Brown sandstone of Mount Nathorst.

Astarte sp. cf. Semanni, de Lortou.

Fig.16. Fragment of a right valve: a) from the side, b) from the front.
From a loose block of light-coloured sandstone, found in Aucella River in
the south-west of Jameson’s Land.

2 Pleuromya sp.

Fig. 17. A cast partly covered with shell-substance: a) from the side,
b) from above. From a loose block of light-coloured sandstone, found in
Aucella River in the south-west of Jameson's Land.

Tancredia sp. cf. angulata, Lycerr.
Fig. 18. A cast in brown sandstone from Mount Nathorst.

Tancredia sp.

Fig.19. A cast in a loose block of light-coloured sandstone, found in
Aucella River in the south-west of Jameson’s Land.

Pholadomya angustata SOWERBY sp.

Fig. 20. A cast: a) seen from the side, b) from the front. Brown sand-
stone of Mount Nathorst.

Plate VII.

Ostrea eduliformis, SCHLOTHEIM.

Fig. 1. Left valve, interior.
Fig. 2. Right valve, interior.
Fig. 3. Left valve: a) interior, b) exterior, €) posterior view.

Ostrea sp. cf. eduliformis, SCHLOTHEIM.
Fig. 4. Left valve: a) interior, b) posterior view.
Fig.5. A small specimen with both valves: a) seen from the right side,
b) seen from the left, c) anterior view.

All these specimens were obtained from the «oyster-bank» on Mount
Nathorst.

URO teeny

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. Tav. VL

.

i
i:
|

Pacht & Crone phototyp.
Th. Bloch phot. et del. =

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. + VII
av. x

5b

Th. Bloch phot. et del. Pacht & Crone phototyp.

SAMS,

ВТ mane

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. Tay. VII,

Pacht & Crone phototyp,

Th Bloch phot. et del,

О ER MI RARE ES DT DES DSE RS

g

oe Er er ERE ooo

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. Тау. IX.

Pacht & Crone phototyp,

Th. Bloch phot. et del.

209

Plate VIII.

Gresslya gregaria, \ZIETEN.) GOLDFUSS. sp.

Fig. 1. a) A cast seen from the left side, b) the same from the front,
partly covered with shell-substance, c) interior of left valve of the same
specimen. Brown sandstone of Mount Nathorst.

Fig. 2. Fragment of a cast, showing the sculpture. Brown sandstoue
of Mount Nathorst.

Gresslya abducta, PHILLIPS. sp.

Fig. 3. A cast seen from the right side. Brown sandstone of Mount
Nathorst.

Gresslya peregrina, PHILLIPS. sp.

Fig. 4. A cast: a) from the left side, b) from the front, ©) from above.
Brown sandstone of Mount Nathorst.

Macrocephalites Pompeckji nov. sp.

Fig.5. А cast in clay-ironstone with parts of the inner whorl visible.
From Ammonite Mountain on the west side of the innermost part of Hurry’s
Inlet.

Fig. 6. Cast in clay-ironstone: a) seen from the side, b) view of external
margin, c) portion of external margin showing traces of the suture-lines,
which have weathered out. From Ammonite Mountain on the west side of
the innermost part of Hurry’s Inlet.

Macrocephalites Ishne, KEYSERLING. sp.

Fig.7. A cast partially covered with shell-substance.

Fig.8. Fragments of a cast, showing some of the whorls in transverse
section.

Fig.9. Portion of a whorl with a suture-line coloured to show its form.

These casts were found in concretions in a very micaceous clay-shale
in Vardekleft.

Plate IX.

Cadoceras crassum nov. sp.
Fig.1. A large fragment of a cast.

Fig.2. The same specimen, with part of the outer whorl removed to
show portions of the inner whorls.
Fig.3. The middle part of the same specimen after some of the inner

whorl has also been removed, so that a portion of the innermost whorl is
exposed.

Concretion in a very micaceous clay-shale in Vardeklöft.'
XXIX. 14

210

Plate X.

Cadoceras crassum nov. sp.
Fig. 1. View of the external margin of the specimen on Plate IX.

‚ Oleostephanus Neumayer. (?Simbirskites, PavLow and LAMPLUGH.) nov. sp.

Fig. 2. Fragment of a cast: a) side view, b) the same specimen after a
portion of the outer whorl has been removed, so that part of the inner
whorl is seen, с) view of external margin of the same. Sandstone of «Fossil-
locality 2» on Fossil Mountain in the northern part of Jameson’s Land.

Perisphinctes sp. cf. Panderi D'ORB1GNY.

Fig. 3. A cast, somewhat crushed: a) side view, b) external margin.
The cast is in light-coloured sandstone and was found as a loose block in
Aucella River in the south-west of Jameson s Land.

om Grønland XXIX.

Meddelelser

av.

Pacht & Crone phototyp.

Th. Bloch phot. et del.

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. 6.

LS
Fun 13
ne

(2.

yi gs
2

Oscars Hor:

= Danys So und | i
Jamesens L, az

Oy |
Ss a ics,
NLAND О 2 |
I Anzarcics Harbour | |
rat A |

Denmark Strait

Sa sy
Davis’ Strat

SEERE SEES

SAS TETE

|

=
=

\ 54

er Wi

VIL

The Fishes of East-Greenland.

By

Ad. S. Jensen.

MURALE CAR
EU"
Ar

When 1 was requested to give a list of the fishes collected by
the Amdrup-expedition of 1898 —99 and the Amdrup-Hartz-
expedition 1900, I resolved also to take into consideration the
material which the Zoological Museum has obtained in other ways
up to last autumn, and to compile the notes upon this subject spread
in literature or, in other words to give a general survey of the
Fish-Fauna of East-Greenland.

My colleagues will perhaps think that the material at hand
is not everywhere treated as universally as might be wished. I
admit this objection to be justified, but at the same time I must
inform them that I am just now preparing a survey of the Fish-
Fauna of all Greenland destined for publication in Conspectus Faune
Groenlandice and for this reason I have not everywhere entered
into minute examinations.

With respect to the position of the localities mentioned in the
list, I refer to the splendid maps in volume X and XXVII of ,Med-
delelser om Grönland“, and to the map in the second volume of
Professor Nathorst’s book ,Tva Somrar i Norra Ishafvet* (1900).
In the present treatise p. 224 will moreover be found a list of the
localities drawn up for the greater part by Lieut. C. Amdrup.
Where more localities have been recorded they are arranged suc-
cessively from South to North.

I hereby tender my heartiest thanks to Prof. Dr. F. A. Smitt
(Stockholm) and Dr. Е. L6nnberg (Upsala) who have kindly given
me admission to and information with regard to the fishes collected
by the Swedish expeditions to East-Greenland.

Copenhagen, Zoological Museum, jan. 1903.

Ad. 5. Jensen.

whiny
ee MGs

a
ra

I have tried to include in this list all the fishes from the
East-coast of Greenland which are known up till the present
time. It embraces the following species which will be more
thoroughly treated in the subjoined pages:

Scorpænidæ.

Sebastes marinus L., p. 225.

Trichiuride.
Aphanopus minor Coll., p. 226.

Cottide.
Cottunculus microps Coll., p. 226.
Gymnacanthus tricuspis Reinh., p. 227.
Cottus quadricornis L., p. 228.
Cottus scorpius L., p. 239.
Artediellus uncinatus Reinh., p. 241.
Icelus bicornis Reinh., р. 245.
Triglops pingelii Reinh., р. 247.

Gasterosteide.

Gasterosteus aculeatus L., p. 248.

Discoboli.
Cyclopterus lumpus L., p. 249.
Cyclopterus (Eumicrotremus) spinosus Miill., p. 250.
Liparis liparis L., p. 251.

216

Liparis fabricii Kr., р. 252. |

Liparis (Careproctus) reinhardti Kr., р. 255.
Blenniidæ.

Lumpenus maculatus Fries, p. 255.

Lumpenus lampetriformis Walb., p. 255.
Lumpenus medius Reinh., p. 256.

Zoarcidæ.
Lycodes pallidus Coll., p. 256.
Lycodes eudipleurostictus Jensen, p. 257.
Lycodes reticulatus Reinh. var.n. macrocephalus, p. 258.
Lycodes seminudus Reinh., p. 260.
Lycenchelys kolthoffi n. sp., p. 261.
Gymnelis viridis Fabr., p. 264.

Gadidæ.
Gadus callarias L., p. 265.
Gadus ogac Rich., p. 265.
Gadus saida Lep., p. 266.
Brosmius brosme Ascan., p. 270.
Onus reinhardti (Kr.) Coll., р. 270.

Macruride.
Macrurus fabricii Sundev., р. 271.
Pleuronectidæ.
Hippoglossus hippoglossoides Walb., p. 271.
Drepanopsetta (Platysomatichthys) platessoides Fabr., p. 272.
Paralepididæ.
Paralepis kröyeri Lütk., р. 272.
Salmonidæ.
Salmo alpinus L., p.273.
Mallotus villosus Müll., р. 274.
Plagiostomi.

Somniosus microcephalus Bl. Schn., p. 276.

217

The number — 36 species altogether — seems small, yet
it is not quite inconsiderable when we remember the severe
climate of the sea. Moreover we may expect the list to be in-
creased in the course of time. Perhaps not very many «new»
species will be added from the north of East-Greenland, as this
part of the coast has been visited by several well equipped
expeditions, especially of late years. On the other hand a
closer examination is still needed with regard to the southern
part of the coast from Kap Farewell to the Arctic circle, as
only a small part of the latter viz. the neighbourhood of Ang-
magsalik has been exploréd, and then only more or less casu-
ally, and just here we may as I shall soon explain still expect
to make interesting discoveries.

A few universal remarks about the Fish-Fauna of East-
Greenland will not be deemed out of place as an introduction
to the systematical list.

As will be percieved the deep-sea fishes properly so-called
are not mentioned in the list (perhaps with a single exception:
Aphanopus minor Coll. compare p. 226); very little is indeed
as yet known of the abyssal fish-fauna off East-Greenland. I
have had the opportunity of seeing at the «Riks-Museum» of
Stockholm the ichthyological result of a trawling done by the
K olthoff-expedition in 1900, between Jan Mayen and Green-
land (72° 42’ lat. N. 14° 49’ long. W.) at a depth of 2000 metres:
Lycodes frigidus Coll., Paraliparis bathybii Coll. and Rhodich-
thys regina Coll. All three species are characteristic of the
deep icy Polar sea, and are not known elsewhere’). In Den-
mark Strait between Iceland and Greenland some trawling was
done by the Danish Ingolf-expedition 1895—96, and here from

1) I have proved in my «Ichthyologiske Studier» (p. 207) (Vidensk. Medd.
Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1901) that the Lycodes from the deep Atlantic
off the East-coast of North America, which American ichthyologists have
identified with the Lycodes frigidus Coll. of the Polar sea, is a diffe-
rent species which I have designated L. atlanticus.

218

depths of 568—1300 fathoms (stations 11, 90 and 91) quite
different abyssal fishes were brought to light: Macrurus (Cory-
phænoides) rupestris Gunn., M. ingolfi Lütk., М. (Hymenoce-
phalus) goodei Günth. and М. (Chalinura) simulus G. & В. all
of them characteristic of the deep warm Atlantic sea. In these
hauls we have an indication that the abyssal fish-fauna of East-
Greenland belongs to two different deep-sea faunas, one nor-
thern with the same species of fishes as the rest of the
deep Polar sea (this means a deep-sea which is not bounded
by the Arctic-circle, but by the submarine ridges of the sea-
bottom between Greenland—Iceland—the Faroe Islands and the
Shetland Islands), and one southern with the same species
of fishes as the large Atlantic-basin. This is of course due to
the hydrographical conditions. The said ridges prevent an ex-
change of the deeper layers of water so that North of the ridges,
from the bottom up to about 300 fathoms under the surface,
Polar water is constantly found with a temperature below 0° C.,
and South of the ridges we have Atlantic water the temperature
of which is always positive").

The influence of Atlantic water seems also to be traceable
nearer East-Greenland at the southern part of the coast.
Now and again especially in July and during the end of the
summer off the fjords in the neighbourhood of Angmagsalik
(Sermilik a. $. 0.) at about 65° 35’ lat. N., the Eskimo harpoon
Crested Seals (Cystophora cristata) coming to the surface with
large fishes in their mouths. In this way the museum has ob-
tained fishes as Brosmius brosme Ascan., and Macrurus rupe-
stris Sundev., species which live at depths of about 50—300
fathoms, and which as far as I know are not fond of Polar
water. I therefore presume that at any rate at some times of
the year warm Atlantic water must be found off the coast of

1 Compare besides my above mentioned treatise in Vidensk. Medd. Naturhist.
Foren. Kbhvn. 1901.

219

Angmagsalik. Species as Rose-fish (Sebastes marinus L.) and
the Cod (Gadus callarias L.) which are only exceptionally found
in Polar water are likewise only known from Angmagsalik, and
south of this place. Where trawling has been done farther
north at corresponding depths only pure Cold-water species
have been caught (as Lycodes eudipleurostictus Jensen, and
L. pallidus Coll.) or species which thrive in sea water of both
positive (low) and negative degree (as Cottunculus microps Coll.,
and Liparis (Careproctus) reinhardti Kr.).

The shallow-water fish-fauna as far as can be judged at
present, is arctic, and as will be seen by the list the same species
are for the greater part met with all along the long coast-line.
Cottus quadricornis L. forms however a remarkable exception.
It is plentiful enough from Turner Sund and farther north but
is not found at Angmagsalik. The circumstance that this high-
arctic fish!) is not found at the southern coast is interesting
considered f. i. in connection with the fact that an equally
strongly marked high-arctic species among the Mollusca viz.
Yoldia (Portlandia) arctica Gray (which lives together with
C.quadricornis in Turner Sund and farther north) is also missing
at the southern part of the coast. On the other hand there is
among the Mollusca a boreo-arctic species which thrives
admirably at Angmagsalik, but does not appear farther north,
viz. the common Mussel (Mytilus edulis L.). I do not therefore

consider it quite improbable that when the southern coast gets

1) At West-Greenland it does not go farther south than Baffin Bay; else
it lives at the Arctic America, in the Icy sea of Siberia, and in the White-
Sea (and in the inner part of the Baltic, and some large lakes con-
nected with this sea, where it is considered as a relict-species from the
Glacial-period). It has been found farther north than any other fish viz.
at 82'/o° lat. N. (Dumb-bell harbour at Grinnell-Land). — It is not un-
known to me that writers as Francis Day maintain its distribution at
the British Islands, but I feel convinced that these accounts are based on
some mistakes. I also consider as wrongly determined the young ones
which have lately been described and figured by English biologists as
young ones of «С. quadricornis».

220

rationally explored there may be found also in the littoral region
some comparatively southern fish-species. May not also the
circumstance that the Capelan (Mallotus villosus Müll.) has not
been observed to resort to the coast to spawn, farther north than
Angmagsalik (compare p.275—76), point in the same direction?
So much may be said with regard to the littoral fauna that
though it is arctic on the whole a degree of difference asserts
itself between the southmost and the more northerly coast as
the latter is inhabited by certain high-arctic species of animals
which are not found at the former part").

The pelagic fish life off East-Greenland is hardly known at
all. The frequent occurence of the Polar-cod (Gadus saida Lep.)
{and other shore-forms) among the field-ice is very interesting
(compare p. 267 —68).

In the fresh waters of East-Greenland only two species of
fishes are found viz. the Threespined Stickleback (Gasterosteus
aculeatus L. var. gymnurus C.V.) and the Arctic Charr (Salmo
alpinus L.); the last named however lives part of the time in
fresh, and part of the time in salt water (compare p. 274).

With respect to a judgment of the quantitative composition
of the fish-fauna we have only few data to go by, as only few
hauls were made with appliances fit for the catching of fish.
Yet it seems as if certain coast-fishes are found in rather large
numbers. By a sweep with an eel-seine which the Zoologist
Sören Jensen made at Angmagsalik in the middle of Sep-
tember 1900, and where the seine was drawn from 9 fathoms
to the shore, no less than 120 fishes were thus caught
consisting chiefly of: Gymnacanthus tricuspis, Cottus scorpius,
Icelus bicornis, Triglops pingelii and Gadus saida. Another
sweep with eel-seine at Jameson Land in Hurry Inlet (at the

1) Where the boundary is situated between the zoo-geographical «southern»
and «northern» coast, cannot be determined at the present time, as
the coast from Angmagsalik to Kap Dalton zoologically is practically
unexplored.

>
©
—

beginning of August 1900) where the seine was drawn from
7—0 fathoms gave 80 fishes altogether, for the greater part
Gymnacanthus tricuspis, Triglops pingelii and Gadus saida
(fry) *).

List of the Literature in which are found communications
about Fishes from East-Greenland.

William Scoresby jr.: Journal of a voyage to Northern Whale-
fishery. Edinburgh 1823.

In the report of this voyage where the East-coast of Greenland was
navigated from about 70—75° lat. N. 4 species of fishes met with are men-
tioned (Appendix No. Ш, p.423). One was the Greenland Shark (Somniosus
microcephalus Bl. Schn.) which is here designated «Squalus borealis» ?).
The three others were found in the stomachs of Narwhals: «Raja batis» is
presumably wrongly determined as to species. «Gadus carbonarius(?)» and
« Plewronectes —?» can only be determined as to genus.

W. A. Graah: Undersogelsesrejse til Østkysten af Grønland.
Kjøbenhavn 1832.

Lieutenant Graah who explored the southern part of the East-coast of
Greenland mentions (p. 194) 8 species of fishes which he himself has seen
there. He mentions them partly by Danish and Greenland names, partly
by systematical names taken from O. Fabricii Fauna Groenlandica or
imparted to him by Professor Reinhardt sen. The species are: Gymna-
canthus tricuspis Reinh. («Ulke» etc), Sebastes marinus L. («Rodfisk» etc.),
Salmo alpinus L. («@rred» ete.), Mallotus villosus Müll. («Lodde» etc.),
Gadus callarias L. («Torsk» etc.), Gadus ogac Rich. («Torsk», «Ogak» etc.),
Hippoglossus hippoglossoides Walb. («Helleflynder» etc.), Sommiosus micro-
cephalus Bl. Schn. («Hajfisk» ete.).

Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869 und
1870 unter Führung des Kapitan Karl Koldeway. 2. Bd. Wis-
senschaftliche Ergebnisse. Leipzig 1874. II. Zoologie.

At page 169—173 Professor W. С. H. Peters mentions 6 species which
the above named expedition («The Germania-expedition») brought home from
Kap Broer Ruys, and from Jackson-, Clavering-, Sabine- and Shannon Ø.
The species are: Cottus quadricornis L. («C. hexacornis Rich.»), Cottus

1) The expedition also carried with them a large Otter-trawl, but faults in
the rigging and manϾuvring of it brought about that hardly any catch
was got by it wherefore it was quite given up after a few attempts, and
hereby the opportunity was unfortunately lost for rational deep-water
fishing. The Beam-trawl employed instead of the former only gave a
very slight yield of fish.

*) Described and figured by Scoresby in: An account of the Arctic
Regions. Vol. I, р. 538, table XV, fig. 3—5.

222

scorpius L. («C. porosus ©. У.»), Icelus bicornis Reinh. («I. hamatus Kr. »),

Liparis fabricii Kr.? («L. gelatinosus Pall.»), Gadus saida Шер. («@.

glacialis Peters п. sp.»), Salmo alpinus L. («?S. Hoodii Rich.»).

Robert Collett: Aphanopus minor, en ny Dybvandsfisk af Tri-
chiuridernes Familie fra Grønland. Christiania Videnskabs-
Selskabs Forhandlinger 1886. No.19.

Description of a new species Aphanopus taken off the southern part of

East-Greenland.

Den estgrenlandske Expedition, udført 1 Aarene 1883 —85 un-
der Ledelse af G. Holm. 2. Del. Meddelelser om Grønland.
10. Hefte. Kjøbenhavn 1888.

Captain G. Holm mentions (p. 54) of the fishes which are found at
Angmagsalik at the southern part of East-Greenland: «Angmagsæt'er» (Mal-
lotus villosus Müll.), «Hajer» (Somniosus microcephalus Bl. Schn.), «Lax»
(Salmo alpinus L.), «Ulke», «Stenbidere» (Cyclopterus), «Rodfisk» (Sebastes
marinus L.), «Fjordtorsk» (Gadus ogac Rich.), «Helleflyndere» (Hippoglossus
hippoglossoides Walb.). At page 81—82 he gives some interesting informa-
tion about the food-fishes which are of importance for the Eskimo: Sharks,
Salmon and Angmagset.

F. A. Smitt: Skandinaviens Fiskar. 1.Del. Stockholm 1892.
At page 159 is mentioned a Cottunculus microps Coll., taken off the
South-eastern part of Greenland by the Nordenskiöld-expedition 1883.

Den ostgrenlandske Expedition, udført i Aarene 1891—92 un-
der Ledelse af С. Ryder. Meddelelser om Grønland. 19. Hefte
1896.

E. Bay, who was the zoologist of this expedition, gives a report,

p 52—58, of the fishes caught or observed especially from Scoresby Sund

and Angmagsalik. The determinations as to species are by C. F. Lütken.

Altogether 15 species are mentioned viz.: Cottus quadricornis L., Cottus

scorpius L., Gymnacanthus tricuspis Reinh. («Phobetor ventralis С. V.»),

Artediellus («Centridermichthys») uncinatus Reinh., Icelus bicornis Reinh.

(«I. hamatus Kr.»), Cyclopterus spinosus Fabr., Liparis fabricii (« L. sp.»),

Lumpenus lampetriformis Walb., Gymnelis viridis Fabr., Gasterosteus

aculeatus L., Gadus saida Lep., Salmo alpinus L., Mallotus villosus Mull.,

Paralepis kröyeri Lütk., Somniosus microcephalus Bl. Schn. — It more-

over contains biological observations of some of the species.

F. A. Smitt: On the genus Lycodes. Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.
Akad. Handlingar. Bd.27. Afd. IV. No.4. Stockholm 1901.

This treatise contains among other things descriptions of the Lycodine
caught by the Nathorst-expedition 1899, and the Kolthoff- expedition
1900, at the northern part of East-Greenland (Franz Joseph's Fjord and farther
north). Through the kindness of Professor Smitt, I have had the opportunity
of examining this material and have thereby arrived at the result that it
contains the following species from East-Greenland: Lycodes pallidus Coll.,
L. eudipleurostictus Jensen, L. reticulatus Reinh. var. n. macrocephalus,
L. seminudus Reinh. and Lycenchelys kolthoffi n. sp.

223

E. Lønnberg: The fishes of the Swedish zoological polar
expedition of 1900. Revue internationale de péche et de
pisciculture. Vol. Ш, No. 4. St.-Petersbourg 1900.

Gives a list of the fishes which were caught by the Kolthoff-
expedition 1900, at the North-eastern part of Greenland, containing, besides
the above mentioned Lycodine which are partly designated by other names,
12 species whereof Triglops pingelü Reinh., Liparis (Careproctus) rein-
hardti Kr. («Cyclogaster gelatinosus») and Drepanopsetta platessoides Fabr.
were new to the fauna of East-Greenland. Dr. Lennberg kindly imparted
to me, for use in this treatise, information with regard to some of the
rarer species.

During the last years some rather considerable collections have more-
over been made by Danes at East-Greenland. The ichthyological results of
these collections will be mentioned for the first time in this treatise. We
are indebted for new contributions to the following gentlemen:

Cand. med. & chir. K. Poulsen who was a member of Lieutenant
Amdrup’s expedition 1898—-99, brought home from Angmagsalik and some
places north of it 10 species of fishes of which Liparis liparis L. was new
to the fauna.

The late Mag. sc. Sören Jensen who was the zoologist of the Amdrup-
Hartz-expedition 1900 brought home a very considerable material of fishes,
from a quantitative point of view, taken at the tract from Sabine Ø to Ang-
magsalik!). The collection contained 15 species of which Lumpenus medius
Reinh. was new to the fauna. This collection is of great importance because
we can thereby judge of the relative frequency of some species (compare
р. 21415). A diary left by Jensen contained among other things some
biological notes about fishes from which some extracts are found in this
treatise.

Johan Petersen, commercial manager, and Søren Nielsen, assistant,
at Angmagsalik, sent us respectively in 1900 and 1901 7 species of fishes
whereof Brosmius brosme Ascan. was new to the fauna.

Mag. sc. Chr. Kruuse, who stayed at Angmagsalik 1901—02, for the
purpose of botanical studies, took the opportunity at my request of collec-
ting zoologically as well. He brought home 16 species of fishes, whereof
no less than 3 were unknown to the fauna of East-Greenland viz.: Lum-
penus maculatus В. Fries, Onus reinhardti (Kr.) Coll. and Macrurus fabricii
Sundev., and about others we had up till then only verbal records. I am
moreover indebted to Kruuse for much information about the fish life at
Angmagsalik.

1) On the way the expedition called at Jan Mayen, where however only the
following fishes were taken (June 25—28): Cottus scorpius L., 1 specimen
(depth: 15 fathoms); Icelus bicornis Reinh., 9 specimens (depth: 50—
60 fathoms); Lumpenus maculatus B. Fries. 1 specimen (depth: 50—60
fathoms).

XXIX. 15

224

The position of the localities mentioned in the treatise.

Lat. N. Long. W.
Amits ars О оо GALE 65° 37! Bl 220
Angmagsalik...... I EN AE et yt 65° 30’—65° 40° 37° 30‘—37° 40°
Angmagsalik, off (140 fms.) ............ 65° 30° 37° 20°
Angmagsivik (Kingak).................. 65° 58° yO 2
Danmark Ory cece cree ee NE N: 709 27 269 12'
Hemins Потери Te Sil BD) Boye
Forsblads Fjord (3—14 fms.)........... UL? BH 25° 23!
Forsblads Fjord (50 fms.) .............. Иа 25° 10°
Forsblads Fjord (90—50 fms.) .......... Te Be 25281
Gaaselan dye skrå a е 70° 5‘—70° 30°
He TA Hawn gen 00 gee A Re О 102 27% 26° 12°
Henry Land, off (20 fms.)............…. 69° 34° 23° 35!
Hursyalnlet (0-53 98) ооо бообовьвосо 70° 50'.2 ХВ
Hurry Inlet (0—7 fms.)............. inte 70° 50/2 22° 31°
aa Ne (ED В) page 70° 36° 22° 31°
TKerASaUs à KA RP ie 65° 581.5 BAT
Капоте ааа. 0m 66° 18° 359 28'
Kap вона е Warren reteset eer 74° 20' 1199
KapibBroeraRuys ise en rc Lee 73° 30° 20° 20°
Kap Danse о sabia. Seine ra Ann 65° 32° 37°
KapnHopen(d2 07m Sr 70° 26‘ 222023;
Kap Stewart (6—3 fms.)............... 70° 25! 22° 37°
KD Mae (HY WR Е 70° 23° 222
KIM SORSU AK ne а. 66° 8° 372 10'
Romersk; orde (12 0 BIM SI) боозововоо RER 69° 38° 2301310
ЭЮЯ ©) (199%. 900) sewn a 74° 30/ 19° 45°
Sabine 0, ой 8. 71891) aa. AN TANT 15° 20°
Sabine 0, SE. of (10. 7. 1900) .......... 749 25° 18° 30°
ета tence DSE react SE TE sire PAL clea OR DNA 65257. BS BY
T'AS AUS AIRE RENE getters acide GR ois 65° 37! 37° 34°
ininenekela eee tee re 65° 56° 37° 40/
Burner Sundı (0 22imso) see 69° 44° 23° 29°.5
Burner Sac (© 03.) socbessosecweacec 69° 44° 23° 30°
THANG, SHAG (SB AH) EP AA EEE 69° 43/5 232233,

OS RDS Na ее Е 66° 15° 35° 25!

225

Scorpænidæ.

Sebastes marinus Linné.

Off Tasiusak. Drifting among the ice. 26. 8. 1899.
1 specim. 91 mm.

Off Angmagsalik. 140 fms. 18.9. 1900. Trawl. 1 specim.
About 190 mm.

Sermilik at Angmagsalik. 1901. 1 specim. About 200 mm.

The numbers of the rays in the fins of these three speci-
mens are: D. 15 14—15. А. 3+8—9. Р. 19. У. 1+5.

а. Holm (1. с. p.54) mentions the Rose-fish among the
fish eaten by the inhabitants of Angmagsalik, but they only get
it when the Crested-Seal (Cystophora cristata Erxl.) brings it
to the surface, they do not catch it themselves, of course be-
cause they are not acquainted with hook-fishing, and the rose-
fish is, as is well known, a deep-sea fish.

Séren Jensen brought home a lot of young ones about
25—30 mm. long, caught by the Greenlanders at the «Angmag-
set»-station at Angmagsalik. They were arranged in a long
row, with heads alternating, drawn on a string, and rolled up
into a bundle with a string tied round it. Jensen told me
that such bundles serve as toys for the Greenland-children.
Holm therefore presumably refers to the young ones of S.
marinus when he writes (1. с. р. 82): «Some quite small fishes
called :iterdlarnat are treated in the same way (viz. as the
Angmagset [Mallotus villosus Müll.|), but presumably only for

diversion.» !)

1) During the printing of this, I was informed by Commander G. Holm
that a roll of «iterdlarnat» had been presented by him to our Ethno-
graphical Museum. The director of the said Museum allowed me kindly
to examine this roll, and it turned out to be made up just of the Se-
bastes marinus-fry, of the same size, and handled in the same way as
that already mentioned.

® 15*

226

Fry of S. marinus is thus found in great numbers at
Angmagsalik, at any rate at the time (last part of May and June),
when the «Angmagset» seek in to deposit their spawn.

Trichiuride.

Aphanopus minor Collett.

1886. Aphanopus minor Collett, Christiania Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1886,
No. 19.

One specimen of this Trichiurid — the only one known
up till this time — was got July 4 1886 off the southern
East-coast of Greenland (65° lat. N., 31° long. W.). It was still
alive when it was taken out of the water, washed or forced
up to the surface by submarine currents together with some
Sebastes marinus which were likewise in a half dead condition.
— It is described by Collett in the place stated, and is kept
at the University-Museum of Christiania.

Cottidæ.
Cottunculus microps Collett.

À male specimen, the length of which was 157 mm., was
taken on September 6 1883, by the Nordenskiöld-expedition
off the South-eastern Greenland (65° 30’ lat. N.), where the depth
was 130 fathoms (Е. A. Smitt 1. с. р. 159).

Е. Lénnberg (1. с. p.13) mentions it amongst the fishes
which were taken by the Kolthoff-expedition 1900 at the
North-eastern Greenland, and he communicated to me by letter
that it was taken at the mouth of Franz Joseph’s Fjord, at a
depth of 200—300 metres, and that only one specimen was
caught.

227

Gymnacanthus tricuspis Reinhardt.

Tasiusak. In the harbour in quite shallow water. 1901—
1902. 13 specim. |

Angmagsalik. At the ice-foot. 1 fm. 31.5.1899. 3 specim.

Angmagsalik. July 1899. 2 specim.

Angmagsalik. 10—0 fms. 15—16. 9. 1900. Eel-seine.
13 specim.

Tiningnekelak. 5—10 fms. 18.9.1901. 7 specim.

Hekla Havn. About 6 fms. Aug. 1891. Line. 2 specim.

Kap Stewart. 6—3 fms. 21.8.1900. Eel-seine. 13 specim.

Hurry Inlet. 7—0 fms. 7—8.8.1900. Eel-seine. 55 specim.

Forsblads Fjord, the mouth. 14—3 fms. 28.8.1900. Eel-
seine. 5 specim.

Kap Broer Ruys. Very shallow water near the beach.
20.7.1891. 1 specim.

Sabine 0. 5—3 fms. 12. 7. 1900. Dredge. 1 specim.

Lönnberg (1. с. p.13) mentions it amongst the fishes
which the Kolthoff-expedition took 1900, by the North-
eastern Greenland.

The females are as usual more numerously represented than
the males, though not very strikingly so, thus out of the 55
specimens from Hurry Inlet 31 are females, 24 males. The
largest female measures 217 mm., the largest male 185 mm.

A young one of this fish is mentioned p. 238—39 and
illustrated fig. 6, pl. XI.

Note. The here mentioned species is generally designated Gymnacan-
thus (Phobetor) ventralis Cuv. Val.; but that the last named is identical
with Gymnacanthus pistilliger Pallas, is suggested both by text and figure
of Cuvier-Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss. IV, 1829, р. 194; PI. 79, Fig. 1)
as well as by its habitat (Kamtschatka); therefore Reinhardt’s designa-
tion G. tricuspis must have the preference. The honour of having restored
G. pistilliger Pall. as an independent species after Lütken had tried to
prove that it was founded on a mistake, is due to F. A. Smitt (Skandinaviens
Fiskar I, 1892, p. 161).

228

Cottus quadricornis Linné.

Turner Sund. 2—0 fms. 25.7. 1900. Eel-seine. 3 specim.

Hekla Havn. 3—6 fms. 20.8.1891. Dredge. 1 specim.

Hurry Inlet, the south coast of Jameson Land. Just near
the beach, in very shallow water. 3.8.1891. 4 specim. (Fry).

Hurry Inlet. Near the inmost part of the fjord. 3—0 fms.
3. 8. 1900. Eel-seine. 7 specim.

Hurry Inlet. In pools on the beach. 7.8.1900. 7 specim.
(Fry).

Hurry Inlet. Near the coast. 1. 8. 1900. Eel-seine.
1 specim.

Hurry Inlet. 7—0 fms. 7—8. 8. 1900. Seine. 3 specim.

Sabine O. 5—3 fms. 12.7.1900. Dredge. 1 specim.

Three specimens were taken by the second German polar-
expedition at Kap Broer Ruys, on July 15 1870.

Lönnberg (1. с. p.13) mentions it amongst the fishes
taken by the Kolthoff- expedition 1900 at the North-eastern
Greenland.

Prof. W. Peters, who examined the specimens of the
Germania - expedition classed them among Cottus hexacornis
Richardson!) which he however regards as being closely
related to C. quadricornis L. of the Baltic”). He says about
this matter: «Verglichen mit einem Exemplar von C. qua-
dricornis L. haben die vorliegenden Exemplare etwas kürzere
Oberkiefer und die Interorbitalgegend mehr vertieft. Auch ist
die Flossenstrahlenzahl eine verschiedene, indem das grösste

1) The name is as is well known confusing; Richardson had misunder-
stood his first notes, and ascribed to the «Bull-head» he had caught at
Coppermine, but lost later on, nasal spines of the same nature as the
characteristic horns on the front and occiput. Later on he again got
some specimens from the same part, and he then found out that they
were only ©. quadricornis.

?) Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, 2. Bd., 1874, Zoologie, p. 169.

229

Exemplar von 27 cm. Långe, ganz wie Richardson es von seiner
Art angiebt, in der ersten Rückenflosse 7 Stacheln und in der
zweiten 13 Strahlen hat. Indessen variirt diese Zahl, indem die
beiden andern Exemplare D. 8—14 zeigen, ebenso wie alle drei
in der Strahlenzahl der Analflosse von einander abweichen, da
dieselbe bei dem grössten Exemplare 14, und bei den andern
beiden 13 und 15 beträgt.»

Professor Lütken again brought up the question in the
first part of his meritorious «Korte Bidrag til nordisk Ichthyo-
graphiv!). С. hexacornis Rich. from the arctic America he
considers to be no other than С. quadricornis L., and after
having examined one of the specimens from the Germania-
expedition and having compared it with specimens of С. qua-
dricornis from the Baltic, he could find no difference except
that the front of the East-Greenland Fourhorned Bullhead is
more concave than the front of the Baltic one?), but this
difference L. does not consider to be of any great importance:
«С. hexacornis Peters» from East-Greenland is the very same
species as the genuine C. quadricornis L.

The abundant material brought home by the Amdrup-
expedition invites us to a renewed comparison. I have there-
fore taken a series of measurements of the 16 specimens at
hand together with 6 specimens in our Museum from the Baltic
(and the lake Vettern) 3).

From these measurements we see that the head in the
Baltic form is comparatively a little larger and
has longer jaws. The length of the head amounts indeed

1) Forelobige Meddelelser om nordiske Ulkefiske. Vidensk. Medd. Naturhist.
Foren. Kbhvn. 1876 (p. 375).

2) Jordan and Evermann have been so unfortunate as to quote Litken’s
words in such a manner that the fact is reversed (Fishes of North and
Middle America II, 1898, p. 2001).

3) Vettern, 1 specim. (138 mm.); «Gentral-Sweden» 2 specim. (© 178 mm.;
G 246 mm.); the gulf of Bothnia, 2 specim. (© 208 mm., Q 242 mm.);
the Baltic by Stockholm (Q 230 mm.).

230

in the East-Greenland specimens to 26.6—28.8 °/o of the total
length, the length of the upper jaw to 9.7—11.7°/o, and the
length of the lower jaw to 12.5—14.6 °/o; in the specimens from
the Baltic the length of the head amounts to 29—33.5 °/o, the
length of the upper jaw to 11.7—14.3 °/o, and the length of the
lower jaw to 15.6—16.9 °/o. Professor Е. A. Smitt has in his
work: Skandinaviens Fiskar (I, 1892, p.177) given some mea-
surements of 11 C. quadricornis from the Baltic and Vettern,
whereby the limits for variation are certainly somewhat extended,
but the total impression remains about the same. In these 11
specimens (total length 73—274 mm.) the length of the head
amounts namely to 28.2—33.2°/o, the length of the upper jaw
to 10.9—15.3 °/o and the length of the lower jaw to 14.8—17.5 %0.
Moreover I find that the tail in the specimens at my
disposal from the Baltic is a little less slender; of
the total length the minimum height of the tail in 8 adult
specimens (179—249 mm.) from East-Greenland amounts namely
to 3.3—3.9 °/o, but in 5 adult specimens (178—246 mm.) from
the Baltic to 4—4.2 9/9").

Thus the East-Greenland form has not only a shorter upper
jaw than the Baltic form, as pointed out by Professor Peters,
but also the lower jaw and the whole head are shorter, and
moreover the caudal peduncle is lower, at any rate judged by
the material at my disposal. But in all other ways they are
perfectly in accordance as far as I can see. Also the numbers
of rays which Peters considers to be of some importance nearly

1) According to the measurements of Professor Smitt, the minimum height
of the tail amounts, in 6 adult specimens (173—272 mm.) from the Baltic
and Vettern, to 3.8—4.1 °/o of the total length, a fact which substan-
tially confirms the correctness of the above stated. On the contrary ша
seventh specimen (274 mm.) the percentage was stated to be only 3.6 °/o,
but I almost imagine this to be due to a misprint, as S. remarks that
in two specimens from the Arctic Sea of Siberia the percentages for the
minimum height of the tail, stated to be 3.5—3.6 б/о of the total length,
are low compared with the ones in the specimens from the Baltic.

231

coincide. According to Lilljeborg 1) the numbers in Swedish
specimens are: 0.1 7—9; D? 13—15; А. 14—15; P. 16—17;
V. 1+ 3; in the 16 specimens at my disposal from East-
Greenland the numbers are: D.17—9; D.? 18—15; А. 13—15;
Р. (15) 16; У. 1-+ 3; in the 3 specimens from the Germania-
expedition: D.i 7—8; D.? 13—14; А. 13—15. I do not think
either that the front between the eyes is more concave than in
the East-Greenland form; the difference is at any rate slight
and by no means invariable.

According to my opinion we are not justified in regarding
the Fourhorned Bullhead from East-Greenland and the Baltic one
as two different species. I do not wish at present to answer the
question if we should regard them as special varieties on account
of the above named dissimilarities. For in order to decide the
question of formation of race, within the present species, it
would be necessary to have for comparison specimens from
the other places of the habitat of the species, namely from the
White-Sea, the Icy Sea of Siberia, and Arctic America, but
from these seas I have no material.

I must here however mention that Jordan and Evermann
still maintain the species Cottus (Oncocottus) hexacornis Ri-
chardson, with a western (American-West-Greenland) distribution
against C. (O.) quadricornis L., with an eastern (European-East-
Greenland) distribution, yet remarking that the distinguishing
characters between them are of doubtful value, and that they
must probably be reduced to one species”). In their analytical
table the two species are distinguished in the following way:
a. Atlantic species; maxillary short; pectoral moderate; caudal

Tounded AP ae) оао. Ina. DNS Quadricornis
aa. Arctic American species; maxillary longer; pectoral longer;
caudal прайса есь older 3:82 olune Sets. ai Hexacornis

1) Sveriges och Norges Fiskar, I, 1891, p. 144.
2) Fishes of North and Middle America, Part II, 1898, р. 2001—2004.

232

The here indicated variations are partly more precisely
defined in the diagnosis. It is thus said about С. guadricornis"
«Maxillary reaching to below posterior margin of eye», and
about С. hexacornis: «Maxillary reaching past the orbit». But
in the specimens of C. quadricornis I have before me from
the Baltic the maxillary just reaches past the orbit, and Lillje-
borg?) likewise says: «Maxillary reaches slightly behind the
posterior border of the orbit», so here some mistake must have
occurred with regard to the American writers’ judgment of the
European form. But as J. and E. associate the European and
the East-Greenland form probably initiated by Lütken (com-
pare p. 229), there is perhaps some truth in their statement; for
as the upper jaw is shorter in the East-Greenland form than in
the Baltic one, and as a rule only reaches to below the posterior
margin of the eye, its upper jaw is probably also shorter than
in the American form. — Moreover is said about the pectoral
fins with regard to C. quadricornis: «reaching anal», and with
regard to C. hexacornis: «scarcely reaching front of second
dorsal». I cannot however find any distinct difference in these
expressions, as the mentioned points in the Cottoid in question
lie very near each other in the same perpendicular line. It must
besides be taken into consideration that the length of the pec-
toral fins varies according to sex, and can consequently only with
reservation be employed as specific character. In 5 specimens
of C. quadricornis from the Baltic, which are at my disposal, the
pectoral fins of the females reach the anus, or at the utmost to
the beginning of the anal fin, but in the males to the beginning
of the anal fin or somewhat past it. The variation is still
greater in 8 specimens from East-Greenland, as in 3 females
the pectoral fins scarcely reach to the end of the first dorsal
fin and to the anus, while in 5 males it reaches from the anus
and a little past the front part of the anal fin. — Finally with

eler

233

respect to the third character that the caudal fin should be
«rounded» in C. quadricornis, and «truncated with rather sharp
corners» in С. hexacornis, this does not hold good with regard
to С. quadricornis. ш the specimens before me from the Baltic,
the upper and, or, lower rays reach farthest when the caudal
fin is folded together, and when it is distended it is truncate, or
at any rate only very slightly rounded, the upper corner generally
pointed, the lower rounded; this also agrees with Lilljeborg’s
description: «The caudal fin which is cut off straightly, or flatly
curved, sometimes with pointed, sometimes with rounded
corners» !). There is also some variation in the East-Greenland
specimens, as the caudal fin generally is slightly rounded ”),
but often very insignificantly so, nay in one specimen it is even
truncate. The posterior margin of the caudal fin is thus subject
to an individual variation with regard to contour, and cannot
consequently be employed as specific character.

It will hereof be seen that the American «C. hexacornis»
cannot be distinguished from the European C. quadricornis by
the characters which Jordan and Evermann state, and
about whose value they are themselves doubtful.

In the subjoint table (p. 234) I give a survey of some meas-
urements of the 16 specimens in question from East-Greenland,
partly for use for further comparison with Fourhorned Cottus
of other seas, partly for the elucidation of the more important
differences with regard to sex and age.

The relative length of the head, the upper and lower jaw,
the distance of the first dorsal fin from the end of the snout,
the distance between the dorsal fins and the length along the

2, Veran ATE

?) In one 236 mm. long male, we see the peculiar eircumstance that the
posterior margin of the caudal fin is sinuate, the middle ray is the
longest, two rays above and underneath it are somewhat shorter, the
two rays at each corner again are a little longer than these.

234

Total length in mm................

Гепа of head =e sere re
» » upper jaw

» D Томе ом. я
Horizontal diameter of eye

Minimum interorbital width of front
Minimum height of tail ...........
Length of pectoral fins ...........
Length of ventral fins ............
Distance of {st dorsal from end of snout
Length of ist dorsal along base ....
Maximum height of ist dorsal ......
Distance between the dorsals ......
Length of 224 dorsal along base....
Maximum height of 21а dorsai .....
Distance of anal fin from end of snout
Length of anal fin along base .....

Maximum height of anal fin .......

in °/o of total length.

3.333,83. Ss os 38 88 Es 38 | Fo) 35 ва
SEES ES ER SE 22 =, 8228 28 58 28 85 28 ЕВЕ
ОО | Bahia а > m Se POS | ea
Е
ЕЕ? ER BUE: ES ER AR | ET jee eee И
ER ao 0 KOR BOR ool
68 | 74 | 76 | 93 | 113 | 116 | 122 | 157 | 179 | 181 | 203 | 210 | 219 | 234 | 236 | 249
98.7 | 27 128.3 127.6 | 26.6 | 27.6 | 28.7 | 27.7 | 28.5 | 28.7 | 28.8 | 28.6 | 28.8] 27.6 27.5) 27.1
10.3 |104 10.2| 9.7} 9.7) 10.3 | 112 | 10.8 | 11.3 | 11.7 | 111 | 11а | 11 | 112) 11 | 10.8
13.2 12.5 13.2 | 14 | 13.3 | 13.8 | 14.3 | 13.7.| 14.2 | 14.5 | 143 | 14 14.6 13.9) 14.2) 14а
5.5 | 51| 49| 45 Ag 52| 49| 44| 42) 43| 44| 43| 4 | 41] 4 | 4
33| 41| 43 38| 44 45| 41| 44 42 44| 44 Aa 4a) 43 47) As
Aa 43| 42| 98| 3.5 Зо Зи | 35| 39 ok)! SoBe 38| 3:31, 3.5 3.6 3.6
29.8 |91.6| 93 |937| 99.1 | 99 | 91.3 | 993| 95.2 | 24.6 | 26.8 | 24.3 | 23.7| 21.8) 24.6 | 24.5
10.3 | 11.1 |11.2 12.9 | 11.5 | 19.9 | 139 | 15 | 16.8 155 | 16.5 | 17.6 | 14.2) 12.9) 18.2| 16.7
98.4 | 28 |98.3 |981 | 98.5 | 99.5 | 30.3 | 28.3 | 28.5 | 29.3 | 29.1 | 28.6 | 29.5! 30.6| 29.2) 28.1
14 15.1 |15.8 |15.6 | 13.4 | 16.4 | 16.4 | 16.6 | 18.3 | 16.6 | 17.2 | 17.1 | 18.7) 16.9! 14.8) 16.1
0:1 88:3: 992.802 8:6*| 8.218 9 9.6 | 10.9 | 8.6 | 11.3 | 105| 8 | 73 10.2 8.8
Fed | 4.6 | 3:8 |= Ag 6.5 51 |5 44| 56|: 6.4 | 4 4.5 | 41| 56| 42| 4
20.6 | 18.9 22.4 |99.6 | 19.2 | 99.4 | 22.1 | 23.6 | 21.8 | 21 | 20.5 | 21.9 | 21.7! 21.6) 21.8) 20.9
11.8 111.5 | 15.1 [15.6 | 13.3 | 17.2 | 13.3 | 19.1 | 25.1 | 14.9 | 27.1 | 28.6 | 16.4| 14.1| 24.2! 23.5
47.4 | 46.9 47.4 147.8 46.9 | 49.1 | 48 | 471 | 50.6 | 50.3 52.2 | 51 |52.5154.2| 50 | 49.4
99.5 99.3 23.7 |93.9 | 91.2 | 23 | 99.3 | 94.2 | 23.2 | 91.3 | 21.2 | 23.3 | 20.1 | 21.6 | 21.6 | 21.7
‚8.5 | 8.1| 8.6 |10.2| 9.3| 9.5| 9 | 10.8) 14 9.9 | 14.5 | 112 9.1) 9.8! 15.7| 12.4

235

base of the two dorsal fins and the anal fin prove to be un-
influenced by differences in age and sex, but are subject to
greater or less individual variation.

The horizontal diameter of the eye is larger in the young
ones than the minimum interorbital width of the front; in
middle sized specimens the two measurements are about equal;
in adult specimens the interorbital width is a little larger than
the horizontal diameter of the eye.

The anal fin starts farther to the front in the young ones
and young specimens than in the adults, its distance from
the end of the snout being in the former ones 46.9—49.1 °%/o,
in the latter ones 49.4—54.2 °/o of the total length.

The tail is in quite little young ones (68-—76mm. long) less
slender than in larger young ones and the adults, as its mini-
mum height in the former ones is 4.4—4.2 °/o, in the latter
ones 3.9—3.3 °/o of the total length.

The length of the pectoral fins amounts in the young ones
and young specimens to 21.3—23.7°/o of the total length, in
the females to 24.6—21.8 °/o (decreasing with age), in the males
to 24.3—26.8 °/o. The length of the ventral fins amounts in the
young ones and young specimens to 10.3—15 °/o, in the females
to 15.5—12.9 °/o, in the males to 16.5—18.2°/o. The height of
the 1% dorsal fin amounts in the young ones and young speci-
mens to 8.2—9.2 °/o'), in the females to 8.6—7.3 %/o, in the
males to 11.3—8.8 °/o. The height of the 2% dorsal fin in young
ones and young specimens amounts to 11.5—17.2'), in the
females to 14.1—16.9 °/o, in the males to 23.5—27.1 °/o; the
height of the anal fin in young ones and young specimens
amounts to 8.1—10.2 9/01) in the females to 9.1—9.9 °/o, in the
males to 11.2—15.7°/o. Thus it holds good with regard to all

1) Here we do not take into consideration the specimen of 157 mm. which
already distinctly shows male characters, as the height of the ist dorsal
fin amounts to 9.6 °/o, the height of the 274 dorsal fin to 19.1%, and
the height of the anal fin to 10.8 °/o of the total length.

236

the fins that their relative length and height in the females are
about the same as they are in the young ones and young
specimens, but in the males they are considerably larger; this
is especially the case with regard to the height of the 2%
dorsal fin.

The difference of sex is also shown by the rays of 2
dorsal fin projecting with naked points a good deal beyond the
membrane of the fin in the male specimens; the same is also
the case though to a less degree with the upper rays of the
pectoral fins; but such is not the case in the females. More-
over it shows itself in the greater supply of dermal spines
in the fins of the males than in the females. In the males
3—8 of the upper rays of the pectoral fins on the inner-side,
8—11 on the outer side are more or less rough to the touch,
in the females only relatively 2—4 and 5—7; in the females
only the upper rays of the caudal fin are more or less rough,
in the males on the contrary, the lower ones are also often
rough; almost all the rays of 22% dorsal fin are rough (with the
exception of the posterior ones of young specimens) yet the
roughness generally extends farther in the males than in the
females. In the young ones the rays are smooth or only show
an intimation of roughness.

In the young ones (68—122 mm. long) the horns on front
and occiput are very small, low and smooth. In larger speci-
mens there is a great individual variation. In one female of
of 234 mm. they are comparatively not much larger than in the
young ones, at any rate not the posterior ones, and their sur-
face is smooth, covered by the skin, only, at the distal end of
the ones farthest back we can, by the aid of a pocket lens,
see some small asperities projecting. In one female of 219 mm.
they are considerably larger, the front ones almost smooth, the
posterior ones on the contrary spiny along the upper margin;
and finally in one female of only 181 mm. they are compara-
tively still larger, especially the anterior ones, and both pair

237

spiny-tubercular on the upper side. In one of the males of
179 mm. the horns on front and occiput are rather slightly deve-
loped and smooth; in one male of only 157 mm. they are on
the contrary somewhat larger with an intimation of asperities;
in two males of 203 and 236 mm. they are rather small, but
spiny on the upper margin; and finally in two males of 210
and 249 mm. they are very large, either compressed and rough
on the upper margin or formed like tubercles, and spiny almost
all over the surface. — The rest of the spines on the head
are developed in the ordinary way.

The supply of rough osseous tubercles of the skin is rather
similar; above the lateral line there is on the posterior part of
the tail one row, but on the anterior part of the tail and on
the trunk there are two, more or less irregular rows; below
the lateral line on the anterior part of the tail is moreover found
an area, pointed behind, of similar dermal ossicles.

The genital papilla is very short in both sexes.

Fry of Cottus quadricornis has been taken twice in Hurry
Inlet (a northern inlet of Scoresby Sund) namely:

3. 8.1891. Hurry Inlet, the south coast of Jameson Land,
just near the beach, in very shallow water. 4 specim. 21.5—
26.5 mm.!).

7. 8. 1900. Hurry Inlet, in pools on the beach. 7 specim.
23—27.5 mm.

The fins and likewise the rays are perfectly formed at a
length of about 21.5 mm. (fig. 2, plate XI), yet the caudal fin is
still continuous with the dorsal and the anal fin by a remnant
of the larval fin. Occipital crests and snout spines are distinct,

1) In Bay’s treatise they are mentioned (1.с. p.52) as young ones of
Cottus scorpius.

238

likewise the spines of the preopercular. Fine pigment-specks
have begun to amass in the places where distinct dark spots
will appear later on.

At a length of 27.5 mm. (fig. 3a&b, plate Х the last remnant
of the larval fin has disappeared. On the caudal peduncle and
below the dorsal fins the pigment forms such dark spots or
short transverse bands as are also, seen in the adult fishes.
The osseous tubercles of the skin have also begun to appear.

In fig. 4, plate XI, a 25 mm. long young one of Cottus
scorpius L. is represented for comparison with the above de-
scribed young ones of Cottus quadricornis, which as before
mentioned (p. 237, the note) were formerly mistaken for the
young ones of C. scorpius. The great difference between them
will easily be perceived. The body is much shorter, more squat.
But especially the pigmentation is quite different, and so char-
acteristic that we can thereby immediately distinguish the fry
of С. scorpius: Across the tail, about between 2" dorsal fin
and the anal fin, is a dark band formed by closely placed
stellated chromatophores; this transverse band broadens out
somewhat towards the back, and reaches the occiput as a
narrow stripe along the base of the foremost dorsal fin. The
margin of the preopercular with 4 spines; on the occiput a
spine which is bifurcate at the end, behind the eye a smaller
spine.

In connection with this I give the representations of young
ones of two other arctic and littoral Cottoids viz. Gymnacanthus
tricuspis, and Icelus bicornis.

Fig. 6, plate XI, represents an 18 mm. long young one of
Gymnacanthus tricuspis Reinh. taken in the harbour of Ргбуеп,
West-Greenland!). A continuous larval fin is still present, but

1) The date is not given, but a young one of nearly the same size (19 mm.)
was taken July 25% 1898 (at the island Disko, off Assuk).

239

rays are developed (D.! 12; D.? 16; А. 18), in the caudal fin yet
only on the under side of the urostyle. Dark pigment is deposited
along the upper and lower margin of the caudal peduncle and
a good way along the base of the anal fin and the posterior
dorsal fin, partly also under the anterior dorsal fin; moreover
part of the dorsal and anal fins is pigmented, and chromato-
phores are also found along the middle line of the side, on
the base of the pectoral fins, and on front and parietal region.
The preopercular spines are visible; on the occiput neither
spines nor keels are found (as is well known they are also
missing in the adults).

A young one of Icelus bicornis Reinh. (about 21 mm. long)
is represented in fig. 5, plate XI. The species will immediately
be recognized by the large head with two large protuberances,
a smaller one in front, a larger one behind, in which the
occipital crests end. The spines on the preoperculum are distinct;
among the snout-spines is seen a blunt protuberance produced
by the upper prolongation of the intermaxillaries. Fin rays
are developed as follows: D.! 9; D.218; А. 14; in front of the
caudal fin is still found a remnant of the larval fin. Fine
pigment-specks have begun to amass in some places as fore-
runners for the marble-banded colour pattern which appears
later on.

Cottus scorpius Linné.

Tasiusak. 5—19 fms. 14. 5. 1899. 1 specim. (Young,
37.25 mm.).

Tasiusak. 6—10 fms. 27.5.1899. 2 specim.

Tasiusak. July 1899. 1 specim.

Tasiusak. In the harbour in quite shallow water. 1901—02.
5 specim.

Tasiusak. Shallow water. 22. 8. 1902. 3 specim.

Tasiusak. 10.3.1901. 1 specim.

Angmagsalik. 1892. 5 specim.

XXIX. 16

240

Angmagsalik. 10—0 fms. 14—16. 9. 1900. Eel-seine.
Numerous specim.

Tiningnekelak. 5—10 fms. 18.9.1901. 5 specim. (Young
ones, 30—41.5 mm.).

Angmagsivik. 1/2—cça. 5 fms. 19. 6. 1902. 3 specim. (Young
ones, 39—42.5 mm.).

Kangerdlugsuatsiak. 5. 8. 1899. 4 specim. (Fry, 22—
25.5 mm.) !).

Turner Sund. 2—0 fms. 25. 7.1900. Eel-seine. 1 specim.

Hekla Havn. 1891—92. 2 specim.

Hekla Havn. 3—4 fms. 1891—92. 3 specim.

Kap Stewart. 6—3 fms. 21. 8. 1900. Seine. 1 specim.
(44.5 mm.).

Hurry Inlet. 7—0 fms. 7—-8. 8. 1900. Seine. 1 specim.

Hurry Inlet, near the inmost part of the fjord. 3—0 fms.
Kel-seine. 3.8.1900. 1 specim.

Hurry Inlet, at the mouth. 50 fms. Beam-trawl. 11.8. 1900.
1 specim. (44 mm.).

Sabine O. 5—3 fms. 12.7.1900. Dredge. 2 specim.

In July 1870 it was taken by the Germania-expedition in
Clavering Strait (Peters 1. с. p.170, sub nom. Cottus porosus
бы TE

According to E. Bay (l.c. p.52) it was very common in
Hekla Havn, both in the harbour itself where it stayed all the
year round, and outside it.

C. Kruuse tells me that it is common all the year round
in the whole of the Angmagsalik district.

The largest of the specimens before me is a female mea-
suring 284 mm.; the largest male is 232 mm. long.

1) One of these fry-specimens is mentioned р. 238 and represented in
fig. 4, plate XI.

241

As I intend to give a detailed account of the Greenland
Sea-Scorpion in «Conspectus Faunæ Groenlandicæ», I shall here
only state that the specimens at my disposal by the great
number of rays in the fins prove to belong to the arctic form
(var. groenlandica Lutk.):
| DS) О. ЗАО

Angmagsalik .... 10 17 14 18
» ON EL ERA Ag
» u. NOG) Size: а 18
» 3. 2.910, NOR 139.116

Tasiusak ....... 10 16 14 17
Turner Sund ... 10 16 3 18
Hurry Inlet ..... 10 17 14 17
Sabine OL 10} 16 13 17

Artediellus uncinatus Reinhardt.
PI. XII, fig. 2 a (G) & fig. 2b (9).

Cottus uncinatus Reinhardt, К. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. VI, 1837, р. XLIIM.

Centridermichthys uncinatus Lütken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturh. Foren.
Kbhvn., 1876, p. 379; Collett, The Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition,
Fishes, 1880, p. 29.

Artediellus uncinatus Goode & Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1895, р. 267,
fig. 255; Jordan & Evermann, Fishes of North-America, II, 1898, р. 1905.

Artediellus atlanticus Jordan & Evermann, ibid., p. 1906.

Angmagsalik. 10—0 fms. 14—16. 9. 1900. Eel-seine.
Г specim. (57.5 mm.)

Off Sabine O. 127 fms. 18.7. 1891. Swab. 1 specim.
(68 mm.).

Е. Lonnberg (|. с. р. 13) mentions it among the fishes
taken by the Kolthoff-expedition 1900, at the North-eastern
Greenland. Dr. L. has by letter communicated to me that it
was at 72° 25’ lat. N. 17° 56’ long. W., 300 metres deep, and

that numerous specimens were caught.
16*

242

Professor R. Collett has in the stated place given a de-
tailed and careful description of this Cottoid. I shall how-
ever add some remarks about some peculiarities which Collett
does not mention, probably because the specimens at his disposal
were too young to show them in their full development").

It is well known that in Cottoids the. difference of sex will
often show itself in the exterior of the fish, now in one way,
now in another, or at the same time in several ways (compare
Lütken, Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1876, p. 387).
In Artediellus uncinatus I have observed a hitherto unknown
form for secondary difference of sex”). When I examined the
numerous specimens which were brought home by the Ingolf-
expedition from a trawling in Davis Strait, it caught my atten-
tion that while nothing unusual was to be observed in the
foremost dorsal fin of some specimens, this fin was in other
specimens very high. By the dissection of several specimens
I was convinced that the specimens with the high dorsal
fin are males, those with the low one females. The smaller
the specimens are the less is the difference, but yet it is still
perceptible in specimens of 57mm. Also second dorsal fin is
higher in the males than in the females, but the difference is
not so conspicuous in large specimens as it is with regard to
the foremost dorsal fin. The anal fin is abont equally high in
both sexes. The two figures in plate XII will illustrate the
difference of sex between the largest male (fig. 2 a) and female
(fig. 2b) from the «station» in question. For special comparison
I give the following measurements:

1) It is however remarkable that these circumstances have not been men-
tioned by other writers who have had adult specimens for examination.
From West-Greenland there has f. i. been specimens of up to 100 mm,
from the Barents Sea even up to 112 mm.

2) [Later addition]. Compare however the description of Artediellus paci-
ficus Gilb. in Jordan & Evermann: Fishes of North-America, II,
1898, p. 1907.

OW On wane Oe MS ue

о mm eh ene 100 700, 28 69 do EN 57
The longest ray of {st dorsal fin in mm. 24 14 (BID 5 2
» » » » Qnd » » » 5) 20 14.5 95 12 9 9,5 7

It will be seen from this that the first dorsal fin is always some-
what lower in the females than the 2% dorsal fin; its height
is equal to the length of the snout (reckoned to the anterior
margin of the eye). In the males on the contrary the difference
between the height of the two fins diminishes as they get
older (in the three smallest ones from 3—2—0.5 mm.), and in the
largest male D.! is even 4 mm. higher than D.?, though D? at
the same time has increased proportionately more in height
than in the females. The length of the longest ray in D.! is
in the male of 100 mm. equal to the distance between the end
of the snout and the upper incision of the gill-opening; in the
male of 77 mm. equal to the distance between the same point
and the posterior border of the orbit; in the male of 69 mm.
and of 57 mm. equal to the distance between the end of the
snout and respectively the posterior margin of the pupil and
the anterior margin of the eye.

There is also a great difference with regard to colour
pattern between males and females, especially in large specimens.
The before mentioned 100 mm. long male may serve as type
for the final colour of the male sex. The trunk is very dark,
chocolate coloured, with the exception of the belly which has
kept a yellowish colour though with a dark tinge here and there.
On this dark back-ground small white spots appear especially
along and below the lateral line; also on gill cover and cheek
a few white spots are seen. The fins have likewise turned
dark almost soot-coloured with light stripes and spots. Along
the rays the dorsal fins are ornamented with eye-like spots
formed by a white centre and a dark ring; the anal fin has
slanting stripes of a pure white colour; the light transverse
stripes of the caudal fin and the pectoral fins are partly broken

244

up into little spots which at the base of the fins are of a pure
white colour, but become darker farther out; even on the
ventral fins a single or a few white spots are seen!) The
smaller the males are, the more they resemble the females with
regard to colour. The brown colour which by aid of a pocket-
lens is seen to arise from a compact crowding of chromato-
phores is paler, so that the three characteristic dark transverse
bands can appear, and the white spots are less shiny; still at
a total length of 57 mm. the white pattern of the fins is yet
purer in the males than in the females and is partly broken
up into rounded spots.

The full grown male is not inferior to the males of the
Callionymus-species with regard to height and splendid pattern
of dorsal fins.

The urogenital papilla is not on the whole very conspicuous
in this Cottoid, but yet perceptibly longer in the male than in
the female; in the two specimens of 77 and 78 mm. the length
of the papilla is respectively 1.5 (&) and 0.75 mm. ($).

The males seem contrary to other Cottoids to be a little
larger than the females; from the above mentioned trawling of
the Ingolf-expedition we have 4 males of respectively 100, 94,
90 and 89 mm. while the largest female only measured 78 mm.
The largest female that I have seen is 85 mm.

As will be seen by the synonymy-list I have included in
this species the Artediellus atlanticus, classified as a separate
species by Jordan & Evermann. After an examination of
one single American specimen these writers find that it has:
«A blunt occipital ridge or spine» while Collett’s figure shows:
«Occiput with a bony protuberance on each side provided

1) This description is given from the specimen preserved in spirits. Fig. 9
in plate IV in the account of the ichthyological results of the Ingolf-
expedition will give a notion with regard to the colours of the live
specimen, with respect to an exact representation of the mutual pro-
portions of the parts of the body this figure leaves not a little to be

sired.

245

with radiating ridges», and consequently the American form
which had hitherto been identified with А. wncinatus should be
«apparently distinct». If however J. & E. had extended their
examination to a few more specimens they would have discovered
that the specimens vary greatly with respect to the appearance
of the occipital spines, a fact of which I have been made certain
from the European-Greenland material at my disposal. The occip-
ital protuberances are sometimes comparatively high with rather
upright or backwards bent points, sometimes they are lower
and more stubby, sometimes quite disappearing so that no
separation of species can reasonably be based on this «character».
I have not seen any specimen provided with radiating ridges
on the occipital protuberance, nor does Collett mention such
a sculpture, but mentions them in just the same expressions
as J.& Е. viz: «two blunt obtuse protuberances on the occiput».
1 suppose the artist has represented in a somewhat exagge-
rated way the indistinct folds which are sometimes seen in the
skin covering the spine, so that it looks as if the spine itself
were provided with keels. Finally I shall here state that in
two American specimens which our museum has obtained from
the «Smithsonian Institution» the occipital protuberances are
not less projecting than in many European-Greenland specimens.

Icelus bicornis Reinhardt.

Cottus bicornis Reinhardt, Overs. Kgl. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1839, p. 9.

Icelus hamatus Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. II, 1, 1845, p. 253; Lütken,
Vidensk. Meddel. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1876, p. 380; Collett, The Norwegian
North-Atlantic Expedition, Fishes, 1880, p. 34, PI. I, Fig. 8; Smitt, Skandi-
naviens Fiskar, I, 1892, p. 167, Fig. 51.

Tasiusak. 30—50 fms. 22.8.1902. 1 specim.

Angmagsalik. 10—O fms. 14—16. 9. 1900. Eel-seine.
25 specim.

Hekla Havn. 5—10 fms. 1891—92. Dredge. 3 specim.

246

The coast of Gaaseland. 5—10 fms. 1891—92. Dredge.
1 specim.

Kap Tobin. 57fms. 21.8.1900. Beam-trawl. 2 specim.

Hurry Inlet, at the mouth. 50 fms. 11.8.1900. Beam-
trawl. 3 specim.

Forsblads Fjord, at the mouth. 14—3 fms. 28.8. 1900.
Eel-seine. 1 specim.

Forsblads Fjord. 90—50 fms. 30. 8. 1900. Beam-trawl.
5 specim.

Forsblads Fjord. About 50 fms. 28. 8. 1900. Dredge.
1 specim.

Two specimens were taken by the German Germania-expe-
dition in Germania Havn in Sabine О, October 29% 1869, at
about 2 fathoms (Peters 1. с. р. 171. Lönnberg (|. с. р. 13)
mentions it among the fishes taken Бу the Kolthoff-expe-
dition 1900, at the North-eastern Greenland.

In the specimens before me the scale-spines of the lateral
line våry with regard to extension; in some specimens they
stop on a level with the posterior end of the dorsal fin (or a
little before), in others they reach more or less near to the
base of the caudal fin. Osseous tubercles are not found in
any specimen at the base of the anal fin. The numbers of rays
are: D.18—9; D.? 18—20; А. 13—16; Р. 17—19. The largest
female measures 75 mm., the largest male 60 mm.

A female 75 mm. long caught at Kap Tobin, Aug. 21%,
has in its ovaries about 130 immature eggs, measuring 2 mm.
in diameter.

As is well known the male of this species has a highly
developed urogenital papilla. Professor Е. А. Smitt (1. с.) thinks
moreover to have observed this secondary difference in sex
that while the females have only one pair of occipital spines,
namely the ones in which the parietal crests end, a protube-
rance or jag is moreover generally developed on the front of

247

these crests in the males. In all the specimens I have exa-
mined from Greenland to the Kara-Sea, a small protuberance
is found on the parietal-crest in front of the large one, whether
the specimen is a female or a male; the smaller protuberance
displays (as is also the case with the larger one) a different
degree of development, but it cannot on the whole be said to
be stronger in the males than in the females.

A young one of this fish is represented in fig. 5, plate XI,
and mentioned p. 239.

Note to the Synonymy. I have adopted the less current specific
name: bicornis for the following reason. In the above mentioned place
Lütken writes that though he himself does not doubt that Reinhardt’s
insufficiently described Cottus bicornis is the same species as Ктбуег’з
Icelus hamatus, the former specific name ought not to have the preference
because it has not been possible to find Reinhardt’s original specimen in the
museum here. With regard to this L. is right in so far as the specimen
from 1838 can no longer be pointed out. But in Reinhardt's notes from the
year 1841, kept at the museum, I find mentioned still 3 specimens of Cottus
bicornis sent here from the missionary Jorgensen at Julianehaab; these
specimens are still kept in the museum, and have in the course of time

been relabelled Zcelus hamatus Kr. As there is now no more room for doubt,
we ought to return to Reinhardts specific name as being the older one.

Triglops pingeln Reinhardt.

Angmagsalik. `10—0 fms. 14—16. 9. 1900. Eel-seine.
63 specim.

Turner Sund. 2—0 fms. 25.7.1900. Eel-seine. 6 specim.

Hurry Inlet. 7—Ofms. 7--8. 8.1900. Eel-seine. 8 specim.

Forsblads Fjord, at the mouth. 14—3 fms. 28. 8. 1900.

Eel-seine. 5 specim.
5. Е. of Sabine Ö. 110 fms. 10.7.1900. Dredge. 1 specim.

Lönnberg (l.c. p. 13) mentions it among the fishes, caught
by the Kolthoff-expedition at the North-eastern Greenland.

The species attains a considerable size at East-Greenland,
the largest female measuring 152 mm., the largest male 105 mm.

248

The spawning-season is late, for adult females caught on Sept.
15" at Angmagsalik, still carried immature eggs measuring
2—2.8mm. in diameter; the total number of eggs in a spawner
amounts to about 400.

The numbers of fin-rays in 10 specimens are: D. 34—37
(0.1 11—12; D.? 23—26); А. 23—27; Р. 17—18; У.1- 3.

Gasterosteidæ.

Gasterosteus aculeatus Linné.

Tasiusak. In a pond near Nord Fjord. 10.7. 1902. 7 specim.

Angmagsalik. In a fresh-water lake. 1892. 2 specim.

Kap Dan Öer (by Angmagsalik). In a lake. 18. 6. 1899.
10 specim.

Danmark 0. In a fresh-water lake. 24. 8. 1891 & 31.7.
1892. 11 specim.

C. Kruuse saw on Aug. 13 1902 numerous specimens in
a pool at Kordlortok (near Tasiusak).

On July 315 1892 it was seen by Вау (1. с. р. 54) in large
shoals in Danmark Ö, in quite shallow water.

All the specimens before me belong to the variety gym-
nurus («Gasterosteus gymnurus» Cuy. Val. = «G. dimidiatus»
Reinhardt), as they have only a few lamine behind the ascending
osseous plates of the pelvis, generally 2, sometimes 1, rarely
3 or 4. It is also proved here that the almost naked Stickle-
back is a fresh-water form. — One specimen has 4 dorsal
spines. |

Of the 19 specimens from the neighbourhood of Angmag-
salik none is longer than 59 mm.; of the 11 specimens from
Danmark O the largest is only 47 mm. Thus the Three-
spined Stickleback does not seem to become nearly so large
on the East-coast of Greenland as on the West-coast where

249

the average length for adult specimens is 60—70 mm., and the
maximum length 98 mm.

Discoboli.

Cyclopterus lumpus Linné.

G. Holm mentions «Lump-sucker» among the fishes which
are found at Angmagsalik (l.c. р. 54), and the same thing was
told Søren Jensen during his stay at Angmagsalik 1900. More-
over mag. sc. С. Kruuse who has lately returned after a year's
stay at Angmagsalik, tells me that our ordinary Lump-sucker is
found there, though very rarely; he had however not seen it him-
self, but both Mr. J. Petersen (Commercial-manager), and the
natives had described it so minutely that no doubt was possible.
They stated that the length of it is somewhat over one foot.

Dr. О. Nordenskiöld, who was the geologist of the
Amdrup-Hartz expedition, found on August 26% 1900 by
Fleming Inlet a well preserved skin of a Lump-sucker about
270 mm. long which had drifted ashore. The specimen has
not been dried, as skin and fins are perfectly fresh. Eyes
and jaws are taken away, likewise the contents of the head,
and of the front part of the body both the soft parts and
skeleton are missing. It looks as if a bird had pecked out
eyes and jaws, and drawn out the contents through the holes
produced in this way. This specimen has been a perfectly
typical one, with the following numbers of rays: D.? 1— 10;
A. 1+ 10; P. 20.

The Kolthoff-expedition found a dead С. lumpus on the
shore of Mackenzie Bay (north of Franz Joseph's Fjord) on
Aug. 9% 1900 (Kolthoff: Till Spetsbergen och Nordöstra Grön-
land, Stockholm 1901, p. 163)!).

') Kolthoff adds: «another specimen is said to have been seen swimming
round the ship», but as a certain identification is wanting I do not take
this into consideration.

250

According to Lonnberg (l.c. р. 13) it was the skin of a
comparatively large specimen.

The finding of the two last named fishes seems to me to
be very strange, nay almost inexplicable, as C. lumpus has not
been known by any high-arctic coast up till the present time.
As in both cases we have to do with dead specimens, the most
cautious proceeding will be for the present time to suppose
that the animals have been carried hither by transport, f. i. by
currents or in other ways.

On the contrary it is a fact that С. lumpus lives at the
South-eastern Greenland.

Cyclopterus (Eunucrotremus) spinosus O. Е. Müller.

Tasiusak. From the stomach of a Seal. July 1902. 1 specim.
86 mm.

Tasiusak. Shallow-water. 22.8. 1902. 1 specim. 90 mm.

Angmagsalik. 10—0 fms. 16.9. 1900. Eel-seine. 2 specim.
96.5—103 mm.

Angmagsalik. On the ice near a current. 5. 2. 1901.
1 specim. 96 mm.

Sermilik Fjord by Angmagsalik. 1901. 1 specim. 57 mm.

Amitsuarsik. 14. 8. 1902. 1 specim. 56 mm.

Fry:

Tasiusak. 5—19 fms. 14.5.1899. 6 specim. 11.25, 13,
17.25, 18, 20, 25 mm.

Angmagsalik. 9—0 fms. 14.9. 1900. Eel-seine. 2 specim.
18, 18.25 mm.

Кар Dan. 10—15fms. 17.6.1898. 1 specim. 22.5 mm.

Hekla Havn. 10 fms. 13. 5. 1892. Dredge. 1 specim.
15.5 mm.

251

Danmark O, at the station. 26—28. 7. 1892. Dredge.
2 specim. 10.75, 13.5 mm.
«East-Greenland». 1891—92. 2 specim. 12.75, 20 mm.

Lönnberg (|. с. р. 13) mentions it among the fishes caught
by the Kolthoff-expedition 1900 at the North-eastern Green-
land.

According to verbal information of C. Kruuse, it is not
uncommon in the Laminaria region in the Angmagsalik district.

In the two adult well preserved specimens from Angmag-
salik the fins contain the following numbers of rays: D.' 6;
Dette A, 11:,G Peo:

No great irregularity is observed in the 14 fry-specimens
before me with regard to the appearance of the spines: In the
smallest specimen (10.75 mm. long) we can scarcely even by
the aid of a strong pocket-lens discover any trace of spines,
in the specimen of 11.25 mm. length we see on the contrary
on the occiput and the foremost part of the back indistinct
traces of spines; the number and size of the spines now
increase somewhat proportionally to the age, and at a total
length of 20—22.5mm. many spines are visible both on head,
trunk and tail.

Liparis liparis Linné.

Cyclopterus liparis Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, T. I, 1766, р. 414; Fabricius,
Fauna groenl., 1780, p. 95.

Liparis tunicata Reinhardt, Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1835—36,
p. 111.

Liparis lineatus Collett, Chria. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1879, No.1, p.41.

Tasiusak. 10.3.1901. 2 specim.
Tasiusak. Shallow water. 22.8.1902. 1 specim.

The largest of these specimens is 107 mm. long.

252

By comparison with a specimen of Lip. liparis L. (L. line-
atus Lepechin) from the northern Norway, which | have been
able to examine through the kindness of Prof. R. Collett,
I have been able to make sure that the Greenland species
Lip. tunicata Reinh. is identical with this European species.
On the other hand I do not feel sure that the Baltic form
«L. barbatus Ekstrém» can without hesitation be, classified as
belonging to the same species.

About the relationship between Lip. liparis L. and L. fa-
bricii Kr. see the latter species.

Liparis fabric Kroyer.

Liparis fabricii Kroyer, in Gaimard: Voyages en Scandinavie etc., Zoo-
logie, Atlas, Poissons, PI. 8, fig. (1845); Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 R., И, 1849, р. 274;
Lütken, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Udbytte, 1886, р. 146, Tab. 15, Fig. 4—5.

Tasiusak. From the stomach of a Seal. Aug. 1902.
1 specim.

Tasiusak. 10—25 fms. 30.9.1899. 1 specim.

Tasiusak. 10.3. 1901. 1 specim.

Angmagsalik. 9—Ofms. 14.9. 1900. Eel-seine. 1 specim.

Odesund. 5—15 fms. 6. 8.1899. 1 specim.

Turner Sund. 2—0 fms. 25—26. 7. 1900. Eel-seine.
3 specim.

Turner Sund. 3 fms. 23.7.1900. 1 specim.

Turner Sund. 8 fms. 22.7. 1900. 1 specim.

Rômers Fjord. 120 fms. 26. 7.1900. Beam-trawl. 2 specim.

Hekla Havn. 1.3. 1892. 1 specim.

Hurry Inlet, the coast of Jameson Land. 7—0 fms. 7.8.
1900. Eel-seine. 3 specim.

Hurry Inlet, the mouth. 50 fms. 11.8.1906. Beam-trawl.
7 specim.

Kap Hope. 120 fms. 21.8.1900. Beam-trawl. 1 specim.

Kap Borlase Warren. 10 fms. 14.7.1900. 1 specim.

253

The largest of the specimens in question is 155 mm. long").

Е. Lönnberg mentions (l. с р. 13) С. fabricii amongst the
fishes which were caught by the Kolthoff-expedition 1900, at
the North-eastern Greenland. I suppose it is also this species
which was caught by the Germania-expedition 1869, at Jackson-,
Sabine- and Shannon 0, and which is mentioned by Peters
(l.c. р. 171) under the name «Liparis gelatinosus Pallas».

About ten years ago Professor F. А. Smitt united into one
species the hitherto as two species considered L. lineatus Lep.
and L. fabrici Kr., and designated them respectively L. (Cyclo-
gaster) liparis L. forma microps. and L. (C.) liparis L. forma
megalops ?). Dr. Е. Lönnberg and Prof. N. Knipowitsch
who know the arctic fishes so very well have later on adopted
this view as they enter L. fabricii as Г. (C.) liparis L. subsp.
fabricii®) ог L.(C.) liparis L. var. fabricii Kr.*). And lately
an undisputed authority with regard to the northern Ichthyology,
Prof. В. Collett, concurs in Smitt's view”).

When I have nevertheless retained L. liparis L. (= L. li-
neatus Lep. = СГ. tunicata Reinh.) and L. fabricii Kr. in the
present list as separate species, the reason is that during the
examination of a great number of specimens I have in no case

>
=

Besides the here mentioned specimens we have moreover a number of
young ones, which I, though with some doubt, classify as belonging to
Liparis fabrici, from the following localities in East-Greenland: Ang-
magsalik, 10—0 fms., 16.9. 1900. (3 specim., length 42—43.5 mm.); Kap
Dan, 10—15 fms., 4. 6. 1899 (1 specim., length ca. 32.5 mm), Turner
Sund, 22. 7. 1900 (8 specim., 6—17 mm. long, in Plankton, rapid current).
?) F. A. Smitt: Skandinaviens Fiskar, 2 Uppl., 1. D., 1892, р. 287.
3) Lonnberg: Fishes from Spitzbergen and King Charles Land; Bih. К.
Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 24, Afd. 1V, No.9, 1899, р. 15.
*) Knipowitsch: Zool. Ergebn. 4. Russischen Exped. nach Spitzbergen,
Fische; Ann. Musée Zool. de l’Acad. Imp. 4. sciences St. Petersbourg,
T. VI, 1901, p. 16.
Collett: Meddelelser om Norges Fiske i Aarene 1884—1901; Chria.
Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. No. 1, 1902, р. 83.

©
=e

254

been doubtful with regard to species if the specimens in que-
stion were not quite small.

Of distinguishing characters two at any rate prove to be
«good»: L.liparis has a much more lengthened form of
body, and a larger head than L. fabriciü. I have taken
12 specimens'), 78—207 mm. long, of L.liparis for purposes
of measurements, and 10 specimens”) of L. fabricii, 75—169 mm.
long. The height of the body above the middle of the suctorial
disc amounts in L. liparis to 14.9—20.2 %/o of the total length,
the length of the head (measured from the end of the snout
to the end of the opercular flap) to 21.2—24.6 %/o. In L. fabrici
the proportions are relatively 20.5—25.3 °/o and 25.4—28.6 °/o°).

The pectoral fins are also, as has often been mentioned,
shorter in L. liparis than in Г. fabriciz; their length (reckoned
from the place where the fin gets clear of the body) amounts
in the former to 14.5—17°/o, in the latter to 17—22.5 % of
the total length.

The size of the eyes to which had been attached a con-
siderable importance with regard to the separation, is on the
contrary subject to great individual variation. To be sure the
eyes are as a rule comparatively small in С. liparis, their
horizontal diameter generally amounting to 2.8—3.8 °/o of the
total length, but it can rise to 4.8°/o; and in Г. fabricw the
proportion is generally 4.1—6.7 °/o, but can sink as low as
350 96.

1) 6 from West-Greenland, 2 from East-Greenland, 3 from Iceland, 1 from
Norway.

2 from West-Greenland, 6 from East-Greenland, 1 from the Kara-Sea,
1 from the northern Norway (Porsangerfjord in the East-Finmark; sent
to me by Prof. Collett as «L. liparis»).

Hereby must however be remembered that these characteristics cannot
very well be applied to young specimens; in these the front part of
the body is namely comparatively high also in L. liparis, and the
relative length of the head diminishes in L. fabricii, sinks namely (in
specimens of ca. 40—47 mm.) to 25.4—25.1°/o of the total length.

vw

w
—

\. 259

Other characters, as an ampler (L. fabricii) or slighter (L.
liparis) pigmentation of Peritoneum, are no doubt of too little
consequence and too variable to be of any special importance.

This is my impression with regard to the material which
has been at my disposal chiefly from West- and East-Greenland.
Possibly it will not agree with experiences from other seas.

Г. fabricii is evidently a more genuine arctic fish than
L. liparis. L. liparis is by far the more frequent at West-
Greenland, from East-Greenland we have only met with it at
the southmost part, on the contrary L. fabricii is very common
in the north.

Liparis (Careproctus) reinhardti Kroyer.

Е. Lönnberg mentions (1. с. р. 13, sub nom. «Cyclogaster
gelatinosus») this species among the fishes caught by the
Kolthoff-expedition 1900, at the North-eastern Greenland.
By letter Dr. L. kindly communicated to me the following par-
ticulars: 3 specimens were caught at the mouth of Franz Joseph
Fjord at a depth of 200—300 metres; 1 specim. off Franz
Joseph Fjord between Bontekoe O and Mackenzie Bugt, where
the depth was 250 metres; and 1 specim. at 72° 25’ lat. N.
17° 56’ long. W. where the depth was 300 metres.

Blenniidæ.

Lumpenus maculatus B. Fries.

Kingak (Angmagsalik Fjord). 25. 6. 1902. 1 specim. 136 mm.
Numbers of rays in the fins: D. 59; A. 1 +37; P. 15.

Lumpenus lampetriformis Walbaum.

Angmagsalik. 10—0 fms. 16.9.1900. Eel-seine. 2 specim.
211—223 mm.

XXIX. 17

256

Hekla Havn. 25.2.1892. Dredge. 1 specim. 174 mm.
Numbers of rays in the fins: D.72—73; А. 49; P.14—15.

Lumpenus medius Reinhardt.

Forsblads Fjord, at the mouth. 14—3 fms. 28. 8. 1900.
Eel-seine. 1 specim.
The most important measurements of this specimen are as

follows:
A RE ALES de RER a ween ieee eu RE 53.5 mm.
ЕАО eady re N: 10 »
Distance between end of snout and anus ... 22 »
Distance of dorsal fin from end of snout ... 102 »
Hengthwotmpectoraleiny sees erent eae 7 »
LarsesthheishthoiMthe Бобу near 5.25 »

The colour is yellowish-grey with very indistinct spots on
the trunk, tail and dorsal fin.

Zoarcidæ.

Lycodes pallidus Collett!).

1878. Lycodes pallidus Collett, Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Chria. No. 14, p. 70.

1880. Г. pallidus Collett, The Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, Fishes,
p.110, Р.Ш, fig. 26—27.

1901. 1. Vahlii forma pallida Smitt, Bih. К. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 27,
Afd. IV, No. 4, р. 24 (partim), №. 12 & 14—26.

1901. Г. Vahlii typica Smitt, ibid., p. 26 (partim), №. 30—39.

1901. Г. reticulatus forma frigida Smitt, ibid., р. 29 (partim), No. 2—9.

This species was caught by the Nathorst-expedition 1899
in Franz Joseph Fjord at a depth of 760 metres (4 specim.),
and at 73° 20' lat. N. 21° 20’ long. W. where the depth was

70 metres (1 specim.). Moreover it was caught by the Kolt-
hoff-expedition 1900 in Mackenzie Bugt (N. of Franz Joseph

1) All the Lycodine mentioned in this treatise belong to «SvenskaVetenskaps-
Akademiens» museum (Stockholm), where I have had the opportunity of
examining them — thanks to professor F. A. Smitt’s kindness.

257

Fjord) where the depth was 12—35 metres (numerous [35]
specim.), off Mackenzie Bugt where the depth was 100 metres
(3 specim.), at the inner part of Myskoxe Fjord (Franz Joseph
Fjord) where the depth was 100 metres (2 specim.), at the
outer part of Myskoxe Fjord where the depth was 200 metres
(1 specim.), at the mouth of Franz Joseph Fjord where the
depth was 200—300 metres (4 specim.), off Franz Joseph Fjord
(between Bontekoe O and Mackenzie Bugt), where the depth
was 250 metres (2 specim.), and SE. of Hvalros O where the
depth was 80—100 metres (1 specim.).

In all no less than 53 specimens were caught in 1899— 1900,
40—178 mm. long.

Lycodes eudipleurostictus Jensen.

1880. ZLycodes esmarkii Collett, The Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition,
Fishes, p.84 (partim), PI, fig. 19—21.

1901. Г. Vahlii forma pallida Smitt, Bih. К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 27,
Afd. IV, No. 4, р. 24 (partim), №. 13.

1901. Г. Vahli typica Smitt, ibid., p. 26 (partim), №. 40—42.

1901. Г. eudipleurostictus Jensen, Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn.
p. 206.

The body zoarcitorm: Of the total length the
height above anus amounts to 8.1—13.6 °/o, the
length of the head to 19.8—24.3 °/o, the distance
between the end of the snout and anus to 36.7--
41.4 °/о. Hind margin of pectoral fins incised.
Colour brown with yellowish-white nuchal spot and
5—8 narrow yellowish-white transverse bands.
Scales cover the body right to the front of the
dorsal fin as well as the vertical fins almost to
their margins. Lateral line double, just behind the
base of the pectoral fins devided in а mediolateral
and a ventral branch, both distinct. App. pylorice 2.
Size up to 325 mm. ,

В. br. 6; Di 100—108; А. 88—92; Р. 20—22 (23)!

ИХ

258

2 specimens of this Lycodes were caught by the Nathorst-
expedition 1899 in Franz Joseph Fjord at a depth of 760 metres,
and 2 specimens were caught by the Kolthoff- expedition 1900,
likewise in Franz Joseph Fjord at 200—300 metres’ depth. The
length is 68—320 mm.

L. eudipleurostictus differs especially by the following
characters from Lycodes esmarkii Collett with which species it
was formerly confounded: The vertical fins have fewer rays; the
posterior margin of the pectoral fins have a distinct incision;
the two branches of the lateral line are distinct; the colour
pattern shows no intimation of the garland pattern so charac-
teristic for L. esmarkii; the small intestines have 2 small
appendices (which are not found in L. esmarkii).

Lycodes reticulatus Reinhardt
var. n. macrocephalus.
Pl. XIII, fig. 2 a & b.

1901. Lycodes reticulatus forma reticulata Smitt, Bih. К. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. Bd. 27, Afd. IV, No. 4, p. 33 (partim), No. 26 & 28—36,
Fig. 4—5.
1901. L. reticulatus forma seminuda Smitt, ibid., p. 31 (partim), №. 13.
The body zoarciform. Of the total-length the
height above anus amounts to 10—-12.2°/o, the
length of the head in the males to 26.2—28.6 °/o, in
the females and young specimens to 25—26.6 °/o,
the horizontal diameter of the eye to 4.3—4.8 °/o,
the distance between the end of the snout and
anus to 46.2—50.6 °/o, the length of the pectoral
fins to 13—14.4 °/o. The young ones have dark,
and dark edged transverse bands, 7—9, on a light
background, besides a dark spot on the end of the
caudal fin; a light band across the back of the
neck, and on the sides of the head often a dark
longitudinal stripe. In the older specimens a more

259

or less pronounced reticular pattern is developed
through the dark edges of the bands, especially on
the front part of the body. The scales in older
specimens are reaching from a little way behind
the base of the pectoral fins to the end of the
tail, or they stop a little in front of the latter, the
belly and fore part of the back being however
naked; no scales on the fins. Lateral line medio-
lateral. App. pyloricæ 2. Size: 245 mm.
В. br. 6; D. 91—96; А. 72—78; P. (19) 20—21.

One single specimen of this new variety was for the first
time caught by the Nathorst-expedition 1899, in Franz Joseph
Fjord, at a depth of 100—110 metres. In 1900, 6 specimens
were caught by the Kolthoff-expedition at 72° 25’ lat. N.
17° 56’ long. W. at a depth of 300 metres, 3 specimens were
caught at 73° 55’ lat. N. 19° 20’ long. W. at a depth of 150 metres,
and 1 specimen at 74° 35’ lat. М. 18° 15’ long. W. (SE. of Pen-
dulum 0), where the depth was 150 metres. The size of these
11 specimens is 61—245 mm.

This variety has a great resemblance to L. reticulatus Reinh.
from West-Greenland, especially with regard to colour pattern
as both of them when they grow older have the dark transverse
bands transformed into a more or less pronounced reticular
pattern; moreover they both have a mediolateral lateral line;
nor can they be distinguished by the numbers of rays in the
fins. On the other hand the var. macrocephalus seems to be
a comparatively large-headed and large-eyed fish, which will be
seen by the following comparison between two male specimens

of about equal size:
L. reticulatus

forma var.

typica macrocephalus
TotalMlensth#in mime se an een 255 245
Length of head......... in °/o of total length 25.1 28.6

Horizontal diameter of eye» » » » » 3.5 4.3

260

L. rossi Malmgr. is also closely related to the here men-
tioned variety, but it has a smaller head (the length of which
amounts to 22.4—25.3 °/o of the total length), and comparatively
small eyes (their horizontal diameter amounts to 3.6—4 °/o of
the total-length); moreover it has on the average fewer rays in
the pectoral fins viz. (17) 18—19(20)').

Lycodes seminudus Reinhardt.

1838. Lycodes seminudus Reinhardt, Kgl. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. VII, p. 223.

1880. L. seminudus Collett, The Norwegian North-Atlantie Expedition, Fishes,
p.113, Pl. IV, Fig. 28.

1901. Г. reticulatus forma seminuda Smitt, Bih. К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
Bd. 27, Afd. IV, №. 4, р. 31 (partim), №. 14—15, 17—18 & 20—22.

The body zoarciform. Of the total-length the
height above anus amounts to 9—10.6 °/o, the
length of the head to 25—28.5 9/0, the horizontal
diameter of the eye to 5.3—3 °/о, the distance be-
tween the end of the snout and anus to 44.6—50.6 9/0,
the length of the pectoral fins to 9.6 —11 °/o. The
colour is uniform greyish-brown, or there are in-
distinct dark transverse bands on trunk and tail,
or there are distinct dark transverse bands (7—9),
and as a rule a light nuchal band. As a rule the
scales stretch to a point above or near anus, rarely
to ‘the end of thie adpressied (peictioraltii nya) Mine
lateral line is mediolateral. "App. pylorice 2. Size
up to 445 mm.

В. Dr 6; 19. ME Os ASE TNS В (920-42.

One specimen was caught by the Nathorst-expedition
1899, south of Shannon О (74° 52’ lat. N. 17° 16' Jong. W.),
at а depth of 350 metres, and 2 specimens in Franz Joseph

! Thanks to Professor Collett's kindness I have had the opportunity of
examining a whole series of L. rossi from Spitsbergen.

261

Fjord at a depth of 760 metres. 4 specimens were caught by
the Kolthoff-expedition 1900, at different places in Franz
Joseph Fjord, at 200—300 metres” depth.

The length of these 7 specimens is 129—280 mm. They
have all distinct dark transverse bands on trunk and tail, and
as a rule light nuchal band.

Lycenchelys kolthoffi n. sp.
Pl. XII, fig. 1.

1901. Lycodes Verrillii Smitt (nec Goode & Bean), Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad,
Handl. Bd. 27, Afd.IV, No. 4, p. 22, fig. 1-—3.

The body anguilliform. The height above anus
amounts to 4.9—5.2 °/o of the total-length. The
head, the length of which amounts to 14.3—14.8 ?/9
of the total-length, is rather broad and flat, the
trunk approaching cylindrical, the tail is of a low
very lengthened form not much compressed except
near the end. The anterior part of the lower-jaw is
situated a good way behind the end of the upper-jaw.
7 cavilies for the lateral line along the upper-jaw
and below the eye. The distance between the end
of the snout and anus amounts to 27.8—28.4 °/o of
the total-length. The distance of the dorsal fin
from the end of the snout amounts to 18.6—18.9 °/o
of the total-length. Colour yellowish-white with
many brown spots which at the posterior end of the
tail ornament both the vertical fins and the body
between them, but on the front part of the tail and
on the trunk proper they are chiefly found on the
dorsal fin, the back and the upper part of the flank;
a dark brown spot on the upper part of the axilla,
and a dark curved band across the pectoral fin on
the membrane between the rays; the upper side of

262

the head brown, its sides and underside whitish; a
dark band from the end of the snout to the eye, a
dark spot behind the eye and another on the gill-
cover. The scales stretch from the end of the tail
to the front part of the dorsal fin or a little past
this place; the belly and lower part of the side of
the trunk (in front of anus) are however naked;
no scales on the fins. The lateral line double,
rather distinct from the opercular flap till towards
anus (the ventral branch), moreover a few pores are
seen along the middle-line (the mediolateral branch).
App. pyloricæ not developed. The size (of the two
males before me) about 130 mm.

В. br. 6; D. са. 124; А. са. 110; Р. 14—15.

Distribution. Northern East-Greenland, са. 160
fathoms.

The Kolthoff-expedition caught 2 specimens (dd) off the
East-Coast of the northern Greenland (72° 25’ lat. N. 17° 56’
long. W.) on July 30 1900; the depth was 300 metres, the
bottom of the sea consisted of stone and sand.

The most important measurements of these specimens are

as follows:
fo) CS
оао rn in mm. 128.5 131.5
Length 0 ИСО na te ee enn Dyed 19 18.75
Distance between end of snout and anus » » 36.5 36.5
Heightaboveganus eee RÆDER » р 6.75 6.5
Distance of dorsal fin from end of snout » » 24.25 24.5
Репа о ресвота esse ee ee Du AD 14.5 13.5
Lengthyotisnout say er TE CCC LT Е 6.3 6.4
Horizontal diameter of eye ............ Dp 3.25 3.25

The North-American Lycodes Verrillii Goode & Bean (Oceanic
Ichthyology, 1895, р. 309, fig. 277), with which Е. A. Smitt (1. с.)
had identified the here mentioned species, is a quite different
species as will be seen by the measurements given below of 2

263

specimens presented by the Smithsonian Institution to the Zoo-
logical Museum of Copenhagen.

L. verrillii Goode & Bean:

q ?
PO CAlATE NOR MEME SANS ARE SAS SEKTEN ELL INTER ER in mm. 135 138
Kensthriotüheaderrrit NO Per OA SE DA LAN UD 26 22
Distance between end of snout and anus.. » » 45 44
Нева во ме а rene ee О 7.25 8.5
Distance of dorsal fin from end of snout.. » » 35 32
ео рес а а DURE D 12 10.5
Horizontal diameter of eye............... ро 5 5.5

Compared with С. verrillii Goode & Bean Г. kolthoffi has:

The body more slender, as the height above anus amounts to
4.9—5.2°/o of the total length (in L. verrillii the corresponding
numbers are 5.5—6.2 °/o).

Anus situated more to the front, its distance from the end
of the snout amounting to 27.8—28.4 °/o of the total-length
(in С. verrillit 31.9—33.8 °/o).

The head comparatively shorter, its length amounting to 14.3—

14.8°/o of the total length (in L. verrillii 19.3 [in 2 16] °/o).

The dorsal fin starting comparatively farther to the front, as its
distance from the end of the snout amounts to 18.6—18.9 °/o
of the total-length (in L. verrillii 23.2—25.9 °/o).

The pectoral fins larger, as their length amounts to 10.3—11.3 %
of the total-length (in L. verrillit 8.3—8.9 °/o).

The eyes comparatively smaller, as their horizontal diameter
amounts to 2.5 °/o of the total-length (in Г. verrillü 3.7—
4 0/0).

Moreover the dark markings form a marble-pattern in L.
kolthoffi, but in Г. verrillii regular transverse bands.

L. kolthoffi is much closer related to L. sarsii Coll., from
which species it is however easily distinguished by its eyes
being comparatively a little smaller, its pectoral fins larger, and

264

its dorsal fin starting more to the front; in a 140 mm. long
L. sarsii &, the horizontal diameter of the eye amounts namely
to 2.9 % of the total-length, the length of the pectoral fin to
7.9°/o, the distance of the dorsal fin from the end of the snout
to 22.2°/o. Moreover the colour pattern is quite different, in
L. kolthoffi very spotted, in L. sarsi on the contrary more uni-
form, only with indistinct shadings down the flanks.

Gymnelis viridis Fabricius.

Angmagsalik. 9—0 fms. 14.9.1900. Eel-seine. 2 specim.
97, 114.5 mm.

Off Henry Land. са. 20 fms. 21.7. 1900. Dredge. 1 specim.
112 mm.

Hekla Havn. 3—6 fms. 20. 8. 1891. 2 specim. 116,
118 mm.

Hekla Havn. 3—9 fms. 9.8. 1891 & 15.3. 1892. 3 specim.
83—106 mm.

Hekla Havn. 3—5 fms. 15. 4.1892. I specim. 107 mm.

SE. of Sabine O. 110 fms. 10.7.1900. Dredge. 1 specim.
82 mm.

Lünnberg (|. с. p.13) mentions it among the fishes caught
by the Kolthoff-expedition 1900, at the North-eastern Green-
land.

There are no colour markings in any of the specimens
from Hekla Havn. The others on the contrary are ornamented
with dark transverse bands; the specimen from Henry Land
has moreover no less than four ocelli on the dorsal fin,
the two front ones situated above anus, the two posterior
ones fully half a head’s length behind them; of the specimens
from Angmagsalik the larger one has an eye-like spot a little
in front of the middle of the whole length of the dorsal fin,
and moreover a row of light spots along the base of the fin

265

situated. just opposite to the light narrow spaces between the
transverse bands; the smaller specimen has two very indistinct
eye-like spots in the front part of the fin, and light perpendic-
ular stripes on the fin, opposite to similar but more strongly
marked ones on the back of the body which divide the dark
transverse bands.

Professor N. Knipowitsch!) has lately pointed out that
the figure in Collett’s work on the fishes of the Norwegian
North-Atlantic Expedition (pl. IV, fig. 32) is not quite correct,
as the snout (in front of the eye) is too long. In the specimens
at my disposal the dorsal fin also as a rule starts farther back
than Collett indicates, namely above the space between anus
and the end of the pectoral fin, sometimes behind, sometimes
in front of the middle of the line which connects these points ;
only in one specimen the dorsal fin is continued as a low fold
to.a point above the hindmost third of the pectoral fin, that is,
as far to the front as Gollett states it in his diagnosis.

Gadidæ.

Gadus callarias Linné.

Graah mentions the common Cod among the fishes which
he saw during his stay on the coast of the South-eastern
Greenland (1. с. р. 194).

Gadus одас Richardson.

1836. Gadus ogac Richardson, Fauna boreali-americana, p. 246.
1842. G.ogat Kroyer, in Gaimard: Voyages en Scandinavie, en Laponie etc.,
Poissons, PI. 19.
Graah mentions this species among the fishes which he
saw on his voyage along the South-eastern Greenland (1. с. р. 194);

1) Zool. Ergebnisse d. Russ. Exped. nach Spitzbergen, Fische; Ann. Musée
Zool. de ГАсаа. Imp. des Sciences St. Pétersbourg, T. VI, 1901, р. 20.

266

there can scarcely be any doubt with regard to the correctness
of the determination, for he makes a distinction between this cod
which he calls «Ogak» according to the statement of the Green-
landers, and the common cod (G. callarias) or «Saraudlik».
G. Holm mentions (l. с. р. 54) «Fjord-Cod» among the
fishes which are found at Angmagsalik, adding that the Eskimo
only get them when the Crested Seal brings them up to the
surface. i have learned by mag. sc. С. Kruuse, that by
Fjord-Cod is meant the cod which the Eskimo call «Uvak», but
this is the same as «Ogak», that is Gadus ogac Rich. Kruuse
did not see it himself during his stay at Angmagsalik, but the
Danes there told him the same about it as Holm states.

Gadus saida Lepechin.

Tasiusak. In crevices by the ice-foot, close under shore
(steep rock). 12.5.1899. 3 specim. 83, 117, 162 mm.

Tasiusak. 5—10fms. Dredging under the ice. 25. 5. 1899.
| specim. 130 mm.

Tasiusak. 10.3.1901. 3 specim. 49,111, 117 mm.

Angmagsalik. 9—0 fms. 14.9. 1900. Eel-seine. 4 specim.
85, 102, 113, 162 mm.

Angmagsalik. 10—0 fms. 16.9. 1900. Eel-seine. 11 specim.
12.5, 80, 83, 92, 96, 100, 102.5, 105.5, 119, 158, 187 mm.

Turner Sund. 2—0 fms. 25.7.1900. Eel-seine. 5 specim.
58.5, 71.5, 86.5, 95.5, 267 mm.

Hekla Havn. 12.8. 1891. 1 specim. 254 mm.

Hekla Havn. 15.9.1891. 2 specim. 110, 132 mm.

Hurry Inlet, the coast of Jameson Land. 7—0 fms.
7.8.1900. Eel-seine. 42 specim. 45—74 mm. 1).

1) The size of this fry is remarkably fluctuating viz: 45, 46, 46, 47, 47.5,
7 60. 805, Oils 82, Os}, 64, 85 55, Sa, 90, DOM, Hl, Ol, Sl, 90, 58,
58, 58.5, 58.5, 60, 60.5, 61.5, 61.5, 61.5, 62, 62, 62, 62, 64, 65, 65.5, 67.
67.5, 68, 71, 74mm. Probably they are all dating from the year before
(I-group).

Hurry Inlet, the south coast of Jameson Land. Just neår
the beach, in very shallow water. 3.8.1891. 2 specim. Fry.
13.5—16 mm.

Hurry Inlet. Atthe surface. 6.7.1900. 1 specim. 73.5 mm.

Hurry Inlet. At the surface. 4. 8. 1900. 1 specim. 185 mm.

Hurry Inlet. In a Bow-net. 4.8. 1900. 1 specim. 223 mm.

Fleming Inlet. 118 fms. 24.8.1900. Dredge. 2 specim.
?—17 mm.

Forsblads Fjord. 90-—50 fms. 50. 8. 1900. Beam-trawl.
4 specim. 70, 71.5, 82.5, 92.5 mm. |

Вау (1. c. p. 54) writes that it was very common in Scoresby
Sund.

It was caught by the Germania-expedition at Sabine O
(«Gadus glacialis n. sp.» Peters l.c. р. 172).

Lénnberg writes (1. с. р. 13), that it was the most frequent
of all the fishes caught by the Kolthoff- expedition 1900, at
the North-eastern Greenland.

Е. Вау (1. с. p. 54) mentions Gadus saida from the field-ice
(68° 43’ lat. N. 19° 14’ long. W.; 75° 30! lat. N. 7° 11’ long. W.)
and both he and Séren Jensen often observed some small
fishes, during their sailing among the field-ice, which they,
undoubtedly correctly, supposed to be G. saida. Jensen
thus writes in his diary (2—6. УП. 1900; ca. 721/2—74'/2°
lat. №. 4?/s—61/e° long. W.): «Often when we struck against
the sheets of ice, a small fish appeared which I suppose to be
Gadus saida. It was sitting on the ice-foot in the corner
between this and the sheet of ice». «These last days where
we have been amongst rather compact ice many small fishes
have been seen (Gadus saida).» «Gadus saida is constantly
seen; in the compact ice where the ship has great difficulty in
getting on it is frequently seen». Similar observations were
made by the Kolthoff-expedition to East-Greenland 1900;

268

Lönnberg writes (l.c. p. 13): «A very interesting observation
was made concerning the habits of the Polar-cod, which was
found abundantly swimming the surface of the sea round the
drifting ice even in such places where the depth of the ocean
was 2000 metres and more». Bay is inclined to believe that
Gadus saida — at least at a young age -— leads a pelagic life.
And Lénnberg writes: «It thus leads sometimes a pelagic
life». Jensen on the contrary in his diary is of the opinion,
that G. saida evidently is no pelagic species whatever, no
more than the Amphipods (and masses of Diatoms) which are
found together with it on the ice-foot; we «have here to do
with a peculiar life of shore species which live out here among
the sheets of ice».

The three largest ones (223, 254, 267 mm.) of the speci-
mens at my disposal are females, while the largest male only
measures 185 mm. In the largest female caught July 25%, the
eggs are 0.35 mm. in diameter; in a 187 mm. long female caught
Sept. 16%, the diameter of the largest eggs is 0.6 mm.

The numbers of rays in 6 specimens are as follows:

DE DEE DE REALE SANS Ро

Angmagsalik ...... 18) 152. US BD ND 0
нони По Пу IG) 9 6

va d MTS и О
ОР AS un CS 1 ПТ 09 О
Неа Havn....... 1 9 1 1972721 197776
Hursy2lnleber. ver 15,720, TM | | AO

The fry (of 45 mm. and more) is pigmented on back and
flanks with dark cross-formed or stellated chromatophores. In
larger young ones the dark chromatophores are sometimes amassed
in some places towards the back, and produce an intimation of
transverse bands; the distal margins of the dorsal fins and partly
also of the anal fins are frequently strongly pigmented.

In fig. 1 a&b, plate XII is represented a young one of the
Polar-cod in natural size (45 mm. long). It reminds us about

269

the fry of Gadus virens by the abundant rather equally distri-
buted pigmentation, but the latter has (at a similar total length)
a very marked longitudinal stripe of closely placed chromato-
phores along the middle-line of the side of the tail. The fry
of the common cod (Gadus callarias) also looks quite different
when of the same size: «The colour is grouped in a charac-
teristic way in dark and light spots on the flanks of the trunk
so as to form a chequered pattern» '). Moreover the fry of
G. saida is characteristic by the slender form and the large
eyes.

Two post-larval Polar-cods have been caught on Aug. 314
1891, in Hurry Inlet at the south-coast of Jameson Land just
near the beach in very shallow water; they were caught there
together with the fry of Cottus quadricornis mentioned p. 237.

The smaller of them is represented in fig. 1a&b, plate Xl.
The length is 13.5 шт. The lower jaw runs steeply upwards
and projects in front of the upper jaw when the mouth is shut.
The median fin stretches from the back of the neck round the
tail and does not stop until just in front of anus. The noto-
chord is continued almost to the posterior margin of the fin,
and is not yet bent upwards; rays for the caudal fin are
developed a little in front of its end, both above and below.
Paired fins have appeared. On each side of the back along the
base of the fin-edgings is a pigmented stripe, and a similar one
on the middle part of the tail, along each side of the under part,
moreover dark chromatophores along part of the middle-line
of the side, on the front part of the tail, partly also under the
middle-line and along a line which almost corresponds with the
upper limit of the abdominal cavity. The upper side of the
head behind the eyes is moreover strongly pigmented.

In the young one which was a little larger, ca. 16 mm. long,

1) Compare С. С. Joh. Petersen, Fra den danske biologiske Station, XI,
1902%p big:

270

one discovers under a strong lens that three dorsal fins and
two anal fins are developing in the form of low ridges at the
base of the median fin — to this my attention was drawn by
Dr. C. G. Joh. Petersen, and I mention it because the spe-
cimen was hereby identified as a Gadus.

The two last named post-larval specimens evidently are
from this year (O-group); concerning the young ones from the
year before, compare the note р. 266—67.

Brosmius brosme Ascanius.

A female specimen ca. 600 mm. long of the Torsk was
brought home by the East-Greenland expedition 1900; it was
presented to the expedition by J. Petersen, commercial manager,
Angmagsalik, and was according to his statement taken from
the mouth of a Crested Seal (Cystophora cristata Erxl.).

It is interesting that the occurrence of the Torsk is hereby
proved; for there can now scarcely be any reason to doubt
that it also lives at West-Greenland which was already said to
be the case by Fabricius (Fauna groenlandica, 1780, p. 149),
but later on considered as doubtful by Lütken (Vidensk. Medd.
Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn., 1881, p. 255).

Onus reinhardti (Kroyer М. $8.) Collett.

1880. Onos reinhardi Collett, The Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition,
Fishes, р. 131, Pl. IV, fig. 34,

Mag. sc. C. Kruuse brought home a specimen of this
Rockling from Kingak (Angmagsivik) in Angmagsalik Fjord. It
was harpooned with arrow by the Greenlanders June 19% 1902,
in small inlets on the promontory which forms the Angmagsæt-
place (that is the place where the Angmagset are caught);
compare Mallotus villosus p. 275.

The following measurements will show the close accordance

271

with the measurements given by Collett (|. с. р. 135) for his

specimens.
Notalslengthey Но 251 mm.
Lensth{ofgnead er cee eee 50 »
Horizontal diameter of eye........... 8.5 »
Henethmofesn OUt оо бобов ae la
Length of postorbital part of head ... 262 »
Height of trunk above anus.......... 50 ›
From end of зпош to ist dorsal ..... AT»
» » oo» Dah eed а en 76 »
» aD » DV GWE vee ows ed ole 115 »
From anus to end of caudal ........ 138 »
Height of caudal peduncle........... 13.75 »
The interorbital width ............ i 10.75 »
Length ofspecterall ............... 5) BOB 0
» ney мерам, ии ede AT »
» » 1st ray of 1st dorsal....... 15.5 »
Macruride.

Macrurus fabric Sundevall.

A female specimen 640 mm. long of this deep-sea fish
was brought to the surface by a Crested Seal (Cystophora cri-
stata) on Sept. 30% 1901, off the mouth of Sermilik close to
Orsuluviak 5. of Tasiusak. Mag. sc. Chr. Kruuse who wintered
that year at Angmagsalik took care of the fish, and brought it

to the Zoological Museum here.

Pleuronectidæ.

Hippoglossus (Platysomatichthys) hippoglossoides Walbaum.

Mag. sc. C. Kruuse brought home 3 small specimens
(150—220 mm.) from Kingak (Angmagsivik) in Angmagsalik Fjord.
They were harpooned with arrow by the Greenlanders on June
19 1902, in small inlets on the promontory which forms the

XXXIX. 18

202

Angmagsæt-place (that is the place where the Angmagsæt are
caught); compare Mallotus villosus p. 275.

С. Holm mentions (1. с. р. 54) Halibut!) among the fishes
found at Angmagsalik adding that the Eskimo get them when
they are brought to the surface by the Crested Seal. I suppose
that by «Halibut» is meant this species whose particular name
generally is «The small halibut» or «Hellefisk».

Drepanopsetta platessoides Fabricius.

Angmagsalik. 15.4.1901. From a Shark’s stomach.

2 specim. Ca. 150—210 mm.

The above mentioned specimens were sent home by Sören
Nielsen (commercial assistant); they are half way digested,
but can with certainty be classified as «Long-Rough Dabs».

Lönnberg (|. с. р. 13) mentions it among the fishes caught
by the Kolthoff-expedition 1900, at the North-eastern Green-
land. According to a communication by letter from Dr. L. it
was caught at 72° 25’ lat. N. 17° 56’ long. W. at a depth of
300 metres. Only 1 specimen was caught.

Paralepidide.
Paralepis kröyeri Lütken.

1842. Paralepis borealis Kroyer (nec Reinhardt) in Gaimard: Voyages en
Scandinavie, en Laponie etc., Poissons, PI. 16, B, Fig. 1.

1891. Paralepis kröyeri Lütken, Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. р. 230.
A specimen of this Paralepid about 263 mm. long was

found dead, drifting in the water in Sermiligak Fjord N. of

Angmagsalik in Sept. 1892. The body is curved and bent so

1) It is not correct when Bay (1. с. р. 58) writes that according to Captain
Holm Hippoglossus vulgaris (Fleming) is found at Angmagsalik. Holm
uses the more vague expression «Halibut».

273

that the measurements cannot be exactly stated. The numbers
of rays in the fins are as follows: D. 10; А. 31; Р. 19; V.9.

Lütken has (1. с. р. 227—231) given a detailed account of
the species, and its relation to P. borealis J. H. Reinhardt, with
which species Kréyer had confounded it.

Salmonidæ.
Salmo alpinus Linné).

Tasiusak. From a lake with salmon-river. 1. 8. 1899.
1 specim. (9). 455 mm.

Tasiusak. From the mouth of the river. Harpooned by
Greenlanders. 1901—02. 3 specim. 125—165 mm.

Sieralik. From small rivers. 20. 7. 1902. 1 specim.
50 mm.

Ikerasausak. From small rivers. 30. 6. 1902. 1 specim.
72 mm.

Angmagsalik. From the salmon-river. 11—18. 9. 1900.
5 specim. 350—390 mm.

Hekla Havn. From a river. 11.8.1891. 6 specim.

Hurry Inlet. In salmon-net by the shore. 9. 8. 1900.
1 specim. (2). 590 mm.

Two small specimens (50—120 mm.) were caught (in July)
by the Germania-expedition, in a fresh-water lake in Sabine O
(Peters 1. с. р. 174, sub nom. ?Salmo Hoodii Rich.).

According to verbal communication from C. Kruuse it is
common in all rivers of ordinary size in the Angmagsalik district,
nay he even saw it in clayey outlets of glacier-streams.

1) As I intend in «Conspectus Faune Groenlandice» to discuss in detail
the whole of our very considerable material of Greenland Salmon, I
shall not here enter into any discussion as to whether we can distinguish
between one or more sub-species.

185

274

At Tasiusak 5. alpinus, according to Bay (l.c. р. 55—57),
migrates in summer from the sea up the rivers and lakes to
propagate. When the expedition arrived at Tasiusak towards the
middle of Sept. 1892, the migration was still going on, but
seemed according to the Greenlanders to have greatly decreased.
Yet no less than 25 fishes were caught on the first day (Sept. 12%)
in a small net placed by a cataract; they were large fishes,
1—1!/4 kilog.; the males especially had splendid colours, and
the hook-shaped jaws characteristic for salmons during the time
of propagation. Already on the next day only 11 were caught,
and during the last part of their stay only a few specimens.
Séren Jensen writes in his diary-notes from Tasiusak, that
the nets are put out at the end of July; not a few are caught
from July to Sept., then the migration stops, and S. alpinus
winters in the lake; when the ice of the river breaks up it goes
to sea again, but it has then become very lean. — On Oct. 2"
1891, Bay saw a rather large number of S. alpinus under the
ice of a fresh-water lake in Danmark 0.

When G. Holm stayed at Angmagsalik (1884—85), the
fishing with nets was evidently unknown, for he writes that
during the summer «Salmon» is caught in the rivers with a
three-branched pitchfork, during the winter through holes in
the ice with a harpoon; sometimes they are also caught by the
aid of a dam which falls dry at low-water, and is placed at the
outlet of a river.

Mallotus villosus O.F. Miller.

Angmagsalik Fjord. 3.6.1899. 2 specim. (dd, 150 mm.)
Angmagsivik. 19.6. 1902. 1 specim. (9, 119 mm.)
Kingorsuak. 29.7.1902. 1 specim. (9, 109 mm.)

The Capelan or «Angmagsak», in plural «Angmagsat» (spoken
«Angmagset»), as it is called by the Greenlanders, is eagerly

sought for during the spring at Angmagsalik?). G. Holm writes
about this |. с. р. 82:

«The Angmagsæt are caught during the spring in the last
half of May and June at Kingak in Angmagsalik Fjord. All the
inhabitants flock together in this place, and the tents are spread
on the hilly ground which is still covered by deep snow.

The Angmagsæt are taken out of the water, from the
boats rowed by women, with large cylindriform scoops a little
more than a foot high and broad fastened to a ca. 15 feet long
stake. The scoop is made of two wooden rings between which
are placed ca. 12 bars. These bars are interwoven with fine
seal-skin straps, the bottom is like-wise formed by a net-work
of the same material. From kayaks the Angmagsæt are taken
with spears formed by thin wooden sticks placed closely together.
Every bit of ground on the rocks or on the grass is employed
for the drying of the fish which is then afterwards arranged,
drawn on strings of skin, and rolled up in large bundles to be
kept for winter supply.»

«The spawn of the Angmagset together with other spawn
collected among the sea-weeds has a fine taste and is a fa-
vourite dish.

The Angmagsæt generally appear before the winter ice is
broken up in the middle part of the fjord, while it is away both
from the inmost and outmost parts. As all the people winter
farther out at the fjord they get to the Angmagset-place by a
combined use of boats, rowed by women, and of sledges.»

C. Kruuse told me that when sailing during the fishing-
season past Kingak, one can see the Angmagset sport by
thousands on the surface of the water near land. He never
observed any exceptional mortality among the fishes during or
after spawning time.

1) All the inhabited district has been named after this fish; Angmagsalik
means namely: «Having Angmagsat».

276

Е. Bay tells (Le. p. 57) that during the stay of the expe-
dition at Angmagsalik (1892) bundles of dried Angmagset were
often seen. On the contrary it was neither seen at Hekla
Havn nor at any other place in or north of Scoresby Sund.

Plagiostomi.

Somniosus microcephalus Bloch & Schneider.

According to Holm the «Greenland Shark» is very common
at Angmagsalik, and C. Kruuse tells me that it goes right up
to the inner part of the fjords. Bay writes (1. с. р. 58): «During
the wintering of the Ryder-expedition in Scoresby Sund (1891
—92) a few were caught near Hekla Havn». He also tells
that a Greenland shark was caught while the ship lay among
the field-ice on July 13% 1891 (75° 6’ lat. N. 10° 29’ long. W.);
according to sealers it is not at all uncommon there.

Holm writes (1. с. p.81) that during the winter the catching
of sharks is often of great importance for the Angmagsaliks: «A
large opening in the ice is made, and some old blubber fastened
to a stone is let down into the water. Above this is placed
some seal’s flesh from which the blood is slowly running into
the water. The catching takes place when it gets dark, then
the Greenlanders run about on the ice and scream to entice
the sharks to come to the surface. Once there they remain
there quite quietly, and allow themselves to be harpooned. The
catch is often so rich that they stop it on account of the
abundance of the spoil. The women often take part in this
catch».

gr

i j dk, x:

Hal

ran)

Any

URL 3
у Зо

ВЯ
i

nova

Fig. Та.

Plate XI.

Post-larval Polar-cod, Gadus saida Lep. August 3, 1891. East-
Greenland (Hurry Inlet, the south coast of Jameson Land just near
the beach, in very shallow water). P. 269.

. The same, dorsal view.

Young Four-horned Cottus, Cottus quadricornis L. August 3, 1891.
East-Greenland (Hurry Inlet, the south coast of Jameson Land just
near the beach, in very shallow water). Р. 237—238.

Young Four-horned Cottus, Cottus quadricornis L., somewhat older.
August 7, 1900. East-Greenland (Hurry Inlet, in pools on the
beach). P. 238.

. The same, dorsal view.

Young Sea-scorpion, Cottus scorpius L. var. groenlandica Lütk.
August 5, 1899. East-Greenland (Kangerdlugsuatsiak). P. 238.
Young Icelus bicornis Reinh. West-Greenland (Egedesminde). P. 239.
Young Gymnacanthus tricuspis Reinh. West-Greenland (The har-
bour of Proven). Р. 238—239.

The appended line indicates the natural size.

1
|
|
|

:dynoS чорт NZ | CPU III EDEL

DOC ne : | es A St AA 24074949 wo 20592) PPP ON

ee

he

ie on?

Plate XII.

Young Polar-cod, Gadus saida Lep., nat. size. August 7, 1900.
East-Greenland (Hurry Inlet, Jameson Land near the beach). P. 268
— 269.

The same, dorsal view.

Artediellus uncinatus Reinh., the male, nat. size. West-Greenland.
P. 242 —244.

. Artediellus uncinatus Reinh., the female, nat. size. West-Greenland.

Р. 242—244.

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. _Тау. XI.

ны

STEER GR
Ро

Та 1b

Pacht & Crone phototyp.

Th. Bloch del.

Plate XIII.

Fig. 1. Lycenchelys kolthoffi п. sp. nat. size. East-Greenland (72° 25’ М.
17° 56’ W.), 300 metres. P. 261.

- 2a&b. Lycodes reticulatus Reinh. var. п. macrocephalus, nat. size.
North-eastern Greenland. Р. 258.

“dh о
303049 э4045 7 34984 эр 49018 “YL

16

UGS NAIL "XIXX PUEIUDID) wo JS T2PPÈN

NT.

Weitere Beiträge

Fauna des dura von Nordost-Groenland.

Prof. Dr. E. Fraas in Stuttgart.

Vom Herrn N. Hartz wurden mir 2 Fundstücke zur Be-
stimmung tibergeben, welche derselbe seiner Angabe gemäss
auf Jameson Land am Scoresby Sund, c. 70° n. B., während
der dänischen Expedition nach Nordost-Groenland im Jahre
1900 gesammelt hatte. Dieselben stammen aus dem jurassischen
Sandstein!), dessen marine Fauna von Lundgren?) auf Grund
der Aufsammlungen von Bay und Hartz in den Jahren 1891
—1892 bearbeitet worden ist.

1. Fussspur eines Dinosauriers.

Der Abdruck eines Fusses, welcher als Positiv, d. h. als
Vertiefung auf der Sandsteinplatte erhalten ist, zeigt 4 deutlich
ausgepragte Zehen-Eindrücke, welche zweifellos von dem Ab-
druck eines einzigen Fusses herrühren (Fig. 1). Von diesen
Eindrücken liegen 3 bei einander und bilden den vorderen Rand

1) Der Fussspur des Dinosauriers wurde in einer losliegenden
Steinplatte auf Neills Felsen am Dinosaurus-Flusse, с. 9 kilom. nördlich
von Kap Stewart, c. 35 Meter ü. d. M. gefunden.

Der Wirbelkörper von Ophthalmosaurus fand sich (mit Am-
moniten, Belemniten und einer Gasteropode zusammen) in einem sehr
glimmerreichen, leicht verwitternden Thon-Schiefer, 550—580 Meter u. а. M.
an der Vardekloft, 17 kilom. nôrdlich von Kap Stewart. Alle diese Fos-
silien waren in Konkretionen eingebettet. N. Hartz.

B. Lundgren, Anmärkningar om några Jurafossil fran Kap Stewart i
Ost-Grönland. Meddelelser om Grönland Bd. XIX, 1896, pag. 189 ff.

n
—

280

des Fusses mit 3 Zehen, wåhrend der 4. Eindruck median, aber
weit zurück liegt und nicht von einem Ballen sondern nur von
einer rückwärts gestellten Zehe herrühren kann. Die 3 vorderen
Eindrücke sind ziemlich gleichartig gestaltet und bestehen aus
einer ovalen Vertiefung, welche nach vorne in einem gerundeten
Winkel verläuft, und dieser Punkt bezeichnet auch diejenige
Stelle, wo sich die Zehe am tiefesten in den Boden eingegraben
hat. Ein mit einer kurzen spitzigen Kralle versehener Fuss

Fig. 1.

konnte eine solche Vertiefung erzeugen, welche durch späteres
Zusammenfliessen des sandigen Bodengrundes etwas an Deut-
lichkeit einbüsste und eine abgerundete Form annahm. Auffallend
ist die rückwärts gelegene Vertiefung, welche eine quergestellte
schwach gebogene sichelförmige Gestalt zeigt und zwar so, dass
der Schwerpunkt der Vertiefung nach vorne gerichtet ist. Eine
nach rückwärts gestellte Zehe mit einer ausgeflachten Kralle
könnte beim Sprunge einen derartigen Eindruck erzeugen, da
dabei die Kralle stark eingegraben und zugleich nach vorne

281

gepresst wurde. Die Dimensionen der Fusspur sind folgende:
Die vorderen Vertiefungen sind 12—14 mm lang und 5—6 mm
breit: der gegenseitige Abstand betrågt 11 mm, wåhrend die
gesammte Spannweite der Fåhrte am Vorderrande 50 mm misst.
Der hintere Eindruck ist 18 mm breit und mit seinem Vorder-
"rande 65 mm von dem vorderen Rande des mittleren Zehen-
eindruckes entfernt.

Diese geringen Grössenverhältnisse weisen auf ein Thier
von mässiger Grösse, aber mit sehr characteristischem Fuss hin.

ur

=

re

cé;

Fig. 2.

Die erste Zehe (Hallux) war nach rückwärts gerichtet und mit
breiter Kralle versehen (Fig. 2): beim Sprung trat dieselbe ener-
gisch in Thatigkeit und grub sich am tiefsten ein. Nach vorne
finden wir 3 Zehen gerichtet und annahernd gleich gespreitzt,
jedoch beim Sprung etwas ungleich aufgesetzt, indem die End-
phalange der zweiten Zehe in der Axe des Fingers gestellt war,
wahrend die dritte und vierte Zehe etwas nach aussen seitlich
auswichen. Eine fünfte Zehe war nicht vorhanden oder jeden-
falls so rudimentar, dass sie beim Auftreten den Boden nicht
berührte. Ein derartiger Bau der Fusses ist sehr aussergewöhnlich

282

und ich kenne keine Faehrte, welche sich mit dem vorliegenden
Stücke in Einklang zu bringen wåre. Dagegen sind uns wohl
derartige Füsse mit 3 nach vorne und einer nach hinten ge-
richteten Zehe in der Paläontologie bekannt, sie gehören theils
den Vögeln theils den Dinosauriern an. Unter den Vögeln
würde der Fuss von Archaeopteryx den Anforderungen für die
Bildung der vorliegenden Fährte entsprechen, nur beim Hallux
wäre ein anderer mehr nach der Längeaxe des Fusses aus-
gegrabener Eindruck zu erwarten. Auch glaube ich, dass über-
haupt der Abdruck eines Vogelfusses, der stets mit der ganzen
Sohle auf den Boden drückt, sich anders gestalten müsste, als
diese, offenbar von einem springenden oder hüpfenden Thiere
herrührende Fährte.

Unter den Dinosauriern war diese Art der Bewegung viel-
fach ausgebildet und der Hinterfuss von Compsognathus zeigt
auch neben den 3 wohlentwickelten Zehen II—IV eine freilich
rudimentäre erste Zehe, dei jedoch noch mit Phalangen
und Kralle versehen war. Erst in neuerer Zeit wurde durch
Osborn?) infolge sorgfältiger Ausgrabungen die genaue Anatomie
des Fusses gewisser Dinosaurier bekannt und die Verhältnisse,
welche nach ihm ein carnivorer Dinosaurier («wahrscheinlich
Allosaurns») aufweisst, entsprechen vollständig dem Bilde,
das wir uns auf Grund der Fährte von dem entsprechenden
Fusse gemacht haben. Der Hallux ist bei diesen Arten kräftig
entwickelt und beim Sprung musste sich derselbe ungemein
kräftig in der Boden eingraben. Die 3 übrigen Zehen sind ganz
wie bei unserer Fährte nach vorne gestellt und gespreitzt;
alle sind mit spitzigen Krallen versehen. Nun stimmen
freilich die Grössenverhältnisse nicht, indem Allosaurus und
seine Verwandten gewaltige Riesen von 6—8 m Länge waren,

1) Н. Е. Osborn, Fore and hind limbs of Carnivorous and Herbivorous
Dinosaurs from the Jurassic of Wyoming. Bulletin of the American
Museum of Nat. Hist. Vol. ХИ, Art. XI, р. 161—172, New York, Okt. 30,
1899.

283

deren Pfoten 8 mal die uns vorliegende an Gråsse übertreffen,
aber das hat wenig zu sagen, denn es gab wohl sicher auch
kleine junge Thiere dieser Gruppe oder ihr nahe verwandte
kleine Arten.

Ich komme zu dem Schlusse mit der Behauptung, dass
die vorliegende Fåhrte von einem kleinen Dinosaurier her-
ruhrt, der entsprechend den carnivoren Dinosauriern eine
springende Bewegungsart hatte und in der Anatomie
seines Fusses die grôsste Ahnlichkeit mit den von
Osborn beschriebenen Allosaurus-Arten zeigte. |

2. Wirbel von Ophthalmosaurus (Baptanodon).

In einer Sandstein-Geode eingeschlossen wurde ein isolirter
Wirbel-Körper (Fig. 3, 4) gefunden, welcher sich nach seiner
tief amphicoelen Gestalt sofort als der eines Ichtyosauriers
bestimmen liess. Beim Aufschlagen der Geode ist der Wirbel
theilweise verloren gegangen, aber die noch erhaltene Hälfte,
verbunden mit dem Abdruck im Gestein lassen noch eine sichere
Bestimmung zu. Obgleich der Rand der Wirbelkörpers nicht
blosgelegt worden konnte, so ist doch nach der kreisrunden
Gestalt mit annähernder Sicherheit anzunehmen, dass es sich
um einen vorderen Schwanzwirbel handelt, da bei allen
Rumpf- und Halswirbeln die kräftige Ausbildung der seitlichen
Fortsätze dem Wirbelkörper einen mehr oder minder eckigen
Umriss verleiht.

Die Masse ergeben einen Durchmesser der Scheibe von
55 mm bei einer Dicke am äusseren Rande von 22 mm. Der
Wirbel-Körper ist so tief amphicoel, dass in der Mitte eine
kaum 1/2 mm dicke Knochenschichte übrig bleibt, wie sich
beim Zusammenfügen der Doppelkegels, den der Abdruck bildet,
erkennen lässt. Die Knochensubstanz ist vorzüglich erhalten
und zeigt das für die Ichthyosaurswirbel characteristische Gefüge.

284

Es ist nun zwar eine etwas missliche Sache aus dem doch
recht indifferenten Wirbelkörper eine nähere Bestimmung dieses
Ichthyosauriers vornehmen zu wollen und doch ist die ausser-
gewöhnlich flache scheibenförmige Gestalt mit einem Verhält-
nisse von Lange zur Breite wie 2:5 ein Merkmal, das nur
wenigen Arten zukommt. Man kånnte unter den liassischen
Arten am meisten die langschwänzigen Formen, wie Ichthyosaurus
longirostris, planartus, hexagonus u.a. beiziehen, aber bei allen

Fig. 3.

diesen ist der Wirbelkörper auch im Schwanztheile viel eckiger
oder an den Kanten abgeflacht gestaltet, ebenso wie die Ver-
knöcherung im centralen Theile kräftiger ist. Vorzüglich da-
gegen stimmt der Wirbelkörper mit denen des amerikanischen
Baptanodon Marsh!) überein, den ich auf Grund eingehender
Untersuchungen für vollständig ident mit Ophthalmosaurus
Seeley”) halte, welchem Namen die Priorität gebührt. Bei diesen
Formen des englischen und des amerikanischen unteren Oxford

1) Americ. Journ. of Sciences and arts 1879, Vol. XVII und 1880, Vol. XIX.
*) Quart. journ. geolog. Soc. 1874, XXX, p. 696.

285

finden wir dieselben flachen Wirbel-Körper mit kreisrunder Um-
randung und äusserst dünner centraler Verknåcherung, so dass ich
nicht anstehe, den Wirbelkörper von Jameson Land für denjenigen
eines den amerikanischen und englischen Arten von Ophthalmo-
saurus sehr nahe stehenden Ichthyosauriers zu erklären.

Die beiden Fundstücke, die Fährte eines carnivoren Dino-
sauriers wie der Wirbel eines Ophthalmosaurns sind zwar an

sich sehr unbedeutend, aber sie stimmen doch vorzüglich mit
der von Lundgren beschriebenen Fauna überein. Ich hatte
im Jahre 1901 Gelegenheit, den amerikanischen Jura von Wyoming
und Colorado naher kennen zu lernen und bin erstaunt, wie
sehr die Fauna von Kap Stewart mit derjenigen der Baptanodon-
Schichten (Shirley Stage) Wyomings tibereinstimmt. Ohne naher
darauf einzugehen, denn hierzu ware eine sorgfältige Prüfung
des Originalmateriales nothwendig, will es mir scheinen, als ob
auch hier, wie in Wyoming der marine Jura dem unteren Oxford
(Lamberti-Cordatus-Zone) angehören würde.

Vil.

Indhold.

. Mammals observed on Amdrup’s journeys to East Greenland 1898

4000 EBV Serene ее

. Echinoderms from East Greenland. By Th. Mortensen. (Hertil

Mayen SIT) ERREUR EA fen iy a ee A ES Ce a

. The Tertiary Fauna at Kap Dalton in East Greenland. By J.P. J.

Ravn 3 (Hertilioavle TE) pa enim nn a AA.

. Birds of East Greenland. Ву H. Deichmann. ...................
. On Jurassic Fossils from East Greenland. By Victor Madsen. (Her-

GMA ME Xs og ео
The Fisches of East Greenland. By Ad, S. Jensen. (Hertil Tavle
IS er eat i EE ea ir ne Lee NEE

VIII. Weitere Beitrage zur Fauna des Jura von Nordost Groenland. Von

Pot Dr“ oEraassın® Stuttgarter re

Side

141

217

bone
t

ei

pan &

Vineet

Nes ¥

a

ERAT D
| BØ | \ |

Meddelelser om Gronland,

udgivne af

Commissionen for Ledelsen af de geologiske og geographiske
Undersøgelser i Grønland,

Ni og tyvende Hefte.
2den Afdeling.

Med 1 Tavle.

=
W

Kjebenhavn.

I Commission hos C. A. Reitzel.
|

|

x 3 a,

Pris: 4 Kr. 50 Øre.

Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri.

Hos (С. A. Reitzel faas folgende af Commissionen udgivne Skrifter:

Gieseckes mineralogiske Rejse i Grønland (Bericht einer mineralogischen Reise
in Grønland, 1806—1813) med biografiske Meddelelser om Giesecke af
F. Johnstrup, samt et Tillæg om de grønlandske Stednavnes Retskrivning
og Etymologi af Dr. H. Rink. Med 3 Kort. 1878. Kr. 7.

Meddelelser om Grønland.

I. Undersøgelser i Godthaabs og Frederikshaabs Distrikter (Indlandsisen) i
1878 ved Jensen, Kornerup, Lange og Hoffmeyer. Med 6 Tavler og 3 Kort.
1879. Andet Oplag. 1890. Kr. 6.

II. Undersøgelser i Julianehaabs (Sandstenen og Syeniten), Holstensborgs
og Egedesmindes Distrikter i 1876 og 1879 ved Steenstrup, Kornerup,
Jensen, 6. Holm og Lorenzen. Med 8 Tav. 1881. Kr. 6. Udsolgt.

Ш. Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae. 1ste og 2den Afdeling: Fanerogamer og
Karsporeplanter ved Joh. Lange; Grønlands Mosser ved Joh. Lange og С. Jensen.
1880—87. 3die Afdeling: Lichener, Svampe og Havalger, samt Tillæg til
Fanerogamer og Karsporeplanter ved Deichmann Branth, Grønlund, Kolderup
Rosenvinge og Rostrup. Med 2 Tavler og 3 Kort. 1887—94. Kr. 14.

IV. Undersøgelser i Jakobshavns, Ritenbenks, Umanaks og Uperniviks Di-
strikter samt paa Øen Disko (Isbræer, Basalt og tellurisk Jern) i 1878—80
ved Hammer, Steenstrup og Lorenzen. Med 7 Tavler og 1 Kort. 1883.
Andet Oplag. 1893. Kr. 6.

V. Forsteningerne i Kridt- og Miocenformationen i Nord-Grønland ved Steen-
strup, 0. Heer og de Lorol. Med 2 Tavler og 1 Kort. 1883. Andet
Oplas 1898. К. 6.

Tillæg til У. Afbildninger af Grønlands fossile Flora ved Oswald Heer. 4°. Med
Titelkobber, 100 Tavler og 1 Kort. 1883. Kr. 30. Udsolgt.

VI. Forberedelser til Undersøgelsen af Grønlands Østkyst ved Wandel og Nor-
mann, og Undersøgelse af Ruinerne i Julianehaabs Distrikt 1880 og 1881
ved &. Holm. Med 35 Tavler og 2 Kort. 1883. Andet Oplag. 1894. Kr. 6.

VIL Undersøgelser af Grønlandske Mineralier ved Lorenzen og Rørdam; de
hydrografiske Forhold i Davis-Strædet ved Wandel; entomologiske Under-
søgelser ved Lundbeck; Bemærkninger til Kortet fra Tiningnertok til
Julianehaab af Bloch; Bidrag til Vestgrønlændernes Anthropologi ved
Søren Hansen. Med 14 Tavler og 2 Kort. 1882—93. Kr. 6.

VIIL Undersøgelser i Distrikterne ved Disko-Bugten, i Holstensborgs, Sukker-
toppens, Godthaabs og Uperniviks Distrikter i Aarene 1883—1887 ved
Hammer, Jensen, Ryder, Lange, Warming, Th. Holm, Rørdam, Rink og
Carlheim-Gyllenskéld. Med 21 Tavler 1889. Kr. 6.

IX—X. Den østgrønlandske Expedition i Aarene 1883—1885 (Angmagsalik)
ved 6. Holm, У. Garde, Knutsen, Eberlin, Steenstrup, $. Hansen, Lange,
Rink, Willaume-Jantzen og Crone. Med 59 Tavler. 1888—89. Kr. 20.

XI. The Eskimo tribes, their distribution and characteristics, especially in
regard to language. Af Dr. I. Rink. Med et Supplement og 1 Kort.
1887—91. Kr.7 Udsolgt.

ХИ. Om Grønlands Vegetation af Eug. Warming. 1888. Kr. 3.50.

ХШ. Bibliographia Groenlandica ved Р. Lauridsen. 1890. Kr. 3.50.

XIV. Undersøgelser af Grønlandske Nefelinsyeniter af N. V. Ussing. Minera-
logiske Undersøgelser i Julianehaab-Distrikt af Gust. Flink. Undersøgelser i
Egedesminde-Distrikt i 1897 af Frode Petersen, Helgi Pjetursson og С, Kruuse.
Med 12 Tavler. 1898. Kr. 8.

IX.

On the Mollusea of East-Greenland

Lamellibranchiata.

With an introduction on Greenland’s fossil Molluse-

Fauna from the quaternary time.
By

Adolf Severin Jensen.

1905.

væk 19

On the fossil quaternary Mollusc-Fauna of Greenland.

One of the problems which most has taken up my
thoughts during my work with the Greenland mollusc-fauna is
the question: why has the small polar-sea-mussel Yoldia arctica
died out in the southern West-Greenland?

That Yoldia arctica quite has disappeared from the coast
of the southern West-Greenland I consider most probable.
In the previous lists over Greenland’s mollusc-fauna by Beck,
Mörch and Posselt, Yoldia arctica is certainly put down as
a recent form from some more particularly mentioned localities
of the coast area colonized by Denmark, but the specimens
which form the basis of these statements are either fossil or
of a very old appearance, and they can consequently not be
taken as a proof of the present occurrence of the species there.
And it was only «fragments» which Sutherland dredged at
Hunde-Eiland. ‘The where-about of the southern limit of its
present distribution I cannot indicate. I have myself seen recent
specimens taken in Murchison-Sound (between 77°—78° N.) by
the late Swedish zoologist A. Ohlin, but the species is also
mentioned Бу D. Walker from Melville-Bay !).

It is true that the animal life in the South-Greenland

1) Comp. besides my treatise: «Om Molluskerne i de hævede Lag ved
Bulandshofdi» (Overs. Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1904,
Nr. 6) where, on p. 12—18 (386—392), I have given a survey over the
present distribution of Yoldia arctica.

19%

290

fjords has not yet been so systematically explored, that we
dare take it for granted that Yoldia arctica does not occur
there at all. On the other hand the energetic collectors of the
past century such as Amondsen, С. Holbôll, Н.Р. С. МоПег
and О. Torell have together with later expeditions from Swe-
den, Denmark and Germany procured so considerable a material
to the determination of the general character of the fauna that
we with certainty may say that Yoldia arctica has no extensive
distribution there, and even if Yoldia arctica one day should be
found surviving in some or other corner of a fjord, this would
not change the principal fact, viz. that in opposition to the
present time Yoldia arctica was formerly commonly
distributed at the southern West-Greenland. That
this has been the case may be concluded from the fact that
Yoldia arctica has frequently been taken in the raised layers
at Disco-Bay, both on the island Disco and on the opposite
shore: a part of Greenland which has especially been object of
investigation. Thus I have been able to examine Yoldia arctica
from the following more particularly stated localities: clay-
terraces at the inner end of the Sydostbugt (Sylow); Orpigsuit
5. of Christianshaab, till 50 feet above the sea level (N. Hartz);
Kiakusuk N. of Christianshaab, 60 feet above the sea level (M.
C. Engell); the Lerbugt at Claushavn (Pfaff); Niakornak at
Jakobshavn, 140 feet above the sea level (K.J. У. Steenstrup);
Iginiarfik at Disco Fjord, ca. 28 feet above the sea level (K. J.
V. Steenstrup).

And it was a well developed form of Yoldia arctica which at
that time lived at this coast, its length was up to 25 mm., a size
which the species only obtains at a so high-arctic coast as the
northern East-Greenland (comp. p. 318). It cannot be doubted that
the Yoldia arctica which are found in these raised claybeds originate
from a period of the quaternary time where West-Greenland’s
climate had a still more arctic character than at present.

Must we then think that Yoldia arctica at present cannot

291

thrive at the southern West-Greenland? I do not believe it.
On another occasion I have recently compiled all the information
at hand regarding the distribution of Yoldia arctica'). It
appears from this that this small bivalve demands in order to
thrive a slight yearly variation in the temperature of the
water, namely from its absolute minimum which is about at
— 2°6 С. toca. + 2°5C. Such low temperatures occur however
just in the South-Greenland fjords at the depths at which
Yoldia arctica lives, viz. at ca. 3—118 fms. We know this
from the measurements of temperature taken with Negretti and
Zambra’s inverting-thermometer by J. A. D. Jensen and by R.
В. J. Hammer. I allow myself here to copy the temperature
statements for the summer:

Place. Date. Depth in fms. Temperature.
Nagsugtok, 67° 40° N.?) 16. VII 1879. 5 28° C.
= — — 10 io =
== — = 20 09° -
= = — 30 10° -
= — 19. VII 1879. 10 TENUE
— — — 20 049 -
= — — 30 02° -
— — — 40 — 0:1° -
Niakungunak, 64° 53’ М. 3) 24. УП 1885. 20 Aa SE
(= Fiskefjord) — — 50 01° -
— — — 92 — 0:3° -
= — 25. VII 1885. 20 1:6° -
= — — 30 Sig =
= — — 50 03° -
— — < 100 — 03°
Godthaabs-Fjord *) 7. УШ 1885. 50 14° -
= — 100 049 -
= 4. IX 1885. 50 229) p=
— — 100 le

In the winter, 1879—80 the following temperatures were
taken in Jakobshavn’s Ice Fjord’):

1) Jensen, l. с.

2) Medd. om Grønland, II, 1881, р. 207—208.
3) Ibid. VIII, 1889, р. 83—84.

4) Ibid. p. 97.

5) Ibid. IV, 1883, p. 28.

292

Depth in fms. 3. XI 6. XI 8. XI. 10. XI. 24. IV. 8. V. 9%.

Ос DO ON о А een ap a 99 00
Se i NN = 199) OO" eb

(Oo O3 ооо ЗЫ —0°2 090
908. Con 000 ee 02

RE a er Et —0° 3

В = 093—099 оч 0° 3
LOI br sogn le 1° 0 1° 0

pe EN Wp ine SRE SEN ENN SEN CN Me 0° 0

BON AN АО EL ET RENTE 0° 5

BON et RENNEN —0° 0

Ton andre. 0° 3 OP Aa. 1° 6
Sie 097

CO rt RS Ne RE er Е eC Per ER Nee desert 0? 8

ЧО Pe SE). Е 191

а. 10 eee 0° 4

Now we might perhaps зиррозе that the melting of the ice
which undoubtedly at present is more considerable than during
the period of maximum glaciation, and therewith following reduc-
tion of the salinity of the water have driven Yoldia arctica away
from the south-western coast of Greenland. This can, however,
not have caused the extinction of Yoldia arctica, as observations
from other places teach us that this small bivalve is an «eury-
halin» form which will thrive equally well where the salinity
is very slight, e. g. near glaciers and at the outlets of large
rivers, and where the water is of very high salinity (more than
35 %oo, acc. to N. Knipowitsch).

I have for a long time thought that Yoldia arctica is ex-
tinct at the south-western Greenland for the reason that
the temperature of the water during a period of the
post-glacial time passed the limit at which this
bivalve can live, and that Yoldia arctica has had no
opportunity of migrating south and recover the lost
area afterwards when the conditions again had be-
come favourable.

But if a warmer period had existed it would have left some
traces. We know that climatic oscillations cause migrations of
animals and we might expect that some southern forms would
have appeared and again have retired.

293

I think we find an example of this in Cyprina islandica L.
In a short treatise!) I have settled that this well-known bivalve
is a typical boreal form. The northern limit -of its distri-
bution may be drawn from the upper «warm» area of the White-
Sea and the Murman-Coast north of Iceland to the New-Found-
land-Bank and the southern part of St. Lawrence-Bay. Dead
shells of Cyprina islandica have, however, several times been
taken at the southern West-Greenland (at the colony Jakobs-
havn and in the Davis-Strait) where the species does not live
at present. They originate thus from a warmer period of Green-
land’s history. Unfortunately we do not know the beds in
which the shells have been deposited >).

On the other hand we may point out the situation of some
layers in which shells occur of another bivalve from a warmer
period viz. Anomia ephippium L. This bivalve is like the
preceding species a boreal form. At Europe it stops at the
Murman-Coast and at the «warm» area of the White-Sea. It
does not invade the eastern Murman-Sea which forms a part
of the Arctic-Sea’s «cold» area and with regard to the fauna
is characterized by the fact that the boreal animal forms dis-
appear and are replaced by high-arctic ones). On the America
side it is going a little further north than Cyprina islandica viz.
to the coast of Labrador, but it has never been taken living
at the Greenland coast. Fossil it has on the contrary been
taken in two places on Greenland’s west-coast by J.A.D. Jensen.

1) Ad. S.Jensen: Studier over nordiske Mollusker. Il. Cyprina islandica.
Vidensk. Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1902, p. 33.

The shell of Isocardia cor previously mentioned by W. С. Brögger
and by myself (1. e. 1902, р. 41) was recorded to have been taken by
the Swedish Expedition of 1871 in the Davis-Strait. However, having
visited the Riks-Museum in Stockholm | have arrived at the conclusion
that it ought not to be taken into consideration, as an error in label
possibly has taken place.

N. Knipowitsch: Zur Kenntniss der geologischen Geschichte der Fauna
des Weissen und des Murman-Meeres; Verhandl. Kais. Russ. Mineralog.
Gesellsch. St. Petersburg, Bd. XXVIII, No. 1, 1900.

2

és
=

294

It was first taken at Ikertok-Fjord, 66° 45’ N., in an old raised
beach till a height of ca. 25 feet. Later on it was found on
the small island Nepisat, which is situated ca. 5 miles from the
mouth of the Evigheds-Fjord, on the southern side of the fjord
and ca. 65° 50' N. The raised beach formed here a slope
which was ca. 15 feet high"). Two valves are at hand from
the first place and one from the latter >).

If we would be very sceptic we might of course make the
objection, that the occurrence of Anomia in the raised layers
really do not prove that the layers have been deposited during
a more genial climate, as it is a well-known fact that Anomeu
is no free-living mollusc. It attaches itself to all kinds of
objects at the bottom of the sea, among others to sea-weed.
For this reason it might be supposed to have floated with
sea-weed from the American to the Greenland coast. I have
myself felt this weakness in the argumentation and therefore
hesitated in calling the attention to these finds of the southern
Anomia.

A find has however of late come to my knowledge which,
according to my opinion, seems to make it beyond any doubt that
Greenland during a period of the quaternary time has had a
warmer marine climate than at present. I have during the
later years asked our Greenland visiting naturalists to collect
shells from raised beaches and terraces, and among those who
have complied with my request Dr. M.C.Engell has, according
to my opinion, succeeded in making an interesting and im-
portant find.

The locality is situated at «the great lake» at 68° 37.5' М.
inside the Orpigsôk or Orpigsuit-Fjord south of Christianshaab.

1) Both localities have been mentioned by J. A. D. Jensen in Medd. om
Grønland, VIII, 1889, p. 49 and p. 73.

2) These Anomia-shells are kept in the Mineralogical Museum of the
University. Prof. N. V. Ussing has given me the most liberal access
to the whole material of subfossil shells from Greenland, contained in
the said Museum.

295

Dr.Engell describes the conditions in the following manner"):
«West of the great lake we find a raised sea-bed. One meter
above the surface in the great lake is a sandy layer where
the common mussel occur in such abundance that they in
some places form a shell layer. I might in several places
around the lake point out traces of this raised sea-bed, but it
was only on the western side that I found fossils. The surface
of the raised sea-bed . . . is overlaid by a deposit consisting
of sand, gravel and rough stones». On the accompanying chart
(Tavle Ш) the surface of the great lake is indicated to be
10 meters above the sea-level, the mussel-layer is thus situated
ca. 11 meters above the sea-level.

Dr. Engell brought home from this locality some shells of
the mussel (Mytilus edulis L.); they originate from grown up
specimens of a length up to 73 mm.; they are as yet partly
united and filled with sand and fine gravel. In a small sample
of the layer I moreover found the following species:

Tellina balthica L. A specimen with united valves. Tel-
lina calcaria Chemn. A very small specimen. Saxicava arc-
tica L. Mya truncata L. Littorina rudis Mat. Littorina
obtusata L. var. palliata Say. Balanus sp. —

Besides Dr. Engell brought two other valves. Before I
informed him to which species they belonged and which con-
clusions might be drawn from them I questioned him as to
their origin pretending that I took it for granted that these
shells by chance had come among the samples from Greenland,
but Dr. Engell persisted in saying that he had brought them
home from his first Greenland voyage (1902), he was even able
with certainty to remember the locality where he had taken
them: they were lying in loose sand over the mussel-layer at the
before mentioned great lake, 11—12 meters above the sea level,
and the bed was to be seen on the surface.

1) М. С. Engell: Undersøgelser og Opmaalinger ved Jakobshavns Isfjord
— og i Orpigsuit i Sommeren 1902; Medd. om Grønland, XXVI, 1904 (p. 64).

296

Ås every possibility of mistake seemed to be out of the
question I no longer concealed for Dr. Engell that the valves
he had found originated from Zrphaea crispata and that the
occurrence of this bivalve proved the layer to be deposited
during more genial climatic conditions than we find at Green-
land at present.

The one is a right valve, the other a left of a length of
respectively 48 and 65 mm.; they are without periostracum and
bleached, but otherwise well preserved; one shows holes made by
the polychætous Annelid: Polydora ciliata Johnst. On the valves
was left a little of the surrounding soil consisting of coarse sand
whose mineralogical composition, after an examination by Mr. O.
В. Böggild, fully agrees with the material from the mussel-layer.

That Zirphaea (Pholas) crispata L. no longer lives at
Greenland may be regarded as a fact. Surely we do not often
get living specimens of this burrowing bivalve in the dredge;
more frequently we dredge its dead valves or find these washed
ashore. But in no respect the least trace of Zirphaea crispata
is at hand from Greenland.

The American authors agree that the northern limit of
the present distribution of this bivalve is in the eastern Canada
at Gulf of St. Lawrence (Rimouski)'). Its proper home is at
New-England. The southern limit cannot be fixed.

On the European side of the Atlantic it is distributed from
the western France to the northern Norway, where it has
been found in a few localities in the West-Finmark, but not
in the East-Finmark ”). It lives moreover at the south-western
Iceland where it was observed by Eggert Olafsen?).

1) Verrill & Smith: Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard
Sound and adjacent waters, 1894, р. 377; J. W. Dawson: The Canadian
Ice Age, 1894, р. 227; Whiteaves: Catalogue of the Marine Inverte-
brata of Eastern Canada, 1901, p. 151.

2) G. 0. Sars: Mollusca Regionis Arcticae Norvegiae, 1878, p. 97.

3) Olafsen: Reise igjennem Island, 2. D., 1772, р. 1009 (Pholas... truncata.
Tab. XI, Fig. 3, 4 & 6).

Zirphaea crispata is thus a typical boreal form. The bed
at Orpigsuit in which its shells occur, must have been deposited
during a climate at least as mild as that which we find at present
in the sea at the eastern Canada and at the West-Finmark.

In West-Greenland in three localities situated rather distant
from one another (65° 50’, 66° 45’, and 68° 37. 5’ N.) we are
now acquainted with raised beaches containing a mollusc-fauna
in which a few species suggest a more genial marine climate than
the present. I do not believe this period to be very far back.

A quite similar view is set forth by the Iceland-geologist
Helgi Pjetursson. He expresses himself in the following way"):

«К. J. V. Steenstrup mentions from several places in North-
Greenland «dead glaciers», that means masses of ice covered
with gravel which formerly moved but now according to strong
melting have partly or completely become separated from their
snow-field and which now so to speak have become overpowered
by their own moraine. But the ice-formation has again in-
creased, and Steenstrup mentions several places where a
new glacier has been formed or is forming and slides down
over the dead glacier’).

If we now compare the quantity of sediments accumulated
in the fjords in shape of terraces with these statements and
consider that according to all probability such terraces would
be far from occurring to the same extent even if an upheaval
took place now, we arrive at the following result:

In а geologically spoken very late time the climate of
Greenland has been somewhat more genial ‘than now, and the
ice consequently retired. The broad ice-crust which formerly
covered the border of the coast melted away, and later on great
glaciers decreased so considerably that they were unable of
transporting their moraines. They ceased moving and became
«dead glaciers». On account of this strong melting the border

1) Medd. om Grønland, XIV, 1898, p. 339—40.
2) Medd. om Grønland, ТУ, 1883, р. 80—81 and PI. V.

298

of the coast was overflowed by enormous streams of water. These
deposited, in times when the sea-level was higher, the masses
of sand and gravel of which the present terraces consist».

It is reasonable to make a comparison between the
above mentioned layer at Orpigsuit and the so-called Zirphaea-
layers in the northern Jutland (Vendsyssel), deposited at the
end of the glacial time when the temperature of the sea in-
creased and Yoldia arctica had become extinct. There is in
both localities a typical coast-formation consisting of coarse
sand or gravel with a littoral fauna of a coid temperate cha-
racter. In the Zirphaea-layer in Vendsyssel Mytilus edulis is,
as at Orpigsuit, the fossil that occurs most generally and in
greatest numbers. Sometimes it forms whole layers. The other
predominant forms are the following ones: Cyprina islandica,
Tellina calcaria, Tellina balthica, Mya truncata, Saxicava
arctica, Zirphaea crispata, Littorina rudis, Buccinum undatum
and Balanus зр.1). Though we only have a small casual sample
at hand from Orpigsuit the great ressemblance in the com-
position of the faunas will immediately strike the attention, Cy-
prina and Buccinum excepted it is the same species which occur.

Such a parallel has, indeed, been drawn before, namely by
K.J.V.Steenstrup who during his journeys in Greenland has
investigated several raised beaches. Among the fossiliferous
beaches he attributes a special interest to Ungorsivik at the
mouth of the Disco-Fjord. About this locality he writes as
follows ?): «With regard to Ungorsivik it is evident that two kinds
of raised sea-beds exist here, an older which reaches a height
of са. 20 feet and which is characterized by Saxicava rugosa*)
and a younger which only reaches a very little above the ordi-

1) Comp. A. Jessen: Danmarks geologiske Undersøgelse, I. Række, Nr. 3,
1899 (р. 213—232).

2) Medd. om Grønland, IV, 1883, р. 232.

3) The fossil that most frequently occur in the Yoldica-clay in Vend-
syssel is not Yoldia arctica, but Saxicava arctica (= S. rugosa).

299

nary high water mark and is characterized by Myltius edulis.
This last formation appears as whole banks of shells on large
areas of the point. It also covers the greater part of the flat
ice-scratched rocky island Satok outside the Disko-Fjord. These
two different horizons remind in many respects of the con-
ditions in Vendsyssel». These words contain a prediction of
the find which now is made at Orpigsuit.

N. Hartz’s collections in 1890 show that the arctic layers
are not wanting either at Orpigsuit. In a clay-brink further out, at
the inner end of the Orpigsuit-Fjord, Hartz found a great quantity
of shells «just from the niveau of the plain (which only is situated
a few feet above the sea) to the top of the bank (60—70 feet above
the sea)». The shells which Hartz took home were collected at
a height «till 50 feet above the sea level» 1). I have looked over
these shells and I found the following species: Yoldia arctica
Gray, Leda pernula Miill., Nucula tenuis Mtg. var. expansa
Reeve, Cardium groenlandicum Chemn., Cardium ciliatum Fabr.,
Tellina calcaria Chemn., Axinus flecuosus Mtg., Mya truncata
L. et var. ovata. This composition of the fauna suggests that
the clay has been deposited during the high-arctic conditions.

On this quite small territory at Orpigsuit we see collected
the changing faunas of the shifting periods whose series ac-
cording to all probability is as follows. At the beginning:
the high-arctic fauna of the glacial time with Yoldia arctica.
Next: the deposits of the cold temperate period with Zirphaea
crispata; Yoldia has disappeared during this period. At last
we have outside in the fjord the present arctic fauna; the
Zirphaea has become extinct, but the Yoldia has not im-
migrated again. — Here we find an uncommonly favourable
occasion of studying the immigration and emigration of the
individual species and thus in details get to understand Green-
land’s history in the quaternary period.

It seems to me that we here have a task which ought to

}) Medd. om Grønland, XV, 1898, р. 40.

300

be taken up by Danish naturalists, namely: a minute unswerving
investigation of the raised beaches in West-Greenland, especi-
ally of the area around the Disco-Bay. If such a problem, however,
is to be solved in the right way, it will be necessary to chose
the right men: a geologist beforehand acquainted with quaternary
deposits, and a zoologist who has made the biology of the
northern molluscs an object of special study; a man qualified
in both directions may possibly be found.

Raised beaches with fossil molluscs also occur in East-
Greenland, in its northern part. They appear abundantly in
the area around the Scoresby-Sound according to investigations
undertaken by the Danish expeditions of 1891—92!) and 1900.
They also occur at Forsblad-Fjord, Sophia-Sound and at Franz
Joseph-Fjord where they were discovered by the Swedish ex-
pedition in 1899.

Prof. А. G. Nathorst is the first who has shown that
also in that part of Greenland may be found evidences that
milder climatic conditions than the present ones have ruled here
during a period of the quaternary time. He writes as follows”):
«The locality at the mouth of Sophia-Sound south-west of Ro-
bertson-Island is of interest because even Mytilus edulis occurs
there as fossil. Yet this species was not seen at more than 25
meters above the sea-level while other bivalves were found up to
а height of 51 meters.... The occurrence of Mytilus in a fossil
state here is of great interest, as it has not been found living north
of 66° N.*) and has, strange enough, not been stated as fossil
from Scoresby-Sound. Another occurrence of the same bivalve
however is still more peculiar. Dusén noticed it namely in-

1) Den ostgronlandske Expedition, udført i Aarene 1891—92 under Ledelse
af С. Ryder. Geologi ved Edv. Bay. Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1895
(p. 171—176).

2) А. С. Nathorst: Bidrag till nordöstra Grönlands geologi. Geol. Foren.
Förhandl. Bd. 23, 1901 (р. 304).

3) Later on it has however by C. Kruuse been found to occur as far
north as ca. 66° 30° N., comp. this treatise p. 325.

301

most in Franz Joseph-Fjord at the entrance of a small valley
north-east of Nordenskidld-Glacier. The height above the
sea level was inconsiderable and not supposed to surpass 10
meters. Its occurrence in this place indicates essentially other
conditions than the present, as a bivalve of its habits cannot
live in a fjord where icebergs are continually formed and are
drifting about such as is the case at present».

I have gone through the material collected by the Danish
expeditions, and among this I have found also a species which
does not live any longer at the eastern North-Greenland, namely
Pecten islandicus Mill. (see this paper p. 333). It was discovered
by N. Hartz under conditions which he describes as follows !):
«Оп Rolige Bre near the Kobberpynt (inner Scoresby-Sound) I
found ca. 75 feet above the sea level a few hundred yards from the
edge of the glacier, clay, gravel and small rolled or rubbled stones
(gneiss) in great abundance. Among this material a few rounded
and rubbed fragments of Pecten islandicus and Saxicava arctica
(det. H. Posselt) occurred. These bivalve fragments originate
most likely from deposits higher up along the edge of the
glacier and this suggests rather considerable changes in the
distribution of the ice». As mentioned before Pecten islandicus
is at present wanting in the sea at East-Greenland; this might
suggest a deterioration of the climate since the time when it lived
in the inner Scoresby-Sound. For Pecten islandicus is hardly
a typical high-arctic form. Thus it does not occur in the Arctic-
Sea at the north-coast of Siberia, and in the Kara-Sea it no
doubt occurs utterly seldom and locally, as among repeated ex-
peditions to this sea the «Dijmphna» only has taken one single
specimen (the locality has unfortunately not been indicated).
It is however an arctic form since it flourishes at Spitzbergen
and at the southern West-Greenland.

This find of Pecten islandicus ought however for the present

1) Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1896, p. 175.

302

to be kept distinct from the find of Mytilus edulis; as hardly
any resemblance may be said to exist but this that both species
are extinct at the northern East-Greenland, and that both
suggest a milder climate than the present — in time they may
be far apart. In the first instance we find the fragments of
valves of Pecten islandicus, which Hartz found, rounded and
rubbed, they must thus have been in a moraine or other glacier
bed, and nobody knows how old these deposits may be. Moreover
the height at which these fragments were found is indeed
equal with the greatest height at which Mytilus edulis occurs,
but this height is according to Hartz the secondary height,
and nobody knows at which height the original bed has been
situated. Pecten islandicus need on the other hand not to
indicate so genial a period as Mytilus edulis and may conse-
quently be found on a higher (colder and for this reason older)
niveau than the last mentioned species. There is a certain
probability that both species belong to the same genial period,
but it is nothing but a probability.

These finds from the west- and the east-coast make Green-
land one of the northern countries, where we have been able
to prove, that the climatic conditions have been milder during
a period of the quaternary time than they are at present.

An extinction in post-glacial time of certain mollusc-species
which compared with the present faunas must be called southern
species has by and by been pointed out from the following
areas: The Baltic, the Danish waters, Bohuslån, the southern
and western Norway (the «Littorina»- or the «Tapes»-time);
Scotland («Pecten-maximus bed»); the northern Iceland (deposits
with Purpura lapillus); the north-coast of Russia (deposits with
Cardium edule*)). At last we find as far north as Spitzbergen

') On a previous occasion (Vidensk. Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1905,
р. 29) I have called attention to the fact that molluscs whose present
limit of distribution is situated rather westerly were found in a fossil
state still further east, at the lower Jenisei by the Russian Mammuth-Ex-

303

post-glacial deposits with well developed Mytilus edulis, Cyprina
islandica and Littorina littorea which now-a-days do not occur
in living state at this archipelago. Littorina littorea has at
present its northern and eastern limit at the Finmark and in
the White-Sea, Mytilus edulis does not go further than at
Nowaia-Zemlia, and Cyprina islandica stops at the western part
of the Murman-Sea. Fossil Mytilus edulis have also been found
on Svenska-Förlandet and on Franz Joseph-Land !).

It becomes more and more evident that we have not to
deal with a local phenomenon, but that these climatic changes
have influenced a great part of the northern hemisphere. И
all of them have taken place precisely at the same time we do
not know yet.

If we again turn to the opposite side of the Atlantic we
will come across a strange phenomenon at the coast of Canada
which likewise seem to be in connection with a post-glacial
more genial period. Prof. А. Е. Verrill has shown that there
are genuine colonies of southern species in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence (from Chaleur-Bay to Prince Edward-Island and Cape
Breton Island) and on the coast of Maine (Quahog-Bay), which
are completely isolated from their co-species of the southern
coast of New-England, and surrounded on all sides by more
northern forms. And he tells us further, that at an earlier
period these colonies were much more extensive. The shells
of the round clam or «quahog» (Venus mercenaria) are abundant

pedition of 1866 and by the Vega-Expedition. The species in question
were as follows: Tellina balthica L., Cyprina islandica L., Zirphaea
crispata L. and Buccinum undatum L., none of these species reach
at present the Kara-Sea.

References to the literature dealing with this subject may be found in
my short treatise on Cyprina islandica (1. c. 1902). N. Knipowitsch
has later given detailed information regarding the Swedish expeditions’
collections of postglacial molluscs from Spitzbergen (Ann. du Musée
Zool. de ГАсаа. Imp. 4. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, T. VIII, 1903, р. 133—143).
Comp. moreover G.de Geer: Die Gletscher von Spitzbergen; Verhandl.
4. 7. internat. Geographen-Kongresses, Il, р. 299—802. Berlin 1901.

=

XXIX. 20

304

in the mud in places where no living ones could be found,
and they likewise occur in great quantities in certain old Indian
shell-heaps on many of the islands in Casco-Bay, upon the
coasts of which they do not now live. «That at a more remote
period», says Verrill, «the marine climate of this region was
still warmer, and the southern species were more abundant than
during the period when the Indian shell-heaps were formed, is
shown by the occurrence of great beds of oyster-shells a few
feet beneath the mud in Portland harbour, where they are as-
sociated with quahogs and several other southern species,
among which are Callista convexa, Turbonilla interrupta, and
Pecten irradians. The last is not known to live at present
north of Cape Ann, on the New-England coast»; Callisia con-
vexa occurs sparingly in shallow sheltered localities in Casco
Bay; «but the oysters /Ostrea virginiana) and «scallops» (Pecten
irradians) had apparently become extinct in the vicinity of
Portland harbour before the period of the Indian shell-heaps,
for neither of these species occurs in the heaps on the adjacent
islands, while the quahogs lingered on until that time, but
have subsequently died out everywhere in this region, except
at Quahog-Bay». Prof. Verrill says that he can explain the
presence of the southern species in no other way than by
supposing «that they are survivors from a time when the marine
climate of the whole coast, from Cape Cod to Nova-Scotia and
the Bay of Fundy, was warmer than at present, and these
species had a continous range from Southern New-England to
the Gulf of St. Laurence» 1).

This genial period is probably contemporary with that time
when Anomia and Zirphaea lived at West-Greenland. We have
perhaps also in certain places of West-Greenland a parallel to

1) А. Е. Уегг!11: Results of recent Dredging Expeditions on the Coast of
New-England. No. 5. The American Journal of Science and Arts, Third
Series, Vol. VII, 1874, р. 134—138. Here cited after J. Geikie: Pre-
historic Europe, 1881, p. 502—03.

305

the relics in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. I am thinking of
such locally occurring, southern species as Purpura (Polytropa)
lapillus L. and Littorina obtusata L.

Postscript.

From Dr. M. C. Engell I have just received a copy of a
note: «Eine nachtertiäre Warmeperiode in Grönland», which
has been inserted in Dr. A. Petermann’s Geogr. Mitteilungen
1905, Heft IV. It contains the statement that he has found
marine deposits with shells of molluscs at the east-side of the
Disco-Bay, and a chart on which these beds have been marked,
together with information regarding the deposits at Orpigsuit
(Orpigssök). The rest of the note has been constructed over
verbal communications which I gave Dr. Engell when he de-
livered the collected shells.

It would for several reasons have been desirable that Dr.
Engell had shown me his report of my words to him before
publishing it. Among others because «the warm period» in
his report is devoid of the necessary proof. Thus Dr. Engell
only writes: «Dieser Fund von Zirphaea hat Interesse, weil er
zeigt, dasz Grönland nach dem Beginn der Vergletscherung eine
wärmere Periode gehabt hat». I must have forgotten to inform
Dr. Engell about the reason why we are justified in attributing
the find of Zirphaea such a far reaching importance.

I may now refer the reader whom Dr. Engell has deserted
on a burning point to р. 296—97 of the present treatise; there
will be found the explanation which is wanting in Dr. Engell’s

representation.

20*

The Mollusea of East-Greenland.

kst.
Lamellibranchiata.

The first information regarding the mollusc-fauna of East-
Greenland was procured by «Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolar-
fahrt». In the account of the results of this the so-called
Germania-Expedition Prof. K. Mébius has worked out the
molluscs’). Of Lamellibranchiata 9 species are mentioned which
were all collected at Jackson-, Clavering-, Sabine- and Shannon
Isles: Modiolaria laevigata Gray («M. discors L.»), Cardium
groenlandicum Chemn., Astarte borealis Chemn., Astarte elliptica
Brown («A. sulcata 4. C.»), Astarte Banksii Leach («A. com-
pressa Mont.»), Astarte crenata Gray («A. crebricostata Forb.»),
Venus fluctuosa Gould (« V. astartoides Beck»), Mya truncata L.
and Saxicava arctica №. («S. rugosa L.»).

Then a quantity of molluscs was collected by the zoologist
E. Bay during the Danish East-Greenland expedition, 1891—92.
The working of these molluscs was left to H. J. Posselt
who in the «Riks Museum» in Stockholm also investigated the
material collected by Nordenskiöld’s expedition in 1883 at
the south-eastern Greenland. Thus Posselt’s list?) over the
Lamellibranchiata came to include 23 species, viz.: Pecten groen-

1) Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869 und 1870 unter
Führung des Kapitan Karl Koldeway. 2. Bd. Wissenschaftliche Er-
gebnisse. Leipzig 1874. П. Zoologie (р. 248—252).

2) Den ostgrenlandske Expedition, udført i Aarene 1891—92 under Ledelse
af C.Ryder. ®stgrenlandske Mollusker undersøgte af Henr.J. Posselt.
Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1896, p. 61—93, Tav. I.

307

landicus Sow., Pecten imbrifer Lov., Mytilus edulis L., Da-
crydium vitreum Möll., Modiolaria laevigata Gray, Portlandia
arctica Gray, Leda pernula Müll., Arca pectunculoides Scacchi,
Arca glacialis Gray, Cardium groenlandicum Chemn., Cardium
ciliatum Fabr., Astarte borealis Chemn., Astarte crenata Gray,
Astarte sulcata d. C., Astarte compressa L., Astarte Banksit
Leach, Axinus flexuosus Mont., Venus fluctuosa Gould, Tellina
(Macoma) calcaria Chemn., Tellina moesta Desh: (« Macoma
calcaria Chemn. var. subovalis n.»), Neaera obesa Lov., Saxicava
arctica L. and Mya truncata L.

At last В. Hägg has published а list over the Lamelli-
branchiata from the north-eastern Greenland collected by the
Swedish Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900"). This list comprises in
total 23 species: Nucula tenuis Mont., Leda pernula Müll.,
Portlandia intermedia M. Sars, Portlandia lenticula Möll.,
Portlandia arctica Gray, Arca glacialis Gray, Arca pectun-
culoides Scacchi, Modiolaria laevigata Gray, Modiolaria nigra
Gray, Pecten groenlandicus Sow., Pecten imbrifer Lov., Astarte
borealis Chemn., Аз crenata Gray, Axinus flecuosus Mont.,
Axinopsis orbiculata @. О. Sars, Tellina moesta Desh. («T. cal-
caria Chemn. var. subovalis Poss.»), Venus fluctuosa Gould,
Cardium groenlandicum Chemn., Cardium ciliatum Fabr., Neaera
obesa Lov., Mya truncata L., Saxicava arctica L. and Lyonsia
arenosa Möll.

From East-Greenland 29 species of the Lamellibranchiata
were thus known up to date.

The present list comprises in total 41 species as 12 «new»
ones have been added, viz: Leda minuta Müll., Portlandia frigida

1) Richard Hagg: Mollusca und Brachiopoda gesammelt von der Schwe-
dischen zoologischen Polarexpedition nach Spitzbergen, dem nordöst-
lichen Grönland und Jan Mayen im J. 1900.- Arkiv för Zoologi, uttg. af
K. Sv. Vetensk. Akad., Bd. 2, No. 2, 1904. — When summing up the
species, I have excluded Modiolaria corrugata Stimps. the record of
which is due to a mistake in the determination and M. substriata, as
this only is a variety of M. laevigata (comp. this treatese p. 327).

308

Torell, Crenella decussata Mont., Limatula hyperborea n. sp.,
Tellina Torelli lap. Steenstr., Tellina Loveni lap. Steenstr., Car-
dium elegantulum Möll., Cyrtodaria Kurriana Dunker, Lyonsiella
abyssicola M. Sars, Thracia truncata Turt., Thracia septen-
trionalis Jeffr. and Pandora glacialis Leach.

The greater part of this new material has been collected
by the late zoologist Séren Jensen who took part in the
Amdrup-Hartz expedition in 1900. Quantitatively seen this
material is far superior to that collected by the earlier expedi-
tions and adds a most important contribution to the information
of the horizontal and vertical distribution of the various species
along the East-Greenland coast. A rather considerable material
was moreover collected by the botanist Chr. Kruuse, who
stayed in Angmagsalik in 1901—02 and who on my request
availed himself of the opportunity of making zoological collec-
tions. Finally, a good deal of molluscs were collected at Ang-
magsalik and in some more northern localities by Chr. Kruuse
and the physician K. Poulsen (who took part in Amdrup’s
expedition in 1898—99), although they met with great obstacles
caused by the ice.

The 41 species of Lamellibranchiata which at present are
known from East-Greenland are as follows (they will be more
closely mentioned in the subjoined pages):

Nucula tenuis Mont. var. expansa Reeve, р. 315.
2. Leda pernula Mill. var. costigera Beck, p. 316.
3. — minuta Müll., р. 317.
4. Yoldia (Portlandia) arctica Gray var. portlandica Reeve,
p. 317.
— — = var. nux Brogger.

5. Portlandia intermedia M. Sars, p. 319.
6. — lenticula Möll., р. 320.
te — frigida Torell , р. 320.

— — — var. nana M. Sars.
8. Arca glacialis Gray, p. 321.

309

Arca pectunculoides Scacchi var. septentrionalis G. O. Sars,
0 52%
Mytilus edulis L., р. 322.
Dacrydium vitreum (Holb.) Möll., р. 325.
Modiolaria laevigata Gray, p. 326.
— — — var. substriata Gray.
— nigra Gray, p. 328.
Crenella decussata Mont., p. 329.
Limatula hyperborea n. sp., p. 329.
Pecten groenlandicus Chemn., p. 331.
— imbrifer Lov. var. major Leche, р. 332.
(Pecten islandicus Müller, p. 333).
Astarte Banksii Leach var. Warhami Hanc., р. 333.
— — — var. striata Leach.
— borealis Chemn. var. placenta Mörch, р. 335.
— crenata Gray, р. 337. |
— — — var. inflata Hågg.
-- — — var. acuticostata Jeffr.
— sulcata d. C., р. 339.
— elliptica Brown, р. 339.

. Axinus flexuosus Mont., р. 341.

24. Axinopsis orbiculata G. О. Sars, р. 342.

Tellina (Macoma) calcaria Chemn., p. 342.
— — Torelli lap. Steenstr., p. 343.
— — moesta Desh., p. 345.
= — Loveni lap. Steenstr., р. 348.
Venus (Liocyma) fluctuosa Gould, p. 351.
Cardium ciliatum Fabr., p. 352.
— elegantulum (Beck) Möll., р. 352.
— (Serripes) groenlandicum Chemn., p. 353.
Mya truncata L., p. 354.
— — var. uddevallensis Forb.
Cyrtodaria Kurriana Dunker, p. 356.
Saxicava arctica L., p. 357.

310

36. Lyonsia arenosa Moll. var. sibirica Leche, р. 359.
37. Lyonsiella abyssicola M. Sars, p. 360.
38. Thracia truncata Turt., p. 360.
= = var. devexa G. О. Sars.
39. Thracia septentrionalis Jeffr., p. 360.
40. Pandora (Kennerleyia) glacialis Leach, p. 361.
41. Neaera obesa Lov. var. glacialis G. O. Sars, p. 361.

The majority of the here enumerated species are common
to the whole coast area, a few of them not, on the contrary, and
just the last ones show that the south-eastern Greenland with re-
gard to the mollusc-fauna has a strong resemblance to the west-
coast (it is the colonized West-Greenland), while the north-eastern
Greenland forms a part for itself. It must, however, be added that
by the south-eastern Greenland is meant the area around Ang-
magsalik, as the coast from here downwards to Cape Farvel
is almost unknown with regard to the lower animal life; there
is, however, every reason to believe that the fauna will turn out
to be homogeneous in its broad features.

If we compare the mollusc-fauna in the Angmagsalik area
(ca. 65!/2—661/° N.) with that of the northern East-Greenland,
it will at once be noticed that there are certain species whose
northern limit is situated at Angmagsalik and that other species
on the contrary do not go as far southward as to Angmagsalik

We shall here only lay stress on such species which occur
in abundance and which according to their size are not easily
overlooked. As southern species which certainly stop at Angmag-
salik I can from shallow water mention the mussel (Mytilus edulis
L)., and the periwinkle (Littorina rudis Mat.), from deeper
water Astarte sulcata 4. С. Among the northern forms which stop
north of Angmagsalik I can provisionally call the attention to Yo/dia
(Portlandia) arctica Gray and Pandora glacialis Leach from
shallow water, and from deeper water Limatula hyperborea
n. sp. and Astarte crenata Gray var. acuticostata Jeffr.

311

I moreover suppose the following species of which a few
specimens only are at hand to have their northern limit at
Angmagsalik: Cardiwm elegantulum Moll. and Dentalium entale L.

The mentioned species which stop north of Angmagsalik
are likewise wanting at the colonized West-Greenland. And
the species which have their northern limit at Angmagsalik
belong also to the fauna of the colonized West-Greenland. It
is reasonable to believe that still more of the species of the
west-coast reach the south-eastern Greenland. In the shore
belt we still want species as Yoldia hyperborea Torell, Lima-
tula subauriculata Mont., Pecten islandicus Müll.!), Cyamium
minutum Fabr. and Tellina balthica L.?). They will probably
be found later on, when a greater part of the south-eastern
coast has been investigated. At present our knowledge is, as
said, limitid to the area around Angmagsalik, which forms the
northern limit of Southeast-Greenland.

We are now able to settle that the Northeast-Greenland
has a pure high-arctic mollusc-fauna. The Southeast-Green-
land on the contrary is a transitional area where several high-
arctic forms have given up (at any rate Yoldia (Portlandia)
arctica, Limatula hyperborea, Astarte crenata var. acuticostata
and Pandora glacialis) while on the other hand several southern
forms have immigrated 3).

In a previous paper“) I have pointed out that we with

1) That Pecten islandicus occurs in a fossil state in the northern East-
Greenland J have mentioned on p. 301.

2) Another might perhaps also mention Nucula nucleus L., Cardium
minimum Phil., Cardium fasciatum Mont. and Syndosmya nitida Müll.
1 have, however, a not quite unfounded doubt that these species wrongly
have been referred to Greenland’s fauna, but more about this at another
occasion.

3) Or, perhaps more rightly spoken, have still resisted, as A.G. Nathorst’s
discovery of raised beds with Mytilus edulis in the Northeast-Green-
land suggests that the southern fauna formerly has had a wider range
than at present (comp. p. 300—301).

‘) Ad. S. Jensen: The Fishes of East-Greenland. Medd. om Grenland,
XXIX, 1904, p. 217—220.

312

regard to the fish-fauna may trace a similar distinction between a
«southern» and a «northern» East-Greenland. The cause of this
must essentially be looked for in hydrographical conditions.
The warm Atlantic water flows northwards along the west-coast
of Iceland and forms the so-called Irminger-Stream. At the
north-west coast of Iceland and the submarine ridge, which
extends to Greenland in north-western direction, the main part
of the warm water turns towards Greenland and flows south-
ward. The sea south of the ridge, the «Irminger-Sea», is thus
with regard to the hydrographical conditions to be reckoned to
the northern Atlantic: the temperature is proportionally high
and the salinity considerable. Along the southeast coast of Green-
land itself runs however the cold arctic stream from the north
and either drives the warm water away from the coast or overflows
this!) For this reason the difference between the two faunas
is not so conspicuous at the Greenland coast as it is out in
the Denmark-Strait, when we compare the fauna south of the
ridge with that north of the ridge. With regard to the fishes
I have more minutely pointed this out in the just cited treatise;
with regard to the molluscs I shall have to postpone this till
my future account of this animal-group will appear in the report
of the Danish Ingolf-Expedition.

Though the typical high-arctic species are wanting at Ang-
magsalik this territory shows yet in other ways the character of
being a transitional area, as several species with the same ap-
pearance as in the arctic seas occur in the littoral belt together
with boreo-arctie forms as Mytilus edulis, Cardium elegantulum

1) It is highly deplorable that the bottom-temperature was not taken in
the places where dredgings or trawlings were undertaken. We should
otherwise have possessed a series of observations from the East-Green-
land coast which would have been of great importance for the de-
termination of the temperature’s influence on the distribution of the
species. As a preliminary investigation measurements of temperature
are just as important as for instance determinations of the depths,
especially in such remote regions which are only visited by scientific
expeditions.

313

and Littorina rudis. 1 shall here give some examples. Leda
pernula Müll. belongs to the variety costigera Beck; it is a large,
rather thin shelled form, whose posterior end is bent strongly
upwards and on the inner side provided with a well-developed
longitudinal rib, stretching from the outmost point near to the
umbo. Astarte Banksii Leach appears in the variety Warhami
Hancock which especially is characterized by the lengthened
elliptical shape of the shell; but shorter forms also occur.
Astarte borealis Chemn. is represented by the variety placenta
Mörch which has a compressed shell covered with a thick bast-
like periostracum. Mya truncata L. occurs in the variety wd-
devallensis Forbes whose shell is short, its posterior end obli-
quely truncate, the hind margin going forwards below; together
with this, more lengthened forms also occur approaching up
to the typical form. Saxicava arctica occurs frequently with
exceedingly thick shells, but it can also be thin shelled.

The present list over East-Greenland’s mollusc-fauna also
comprises the fossil species from the quaternary time. From
the Southeast-Greenland we do not know any fossiliferous
beaches. On my request Chr. Kruuse has during his sojourn
of almost a year at Angmagsalik investigated this area without
finding the slightest trace of such. In the Northeast-Greenland
the Danish expeditions of 1891—92 and 1900 as well as the
Swedish Nathorst-Expedition of 1899 have on the contrary in
many localities found evidence of a negative shifting of the
shore-line after the glacial time, both in the region around
Scoresby-Sound, Forsblad-Fjord and Franz Joseph-Fjord. A
not quite small quantity of shells from these raised beds
have been brought home. Peculiarly enough they contain no
gastropods, but only bivalves of the following species: Leda
pernula Müll., Yoldia (Portlandia) arctica Gray, Mytilus edulis
L., Modiolaria laevigata Gray, Pecten islandicus Müll., Astarte
Banksii Leach, Astarte borealis Chemn., Astarte elliptica Brown,

314

Axinopsis orbiculata G. О. Sars, Axinus flexuosus Mont., Tellina
calcaria Chemn., Cardium ciliatum Fabr., Cardium groen-
landicum Chemn., Mya truncata L. and Saxicava arctica L.
They will be more minutely mentioned, in their proper place,
with detailed statements regarding the find place and its height
above the sea level, as far as information about this is at hand.
Of special interest are Mytilus edulis and Pecten islandicus,
as both have died out at the Northeast-Greenland, but sufficiently
has been said about this in the introduction (p. 300—302).

The position of the localities where Danish ex-
peditions have collected molluscs.

Where the species are mentioned the localities have been
arranged in the direction from south to north.

Lat. N. Long. W.
Amitsuarsikafe alike a: Water RAI 65° 37! 3991
Anomacs © er TRE с 65° 30'—65° 40' 37° 30'—37° 40'
Ansmazs alko ооо ba боо новое ва 65° 30' 37? 20'
Anemassıyıka(Kineakle seere ook. 65° 58' on À
Cape: Borlaser Warren... re eee: 74° 20! 195
Cape ВЕЕР nenn. AM. m oe 1B? 30) 20? 20!
Gapeubalton. BEND SASHA UT AL PIRE) 69° 24' | 24° 8
CapenDanitte rene IN RE 65432, an?
баре Нора vers ES ters: 70° 26! 29209!
CADENSIENAT a a ee TO? 25) DO BIT]
Cape Tod ins ARE EURE RS 10223, 29?
баре Robin еее 10993, 29°
нак ae sete Ban APE" HO? 27: 96219!
Fleminig-Imlen 2) от ‚un Woe, a EE yeaa ily DAT
Forsblad-Hjord, 3-149 fms. Bee. Sea. 72° 38 VE ORY
Horsblad-Hyond yao 0 Rim see ee 129 OT DO
Forsblad-Fjord, 90—50 fms. ......... TD? DT VED DE)
Graaselan d'en ат ere 70° 5'—70° 30’
Flekla-Hayn te cnn Enr 70227! WBS 19
Henry-bandwO— sen 69° 35' VD BO)
Henny-Land То AU waaay. о ИИ 69° 34! DSS BE)
Hurryiniet,..0—3uims. |. раны dee: 70° 50'-2 Do oy

Hurryemlel Фи 20225053 RS

Lat. N. Long. W.
Humvyemiet Оли. орка. I 70° 25! DIF 30)
Hursy-Inlet, 50, fmsı. 2: ae ass sa cn 70° 36’ 295 3,
Ikerasausake my SEE ES EB 65° 58” Be OAT
ео Я Wee er au 65° 45! 36? 58'
James onanerer Reese 10295, VBE
Kaneerdiussuats ARE ee 66° 18’ 390 2%
а Е. 66° 8' 317.00
Kamer- ordnet sa rede 69° 38’ 93% 3)
Заре ата ть. zes m allen. 6 74° 30' 19° 45'
ОИ Фо men. 74° 17! 15° 20’
Sabine Sand iSt Oo EEE 14° 95 18° 30!
Scoresby Sound, Clie EC EEE CC 069223) DOME
Semi Aa al tsk da px ed DE 8 au
о 219 Pees RUM Pe RENE 65° 59’ 357501
О UNG, er BORN. 6717! 33113}
Stewart-Island NF of. PE sei Te 69° 55' 292.45!
URAS TU SAIS с, 65°37! 37° 34!
iminonekelaks u 400 А 65° 56' 37° 40'
О р Ее ме 65,58, 3062 SÅN
urnes Sound. 10 Sims... 0.2.2.2... 69° 44' 952.999
Burner Sound arms vn UE PERS 69° 44! 93° 30'
Murner-Sowmai За I. u 69° 43': VBA 33]
Diesund da: SNE 20 2: ayesha nl 66° 15 SET ey

Nuculidae.
Nucula tenuis Montagu.

1900. Cape Dalton .......... 9—11 fms. Fine clay with

small stones 7 specimens.
1900. Turner-Sound ......... ca. 3 — 16 —
1900 Hurry-Inlet 11.10 7—0 — Sand and clay 2 —
1900. The mouth of Hurry-Inlet 50 — Sand and clay 2 —
1900. SE. of Sabine-Island ... 110 — Fineclay with stones

and gravel 1 —

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took 12 specimens т

the Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, on muddy ground
where the depth was 67/2—19 fms. (Hågg 1. с. р. 6).

316

All the East-Greenland specimens belong to the variety
with the angular somewhat expanded shape: expansa Reeve;
they obtain a length of up to 15°5 mm.

Leda pernula Miller.

1901—02. Tasiusak. ..30—50 fms. 1 specimen.
1900. Cape Dalton.... 9—11 — Clay with small stones 12 — and 1 valve.
1900. Turner-Sound ... ca. 3 — ® —
1891—92. Hekla-Havn . 3—6 — ® ==
1900. Hurry-Inlet...... 50 — Clay with stones 17 — and 3 valves.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord ..14—3 — 1 —
1900. SE. of Sabine-Island 110 — Fine clay with stones

and gravel Д =

In 1883 the Nordenskiöld-Expedition took 5 specimens
off Angmagsalik at 25—40 fms.; it was moreover taken by the
Kolthoff-Expedition in 1900 in Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz
Joseph-Fjord, on muddy ground and at depths from 61/2—19 fms.
(14 specimens) and 53 fms. (1 specimen) (Hagg 1. с. р. 8).

Along East-Greenland Leda pernula has thus been found
to occur on the line from Tasiusak to Sabine-Island, or from
ca. 65172—741/29 N.

All the specimens found at East-Greenland belong to the
variety costigera Beck. The periostracum is on the whole light
and straw-coloured. The concentric striation is fine (sometimes
however more distinct). In larger specimens the periostracum
is frequently wanting on a great part of the shell and the
underlying lime highly eroded; apart from this the shell is in
itself rather thin; the longitudinal rib on the inside of the po-
sterior end is well developed.

The species obtains a considerable size at East-Greenland.
From Turner-Sound we have one specimen of 26 mm., from
Cape Dalton several of 27—32 mm. and from Hurry-Inlet some
of 30—34 mm.

Fossil. The East-Greenland Expedition of 1900 found
a fragment of a valve at Hurry-Inlet, opposite the anchoring
place.

317

Leda minuta Muller.
1901—02. Ingmikertok.. 10— ca. 30 fms. 3 valves.

The valves are of a rather recent appearance; their maximum
length is 11 mm.

Yoldia (Portlandia) arctica Gray.

1900. Cape Dalton ... 9—11 fms. Fine clay with small

stones 3 specim. (empty).
1900. Turner-Sound.. ca. 3 — 23 — (the 8 empty)
1891—92. Hekla-Havn ca. 12 — 2 — (one empty) and

1 valve.
1900. Hurry-Inlet .... 7—0 — Clay and sand 140' —
1900. Fleming-Inlet .. 118 — Red clay 15 —
1900. Forsblad-Fjord . 14—3 — 1 — (empty).

The largest specimen is from Hekla-Havn and is of a
length of 25°25 mm., of a height of 14 mm., and of a breadth of
9:75 mm. Among the specimens from Turner-Sound and Hurry-
Inlet the largest have a length of 24 mm.; among those from
the great depth (118 fms.) in Fleming-Inlet the largest only
measures 14 mm.

The vast majority of the East-Greenland specimens, which
I have at hand, belong to the variety portlandica Reeve; this
is a lengthened, low and proportionally compressed form of
which I shall state some measures:

Length. Height. Breadth.
a. Turner-Sound 25 mm. 13:5 mm. 9:5 mm.
b. — — 2375 — 13°25 — 875 —
с. Cape Dalton 195 — 11 — T —
d. Turner-Sound 16 — 92 — x75 —

A very few specimens on the contrary approach the variety
siliqua Reeve by a shorter, higher, and more ventricous shape,
what will be seen from the following measurements:

Length. Height. Breadth.
a. Turner-Sound 22°25 mm. 13°5 mm. 9:5 mm.
b. — — 18:257 = 115 — 8 —

CUS — 18 — 10:75 — 7:75 —

318

One specimen, from Scoresby-Sound (Hekla-Havn), belongs
to the form which У. С. Brogger has named var. nux'); it is
highly ventricous as the var. inflata Leche, but more lengthened.
Its measures are:

Length 16 mm. Height 10°5 mm. Breadth 8°75 mm.

The shell is frequently more or less covered with a black
incrustation. This consists indeed of hardened bottom-material,
but its formation and fastening are probably highly supported
by the rootlets of a Hydroid (Perigonimus) which grows on
the shell.

At East-Greenland Yoldia arctica has also been taken by
the Swedish expeditions.

First by the Nathorst-Expedition of 1899 in the fol-
lowing places ?):

Scoresby-Sound, Fame Isles 12— 13 fms. Clay 15 specim.
— = == ca. 5 — Mud 11: =
— — — 4—2!/; — Mud 14 —

MES Ng 232.3" М. chad ad 17—21 — Mud 3 —

Franz Joseph-Fjord .... ca. 5—1'/2 — Mud with sand and algae 11 —

Cape Benett (73° 26 N.)... 5—6 — Sandy mud with algae 1 —

All these specimens belong to the variety portlandica Reeve
and obtain a length of up.to 26°5 mm. (Scoresby-
Sound, 12—13 fms.), which is the maximum length of
the recent individuals hitherto known; thus they very
nearly reach the largest known specimens from quaternary de-
posits, namely of 27 mm. in the southern Norway and of
28°3 mm. in Bohuslan. |

Next by the Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 in the following
places:

!) Brøgger: Om de senglaciale og postglaciale niväforandringer i Kri-
stianiafeltet, p.37—38, Tab. V, Fig. За, b,c. Norges geol. Undersøgelse
Nr. 31, 1900—01.

?) The specimens belong to «Naturhistoriska Riks-Museum» in Stockholm,
where I have examined them.

319

Franz Joseph-Fjord, outer part of Mysk-\ 116 fms fClay. A very great number
а Ва de een? J `\ of specimens.
Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord 61/2-10 Mud. 3 specimens (one empty).
— - — — 61)2-19 Mud. A very large number of
specimens.

All the specimens of this expedition belong to the var.
portlandica Reeve and reach a length of 25 mm. (comp.
В. Hägg I. с. р. 14—16).

Thus we see that Yoldia arctica at the northern East-Green-
land belong to the most common molluscs as it has been found
at numerous localities from ca. 691/> —731/2° М. And it thrives
on this coast at depths changing from са. 3—118 fms.

In a fossil state it has only been taken at one locality,
namely at the Gaasefjord in Scoresby-Sound. The further de-
tails have been described by N. Hartz in the following way:
«At the inner end of Gaasefjord large clay-deposits were found
along the glacier river, formed of very fine dusty clay.... In
the clay was found a fragment of Portlandia (Leda) arctica
and at the mouth of the river a whole valve of the same species
which appeared quite recently to have been washed out of the
с1ау» '). I have verified the correctness of the determination.

Portlandia intermedia M. Sars.

1900. N. of Stewart-Island ... 158 fms. Clay with stones 2 specim. (young).
1900. The mouth of Hurry-Inlet 50 — Clay with stones 9 —
1900. Fleming-Inlet ......... 118 — Red clay 7 — (one empty).
1900. Forsblad-Fjord ..... 90—50 — Clay with stones

and gravel ca. 40 —
1900. SE. of Sabine-Island .. 110 — Fineclay withstones

and gravel 3 — and 7 valves.
1891—92. Off Sabine-Island.. 127 — 1 valve.

The maximum length is 16 mm.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took a specimen in
the outer part of Myskoxe-Fjord, a side-fjord of Franz Joseph-
Fjord, where the depth was 1162 fms. and the bottom con-
sisted of clay (Hägg. |. с. р. 11).

1) Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1896, p. 176.
XXIX. 21

320

Portlandia lenticula Möller.

1900. Cape Dalton ... 7—11 fms. Fine clay with a few stones 1 valve.
1900. Hurry-Inlet.... 7—0 — Clay and sand 10 specimens.
1900. Hurry-Inlet .... 50 — Clay with stones ai) —

1900. Fleming-Inlet . . 118 — Red clay | =

1900. Forsblad-Fjord . 14—3 — 1 — (empty).
1900. Forsblad-Fjord . 90—50 — Clay with stones 17 — (10 empty).

Two of the largest specimens (from Hurry-Inlet, 50 fms.)
have the following measures:

Length 7'5 mm. Height 5:2 mm. Breadth 45 mm.

— 72 — — 5 = — 46 —

The number of the hinge-teeth is on both sides 13 in a
specimen of a length of 6°5 mm.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it in the following
localities (Hågg |. с. р. 13):

Franz Joseph-Fjord, outer part of Myskoxe-Fjord 1161/2 fms. Clay (3 specim.).
Off Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord.. 58 — Mud (1 specim.).

Portlandia frigida Torell.

1900. Cape Dalton... 7—11 fms. Fine clay with small
stones 5 specim. and 2 valves.
1900. Hurry-Inlet.... 50 — Clay with stones 12 — (2 empty).
1900. Forsblad-Fjord . 90—50 — [Clay with stones
and gravel 20.— (2 empty).
1900. Forsblad-Fjord . 14—3 — 1 — (empty).

Var. nana M. Sars.

1900 Cape Dalton re 7—11 fms. Fine clay with small

stones 1 specimen.
1900. Turner-Sound ........ ca. 3 — 1 —
1900%Hurzy-Inlete a2 27 7—0 — Clay and sand D —
1900. The mouth ofHurry-Inlet 50 — Clay with stones 9 — (3 empty).
1900. Fleming-Inlet ......... 118 — Red clay 3 — (1 empty).
1900. Forsblad-Fjord........ 90—50 — Clay with stones and

gravel Numerous spec.
1900. SE. of Sabine-Island... 110 — Fine clay wit stones

and gravel 1 — (empty).

G. O. Sars has in his excellent work: «Mollusca Regionis
Arcticae Norvegiae» without giving ground eliminated « Yoldia

321

nana» which was recorded by his father’). It seems to me,
however, as if the specimens from East-Greenland might be divided
into two groups; the one would be in accordance with the typical
Portlandia frigida as it has been described and figured by
Torell?), the other, on the contrary, by the lesser height of
the shell and the more ventricous shape in accordance with
M. Sars’s P. nana. For this reason I cannot approve of
quite excluding P. nana; on the other hand I think it better
only to consider it a variety of P. frigida, since it only differs
from this by the shape of the shell and since transitional stages
moreover occur. I cannot confirm the difference that P. frigida
has fewer teeth than P. nana, as | find the number in both to
go up to 8—9. M. Sars himself has also felt doubtful. For
he writes as follows under « Yoldia nana Sars, nov. spec.»: «An
varietas Yoldiae frigidae Torell?» It is however correct that
there is a slight difference in size. Among the specimens at
hand from East-Greenland the largest var. nana measures 3°5 mm.,
while the largest typical frigida is of a length of 5 mm.

Arcidae.

Arca glacialis Gray.

1900. Cape Hope ........... 121 fms. Clay with stones 2 specimens.
1900. Hurry-Inlet........... 10 — Clay 11 — and 1 valve.
1900 Натту- Те. 50 — Clay with stones ca.80 —

1891—92. Jameson-Land..... 10—60 — D

1900. Fleming-Inlet......... 118 — Clay 3 —

1900. Forsblad-Fjord ........ ca. 50 — Clay with stones 4 — and 8 valves.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord ........ 90—50 — Clay with stones 2 —and 1 valve
1891—92. 72°53’ М. 20° 36° W. 96 — D

The maximum length is reached by specimens from Hurry-

1) M.Sars: Om de i Norge forekommende fossile Dyrelevninger fra Quartær-
perioden, p. 99, Fig. 118—120; Universitetsprogram for 1864. (1865).
2) О. Torell: Bidrag til Spitsbergens Molluskfauna, 1859, р. 148. Tab. I,
Fig. 3.
215

322

Inlet, namely 23 mm. (from a depth of 50 fms.) and 24 mm.
(from 10 fms.).

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it in the following
localities: Franz Joseph-Fjord, inner part of Myskoxe-Fjord,
53 fms., clay (15 specimens); Franz Joseph-Fjord, outer part
of Myskoxe-Fjord, clay, 116 fms. (11 specimens); Mackenzie-
Bay N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, 6!/2—19 fms., mud (31 spe-
cimens); off Mackenzie-Bay, 53 fms., mud (25 specimens). The
maximum length was 27°8 mm. (Hägg 1. с. р. 17—19).

Arca pectunculoides Scacchi
var. septentrionalis G. O. Sars.

1891—92. 72° 24° N. 19° 42’ W. 130 fms. 1 specimen.
1891—92. 74°17 N. 15° 20° W. 127 — Clay with stones 1 — and 1 valve.
1900. SE. of Sabine-Island 110 — 1 — and 1 valve.

The largest specimen was of a length of 12°5 mm.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took a specimen off
the north-eastern Greenland (72° 25’ N. 17° 56’ W.); the depth
was ca. 160 fms. and the bottom consisted of stones and sand.

Mytilidae.

Mytilus edulis Linné.

1891—92. Tasiusak.......... Between tide-marks 1 specimen.
1898—99. Tasiusak....... 1 — and 8 valves.
1901—02. Tasiusak........... . Numerous specim.
9 OO 22 SIT SARA 0 —ca.5 fms. Numerous specim.
1901—02. Tasiusak....... 12—5 — Numerous specim.
1901025 Тазлизак.. "007" DS == 1 specimen.
1901—02. Angmagsivik.... 1/2— ca. 5 — 2 —

The largest specimen is of a length of 84 mm.

All the East-Greenland specimens, which I have seen,
belong to a rather elongated form what will be seen from the
following measurements: a) length 84 mm., height 40 mm.; b)
length 80 mm., height 34 mm.; с) length 68 mm., height 33 mm. ;
d) length 70°5 mm., height 31°5 mm.; e) length 66 mm., height

323

32 mm.; f) length 59:5 mm., height 26°3 mm. A few propor-
tionally high specimens convey the impression, that they have
been unable to develop freely as they are deformed («squeezed»).

The valves of the East-Greenland specimens are sometimes
rather thin, sometimes rather solid; on the whole they cannot
be said to be especially thick. At Denmark we find for in-
stance a similar variation sometimes leading to still greater
- thickening of the valves.

Almost all the East-Greenland specimens have the con-
centric lines of increase with intervals very distinct; thus the
surface shows a number of deep furrows (a corresponding
number of conspicuous ribs may sometimes be noticed on the
inner side); it looks as if the growth is arrested periodically.
On a specimen of 84 mm. I have counted 17—18 of such
concentrical furrows.

On the East-Greenland coast the limit of the mussel’s
distribution may be fixed at about 66° 30’ N. It was observed
so far north, but not further, by C. Kruuse, when he took
part in G. Amdrup s exploration of the coast. No expedition
has found Mytilus edulis in a living state further north in
East-Greenland, and the late zoologist Sören Jensen, whom
I requested to look for the mussel during the expedition of
1900, told me that he had seen nothing of the mussel till he
came down to Angmagsalik.

This makes it still more strange that the Nathorst-Ex-
pedition of 1899 should find Mytilus edulis fossil at ca.73°N.,
namely at the mouth of Sophia-Sound, 25 meters above the
sea-level, and quite inmost in Franz Joseph-Fjord, 10 meters
above the sea-level'). This is, however, not an exceptional
phenomenon, the mussel having also become extinct in other
high-arctic localities, namely at the icy-sea-coast of Siberia,
Franz Joseph-Land, Svenska-Förlandet and Spitzbergen >”).

1) A.G.Nathorst: Bidrag till nordöstra Grönlands geologi; Geolog. Foren.
Forhandl. Bd. 23, 1901, p. 304.
*) A more detailed mention of this will be found in Ad. S. Jensen:

324

Mr. C. Kruuse, who stayed at Angmagsalik in 1901—02,
has on my request made the mussel object to observations.
As it may be of interest to obtain information regarding this
animal form here at the northern limit of its distribution I
shall communicate the notes which Kruuse kindly sent me,
excluding some less essential details.

«Mytilus edulis is not rare in the Angmagsalik district. I
have taken it in several places in Tasiusak, at 65° 37’ N., where
it however only occurs frequently in «Stromstedet» Kilitilik
(= the mussel-place) and does not pass the lenght of 5 cm. |
have moreover seen it in abundance in Tunok, in the littoral
belt in less numbers, but the specimens were large, of a length
of 6—8 cm.

It is rather common- at the bird-islands in Ikerasak,
Kangärsik, Kingak Angmagsivik (66° N.), Ingmikertok, Ingmiker-
torajik, Ikerasausak, Kuarmiut, Tiningnekelak, Norait and Anova.

In most of these localities only a few specimens of a length
not exceeding 5 cm. occurred, besides young ones; but in one
single place my native companion found at low water ca. 6 pints
of very large specimens (8 cm.).

According to the Rev. Ryttel’s statement it is very com-
mon in Ikerasausak along the whole coast of the sound.

At all the natives’ dwellings, houses as well as tent-places,
we find in the kitchenmiddens considerable heaps of shells
which almost entirely consist of Mytilus. The specimens are
most frequently exquisitely large, but now and then we also
find heaps of smaller specimens till quite young ones.

The natives highly appreciate the mussel, they neglect no
opportunity to eat it in numbers, where they find it on their
summer journeys, they will even postpone their journeys for
days in order to use the low water time to empty some rocks.

Studier over nordiske Mollusker, Il; Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren.
Kbhvn. 1902 (p. 40—41). Comp. also N. Knipowitsch, Ann. Musée
Zool. de l'Acad. Imp. des Sci. St. Petersbourg, T. VIII, 1903, р. 133;
and the present treatise p. 300—303.

325

It is always eaten au naturel and the natives do not care for it
when it has been cooked. As food it is yet of the greatest impor-
tance in spring when the supply of seal-meat has been used up.
Then it is gathered with the hand through the holes and cracks
in the ice, which always are formed around skerries and rocks
by the changing rising and sinking of the ice (tidal action).
Together with the fucaceae Agarum Turneri, Laminaria
groenlandica and the Florid Rhodymenia palmata the mussels are
called «Strandting» and have often before the beginning of the
colonization saved the inhabitants from perishing with hunger,
and they still play a considerable part in the winter diet.

North of the inhabited district I only remember to have
seen it once at about 66°30’N. A few and small specimens were
here found in a crevice situated between tide-marks. They
were at once devoured by the hungry members of the expedi-
tion. I have neither noticed it on the old tent-and dwelling-
places and doubt that it occurs here in greater numbers.

Mytilus lives rather freely, it is rarely found as a hold
for Laminarians, though it occurs in the Laminaria woods. It
likes clear streaming water and avoids decidedly all places where
greater quantities of freshwater run into the sea. I have never
found it in the inner end of the fjords where the water is made
clayey by the glacier rivers.

It is not seldom found on the bird-islands whither it has
been taken by brooding birds.»

Daerydium vitreum (Holbüll) Möller.

19002. Cape Dalton AE 2227 > 9—11 fms. Fine clay with small stones

3 specim. and 3 valves.
1900, Huvey-Inleb Peer 10 — Clay 1 — (empty).
1900 ору ое в 002. 50 — Clay with stones

20 specimens.
1900. Fleming-Inlet.......... 118 — Clay 1 — (dead) and 1 valve.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord ......... 50 — Clay with stones 1 specimen.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord ......... 90—50 — Clay with stones

24 specim. (5 empty) and 3 valv.
1891-92. 74° 17 М. 15° 20° W. 127 — Clay with stones 1 specimen.

326

1900. SE. of Sabine-Island.... 110 fms. Fine clay with stones and gravel

1 specimen.
1900. Sabine-Island.......... Laminarians { — (very young).

At East-Greenland Dacrydium vitreum has thus been found
from Cape Dalton to Sabine-Island, ог from 69!/2—741/2 N.

The species obtains a considerable size at East-Greenland,
namely a length of up to 6 mm.

Modiolaria laevigata Gray
et var. substriata Gray.

1899. Саре Вай... 10—15 fms. Rocky ground with Laminarians
1 specimen.
1901—02. Tasiusak ...... 2—5 — D —
1898. a ES 3—5 — Stony ground with some Algae
14 specimens.
1899. se GEES AE 5—20 — Stony ground with Algae
Numerous specimens.
1899. АЕ: 6—10 — Mud with а few Algae
1 specimen.
1899. Til eee 20—30 — Stony ground with Algae
6 specimens.
1892. Secs fe 13 — $ =

7 Numerous specimens

1901. Angmagsalik....... \ in their Byssus nest

1900. = soc IN, = 5 specimens.
1892. Angmagsalik-Fjord . 10—25 — 2 —
1902. Ingmikertok ....10—ca.30 — 1 —
1902. Tiningnekelak...... 1 — 30 — (small young ones).
1901. NL dre 5—10 — 10 —
1902. Save abet Fucaceae, sand 5 —
IO, IMO сообовеобеве Between tide-marks 1 —
1902. Angmagsivik..... 1/2— ca. 5 fms. До ==
1899. Smalsund ......... - 2—1 — Rocky ground with some Algae
3 specimens.
1899 #0desunde nern 5—15 — Rocky ground with Algae
2 specimens.
1899. Kangerdlugsuatsiak . Rocky ground with Algae
Numerous — (small).
1899. Solo-Fjord......... The beach Rocky ground with a few Algae
3 specimens (small).
1899. — Se aE agar 10—15 fms. Rocky ground with Algae
8 specimens.
1900. Cape Dalton....... 9—11 — Fine clay with small stones

15 specimens.

327

1900. Henry-Land........ 20 fms. Stones ca. 50 spec. (0’5—19 mm.).
1900. Turner-Sound...... Cayo — Numerous specimens.
1891—92. Scoresby-Sound 10—16 — 6 —
1891-92. — — 10—60 — 1 —
1891—92. Danmarks Ø... 6—7 — | ==
1891—92. НеКа-Науп.... 3—6 — 25, —
1891—92. Gaaseland..... bre
1900. Hurry-Inlet........ 10 — Clay 15 —
1900. Cape Borlase Warren 10 — Laminarians WG) —
1900. Sabine-Island...... Laminarians 9 —

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it in Mackenzie-
Вау N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord at depths of 11/2—-5l/2 fms.
(1 specimen), 6'/2—10 fms. (14 specimens) and 6!/2—19 fms.
(numerous specimens), according to В. Hagg (1. с.) who has
recorded it as 3 species: Modiolaria corrugata') (р. 22), М.
laevigata (р. 23) and М. substriata (р. 25)”).

The Germania-Expedition of 1869—70 took it at Jackson-,
Clavering-, Sabine- and Shannon-Isles at depths of 4—30 fms.,
according to Mébius who records it as Modiolaria discors
фе Da 250)

Modiolaria laevigdta is thus extremely common along the
East-Greenland coast and has been found as far North as
collections on the whole have been undertaken (Shannon-Island
at 75—75 N.).

At East-Greenland the /aevigata-form is by far the most
frequently occurring and obtains a length of 36°5 mm. The
variety substriata occurs comparatively seldom; it obtains a
length of 32 mm.

Modiolaria corrugata Stimpson is up to the present day
often confounded with М. laevigata, just as several authors
speak of transition stages between them. They are however two

1) I have had the opportunity of seeing some of the East-Greenland
specimens which Mr. Hagg has examined, and I must declare his de-
termination to be incorrect. M. corrugata does not occur at all at
East-Greenland.

2) I only consider « М. substriata» a variety of М. laevigata, as transition
stages occur between them.

328

very distinct species: M. corrugata may easily be distinguished
from M. laevigata var. substriata (M. laevis Beck) by the cha-
racter that the periostracum of the median area is not smooth,
but shows a fine wrinkling when placed under a lens, almost
as M. nigra; from the latter species M. corrugata differs again
by the feature that the median area is distinctly set off against
the posterior area as in M. laevigata.

Fossil. A fragment of a middle-sized valve was found at
Hurry-Inlet opposite the anchoring place (Dan. East-Greenland
Exped. 1900).

Modiolaria nigra Gray.

1901 —02. Tasius ak eee ner 10—15 fms. 1 specimen.

1900. Cape Dalton ....... ill Glen 25 ==

1900. Turner-Sound...... ca. 3 — 30 — (1':5—44'5 mm.).
1900. Hurry-Inlet ........ 7—0 — Clay and sand 5 — (3 empty).

1900. Cape Borlase Warren Laminarians 1 — (empty).

The largest specimen, the one from the last mentioned
locality, is of a length of 45°5 mm.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took 15 specimens, up
to a length of 40 mm., in Mackenzie-Bay N. of Franz Joseph-
Fjord, where the depth was 6'/2—19 fms. (Hagg |. с. р. 26).

Modiolaria nigra is thus found from the most southern
region up to Cape Borlase Warren which is situated at 74° 20'N.

The shape is very variable in the East-Greenland speci-
mens, sometimes low and ventricous, sometimes comparatively
high and compressed, which will be seen from the measures
stated below:

Length. Height. Breadth.
а. Turner-Sound ... 44°5 mm. 21°5 mm. 16 mm.
b. Cape Dalton..... 40 — 22 — 14 —
с. — Re Se 39 D — 19:5 — 145 —
d — ct BOOS 855 — 20 — 12:5 —
е. — ее 345 — 18.5 — 12:25—
f. Turner-Sound ... 31 — 17 — 10:5 —

329

Crenella decussata Montagu.
UI Ot 02ininsenekelaR EP eye 1 specimen.

By this specimen, which is 475 mm. high, the species has
for the first time been represented at East-Greenland.

Limidae.

Limatula hyperborea n. sp.

Shell oval or elliptical, extremely convex, white or
yellowish white with a faint lustre. The valve is thin, a little
oblique, the anterior margin forming a faint regular arch, the

a b € d

Fig. 1. Limatula hyperborea n. sp.

A specimen from East-Greenland (Forsblad-Fjord, 90— 50 fms.), seen
from the right side (a) and from the left (b), from before (c) and
from above (d). >< 3/2.

posterior margin being somewhat more arched above. Sculp-
ture, 24

36 fine, but distinct and sharp radial ridges which
disappear towards the sides; two of the middlemost are generally
stronger and with larger interval than the others, and thus they
form a rather marked furrow which is situated almost medially
or a little to the side of a line through the middle of the valve
(sometimes only one conspicuous median rib appears); the
concentrical striation exceedingly fine. Beaks prominent; hinge-
line comparatively long, almost straight, forming an obtuse angle
with the side-margins; the ligament-pit triangular; the inside

330

shining silvery white or pearly. The height is 15 mm., the
length 9°5 mm. and the breadth 9 mm.

1900. Fleming-Inlet... 118 fms. Clay 1 specimen.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord .. ca.50 — Clay with stones 1 —
1900. Forsblad-Fjord . .90—50 — Clay with stones 12 — and 14 valves.

This new species may be distinguished from Limatula
elliptica Jeffreys') with which it has some resemblance, by
the following characters: the shape of the shell is higher, the
ventral margin forms with the side-margins a steeper arch, the
radial ribs are sharp and not serrate. L. subovata Jeffreys?) is
also a nearly related species, but it has much more numerous
radial ribs (50—60) and is still more ventricous.

This new species not only lives at the northern East-Green-
land but also at Spitzbergen and in the Kara-Sea of which
I have convinced myself in the «Riks-Museum» in Stockholm).
It is probable that it also lives in the Barents-Sea and in the
cold Arctic-Sea where «L. subovata Jeffr.» is said to have been
taken in several places, according to Friele & Grieg’), it
being very probable that L. subovata has been confounded with
the present new species. The same probably holds good with
regard to «Lima elliptica Jeffr.» which was taken by the Dutch
expedition in the Barents-Sea at 130 fms., as Nomann’) states
the maximum size to be 11 mm. length and 18 mm. height, a
size which, as far as I know, never is obtained by L. elliptica,
but would correspond very well with the present new species.
The Ingolf-Expedition has taken very large specimens up to a
height of 20 mm. of L. hyperborea (S. of Jan Mayen, 371 fms.).

1) Brit. Conchol. II, 1863, р. 81.

2) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) XVIII, 1876, p. 427.

3) The specimens from the Kara-Sea were by W. Leche referred to Lima
sulculus (Leach) Lov. (Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akademiens Handl. Bd. 16, Nr. 2,
1878, p. 34).

4) Norw. North-Atl. Exped. Zool., Mollusca, Ш, 1901, р. 7.

5) Niederland. Arch. f. Zoologie, Suppl.-Bd. 1, 1881—82, Nr. 10, p. 4.

331

Pectinidae.

Pecten groenlandicus Chemnitz.

1901 022 Tasiusaky ол. 3. 30—50 fms. 9 specimens.
11899300 destindi Sram 5—15 — Stony ground with algae

2 specimens.
1900" CapesDalton! era a 9—11 — Clay with small stones

1 fragment.
1900. Off Henry-Land............. ca.20 — Stones 1 valve.
1900%..Durner-Sounde re ER ва. 9 — 1 specimen and 1 valve.
1891—92. Hekla-Havn............. $1 — са. 20) —
119002 Hursy-Inletz 2... 0202000022022 107 — Clay ea. 50) —
1900 Hleming=Inlet == ae 118 — Red Clay

1 valve (of a young one).
1900. The mouth of Forsblad-Fjord . 14-3 — ca. 70 specimens.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord .............. 90—50 — Clay with sharp stones

6 specimens.

1900. Cape Borlase Warren........ 10 — Laminarians 1 —
1900. Sabine-Island. ¢ .......... ... Laminarians 4 —

The Nordenskiöld-Expedition of 1883 took 15 speci-
mens (long. max. 27:5 mm.) off Angmagsalik (65° 40’ N. 35° 32’ W.)
at a depth of 25—40 fms. and on clayey ground.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it in the following
localities (comp. Hägg |. c. p. 28), specimens of a length of
up to 26°5 mm.:

SE. of Walrus-Island.. 74° 30' М. 42—53 fms. Mud and stones
Numerous spec.

SE. of Pendulum-Island 74° 35’ N. 79 — Mud and stones
2 specimens.

Pecten groenlandicus thus appears to be rather common
along East-Greenland. It has been found to occur from 65!/2°
—741/2° N. and will most probably be found to reach as far
North as Greenland altogether.

Pecten groenlandicus obtains a very considerable size of
up to а length of 28°5 mm. at East-Greenland, as in other
high-arctic regions.

As it constantly is asserted that the left valve is consider-
ably larger than the right (compare for instance Hägg |. с.

332

p. 28), I must maintain that J. Collin is perfectly right when
writing: «in most specimens the valves are of the same size,
only in a few the margin of the left valve will be found to project
quite a little over the right one, still without bending over it»
and (under Pecten Hoskynsi (non Forbes) Sars = Р. imbrifer
Lovén): «in all very thin shelled Pecten-forms the feeblest valve
will yield in the edge when the animal in the agonies of death
is strongly shutting the valves. This causes the peculiar con-
cavity which runs concentrically with the shell edge, the sculp-
ture conditions on the right shell imparting this with greater

firmness».
In his posthumous diary Søren Jensen has put down
the following observation regarding Pecten groenlandicus: «I

was utterly astonished to see that this little bivalve was capable
of swimming when fullgrown. It opens and shuts the valves,
pushes the water back under the shutting, which takes place
with a strong action, and thus rushes backwards through
the water. The animals lying on the bottom of a glass of
water might in this way «yawn» themselves quite up to the

surface».

Pecten imbrifer Loven.

1891—92. Off Scoresby-Sound 167 fms. Clay with large stones 1 valve.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord...... 50 — Clay with stones 1 valve.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord...... 50—90 — Clay with stones ca. 125 spec.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took I specimen SE.
of Pendulum-Island (74° 35’ N.), where the depth was 79 fms.;
the ground consisted of mud and stones (Hägg |. с. р. 30).

The specimens at hand belong to the variety major Leche
and obtain a length of up to 20°5 mm.

The sculpture of the left valve is exceedingly variable, it
is sometimes provided with numerous radially arranged hollow
vesicles, sometimes it only shows faint traces of such.

333

Pecten islandicus Müller.

1900. Off Angmagsalik. 140 fms. 1 fragment.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord...90—50 — Fragments of a larger and a smaller valve.

Whole valves, not to speak of living specimens, have not
been found at East-Greenland. And as it does not seem probable
that a bivalve of such a considerable size as Pecten islandicus
should have escaped notice it is to be doubted that the species
lives at East-Greenland. But wherefrom do then the taken frag-
ments originate? Do they arise from a submarine fossiliferous
layer or from a shell layer on land? This last hypothesis is sup-
ported by the fact that N. Hartz in 1891—92 found a small frag-
ment of a shell lying together with Saxicava arctica in fine clay on
«Rolige Bre» near the Kobberpynt in the inner Scoresby-Sound,
75 feet above the sea-level, and this fragment has correctly
been recognized by Posselt as Pecten islandicus. Thus it
appears that we here have to do with raised layers with P. 7s-
landicus, how could this fragment otherwise be found on the
glacier! Hartz also writes: «These shell-fragments presumably
originate from deposits higher up along the edge of the glacier
and thus suggest that rather considerable changes have taken
place in the distribution of the ice» !).

Astartidae.
+ Astarte Banksii Leach.

1901—02. Tasiusak ........... 1[2—5 fms. 10 specimens.
185997 Rasıusake ara 6-10 — Muddy ground 1 —

FSI аа SE RSS 15—20 — Rocky ground 1 —

о Та ива sy 08. aa 20—30 — Stony ground 1 — (empty).
1902/Tasiusak te 02.200220. 80—50 — 3 —

1900. Angmagsalik............ 9—0 — 3 —

1901. Tiningnekelak........... 5—10 — 2 — (empty).
1900. Саре Dalton +" "00 9—11 . Clay 18 — (6 empty).

1) Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1896, р. 175—76. — Comp. moreover this
treatise p. 301—302.

1900. Turner-Sound .......... ca. 3 fms. 10 specimens.
1891—92. Hekla-Havn......... 12 ==

TOO, IMAP 5 в оозоовыюсов 7—0 — Clay and sand 1 —

1900. The mouth of Hurry-Inlet IO =— Glew >. i=

1900. Cape Borlase Warren.... 19 — 8 — (4 empty).
1900. Sabine-Island........... 3—5 — 5 — (4 empty).

The majority of the specimens at hand which reach a
length of 24 mm. belong to the variety Warhami (— Astarte
Warhami Hancock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. 18, 1846, p. 336,
PI. 5, Fig. 15—16) which is characterized by a lengthened shape
of the shell, elliptical and generally rounded both in front and
behind; the umbo is situated almost in the middle of the border
of the shell. Generally the shell is rather compressed, but some-
times rather ventricous. The concentrical ribs frequently quite
reach the ventral margin, but other specimens are only ribbed on
the umbonal part or to the middle of the shell, while the rest of
the shell only shows fine lines of increase (= Astarte fabula
Reeve, in Belcher: The last of the Arctic Voyages, vol. Il, 1855,
о: plo 221593; Е. бра, В).

Some specimens belong to the variety striata (= Astarte
striata Leach) which according to my opinion only is a shorter
form of Warhami'). It is not correct to distinguish them by
the different colour of the periostracum as the variety Warhami
for instance may begin as straw-coloured and end as dark brown.

At last there are a few specimens of a generally higher,
more or less triangular form, with fine lines of increase but
without ribs and with a shining periostracum >).

Astarte Banksii was previously taken by the Germania-
Expedition at the north-eastern Greenland, namely at Jackson-
Island (Möbius |. с. р. 251, $. п. «Азат compressa Montagu»).

In a fossil state it has been found in the following localities:

1) Such a shorter form is figured by Posselt as: Astarte Banksii Leach
var. Warhami in his Östgrönl. Mollusker, Тау. I, Fig. 3—4.

2) Such а form is figured by Posselt as: Astarte Banksw Leach (1. с.
Fig. 1—2).

335

1891—92. Sandbanks between Cape Hooker and Cape Stewart, Jameson's
Land. Ca. 10 valves.

1900. Northern part of Hurry-Inlet, quite down at the tributary river, 20—
| 30 feet over the sea-level. 1 valve.

Astarte borealis Chemnitz.

90—02 RSS ARTE ee Me—5 fms. 8 specimens.

SOS ASUS A RE PAT SEES ine ore 3—5 — Stony ground 1 —

1899. ИЕ с оооново мо annee 6—10 — Muddy ground 1 —

ЗО Паста ey ANR AN 20—30 — Stony ground 4 valves.
1901 imine ske AR ner: HHO = 1 specimen (empty).
1900MBunner-Sound 445. eee. AU cays) — I =

1900. N. of Stewart-Island ......... 158 — Clay with stones 1 valve.
1891—92. Hekla-Havn............. Mud ca. 12 specimens.
1900. The mouth of Hurry-Inlet.... 107 =~ Clay 4 —(22empty):
1900. The mouth of Forsblad-Fjord. 14—3 — 2 —

1900. Cape Borlase Warren........ VORE 4 — (1 empty).
19002 Sabıne-Island na о 8—5 — 3 — (1 empty).

About 50 specimens were moreover taken in 1900; their
label is unfortunately lost; thus the exact locality cannot
be stated.

The species was previously taken both at the southern
and at the northern East-Greenland. The Nordenskidld-
Expedition took 9 specimens off Angmagsalik at a depth of
25—40 fms.; the ground consisted of clay with small stones.
The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took 9 specimens in
Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, at a depth of 67/2—
10 fms. and on muddy ground (Hågg |. с. р. 33). The Germania-
Expedition took it at Shannon-Island, Sabine-Island, Jackson-
and Clavering-Island at 4—10 fms. (Möbius |. с. р. 251).

All the East-Greenland specimens, which I have at hand,
are more or less compressed and as a rule extremely lengthened:

Length. Height. Breadth.

Bunner-Sound „.... 22... 44 mm. 35 mm. 18 mm.
SET LTR 40 — 30 — 1425 —
Tasiusak..:... en 325 — 27:2 — 13 —
EN 29 — 245 — 1020 —
Hekla-Haynvess2. res 29 — 21°5 — 95 —
Forsblad-Ejord........... 27 — 20! — 8:25 —

XIXe 22

336

The umbonal region is provided with narrow, rather sharp
folds which in the fullgrown specimens are continued shorter
or longer down, but without reaching the middle of the shell,
and as a rule they keep to the umbonal region. The periostracum
is generally thick and bast-like, brown or blackish and fre-
quently somewhat shining.

The East-Greenland specimens are probably to be referred
to the variety placenta Mérch'). The specimens from Hekla-
Havn were examined by Posselt who set them up as a
new variety: sericea on account of the «lengthened shape» of
the shell and the «thick epidermis with its silk-like lustre» ?).
Only the first mentioned quality might — according to my opinion
— though hardly justify the setting up of a special variety and
even in this respect numerous transitions to var. placenta
exist.

In a fossil state the species was found by the Danish
East-Greenland-Expedition of 1900 in the following localities:

Hurry-Inlet, Northern part, Liverpool-Coast 9 valves.
Hurry-Inlet, Northern part, from different banks,
Ryders-Elv at the main river | 2) ==
They are either fragments ог very rubbed valves.
Nathorst too found it fossil, namely at the mouth of
Sophia-Sound at a height of 25—40 meters above the sea-
level 2).

1) Mörch: Catal. des Moll. du Spitzberg; Мет. Soc. Malacol. Belgique,

HIVER 1869 5,0022:
Leche: Ofvers. öfver de af Sv. exped. til Nowaja-Semlja och Je-

nissej insaml. hafs-mollusker; К. Sv. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 16, Nr. 2,
1878, р. 19, Tab 1, Fig. 4 a—c.

2) Posselt: ®stgrenl. Mollusker; Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1895, р. 71,
Tab.I, Fig. 8—12.

3) А. С. Nathorst: Bidrag till nordöstra Grönlands geologi; Geol. Foren.
Förhandl. Bd. 23, 1901, p. 304 («Astarte arctica» ).

307

Astarte crenata Gray.

f. typica
Astarte crenata Gray, Reeve, Conchol. Icon. XIX, 1874,
sp. 9. — A. oblonga Sowerby, Thes. Conchyl. II, 1855, р. 781,

Pl. 167, Fig. 19.

The shell is oval, more or less convex, with numerous

comparatively low concentric

ribs which disappear

on the posterior part of the shell; the periostracum is light,

(ca. 50)

yellowish.

1900 Hurry-Inlet о. 50
1900. Cape Hope ............ 121
1900. Cape Tobin............ 120

1891—92. 72° 24° N. 19° 42° У. 130

1900. 72° 51° N. 20° 321/2 W... 124
1891—92. 72° 53 М. 20° 36 W. 96
9—9 ИЗ 24 М. 202 106
1900. SE. of Sabine-Island.... 110

fms.

Clay with stones Numerous specim.

Clay with stones 3 specimens.

(igs

3 — (2 empty).

1 — (empty).

6

DU

Fine clay with stones and gravel
10 spec. and some empty valves.

The largest specimens are of a length of 28 mm.

In its typical shape it is a rather characteristic form, but

it is subjected to great variations 1).

The ribs may become

fewer and more conspicuous, and all three dimensions are

subject to considerable changings which will be seen from the

following measures:

Length. Height.

mm. mm.

Hurry-Inlet....... 23 17°5
Саре Hope....... 23°5 17°5
SE. of Sabine-Island 23°5 18:2
— - — — 265 21:5

The height The breadth
in °/oofthe Breadth. in °/o of the
length. length.
mm.

761 10°5 45°7
745 11°25 47:9
77-4 12-5 53-2
81-1 12 45-3

1) Hägg has set up the variety incostata (1. с. р. 37, Taf. I, Fig. 11—12) for
some especially short and ventricous specimens. Qur Museum possesses
from Umanak in West-Greenland, from 250 fms., a similar form also
with slightly developed and very closely arranged ribs.

225

338

Var. inflatu Hage.
Astarte crenata Gray var. inflata n. subsp. Hagg, Arkiv
for Zoologi, Bd. 2, Nr. 2, 1904, р. 37, Taf. I, Fig. 4—6.

: The shell is ventricose and approaches the oblique square,
the upper and lower margin are almost parallel, the anterior end
short, rounded, the posterior end truncate. The concentric ribs
are generally rather numerous and well-developed, sometimes
however less conspicuous or even effaced on a smaller or larger
part of the shell (very rarely even quite wanting, so that the
shell only shows a fine striation). ‘The periostracum is yellow
or brownish yellow. The maximum length is 19 mm.

1900. Forsblad-Fjord ......... ca. 50 fms. Clay with stones 5 specimens.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord ......... 90—50 — Clay with stones Numerous —
1891—92. 74° 17° N. 15° 20° W. 127 — Clay with stones 2 specimens.

The number of ribs may increase up to ca. 40 and de-
crease to ca. 24 or still fewer as the umbonal part frequently is
without folds, and quite smooth specimens may, as mentioned
before, also occur.

Some measurements will show the variation-limits, from the
oblong-trapeze shaped to the almost quadratic, and the more
or less ventricous:

The height . The breadth

Length. Height. in ?/, of the Breadth. in °/o of the
length. length.
19 mm. 14°5 mm. 76-3 10 тм. 52:6
16:5 — 11:75 — 2 I2 — 55:8
15-25 — 1 8:5 — 55-7
15. : — 11 — 13:3 173 — 48-7

Var. acuticostata Jeffreys.

Astarte acuticostata Jeffreys M. S., Friele, Nyt Mag. f.
Naturvidensk. 23. Bd. 1877, 3. Hft., p. 1; ibid. 24. Bd. 1879,
р. 223; Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, р. 711, Pl. 61, Fig. 9.

The shape takes form of a shorter or longer oblique square,
more or less ventricous; the concentric ribs are numerous (ca.
25—40), well developed, more or less sharp, partly laminar and
imbricated. The maximum length is 13 mm.

1900. N. of Stewart-Island .... 158 fms. Clay with stones 2 specimens.
1900. Fleming-Inlet .......... 118 — Clay 1 —

I have after due consideration drawn in the present form
as a variety under Astarte crenata Gray — Friele felt in
1879 (1. с.) inclined to consider it as a dwarf form of A. crenata,
he has however as late as 1902 kept it under the specific
name: Astarte acuticostata.

Astarte crenata Gray was previously taken at Shannon-Island,
30 fms. (Möbius 1. с. р. 252, $. п. A. crebricostata). Moreover
in the following localities by the Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900:
the mouth of Franz Joseph-Fjord, 106—1581/2 fms., mud
(1 specimen); off Mackenzie-Bay, 58 fms., mud (10 specimens) ;
72° 25'N. 17° 56’ W., ca. 160 fms., stones and sand (12 speci-
mens); SE. of Pendulum-Island, 74° 35° N. 18° 15’ W., 79 fms.,
mud and stones (2 specimens) (Hägg l. с. р. 36).

Astarte sulcata da Costa.

1900. Off Angmagsalik......... 140 fms. 1 valve.

The species was previously taken off Greenland’s south-
east-coast. First by Nordenskiôld’s Expedition of 1883 at
depths of 25—40 fms. (4 specimens) and 130 fms. (several spe-
cimens); the ground consisted of clay with stones in both
places. Next it was taken by the Ingolf-Expedition of 1596
on sandy ground at a depth of 204 fms.; the bottom-tempe-
rature was 4° 1 С. (1 specimen). |

The form of Astarte sulcata which occurs at the south-
eastern Greenland is comparatively close-ribbed and of a maximum
length of 23 mm.

Astarte elliptica Brown.
(= A. compressa (L.?) G. О. Sars.)

1899 таза: 20—30 fms. Stony ground
4 specim. (2 empty).
L902Tasius ak о. 30—50 — 5

1901. Tiningnekelak............... 5—10 fms. 3 specimens.
19005 Саре Фа 9—11 — Clay ca. 30 —
1891—92. Hekla-Havn............. 3—6 — Миа ca. 20 —

1900. Hurry-Inlet, the mouth ...... 10 — Clay 2 —

1900. Forsblad-Fjord, the mouth ... 14—3 — 3 — (1 empty).

The species was previously taken by the Swedish Expedition
of 1883 «off the southeast-coast, 25—40 fms.» and by the
Germania-Expedition at the northern East-Greenland (Môbius
Cp BSI, Soins AS car)

The specimens which I have at hand from East-Greenland
are on the whole rather lengthened, as will be seen from the

following measurements:

Length. Height. Breadth.

Cape Dalton): ..{.;:.... 29°5 mm. 21:5 mm. 12:5 mm.
= No 29°5 — 215 — 11:5 —
Hurry=Inlet# tte. 27 — 20 — CRE —
Hekla-Havn ......... 235 — 16 — 8 =
= NE 22:5. — 16:5 — 1:19 —

The folds are stretching most frequently down to the ventral
edge, it is however not seldom that they stop about the middle
of the shell.

Posselt has set up the variety depressa') for the most
lengthened specimens (those from Hekla-Havn).

In a fossil state it has been taken in the following lo-
calities by the Danish East-Greenland-Expedition of 1900:

Hurzy-inlet, opposite the anchoring place ss PEN rene 2 valves.
Hurry-Inlet, Northern part, Liverpool-Coast ................... 7 —
Hurry-Inlet, Northern part, from different banks, Ryders-Elv at
thepmain suiver.g ee боле As ee eee 3 —
Hurry-Inlet, Northern part, quite down at the tributary river, 20—
S50Ffeeigaboventhegsea-levelau er ee Са Pay =

The maximum length is 34mm. The specimens are charac-
terized—just as the specimens living at present at East-Green-
land’s coast — by the lengthened shape. As examples | shall

state the measurements of some valves:

1) H. J. Posselt: Østgrønlandske Mollusker. Medd. om Grønland, XIX,
1895, р. 72, Tab. I, Fig. 5 —7.

341

Length. Height.

34 mm. 24 mm.

32 — 23 —

30 — 22°2 —

Lucinidae.

Aæinus fleeuosus Mont.
1900. Cape Dalton ....... 9—11 fms. Fine clay with small stones 3 specim.
1900. Turner-Sound...... ca. 3 — Nb Le
1900. N. of Stewart-Island. 158 — Clay with stones 5 —
1891—92. Hekla-Havn.... | Mud 5 —
1900. Hurry-Inlet ........ 7—0 — Clay and sand 6 —
1900. Hurry-Inlet........ 50 — Clay with stones QU
1900. Fleming-Inlet ...... 118 — Red clay в =
1900. Forsblad-Fjord ..... 14—3 — 1 —
1900. SE. of Sabine-Island 110 — Fine clay with stones and gravel

2 specim.

Some of the specimens at hand correspond by the oval-
orbicular shape of the shell and by the two distinct folds on
the posterior side with the variety Gouldi Phil. Others have on
the contrary only one distinctly marked fold on the posterior
side, and the shell approaches the rounded triangular shape. The
maximum length is 6 mm. (the specimens from Hurry-Inlet,
50 fms.).

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it twice at the
northern East-Greenland, namely: Franz Joseph-Fjord, in the
inner part of Myskoxe-Fjord, 53 fms., clay (2 specimens) and
in the outer part of Myskoxe-Fjord, 116 fms., clay (3 speci-
mens). These specimens were reaching a length of 6°6 mm.
(Hage L с. р. 41).

Fossil it was taken by Hartz in the vear 1900 in the
following locality :

Hurry-lnlet, opposite the anchoring place .......... 2 valves
(length 772 mm., height 7°5 mm.)

342

Axinopsis orbiculata G. O. Sars.

1901—02. Tasiusak ...... 2 specimens.
1901—02. Ingmikertok ... 1 valve.

1900. Turner-Sound...... ca. 3 fms. 18 spec. & 6 valves.
1891—92. Hekla-Havn:... Mud D)

1900. Hurry-Inlet........ 7—0 — Clay and sand 1 —

1900. Sabine-Island...... Be == 3 —

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took a specimen in
Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, where the depth was
61/2—10 fms.; the ground was muddy (Hägg 1. с. р. 44).

The maximum length is obtained by the specimens from
Hekla-Havn, namely 3°8 mm.

In a fossil state it was jtaken by Hartz in 1900 in the
following locality: ;
Hurry-Inlet, opposite the anchoring place ......... 10 valves

(maximum length 425 mm.).

Tellinidae.
Tellina (Macoma) calcaria Chemnitz.

It is peculiar that this bivalve, which otherwise is veryicom-
mon in arctic seas, only has been taken once by the Danish

Fig. 2. Tellina calcaria Chemn. A specimen seen from
the inner side, for comparison with other species of Tel-
lina, mentioned in this paper.

Expeditions, namely at Tasiusak at a depth of 20—30 fms.
(2 empty specimens of a maximum length of 33 mm.).

1) These specimens were by Posselt confounded with Axinus flexuosus
from the same locality for which reason Axinopsis orbiculata has not
been mentioned in his: Ostgronl. Mollusker.

343

The Nordenskidld- Expedition of 1883 took it off Ta-
siusak (65° 40' N. 35° 32' W.), at depths of 25—40 fms. (1 spe-
cimen) and of 130 fms. (4 specimens); the ground consisted of
clay with stones (Posselt 1. с. 1898, р. 86).

At the northern East-Greenland the Nathorst-Expedition
of 1899 took it in the following localities !):

Scoresby-Sound, Fame-Isles...... 2'/2—4 fms. Mud.
4 specim. (one of 35°25 mm., 3 young).
ИК SE? GS RENE eee ae med 18!/2—32 fms. Mud.
1 specim. (Length 30 mm.).
Franz Joseph-Fjord ........... ca. 1!/.—5 — Sandy mud.
9 specim. (Length 3—21 mm.).
Franz Joseph-Fjord ............. 15—19 — Clay with stones and gravel.

1 specim. (Length 36°25 mm.).

It was not taken by the Kolthoff- Expedition of 1900?).
Fossil it has been taken in the following localities:

1891—92. Danmarks-Ö in Scoresby Sound. At the top of the shell-heap,
between the buildings of the station. Grey clay, ca. 20 feet above the
å sea-level. One fragment of å rather small valve.
1900. Northern part of Hurry-Inlet, Liverpool-Coast. 4 valves.
Length: 25—31 mm.
1900. Polhem-Dal, Forsblad-Fjord. 8 valves. Length: 19—ca.30 mm.

Tellina (Macoma) Torelli lap. Steenstrup.

Tellina crassula Mörch (non Deshayes), in Rupert Jones, Arctic Manual,
1875, p. 131 & Rink's Dan. Greenland, 1877, p. 440. — Tellina solidula Leche
(partim) К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 16, Nr. 2, 1878, р. 12. — Tellina lata
Leche (partim), ibid. p. 13. — Tellina crassula, forma: T. Torelli Steen-
strup, in Johnstrup: Om de geologiske Forhold i den nordlige Del af Vend-
syssel (Indbydelsesskrift til Kjøbenhavns Universitets Aarsfest), 1882, p. 8. —
Tellina Torelli lap. Steenstrup in schedulis Mus. Hafn. — Tellina crassula
Jessen, Danmarks geol. Undersøgelse, 1. В. Nr. 3, 1899, р. 192 ete. — Tellina
(Macoma) Torelli Jensen, Vidensk. Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn., 1905,
p. 34, Tab. I, Fig. 3 a—i.

1) The specimens are kept in Stockholm’s Riks-Museum, where i have
seen them.

*) В. Hägg certainly mentions several specimens from two localities in
Mackenzie-Bay (1. с. р. 47), but he admits in a postscript (р. 66) that the

specimens in question belong to Tellina moesta Deshayes.

344

Shell rather small, somewhat convex and of an oblique
oval-triangular shape, the anterior end elongated, rounded, the
posterior end short, abruptly truncate running forwards or vertical.
The ventral margin arched, somewhat rising behind, the antero-
and postero-dorsal margins both descending, the latter especially
marked, so that the dorsal margin forms a typical angle, almost
right or a little larger, whose top is formed by the prominent umbo
which is situated a little behind the middle. The valves rather solid

e fi g h
Fig. 3. Tellina Torelli lap. Steenstr. a, b, с, d a recent specimen
from Spitzbergen, seen from the outer and the inner side; e, f, g, h
a fossil specimen from newer glacial Yoldia-clay in Vendsyssel (Den-
mark), seen from the outer and the inner side. Nat. size.
with a yellowish white or greenish yellow, faintly shining peri-
ostracum and fine lines of growth. The ligament is projecting,
the hinge-margin narrow, the teeth comparatively large and
well developed. The inside is white, the pallial sinus considerably
longer on the left than on the right valve. Length, 13°5 mm.;
height, 10°25mm.; breadth, 6-1 mm. (Maximum length 20°5 mm.).

This species has only been taken once .at East-Greenland,
namely at Griper-Road on the southside of Sabine-Island (74° 30'N.
19°45’ W.) where Soren Jensen got two empty but paired
valves at dredging between the boats anchoring ground (depth:

ca. 10 fms.) and the shore. This specimen is uncommonly

345

compressed: length, 17°25 mm.; height, 13°25 mm.; breadth,
5:75 mm.

Its further distribution is West-Greenland, Spitzbergen and
the Kara-Sea; its vertical distribution is from ca. 20—40 fms.
In a fossil state it occurs in the newer glacial Yoldia-clay in
the northern Denmark (Vendsyssel), southern Norway (Moss)
and the south-western Sweden (Halland) (comp. besides Jensen
1. c., with the there given detailed record of the synonymy of
the species, and the appendix in Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren.
Kbhvn. 1905, p. 149).

Tellina Torelli is with regard to size between 7. moesta
Desh. and 7. Loveni Steenstr. The largest recent speci-
men, which I have seen, measures 17:25 mm. in length; the
largest fossil (from Vendsyssel) measures 20°5 mm. It is a
characteristic species which at once may be recognized by its
oblique shape, moreover varying somewhat, sometimes rather short
and high, nearly triangular, sometimes comparatively lengthened,
approaching the oval. As another characteristic feature may
be mentioned that the antero- and portero- dorsal margins
together form a typical, almost right angle or a little larger
whose top is formed by the projecting umbo. The short abruptly
truncated posterior end and the comparatively strong cardinal teeth
are also characteristic. ‘The area situated behind a line from
the umbo down to the postero-ventral angle is strongly in-
clining. The extent of the pallial sinus reminds of Tellina
calearta Chemn.: the pallial sinus is on the right valve low and
short (fig. 3 c, 9), on the left valve it is considerably higher and
longer and reach very near to the impression of the anterior
adductor (fig. 3 d, h).

_ Tellina (Macoma) moesta Deshayes.

Tellina moesta Deshayes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1854, p. 361. —
Tellina sabulosa var. an sp. n.? Mörch, in Rink’s Grønland, 1857, р. 90. —
Tellina moesta Reeve, Conchol. Icon. XVII, 1870, Tellina pl. 52, sp. 307;
Mörch, in Rupert Jones, Arctic Manual, 1875, p. 131; idem, in Rink’s Dan.

346

Greenland, 1877, p. 440; Collin, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Udbytte, 1886,
р. 443. — Tellina lata Leche (partim), К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 16,
Nr. 2, 1878, р. 13 & Vega-Exped. Vetensk. lakttag., Bd. Ш, 1883, р. 439. —
Tellina lutea Krause, Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1885, p. 37. — Macoma calcaria
var. subovalis Posselt, Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1895, р. 74 (partim), Тау. I,
Fig. 15—16; idem, ibid. ХХШ, 1898, р. 87 (partim); Hagg, Ark. for Zoologi,
Bd. 2, Nr. 2, 1904, p. 47. — Macoma krausei Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
XXIII, 1900, р. 322, Pl. IV, Fig. 8. — Tellina (Macoma) moesta Jensen,
Vidensk. Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1905, р. 38, Tab. I, Fig. 4 a—f.

Shell middle-sized, more or less compressed, oval, the
anterior end elongated and rounded, the posterior short and from
umbo descending in a curve towards the ventral margin, which
like the dorsal margin in front of umbo is slightly convex.

a b С

Fig. 4. Tellina moesta Desh. а a specimen from East-Greenland,
seen from the outer side; b, c another specimen (from West-Green-
land), seen from the inner side. Nat. size.

Umbones are very low and situated at the posterior third of
the shell. The valves are rather thin with a greenish or
white yellowish periostracum, somewhat shining, with fine con-
centric strie and with some exceedingly fine radial lines. The
ligament is somewhat projecting, the hinge-margin narrow, the
teeth small, and the pallial sinus short on both valves. Length
24 mm., height 15°75 mm., breadth 7:75 mm. (The maximum

length 34°5 mm.).

The Danish expeditions took it at the following localities:

119008 Gas WAION coocsegemeueee. 7—11 fms. { specimen.
19002 Durner-Soundie snes A ENT 3 — ca. 5 —

189192 "Hekla-Hayn eee Er 8 —

1900. bunny ln PEER PRE RER 10 — Clay 2 —
1900Sabine-ISlan de re re 3—5 — 1 — and 1 valve.

The largest of these specimens measures 22:5 mm.

347

The Nathorst-Expedition of 1899 took it at the following
localities, specimens of a length up to 21°5 mm.!):

Scoresby-Sound, Fame-Isles .. ....21/2—4 fms. Mud 3 specim.
— — .... @а5 — Mud bh
— — 2 1218, — Clay A
= Cape Stewart..... 7—91/> — Mud and stones 2 —
Franz Joseph-Fjord............. са. 11/›—5 — Sandy mud 12 —
— A rs IN MAASE 15—19 — Clay with stones & gravel
2 specim.
5. of Little Pendulum-Island......9'/,—11 — Mud and sand 1 —

At last the Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it at the
following localities, specimens of a length of up to 28 mm.?):
Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord .. 61/2—10 fms. Mud 1 specimen.

= — — тю ма 33

Tellina moesta is thus found to occur generally along
East-Greenland from Cape Dalton (69° 241/2’ N.) till south of
Little Pendulum-Island (74° 35’ N.).

Its further distribution is as follows: West-Greenland,
Baffin-Land, Alaska, the Tschuktscher-Peninsula, the Siberian
Arctic-Sea, the Kara-Sea, Nowaya-Zemlia and Spitzbergen. Its
vertical distribution is 3—150 fms. (comp. Jensen |. с., with
the there given detailed record of the synonymy of the species).

From Tellina (Macoma) calcaria Chemn. which T. (M.)
moesta Desh. most resembles in size (it obtains a length of
34°5 mm.) it may be distinguished by the extent of the pallial
sinus: in 7. moesta the pallial sinus is short, not only on the
right valve but also on the left, and on both valves the sinus
stops at about the same distance from the impression of the
anterior adductor (fig. 4 6, с); in T. calcaria the pallial sinus
is, on the contrary, comparatively long on the left valve and

approaches near to the impression of the anterior adductor,

1) Belong to the «Riks-Museum» in Stockholm where J have examined them.

2) Comp. В. Hägg 1. с. who оп р. 47 names the species Tellina calcaria
Chemn. var. subovalis Posselt; but in a postscript р. 66 he has come
to the conclusion that this «variety of calcaria» correctly must be
regarded as Tellina moesta Deshayes.

348

much more than on the right valve (fig. 2 а, 6). The shape
of the shell is moreover different, in TZ. calcaria oval-
triangular, in 7’. moesta oval; in the last mentioned species the
posterior end is curved, generally short, sometimes it may,
however, be a little elongated, so that the umbones are situated
at the end of the posterior two fifths of the shell, almost as
in 7. calcaria, but the postero-dorsal margin slopes in this
species more as a straight line downwards, the posterior end thus
appears a little pointed with truncate posterior margin. As
T. calcaria, however, may be somewhat variating regarding the
shape and — though comparatively rarely — rather may resemble
T. moesta we must still call attention to another difference
between the two species: the periostracum shows in T. calcaria
everywhere fine wrinkles between or crossing the concentric lines
of growth while the periostracum in 7. moesta is much more
smoothly adpressed on the median area of the shell. Here
appears on the other hand a number of exceedingly fine
radiating striæ which are easily visible under a lens. These
striæ are quite wanting in T. calcaria. The radiating lines may
especially easily be recognized when the light is shining on

the glistening periostracum.

Tellina (Macoma) Loveni lap. Steenstrup.

Tellina inflata (Stimpson M. S.) Dawson (non Chemnitz), Canadian
Naturalist, vol. 6, 1872, р. 377; Jeffreys, Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., vol. 25, 1876,
р. 182 & р. 199; Mörch in Rink’s Dan. Greenland, 1877, р. 440; Verrill,
Transact. Conn. Acad., vol. 5, 1882, p. 568; Posselt, Medd. om Grønland,
XXIII, 1898, p. 84; (Macoma) Dawson, The Canadian Ice Age, 1894, p. 233;
Verrill and Bush, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., ХХ, 1898, р. 778, Pl. 77, fig. 1 &
PI. 88, fig. 6; Dall, Proc. U. $. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1900, р. 299; Whiteaves,
Geol. Survey of Canada, 1901, p. 143. — Thracia myopsis Leche (partim),
K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 16, Nr. 2, 1878, p. 12. — Tellina solidula
Leche (partim), ibid. р. 12. — Tellina lata Leche (partim), ibid. p. 13. —
Tellina moesta, forma: T. Loveni Steenstrup, in Johnstrup, Om de geolo-
giske Forhold i den nordlige Del af Vendsyssel (Indbydelsesskrift til Kjoben-
havns Universitets Aarsfest), 1882, p. 8. — Tellina Loveni lap. Steenstrup
in schedulis Mus. Нат. — Tellina moesta Jessen, Danmarks geol. Under-
søgelse, 1. R., Nr. 3, 1899, р. 192 ete. — Macoma calcaria var. subovalis

349

Posselt (partim), Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1895, p. 74; idem, ibid. XXIII,
1898, p. 87 (partim). — Tellina (Macoma) Loveni Jensen, Vidensk. Medd.
Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1905, р. 45, Tab. I, Fig. 5 a—h.

Shell small, rather convex, oval and not rarely rather ex-
panded in front, the anterior end elongated, broadly rounded,
the posterior end short, straightly truncate or slightly curved,
the dorsal margin in front very slightly convex, behind a little des-
cending, almost straight lined or a trifle curved. Umbones rather
small, somewhat prominent and situated near the posterior third
of the shell. The valves are rather thin with a white yellowish,
sometimes a little greenish, faintly shining periostracum with

i. hy,
#
SÅ

a b в d e

Fig. 5. Tellina Loveni lap. Steenstr. a, 6, с, 4 a specimen from

East-Greenland, seen from the outer and the inner side; e a spe-

cimen (from Spitzbergen) of a somewhat different shape (expanded
anteriorly), seen from the outer side. Nat. size.

fine closely arranged, sharp lines of growth. The ligament is
rather large, somewhat projecting, the hinge-margin narrow,
the teeth small, but distinct. The inside is white, the pallial
sinus short, on the left valve a little longer than on the right.
Length 12°5mm., height 8-9 mm., hreadth 52mm. (The maxi-
mum length is 15°5 mm).

The Danish expeditions have taken this little Tellina in
the following localities:

1900. Turner-Sound...... 3 fms. 20 specimens.
1891 —92. Hekla-Havn.... =

1891 —92. Scoresby-Sound 10—16 — 1 —

1900. Hurry-Inlet ........ 10 — Clay 2 —

1900. О. 7—0 — Sand and clay 1 — (empty).
1900. а. 50 — Sand and clay 1 —

1900. SE. of Sabine-Island 110 — Fine clay with stones and gravel

4 specimens.

The largest of these specimens measures 14'5 mm.

350

The Nåthorst-Expedition of 1899 took it in the following
localities, specimens of a length of up to 14 mm.!):

Scoresby-Sound, Fame-Isles.... 12—13 fms. Clay 2 specimens.
RA STAN ER CR SOW ARE 181/2—32 — Mud 1

Franz Joseph-Fjord ........... 15—19 — Clay, stones and gravel 1 —
SE. of Glavering-Island........ 13—21 — Mud and small stones 6 —

T. Loveni has thus been found along East-Greenland in
the area from Turner-Sound (69° 44’ N.) to southeast of Sabine-
Island (74° 25’ N.) at depths from 3—110 fms.

It occurs moreover at West-Greenland, at the east-coast
of Canada”), in the Kara-Sea, and at Spitzbergen. Its vertical
distribution is from 3—150 fms. In a fossil state it occurs in
the newer glacial Yoldia-clay in the northern Denmark (Vend-
syssel) and in the southwestern Sweden (Bohuslän) (Comp. Jen-
sen |. с. and the there given detailed record of the synonymy
of the species, together with the appendix in Vidensk. Medd.
Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1905, p. 149).

The present species is to be distinguished from Tellina
moesta Desh. by the following features: the shell is more
convex, the posterior margin most frequently truncate, and the
shape therefore more angular: the outer surface shows no trace
of the radiating lines which characterize 7. moesta. Moreover
it does not nearly obtain so considerable a size as that species;
the largest recent specimen, which I have seen, measures 14°5 mm.,
the largest fossil specimen (from Vendsyssel) 15°5 mm. — From
Tellina Torelli Steenstr. it may be distinguished by the fol-
lowing features: the postero-dorsal margin slopes less abruptly,
so that the inner dorsal margin forms a flat curve; and the pallial
sinus on the left valve stops at a greater distance from the

impression of the anterior adductor.

') This material belongs to the «Riks-Museum» in Stockholm, where J have
examined it.

*) According to Verrill & Bush (1. с.) it has also been taken off the east-
coast of the United States (40° 3’ —47° 40’ N.) at depths from 57—206 fms.

351

Veneridae.
Venus (Liocyma) fluctuosa Gould.
1900. Cape Dalton ........ 9—11 fms. Clay 2 specim. (young)
1900. Turner-Sound ...... ca. à — ca. 300 —
1900. Hurry-Inlet......... 10 — Clay 6 —
1900. Cape Borlase Warren 100 1 —
1900. Sabine-Island....... Laminarians са. 20 —
1900. Sabine-Island....... 5—3 — 1 — and 1 valve.

The Germania-Expedition took it at Jackson- and Shannon-
Island, at depths from 4—30 fms. (Möbius 1. с. р. 252, s. п.
Venus astartoides Beck).

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took 5 specimens in
Mackenzie-Bay N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, at a depth from 61/2
—10 fms. and on muddy ground (Hägg I. с. р. 49).

The specimens at hand which go up to a size of 25 mm.,
are rather variating with regard to the three dimensions; more-
over it will be seen from the measurements below that the
younger the specimens are the less elongated we will as a
rule find them to be. i

Length. Height. Breadth.

A | ayer) MIME 17:5 mm. 10°3 mm.
b. 225 — 155 — 9:75 —
Com 15 — 9 —
d. 20 — SE ES 9:2 —
e. 195 — 14 — 95 —
f. 145 — 10:5 — 5'5 —
g. 145" = 11 - — 6 —
h. 1425 — 11:25 — 65 —
. 35 — 31 — 175 —
k. 33 — 3 — 1:75 —

The umbones are always eroded when the animal has
passed its first youth.

XXIXE 23

352

Cardiidae.

Cardium ciliatum Fabricius.

1901 —02. Angmagsalik............. 30—50 fms. 2 specimens.
1891—92. Danmarks-Ö............. 4 —
11900->Hurey-Inletees ERE 10 — Clay 5) =
1900. The mouth of Forsblad-Fjord.. 14—3 — 3 —

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took 2 specimens in
Mackenzie-Bay (N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord) at a depth of 61/2:—
19 fms. and on muddy ground (Hägg |. с. р. 52).

The largest specimen, one of those from Mackenzie-Bay,
measures 62 mm., the next, one of those from Forsblad-Fjord,
is of a length of 57 mm. Thus the species obtains a con-
siderable size at East-Greenland.

In a fossil state it has been found by the Danish Ex-
pedition of 1891—92 in the «Terrassepynt» on the east-side of
Rypefjord, inner Scoresby-Sound. I have not seen the speci-
mens, but they have been determined by Posselt!).

Nathorst also records it as fossil from a locality in the
northeastern Greenland, namely at the mouth of Sophia-Sound
at a height of 25—50 meters above the sea-level ?).

Cardium elegantulum (Beck) Müller.
1899. Tasiusak.. 20—30 fms. Stony ground with a few algae 1 specimen.

This specimen is of the following dimensions: length 12 mm.,
height 9 mm., breadth 6°5 mm.

G.O. Sars as well as H.J.Posselt state North America’s
east-coast to be the home of this species, but undoubtedly in-
correctly. Both authors most likely suppose Cardium elegantulum
to be American because it has been introduced by Gould in
his work over Massachussett’s Invertebrata#), Gould however

1) Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1896, p. 173.

2) А G. Nathorst: Bidrag till nordöstra Grönlands geologi; Geol. Foren.
Förhandl. Bd. 23, 1901, р. 304.

3) Gould & Binney: Rep. Invert. Mass., sec. ed., 1870, p. 141.

353

does not mention any American occurrences except Greenland.
I have not been able either to find the species recorded as
American in other lists by Packard, Dall, Bush, Whiteaves
etc. It is, indeed, only mentioned as a Greenland species by Dall
in his Synopsis of the Fam. Cardiidae and of the North-American
species'). Its real distribution is thus: the colonized West-
Greenland; the south-eastern Greenland; East-Iceland; the north-
western Norway.

Cardium (Serripes) groenlandicum Chemnitz.

1900. Angmagsalik............ 9—0 fms. 1 specimen.
1901—02. Angmagsalik........ a5 — 1 — (empty).
1891—92. Danmark-Ö......... 4 —

1900. The mouth of Hurry-Inlet 10 — Clay 3 —
Оу LEE ET cue 1—0 — Sand and clay 3 —

1900. Sabine-Island ........... Laminarians 1 —

The Germania-Expedition already took it at East-Green-
land, but the locality has not been recorded (Möbius |. с.
p. 251).

The Nordenskiöld-Expedition of 1883 took it off Ang-
magsalik (65° 40’ N. 35° 32’ W.) at a depth of 25—40 fms. and
on clayey ground.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took 3 specimens in
Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, at a depth of 61/2
—19 fms. and on muddy ground (Hägg |. с. р. 50).

Mobius states the length to be 70 mm. Hägg states it
to 64 mm. The largest of the specimens I have at hand,
namely those from Angmagsalik and from Sabine-Island, measure
53—55 mm.

Fossil it has been found by Ryder in the Terrassepynt
on the east-side of Rypefjord, inner Scoresby-Sound. I have
not seen the specimens, but they have been determined by
Posselt?).

1) Proc. U. St. Nat. Mus. XXIII, 1900, p. 386.
2) Medd. om Grønland, XIX, 1896, p. 173.

23°

304

Nathorst has also found it fossil in the north-eastern
Greenland, at the mouth of Sophia-Sound at a height of 25—
50 meters above the sea-level’).

Myidae.
Mya truncata Linné.

1899 Фаре DANCE 10—15 fms. Rocky ground with algae. 1 specim. |
1189, MAS US ak en 20 2308 1 valve (of a young one).

1901—02. Angmagsalik... t!/a—ca.5 — 8 valves.
1901—02. Ingmikertok .. 10—ca.30 — 1 specimen (tiny).
1901—02. Tiningnekelak... 5—10 — 3 — and 3 valves.
1900. Cape Dalton ........ 7—11 — Fine clay with small stones
6 specimens (young).
1900. Henry-Land ........ 20 2 valves (young).
1900. Turner-Sound ...... 2—0 1 valve.
1900. Turner-Sound ...... 3 A siphon of a large specim.
1891-—92. Hekla-Havn..... 5 — Mud 10 specim. (young ones and
half grown specimens).
1900. Hurry-Inlet ......... 7—0 — Sand and clay 1 spec. (young one).
1900 MHurry-Inlet{ 2... 10 — Clay 4 — and 1 valve.
1900. Cape Borlase Warren LO 3 valves.
1900. Sabine-Island....... Laminarians 1 valve.

The Nordenskiöld-Expedition of 1883 took empty valves
of this species off Angmagsalik at a depth of 25—40 fms.

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it in Mackenzie-
Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord at depths of 61/2—19 fms. (3
specimens) and of 61/>— 10 fms. (1 specimen), on muddy ground
(Hage |. с. р. 55).

The Germania-Expedition took it at Sabine-Island at a
depth of 10—20 fms.

The recorded captures give naturally — on account of the
burrowing habit of the animal — no reliable conception of the
animal's frequency. The following lines quoted from Möbius
(l. с. р. 252) shows that Mya truncata occurs in great abun-

1) А. G. Nathorst: Bidrag till nordôstra Gronlands geologi; Geol. Foren.
Förhandl. Bd. 23, 1901, р. 304.

855

dance in the far north of the east-coast: «Dr. Pansch fand
in dem Magen eines Walrosses 500 Körper dieser Muschel
und nur ein einziges Stücken einer Schale. Neben den Eis-
löchern, aus denen die Walrosse auftauchen, lagen Haufen
von Schalen.»

The majority of the valves, I have at hand, belong to the
form which by Forbes was called var. uddevallensis: the shell
is short, its posterior end obliquely truncate, the hind margin
going forwards below. Among the shells from the most southern
locality, Tasiusak (Angmagsalik), several have, however, a more
elongated shape, and some specimens have even the posterior
end obliquely truncate, the hind margin going backwards below,
and they are so elongated that they most nearly must be ascribed
to forma éypica. The maximum length of this latter form is
65 mm., of var. uddevallensis 53:5 mm.

Fossil it has been found in the following localities by
the Danish expeditions:

1891—92. Danmarks-0, uppermost in the shell-heap between the station
buildings, ca. 20 feet above the sea-level. Grey clay. Many
fragments.

1891—92. Hekla-Havn, from a gravelly area across the isle. Some frag-
ments.

1891—92. Hekla-Havn, at a cove. 14 valves, partly of var. wddevallensis
partly of a more elongated shape.

1891—92. Morænepynt, Scoresby-Sound, in clay in terraces on the rock,
till 120 feet over the sea-level. Many fragments.

1891—92. The Terrassepynt on the east-side of Rypefjord, inner Scoresby-
Sound. 4 valves of var. ovata).

1891—92. Jameson-Land, in clay-banks ca. 50 feet above the sea-level.
Many valves, of a more or less elongated shape, on the whole thick.

1891—92. Jameson-Land, between Cape Hooker and Cape Stewart, in sand-
banks. A few fragments.

1900. Hurry-Inlet, opposite the anchoring place. Numerous valves (most frag-
ments) of var. wddevallensis and of a little more elongated shape.

1) Ad. S. Jensen: Studier over nordiske Mollusker, I. Mya. Vidensk.
Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1900, p. 133. In Medd. om Grønland,
XIX, 1896, р. 173, it is mentioned as «Mya arenaria».

396

1900. Northern part of Hurry-Inlet, Liverpool-Coast. Numerous valves, of a
more or less elongated shape, a few var. wddevallensis.

1900. Northern part of Hurry-Inlet, from different banks, Ryders-Elv at the
main river. Several valves, of a rather elongated var. wddevallensis.

1900. Northern part of Hurry-Inlet, quite down at the tributary, 20—30 feet
above the sea-level. 6 valves, of var. wddevallensis and of a little

more elongated shape.

1900. Polhem-Dal in Forsblad-Fjord. Numerous valves, of var. uddevallensis
and of a little more elongated shape, partly very thick valves.

The Nathorst-Expedition of 1899 also found it fossil in
several localities, namely: at the mouth of Sophia-Sound (partly
in the variety ovata); at the south-side of Franz Joseph-Fjord;
at Scott Keltie-Island, and on the continent south of this locality;
in Dusén-Fjord in the inner part of Forsblad-Fjord 1).

Saxicavidae.

Cyrtodaria Kurriana Dunker.

1901—02. Tasiusak ..... 1| 5—5 fms. 4 specimens.
1900. Jameson-Land .... Оп shore 1 valve.
1900. Sabine-Island..... | Laminarians 4 specimens (3 empty).

The specimens are small. The largest specimen from
Sabine-Island measures only 39 mm., the largest from Tasiusak
12:5 mm.

To the distinguishing features between this species and
Cyrtodaria siliqua Spengler set forth by Dunker?) I shall add
that the shell in ©. Kurriana is proportionately elongated.
While the height of a 51 mm. long specimen of С. siligua
makes 40 °/o of the length, is the proportion in a 39 mm. long
specimen of С. Kurriana only 36 °/o, though the elongation is

evenly increasing with the augmenting size.

!) А. С. Nathorst: Bidrag till nordöstra Grönlands geologi; Geol. Foren.
Förhandl. Bd. 23, 1901, p. 304.
2) Malakozool. Blätter, 8. Bd., 1862, р. 38.

357

Saxicava arctica Linné.

AD. EASTON Co 25 PER 0 Hite 5—20 fms. Stony ground with algae

8 specimens.
IS OOS Rasiusake EE RER PRE 20—30 — Stony ground with algae

4 specim. (empty).
1901—02. Tasiusak-Fjord...... ie
1901—02. Angmagsalik........ Fucaceae 3, —
1901—02. Tiningnekelak....... WS 1 — (tiny).
1901—02. Angmagsivik........ Mfp—5 — 1 —
1900. Cape Dalton............ 9—11 Clay 10 — (6 empty).
1900. Henry-Land ............ 20 — 5 — (young ones).
1900 shunner Sound 2. а = 4 — (3 empty).
1891 —92. Scoresby-Sound..... 60—10 — 4 —
1891—92. Gaaseland .......... 2 —
1891—92. Danmarks-0 ........ 1 —
1891—92. Hekla-Havn......... 5 — Mud Several —
1900. Hurry-Inlet.... ........... 7—0 — Sandandelay 5 —
1900%Hurry-Inletr. 52 20.21. 10 — Clay 13 — (2 empty).
1900. The mouth of Hurry-Inlet. 50 — Glaywithstones 2 —
1900. Forsblad-Fjord.......... 90—50 — Claywithstones 4 — (2 empty}.
1900. Cape Borlase Warren.... 10: — Oe
1900. Sabine-Island........... Laminarians 1 —

The species was previously taken by the Nordenskiöld-
Expedition of 1883 off Angmagsalik, 25—40 fms., clay with
stones (several specimens). By the Kolthoff-Expedition of
1900 in Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, at depths
of 61/2—19 fms., muddy ground (many specimens), at 6!/2—
10 fms., mud (3 specimens) and at 1'/2—5'/e fms., mud and
sand (1 specimen), and SE. of Walrus-Island (74° 30' N. 18° 40' W.)
at 42—53 fms., mud and stones (2 specimens). By the Ger-
mania-Expedition it has been taken at Shannon-Island, at a
depth of 30 fms.

This exceedingly variable bivalve occurs at East-Greenland
mainly under the following forms:

A typical arctica-form, obliquely square, with the anterior
end very short, abruptly bent down and with the foremost
dorsal area sunken; two diagonal spiny ribs which however
efface or disappear on the older parts of the shell. The

maximum length is 26 mm.

358

An arctica-form with more prominent anterior end and
with disappearing lunula; diagonal ribs as in the preceeding
form, sometimes however only traces of them. The maximum
length is 44 mm.

A pholadis-form, oblong, with short, rounded anterior end,
elongated posterior end truncate behind, upper and lower margin
almost parallel, without or only with faint traces of diagonal
ribs. The maximum length is 50 mm.

| do not mean, however, that the arctica- and pholadis-
forms represent fixed subspecies, not to say species as some
authors mean. For we find transitions between them, both
with regard to the shape and the ribs. They may not either
be distinguished by the hinge, as we in typical pholadis-speci-
mens may find a rather distinct tooth.

The East-Greenland specimens are exceedingly varying with
respect to the solidity of the shell. Some specimens — both
of the arctica- and the pholadis-form — have exceedingly
thick valves. The growth layers are very frequently markedly
segmented off at their border, so that it looks as if several
individuals had taken possession of the same shell, one within
the other. Other specimens have on the contrary utterly thin
valves, so fragile that they will break if not treated with care.

Fossil it has been taken in the following localities by
the Danish expeditions:

1891—92. Danmarks-Ö, uppermost in the shell-heap between the station-

buildings, ca. 20 feet above the sea-level. Some fragments.
1891—92. Danmarks-Ö, from a gravelly area across the isle. 4 valves.

189192. Morænepynt in Scoresby-Sound, till 120 feet above the sea-level.
Ca. 40 valves, essentially of the arctica-form, partly thick-shelled.
1891—92. Morænepynt in Scoresby-Sound, from the uppermost terrace, in
clay, 120 feet above the sea-level. 1 valve, of the arctica-form.
1891—92. Rolige-Bre near the Kobberpynt, inner Scoresby-Sound, ca. 75 feet
above the sea-level. Some fragments.
1891—92. Jameson-Land, in clay-banks, ca. 50 feet above the sea-level.
Ca. 28 valves, mainly of an elongated arctica-form.
1891—92. Jameson-Land, in sand-banks between Cape Stewart and Cape
Hooker. Са. 40 valves, of the arctica-form, partly thick-shelled.

359

1900. Hurry-Inlet, opposite the anchoring place. Some fragments.

1900. Hurry-Inlet, from different banks. Са. 15 valves, most nearly of ari

elongated arctica-form.

1900. Northern part of Hurry-Inlet, Liverpool-Coast. Са. 20 valves of the

arctica-form, but partly very elongated.

1900. Polhem-Dal in Forsblad-Fjord. Ca. 20 valves, mainly of the pholadis-

form, partly rather thick-shelled.

The fossil valves which reach a length of 49 mm. resemble

those of the specimens living al present at East-Greenland, as
both thin-shelled and exceedingly thick-shelled ones occur.

Nathorst mentions it as fossil from several localities:

the mouth of Sophia-Sound; the south-side of Franz Joseph-

Fjord; Scott Keltie-Island and on the continent south of this

locality; Dusén-Fjord in the inner part of Forsblad-Fiord').

Lyonsiidae.

Lyonsia arenosa Möller.
1900. Саре Dalton: .:....... 9—11 fms. Glay 2 specimens.
1900. Turner-Sound ........ ca. 3 — 3 — (empty).
1900. Hurry-Inlet........... 7—0 — Sand and clay 9 — (5 empty).
1900. Нитту 0160: 10 — Clay 2 —
1900. Forsblad-Fjord........ 14—3 — 1 — and 1 valve.
1900. Cape Borlase Warren .. 10 — 1 — (empty).

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took 10 specimens in
Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, at a depth of 6!/2—
19 fms. and on muddy ground (Hagg |1. с. р. 62).

The largest of the specimens, which I have at hand,
measures 29°5 mm., the largest from the Kolthoff- Expedition
measures even 34 mm.

By the elongated shape and considerable size the East-
Greenland specimens appear to belong to the form which
Hancock?) has named Lyonsia gibbosa (= L. arenosa Moller

1) A. G. Nathorst: Bidrag till nordöstra Grönlands geologi; Geol. Foren.
Förhandl. Bd. 23, 1901, р. 304.

*) A. Hancock: On Shells dredged on the West Coast of Davis’s Strait;
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. 18, 1846, р. 338, Pl. 5, fig. 11—12.

360

var. sibirica Leche'). Some specimens have however the an-
terior end rather abruptly bent downwards.

The measurements of some specimens will show the range
of variation:

The height The breadth
Length. Height. in °/oofthe Breadth. in %o of the
length. length.
mm. mm. mm.
Turner-Sound 29-5 17°3 58°6 13 441
— 1330 90992510 5511835 62:7 13:2 447
Hurry-lnlet .. 25°2 13 51:6 9.3 36:9
— — .. 22 12 545 84 58:2
— —.. 20 12:4 62 5:2 41

Lyonsiella abyssicola М. Загз.
1900. Forsblad-Fjord........ 50—90 fms. Clay with stones 3 specimens.

The largest specimen measures 5'2 mm. in length.

Anatinidae.
Thracia truncata Turton.

1899 hasiusakye о. 20—30 fms. 1 valve.
1900. Cape Dalton ....... it — ey 1 specimen.
1900. Hurry-Inlet . ....... 10 — Clay 1 —

1900. Forsblad-Fjord ..... ca. 50 — Clay with stones 1 —

1900. Sabine-Island...... 5—8 — 1 —

1900. Sabine-Island...... Laminarians 2 —

The specimen from Forsblad-Fjord belongs to the variety
devexa G. O. Sars and is of a length of 10°2 mm.; among the
others, the largest (that from Hurry-Inlet) measures 34 mm.

Thracia septentrionalis Jeffreys.
1901—02. Tasiusak......... 1|›-—5 fms. 2 specimens and 1 valve.

The measurements of the perfect specimens are as follows:

1) У. Leche: Arktiska Hafsmollusker; Vega-Exped. Vetensk. lakttag. Bd. 3,
1883, р. 439, Tab. 32, fig. 3—4.

361

Length. Height. Breadth.
16°5 mm. 12:3 mm. 8:2 mm.
112 — 8:75 — 575 —

This species may be distinguished from Thracia truncata
Turt. by the short posterior end, the umbones being situated
behind the middle of the shell. In this respect it reminds of
Thracia papyracea Poli, but in this species we find on the
posterior area of the valve something like a fine chagrin, while
in Thracia septentrionalis this part of the shell is rather
grossly folded or striated.

Cuspidariidae.

Pandora (Kennerleyia) glacialis Leach.

1900. Cape Dalton......... 9—11 fms. Clay 2 specimens (small).
1900. Turner Sound........ ва 3. — 10 — (4 empty).
1900. Hurry-Inlet ......... 7—0 — Sandandclay I — (empty).

1900. Hurry-Inlet .......... 10 — Clay _ 13 —

1900. Sabine-Island..:..... Laminarians 5 —

The largest specimen measures 27:5 mm.

Neaera obesa Lovén
var. glacialis G. O. Sars.

1891—92. 69° 25’ N. 20° "М... 167 fms. 1 valve

1900 Hurry ео 7—0 — Sand with clay.
5 specim. (young ones).
1900. Hurry-Inlet.......... Е 50 — Clay. 5 — (young ones).
1900. The mouth of Forsblad-Fjord. 3—14 — 1 — (young one).
1900. Forsblad-Fjord .............: 90—50 — Clay with stones and gravel.
4 specim. (2 empty).
1900. SE. of. Sabine-Island ........ 110 — Fine clay with stones

and gravel. 4 specim. (1 empty).

The Kolthoff-Expedition of 1900 took it in the following
localities: Mackenzie-Bay, N. of Franz Joseph-Fjord, 6!/2—
19 fms., muddy ground (1 specimen, young one); the mouth
of Franz Joseph-Fjord, 106—158'/2 fms., muddy ground (5

362

specimens and 1 valve); Franz Joseph-Fjord, inner part of
Myskoxe-Fjord, 53 fms., clay (3 specimens, one empty) (Hågg
1. с. р. 53). +f

In the nomenclature I have followed H. Friele who con-
siders Neaera glacialis G. О. Sars a gigantic form of N.
obesa Loven!). Lu | i] |

Among the specimens: from Sabine-Island one is of a very
considerable size viz., as follows: ‘ |

Length 29 mm.; height 185 mm.; breadth 15°5 mm.

Addition.

During the printing of this, I received from the author a
copy of: Mollusca und Brachiopoda gesammelt von der schwe-
dischen zoologischen . Polarexpedition nach Spitzbergen, dem
nordöstlichen Grönland und Jan Mayen i. J. 1900. Il. Scapho-
poda, Gastropoda, Placophora und zwei vorher nicht erwähnte
Lamellibranchiata. Von Richard Hägg?).

These two «not previously mentioned Lamellibranchiata»
ought to have been introduced in the present treatise p. 320
and p. 329, for they are:

Portlandia frigida Torell. Franz Joseph-Fjord, the inner
end of Myskoxe-Fjord, 53 fms., clay. 3 specimens and 2 valves
(all young ones).

Crenella decussata Montagu. Franz Joseph-Fjord, the outer
part of Myskoxe-Fjord, 1161/2 fms., clay. I specimen (very young).

1) Jahrb. Deutsch. Malakozool. Gesellsch. Bd. 6, 1879, p. 270.
?) Arkiv för Zoologi, Bd. 2, Nr 13. Stockholm 1905.

The Inseets of East-Greenland.

By

J. С. Nielsen.

1907.

The following Catalogue of the Insect Fauna of East-Green-
land, bas chiefly been worked out from material collected by
the Danish Expeditions.

In recent years, three Expeditions have been sent from Den-
mark to the East Coast of Greenland. In the years 1883—85,
the ‘‘Konebaads’-Expedition investigated the coast line from
Kap Farvel to Angmagsalik under the direction of Capt’ G. Holm
and V. Garde, on this occasion P. Eberlin collected a few
Insects. The main quantity of Insects from the East Coast,
however, were collected by H. Deichmann, who took part in
the Ryder Expedition to the district round Scoresby Sund in
1891—92, from which place a few Insects were also brought
back by H. Bay.

On the Carlsberg Fund Expedition to East-Greenland which
in the years 1898—1900, under the direction of Lieutenant G. Am -
drup, examined the coast from 66° М. to 72°N. H. Deichmann,
together with the late Zoologist Sôren Jensen and Dr.Knud
Poulsen, also collected a quantity of Insects.

Besides the knowledge that has been gained from these
collections, notice is also taken here of all the previously
published works on Insects from the East Coast. Of especial
interest here is Aurivillius’ work on the Lepidoptera and
Coleoptera collected by the Swedish Expedition.

The Greenland Insect Fauna resembles to a great extent
the European. The greater quantity of the species belongs to

24*

366

the common, North and Central European forms; a few of the
species occur as alpine forms in the Central European moun-
tains and the Pyrenees, and are conspicuous by their absence
in the intermediate low lying countries. Besides these, the
Fauna includes pure arctic forms, that for the greater part
have a wide distribution round the Polar Regions, and a pro-
portionally large quantity are described for the first time from
Greenland and it is at present unknown whether they occur in
other localities; they will most probably be found to have a
much greater range, however, when the other Arctic countries
are as carefully worked as Greenland.

With the exception of the Strepsiptera, all the Orders of
Insects are represented, but in a proportionally great difference
of numbers. The Diptera are by far the largest order, with
about 160 species, from this is a large spring to the Hymeno-
ptera, Mallophaga, Lepidoptera and Coleoptera with 52, 40, 39
and 26 species respectively; after these follow the Collembola
and Neuroptera with 13 and 6, while the remaining Orders are
only represented by very few species.

The East-Greenland Fauna is, to a great extent, the same
as the West-Greenlands, the same species occurring in both
places. The number of species appears to be lower in the
first, than in the last named place; but this difference wiil, in all
probability, be altered when the East coast has been more fully
worked. While since Otto Fabricius’ time, collections have
been made by the Danish inhabitants and Naturalists in West-
Greenland, and the only special Entomological Expedition
(Lundbeck 1889—90) alone worked the West, all that ‘has
been done with the Insects from the East coast, has been
done the few times that Expeditions have visited that part of
the country.

The order Coleoptera is represented in West-Greenland by
26 species, of which 8 (9) occur in the Kast, which has no species

367

that are specially confined to that portion of the country (with
possibly the exception of one species of Homalota mentioned
later). It is a strange occurrence that the family Carabidæ, of
which four species (three quite common) are found in the West,
should be so wery poorly represented, as only one species,
taken in a few specimens has occurred, and it is this family
that goes highest North, and localities occur everywhere that
are suitable to it. The number of imported Coleoptera in West-
Greenland, has, in the course of time, reached no small number,
of which two are found in the East (Cryptophagus validus and
C. acutangulus), which have without doubt been brought up
with the different Expeditions.

The Hymenoptera follow after the Diptera with the greatest
number of species (52). With the exceptions of two Humble-
bees, that are common to both the East and West, and the
three saw-flies, of which two are found in the West and one
in the East, all the remainder belong to the Ichneumon-forms.
All four families of the Ichneumons are represented in West-
Greenland, but up to the present no representative of the Procto-
trupide has occurred in the East.

Of the 52 species, 14 are common to both Coast lines,
whilst 34 are exclusively belonging to the West- and 4 to East-
Greenland, and in both localities there are a few species that
are at present undetermined.

The Diptera has by far the greatest number of representa-
tives in the Greenland fauna, in all about 160 species, of which
a proportionally large number are only found in Greenland. Of
these only 30 (31) species are common to both the East and
West coasts, whilst 14 are only found in East-Greenland and
the rest only in the West.

With respect to the order Suctoria, at present only 5
species have been found in Greeniand, of which 2 are common
to both coast lines, 1 to the East only and 2 to the West.

368

The Lepidoptera number 39 species in Greenland, of which
14 are common to both coasts, 22 only in the West- and 3
in East-Greenland. The Rhopalocera appear to be more common
in the East, for besides the two common species, Colzas hecla
and Argynnis chariclea var. arctica, two others occur, Argynnis
polaris, and Lycæna orbitulus var. aquilo, which appear to be
rather common, whilst they have only been found a few times
in West-Greenland on the northernmost part of the coast line.
The Heterocera on the contrary, are much better represented
in the West than the East, but as several of the species, for
example of the two genera Agrotis and Plusia, are exceedingly
rare and in most cases are only represented by single old
specimens, collected over a period of many years, it is pos-
sible that they have escaped the attention of the collectors on
the East coast.

Of the Neuroptera, 7 species are found in West-Greenland,
of which only one species Apatania arctica also occurs in the
East, while Pseudo-neuroptera and Orthoptera are only repre-
sented in the West. Of the Orthoptera, only the larva of a
Blatta has been found on the West coast.

The Hemiptera in West-Greenland reach the total of 12
species (4 Homoptera and 8 Heteroptera), of the first Group
only one specimen has been found in East-Greenland, and of
the second Group, two.

Of the Mallophaga 40 species have been found, of which
only 6 are common to both coasts, but as the birds that are
hosts for these parasitic forms are, for the most part, widly
distributed in both East- and West-Greenland, it is most pro-
bable that the number of species common to both parts will
be greatly increased when more material is forthcoming.

Of the Physopoda the common European species Physopus
vulgatissimus, is in all probability found commonly both in the
East and West.

369

Of the Collembola the Greenland fauna includes 13 species
of which 6 occur only in the West, two in the East and 5 are
common to both coasts.

Catalogue of the Greenland Insects with special
reference to their geographical distribution.

In the following list of the Insect fauna of Greenland the
distribution given with each species is partly taken from the
following list of Scientific Works, partly from a small collection
of Insects from West-Greenland made by D' Meidorff in the
neighbourhood of Julianehaab and partly from Vanhôffen's ";
list of Greenlands Fauna. The mention of the occurrence of
Hemerobius orotypus in West-Greenland, is due to Mr. Esben
Petersen, who received a specimen from Godthaab.

Professor O. G. Reuter of Helsingfors, who has received
specimens of the Greenland Hemiptera from the Zoological
Museum of Copenhagen, has kindly sent me the names of the
species.

Coleoptera. W.-Gr. E.-Gr

NebriagGyllenhalitgS chonhy en ee
Bembi dium Grap ein Gyles ee erie oe ene aia x
Ratrobus;septentrionalisDejy a see ier weir lay yc x
Bradycellus Deutsche SahlD и x
HydroporusmatricepspCrotche erie re ree NE EN x
Colymhetes dolabratus Вау x
Gyrinuss EUS CAMs ое бо Hoes oops ol urna x
Homalotagislandicas Kraatzy 2. a re a ees Ed x
= TUN Ss Grae a an eee ces a qe ON x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

wm —
x

ESS

x ?

82) CoG) CRC)

102 Ovedius; mesomelinus Marsh. 1007. 00 ee ee:
Ute Sa ADOOPSA GTA cl а.
122, Bathrebium fulvipenne Ста
13. Micralymmarbrevilinsue Зе
14. Homalhumaexcayatum) о EN SERIE HERR ma ey men
5. = coneinnum Marsh. о
16, Anthobium, оО er 2.202. Daun en.

Grönland Expedition d. Gesellschaft f. Erdkunde 2. Berlin 1891-93
unter Leitung v. E. v. Drygalski. II. Bd. I. Theil. 1897. p. 155.

=

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22:
23.
24.
25.
26.

ZIERT

CES
—

ыы
оное:

19 ID VO RD BO
гене

25.
OPR Ut EUS as SE SEITE EE yrs aia reeset SSR Ne
2 AnomalonepubescensmZetty nr erie eee aie
» Limmperiayextremarlen: PRE cham eee ote eee

Lathridius)iminutuspi eee ges soe во ee

— BergyothiReitts:., u. ne io TN as oe
Byrrhus | fasciatus) Oliven ee
Simplocaria metallica Sturm. .........................
Otiorhynchus maurus СУП. ...........................

— ancticusn os Варе, I een
Hyperavelongata’ Rayk mn Sean SN AE AN
Rhytidosomus globulus Herbst ........................
Coccinella transversoguttata Faldm. ....................
Scymnus Redtenbacheri Muls. .........................

Hymenoptera.

Nematusobductus site ERNEST renee
— borealis Mara (tite su PO я
= SDs ees AER N RE Неон

Tchneumonglan аа

— DUCCHIEN LUS AVES nase eee keer ee
20 sroenlandieus Lbek. ........n.........0.00:

GryptusgazctieusgSch lo совъовъе со вов осьов ово оосовоное
< MAD TICS о screencast RR BE NREN Ent

Phygadeuon cylindraceus Ruthe .......................

— soliduspLbeke ев ER ee
— DICOLO NME DORE SAR le er

. Hemiteles septentrionalis Higr..........................

— Clypeator ALORS AIMER SAT STORES TERRE
— CE ee Gesamte м Ее

= Pimplay NordenskioldueHlar meer

— Кобо Au riv И SAG НС

AMBASSUS OrnatusmGrav. tes sects ER Sin ee ee ete

— weroenlandicus HIST. ОВО
— smelanogastensHlers ik ae ce are ae tea ene se ere ee
OÖrthocentrusksp:. Spas ac sores se UAC ee ete ene
Buryproctus transtugal Hens 20... 000.000 ete ae oe oe

`В есйзене Ба aes ae ne ome eee eee

— CON ALISAGLAVE son PNR ee SEA PRE ner
— IRL AUS О EE ala a. RARE PA NÆSE ат

— Deichmannigns spy ace hemo ee ANA ONE
= RES A ME DORSALE | Goce ere
— exarCOlAtAMRALZD EMMANUEL MES RARE

Atractodes aterrimus ler see ER EE в

= С os oe casein sen Or eee
— tenebricosusnGrayv. по то.

. Mesochorus gibbulus Hlgr. ......................,......

жх хх X K K KH XX K K K K K ххх K XX K XX XX XX HK х хх хх ххх ххх

ххх ххх

хххх

36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
ol.
52.
53.
54.

he
Sennpeurwnn

—
—

ыыы
SOS CE ООО ВБ

i)
=

Dun 1 >)
Gr & Ww D

—

Banchus monileatus Grav. .
Aphidius picipes Nees. ....
Praon objectus Halid. .....
Meteorus islandicus Ruthe.
Hormius monileatus Nees. .
Microgaster mediator Halid..

—- coactus Lbck. ..

= fulvipes Halid. .
— На! Packard...

— SDSD A en:
Alysia manducator F.......

Encyrtus interpunctus Dalm.

Isocratus vulgaris Walk. ...
Dieyelus spå einen a
Sphegigaster sp. ..........

Pachyneuron groenlandicum Hlgr. .....................

Zygota americana Aschm. .
Bombus hyperboreus Schm.

sw eDalteatsi Фан: u. ae аа
Diptera.
Scatopsern оваа Е аа ER
Simuliagsrep tan ооо ENE od
— Vittatas ее а:
CampyviomyzamatranMeic те т
Sciagarattenuatanhuns. nen oes aoe
— 4% tridentata UD SS ey. PEER NN er een AE NES ce
OR CIpUlAtAS оо NA NEL.
ALU CA LAN ESA ME TRE MEN NOAA cen
——weeroenlandicawblens EME Зоне Enr
— GOON GEE IANS 2 RE UT De)
MOIS TIDES ео ен.
ата ат к seme AT ah Re Was ORE en
ООВ У on eee SR DEINEN.
— m Чаумрез Panzer ate
Zi D LUT AMIE | A о AR ARE NEEDED:
— humicola Lbck. (glacialis Rubs.?) ................
= MMOPAllidiveNtTISMH let: о
= permutatay Deki yeni al ae EEE
== APU CATS MES er. „u. neo. Sana M ETS MM RR ce.
DONS DC Kei) Stes) ko a Но ea
MES DAS Do LA se Ge и =
Easiosomaghirta,Meig., о
Boletinay groenlandicaySteey .. 2... 2 Re
= ATCLUC ay HST re Se Meee а cela
— Е Нч RE ое RN SEA ae

Gnoriste groenlandica Lbck.

2 23а <

жел ххх

ЕЕ IRE OR Pe EEE Ор MPG a De Dent Oe) Hin Peles 02

x

Sr SER ECC

2ovabrachycamptasunicolomplbeky 22.2.2 eee one eater
27. Trichonta obesa Winnie 0). и ао,
2 See PHTo Nl aenUstica Wills ME er me AAD, ВЖЕ
29. ei xXechiasinternuptamZieticy sy nei EN MEN
30. = fungonumeDerGeern inet eee eee ele nee
31. Mycetophilagpunctatay Ме о
32 SciophilaWapiealis@ Winnie ECC cee eee PERTE
33 BachyrruinaßlineatagScopet EEE и EURE EE"
34. — Lundbecküfnspen aa... Во
S5ersipulamarcticanGuntisiy ее ee
36. iw) BesselsiiyOstenySacken i) a eee
37... юра: eae ates SEL. Sa AAA ele
33. oRhypholophusifascipennis);Zettsy, nu... eee eee
39. — AIS AD EK ee En NN ee Oe ee
чо Сотона сапа аа Ras EEE RERO AA
41. Trichoceral maculipennis Meig. а eee
42. — regelationis Е ев AIR
43. — hiemalis; DenGeenr... 322... Oe онлаин
типо а modes ta MES a а eee
SNEG eratopogonk sonde elise LEP ERP ERP RER
46. — seutellatusı Ме Lo ee
АТ. — lacteipenniswZett ее
48 Согупептазаета МА en ee ео
49. — GeleripesaWinNn ое ель er ANA ee
50. Chironomuseste seni век se cnc ae RE 4
51 == hyperboreus Эт. о EGER
52. — трат Mel о. ae ETAT
53. = brevitibialisez etw re see я
54. — brunneipeswzett 6 2 0 Te EN RAN
55. — byssinu's: iSchrk 7 LES EN RE HR
56. — velutinus Век. cee end MERE ene
al. — расуаз ВОСК. SEN REESE DE RE ar RAM р
58. — О ec RR
59. — pumilio Mery ES ee Le tes Cou MER ON ee
60. — stercoranlusde) Geen 0 RN
61. — graminicolawiubekw eae renee о 0
62 — basalisvStg; . (Sade Mania и. stone
63. — frigidus Letts ner ot CEA ан
64. — DubitansiswZett.. ето НВ RON
65 — Vanlabilisy Stee. 2.02 20 20 RE EMA STATE
66 — sordıidellusezett see eae ee eee eon
# — NOUS ELSE SE 0 co cac vie diale a TER
68. — Claripennis LDCKI lc EE PRE ee nee
69. — ЧС S MED с HER Be NE
70. — ALOMATIUSWZ et LA ee aes ОВ Иа
tte = ONKOL А ic bike's PTE ER eae Lb ES
2% — tenuisøMeig 2.20 ton a RENTEN

ххх ххх ххх хх жжх хх хх хх ххх жж хх

373

Chironomus urin SHINE
— fUSCIDES есь

— incomptus Zetl. .....

— аа Де Won SO dynd ENE A

— Пао Ме о а nee

— debilipenmis bck. 2 CPP EME

— О EØS Re rer te
Diamesamabennataee а Pea) 2)
— CHORD SKE 2. cee ee ee, NEC
Hany pusepictipennis, ее
— роте вре Sk ee
— erassinervisi erb ice а А.
— PUD TAT SHES træs SUR Ra BR In.

= posticalis Lbck

— SPS DELE NE HE Ne Rec
пех иона ее ве.

Clinoceraistagnalis Нана 00 EA WA Sal A.
Rhamphomyiasnisritaßzett.. encres en

— Ва ее...
Dolichopus groenlandicus Zett. ...
— plumipes Scop. .......
Melanostoma ambigua Fall. ......

. Platycheirus hyperboreus Stæg. ...

Syrphus torvus Ost. Sack. .......

= lunulatus Met ei) UE ON о Rees

— CARS AUS уе
— arcuatus: Ва.

Helophilus groenlandicus 0. Fabr. .
— Ботеа $ Эа.

. Echinomyia ænea Stæg. ..........

Peteina stylata Brauer & Bergenst.
Eutachnia larvarum L. ..........
Cynomyia mortuorum L. ........
Graphomyia maculata Scop.......

. Calliphora erythrocephala Meig....

= azurea Hall iia re
groenlandica Zett. .....

. Aricia subfuscinervis Zett. .......

ADI De AM ei swe eee ee.
— CONE Ме

. Hydrobia divisa Meig. ...........

= brunneifrons Zett. ......
Limnophora triangulifera Zett. . .
= trigonifera Zett. .....

— contractifrons Zett. ..

|) Melithreptusøstrizatustis fæ PEL ES SE MEE REDE SAS
. Eristalis pilosus Loew. ..........

Beer SISSE ах 618 ISO DDRS BRS

PE I CES ETC EE

DCE AR RAR DC ES TNT ence Pe PIRE Шо

DCE PRE Ех

NON 2х

374

118. Limnophora Almgvistii Hlgr. .........................

— т.
119 Acropterastsontataßzett. nn. 2.00. we EURE
120% Chortophilawieteriea@Hleae eee eee eee
121. — florilega Zett. ...... ое. SÉRIE AT
122. — Cilicrura RON ER 7 u RARE
123. — DAT VA ZC BES: ee rs boy eae RAT MOR ges
124. — спегеМайЕа око rs IR i
192570 phyraåeroenlan di eat век.
126 А ао опала та dre um ES sn N
127. — Ве RR о абс:
128. Bhorbia@ftngaxu Метео а ео
129. атс SEN о а ось ON ВА
130. = MO0es ta Нет oats see ce IRRE
Зе PES OMYIANCONIONMISNEALEE PEER ree i aan
132. — и ARMEE

133. Trichopticus decolor Fall. ..
134. Homalomyia canicularis L

1135: — armatallMeig. zen О
136 Goenosiagtrjan gulanka eee р RADER
137. Cleigastra haemorrhoidalis Meig. ......................
138. Kueelliaspietipennisangspa 2 Sn о
139. Ho fucorumaRall. nun en a а TE AR
140. = . Sintermedianlbek. NUE 050s М.
141. = MaricifonmiswHlers 2.00. ace eo RER
i425 иЗсаюрвазаапава рее
143. — SQvalida Ме sr коп ЩИ,
144. = Hitoreds halle рес оз ROTER EN
145. — Nigripal р NES PS cae. ARE ee ALIEN
146 "MPsSelaphephilafarctican вр в RP APE
ite AE, INNES ZE caso kosovo eodod Ве die d'a à
1482 TAS Де EN ре оО Ве RN
LAON NS enIeUlatAUZ e tt MEL оао CREER оно
1150: Piophila (case@l u Alan M ER LE ER See ee
151. =. „alfiniswMeigse. 2.0 12 ae ecu ee A
152. == POS ева алена ae АО RE
153. — ‘nigernmalbek: и юн REED
154 Philygriakvittipen ni ее и а
155 MS cCatella stan ali sår ale 2 ere eee nee
156. =r, SD Ea N ne ieh ое ен
157. — и. стае ее АВ NN
158. Асгопула ‘ася са | ance cet inn PR
159"MPhytomyzaNobscurella Ва о
160. — nigritellawZett.<)s uns ооо.
161. — affiniss (Fall Ws со. A ARENA Лео
162. — Дебет ети Зе PE PRE Pose

163. Limosina spare ane RERO EER eee

x x хх DC NC ICE ie te EC PC 02

EEE EIER RE NE NE ххх xxx

RR жж IK) XX

164.

165.

oo i

LS
SONORE, NE

Ph Ed pt pol
mewn

—
om

— rå je —
оо не

wwwwwonrnnnnnvnn vy
Suk eVRSSHIANR SN ES

. Anarta Richardsonii Curt.

. Penthina groenlandicana Bang Haas

375

Phoraweroenlandiea@khbeke ss... 22. sabe oe en
ENS DE RR een ns yo SER NE BEINE

О ИЕ МО ооо ren AR pr nn
VUP OS о AU LE as
almene OUCH ERE Bm ПМ
— TM SLACIALIS Ras CD si un ANA AMR AE N. se
= ое ED SEL AS CRD TAN RAR RA CNE RE ES hen

Lepidoptera.
Coltas he lage е TA MURAT аи
Argynnis chariclea var. arctica Zett. ...................
Polaris OVS nn D aire RU ве
Lycæna orbitulus var. aqvilo Bois. .....................
Dasychira groenlandica Wocke.........................
AerotisgelandestinaukHlane. as 2 a nent as
— бабай а Zeit. acc ee
== ester MANI STAT au sven une
| Юре ана о.
ОЖ EU ti
oo ccultayvar Amplieatarbetba nn... nn
Hadenavexulisi We libres 0. mn
— Sommeri Lefbr.

s Plusiasgammanl: Aen esse se Dane BTE

D AT üben. ac. SA ae EB dåd
AU WU AU LO UI GUGM, а а
— x diasema var. borea Auriv. а:
— Letterstedtii var. Kolthoffii Auriv. ...............
ан: Пенсосус а аа
== lapponicaukhunb nee ARE EP ARE EEN ENE
— tenebricosa Môschl ..... И
Cheimatobiawhrumatayl ee 0. 00 RE ARE
(СтЧатта пота ат а
О аа.

SHBupithecianselidata Mos CHF SE EEN 2 un.

— alternamlaustaudgre ae ee

— nanata var. hyperboreata Staud. .............
Botys torvalis Möschl
— hybridalis Hübn

nBempeliantuscauHawar un a a RN
2MRhacodiatettactanadEro ele MP EA

SenlcorisumenselanawRerne eu se
Teras maccana var. basalticola Staud. ..................

— septentrionanar Мое

D ож хех хх ххх ххх ххх хх хх хх DC CRC EC CEE DE ох

E.-Gr.

Prd ATE. Е <<

37.
38.
39.
40.

Pom oN

янь

& 5 må

376

Tinea fuscipunctella Haw. .................
Plutella seninella Zett. ....................
Endrosis lactella Schiff. ...................
Mimaesioptilus islandicus Staud. ...........

Neuroptera.

Hemerobius nervosus Е. ...................

= srotypuss Waller mern
Grammotaulius interrogationis Zett..........
Halesussradiatnsg@urt sce aes cis eee
Limnophiluszsriseus Ey) ges
Apataniaganctlc ams Olsen >

Pseudoneuroptera.

Libellula vire ome ya sence demote merece eye
Bactisuculiciformis NZ et ee
JNO DOS DOUGAIOTE PR PEER EPP PRIE

Orthoptera.

Blattares PE a RE 5

Physopoda.

. Physopus vulgatissimus Hal. ...............

Hemiptera.

Nysius groenlandieus Zett ................:
Chlamydatus pulicarius Fall. ...............
Reduviulus flavomarginatus Scholtz .........
ACanthiaslectulan ag REP ER RE PE

NUDE nee dt RE MEAD
Orthesia rcataphracta О
Aphisspunctipennis Zee ae
DY CHE SD NEA re Dee
CGladobi us sp a a RE ee
GOCCUSHS DRE A TR re EE a

Siphunculata.

Bediculusthumanus RP ae
Pthirius ED UDIS SEERE а SSR RESET SURE
Hæmatopinus piliferus Burin ..............

= fri ch ec ИИА, ONE er na
Echinopthirius sericans Burin ..............

= setorus Burin

Mollophaga.

Docophorus celebrachys N..................
— аа EU SIN SEENDE EC AL. и GERE a
— atratus var. ocellatus №. ........

x K K X хх

ORS STIRS IRONS IE ERE OK OK, OK er à

Cake PE CE CE CE DE

4. Docophorus communis N...........
5. — fusciformis Denn. ......
6. — pustulorus N. .........
Uo — melanocephalus N. .....
8. — semisignatus N. .......
9. — gonothorax Burin.? ....
10. — celedoxusi Nene eae dee
11. — icterodes М
12. — mereuli De EMEA
13. Nirmus brachythorax D. ...........
14. CAM ETATS MD EE EEE"
15. LR OI 0 DE USINE PAPER PNA ER
16. — subcingulatus N. ..........
17. mr NN ADterTUpIUS Place и:
18. = Ephaeopi Das MA bale eae cc
19. D) CUS DIS NAME soon a4
20. = ОН ING Sooo NE DER
21. Se thianemlatusy Ne... ace ae
22. u lineolatusı N. 0
23. — 7 eineulatusı М
24. DNA TOUS М.
25. Goniodes truncatus D..............
26. = Се SE eae ae
Zale — heterocerus №2...
28. Lipeurus grandis Piag.? ...........
2%) — SqvalidtS м
30. = lacteusu Na:
31. — Je un SNS so ie ee ie ey ane
32. Ornithobius goniopleurus D. .......
33. Trichodectes latus N. .............
34. Menopon grandiceps Piay. .........
35. — gonocephalum Brown. ....
36. Ancistroma gigas Piag. ............
37. Colpocephalum subequale N. ......
38. — grandiceps P........
39. Trinoton conspurcatum ............
40. Physostomum nitidissimum N.?.....

wear uw NT

0.0.00 0,0: в ооо AG ао

Collembola.

Smynthurus concolor Mein. ........
Lepidocyrtus elegantulus Mein. .....
Isotoma viridis Gmel..............

— fimentaria L.

— Besselsii Pack. ...........

— qvadrioculata Tullb.

. Achorutes humicola O. Fabr. .......
— ATMAUUS Ме ВУ

оО ЕЕ

ххх хх

PR СЕ EN MN EE REX Е Е: се Чех Ee

о мех

W.-Gr. E.-Gr.
9. Achorutes unguiculatus Tullb. ........................ x
10. MXenylianmaritina sub RER и CE x
1HEALipuratambulansROMEADr EME EEE EC MER ER EEE x x
12. Anuraymuscocum) empl PERTE ae ae eee ene ae x
135 Podurahyperborea, Bone yore Пе x

List of the Literature that contains Notices
on Greenlands Insects.

1. Will. Scoresby jr.: Journal of a voyage to the northern Whale Fishery,
including Researches and Discoveries on the Eastern coast of West-Green-
land made in the summer of 1822 in the Ship Baffin of Liverpool. Edin-
burgh 1823.

This work is the first that contains notices of the insects from the East-
Coast. Two species of Lepidoptera, Papilio paleno L. (Colias hecla) and
Papilio dia Г. (Argynnis chariclea var. arctica), are mentioned as found
in numbers at Jamesons Land, Cape Lister and at Cape Hope. Besides
these Gnats and Humble-bees are mentioned.

2. Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfart in den Jahren 1869 und 1870
unter Führung des Kapitan Koldeway. 2.Bd. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse.
Leipzig 1874. II. Zoologie.

Of the collections made by the Expedition, the Hymenoptera and Diptera
were worked out by A. Gerstacker р. 403—405. Of Hymenoptera are men-
tioned Bombus pratorum (most probably B. hyperboreus), Cryptus sponsor
(C. arcticus), Limneria difformis, and of Diptera, Echinomyia aenea, Cyno-
myia alpina and Calliphora groenlandica. v. Hofmeyer р. 407—409 has
made a list of the Lepidoptera that includes Argynnis polaris, A. chariclea,
Colias hecla, Larentia polaris, Geometra sp. and Dasychira groenlandica.

3. Chr. Aurivillius: Grønlands Insektfauna I. Lepidoptera, Hymenoptera
(Bih. till Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar Band 15, Afd. IV. No.1. Stockholm
1890.)

This work contains both West- and East-Greenlands Insect Fauna. The
material used as the basis of this work was conservator G. Kolthoffs Collec-
tions made during Nordenskiölds Greenland Expedition in 1883. From the
East coast he mentions Argynnis chariclea v. arctica, Colias hecla, Dasy-
chira groenlandica, Cidaria polata and Bombus hyperboreus.

4. H. Deichmann and W. Lundbeck: Ostgrenlandske Insekter (Med-
delelser om Grønland XIV. Hefte, 1895, p. 97).

In the first part of this work Deichmann mentions the methods of col-
lecting used on Ryders Expedition, together with biological observations
especially with reference to hibernation. Lundbeck adds to this a provisional
List of the Insects that were brought home, but for the greater part only
the genera are given. The List of the Lepidoptera, Mallophaga, Pseudo-

379

neuroptera, Thysanura, Mallophaga, Collembola, Suctoria, and Siphunculata
contain the same species as mentioned in the below mentioned works of
Bang-Haas and Meinert.

5. Fr. Meinert: Neuroptera, Pseudoneuroptera, Thysanopoda, Mallophaga,
Collembola, Suctoria, Siphunculata Groenlandica (Vid. Medd. fra den Natur-
hist. Forening i København 1896, p. 154).

The list includes, besides the West-Greenland species, the species of
these orders collected on Ryders Expedition. As no new material of the
last named five Orders has been brought back, this list must be taken as
complete, and in the present work the list given has been taken direct from
Meinerts list for the names and localities. No East-Greenland species
occur of the Pseudoneuroptera.

6. A. Bang-Haas: Lepidoptera Groenlandica (ibid. p. 178).

This work also includes the collections made by the Ryder-Expedition.
From the East coast the following Insects are enumerated: Colias hecla,
Argynnis chariclea var. arctica, A. polaris, Dasychira groenlandica,
Plusia parilis, Anarta Richardson, A. lapponica, A. Kolthoffii, Cidaria
polata, C. frigidaria, Eupithecia gelidata, Pempelia fusca, Penthina groen-
landicana, P. septentrionana, Tinea fuscipunctella, Plutelia senilella and
Mimaeseoptilus islandicus.

7. Will. Luudbeck: Coleoptera Groenlandica (ibid. p. 196).

This and following works of the same author is chiefly based upon the
great collections made by himself in West-Greenland, supplemented by the
collections in the Zoological Museum from earlier dates. Occasional remarks
are made to the fauna of East-Greenland, of which the following species
are mentioned: Hydroporus atriceps, Colymbetes dolabratus, Otiorhynchus
maurus and Coccinella transversoguttata.

8. Will. Lundbeck: Hymenoptera Groenlandica (ibid. p. 220).

From the East coast are mentioned: Ichneumon groenlandicus, Cryptus
arcticus, Limneria frigida and Bombus hyperboreus.

9. Will. Lundbeck: Diptera Groenlandica 1. (Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 1898,

2306) eee та 1900 p: 281).

In this work a short mention is made of the occurrence of Tipula arc-
Иса, Echinomyia cenea and Scatophaga lanata on the East coast.

10. Chr. Aurivillius: Lepidoptera och Coleoptera indsamlade under Pro-
fessor A. С. Nathorst’s arktiska expeditioner 1898 och 1899, under den svenska
expedition till Beeren Eiland och under Konservator G. Koltoffs expedition
till Grönland (Ofvers. kgl. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1900 р. 1135).

The following Lepidoptera are mentioned from the East coast: Argyn-
nis chariclea var. arctica, A. polaris, Lycena aquilo, Colias hecla, Dasy-
chira groenlandica, Hadena exulis, Anarta Richardsom, A. Zetterstedtii
var. Kolthoffii, Plusia parilis, Cidaria polata, Ptychophora Sabinei, Botys
torvalis and two undetermined Sericoris-species. Only one little species of
Homolata is mentioned of the Coleoptera.

XXIX. 25

380

List of the Localities mentioned in the Text.

Angmagsalikı etre Apo ee ee SE 65° 30'
Claveriner ON eecisacchlae’? рава ceric 74° 10!
Danmarks (ON ANGIE EMEA О sialon: oleae 70° 27!
DronnineyAucustasy Па ra IR USE EN ee eee 74° 95"
оО OR ctv N EEE nn en en ate re ОО
Ors bl AGE Orit teen ar и cna eae ae ERE ID? AT
Franz,Jdoseph# ordi ее 19:1: - 13H ое scene Me aso 13° N.
Gaaselandsliiainos ead. 9. AR TANGE Hinz AT HAL ao se 10085}
Неа Нами 2... ee ae NON ONE se NO.
Hold. with "Hope AE NIEDER TEN RN ERDE 73° 30'
FRUITY, let EN A EEE 702 50'
Mera аа ee Ge EN о RE GOP: B
Jameson plan pers tee ge Mey pe NE aR la kala alia 702 25'
Kangerdlursuatsiaket. Ha N SR IE Er EN 66° 18°
Kanzerdluerak MN, BASS ER у ах IRA 60° 35!
Kap\Bennet. u... Sur dd нее ИЗ
KaptBorlase "Warren re ce tee ection at ne ee ae 74° 17!
Ka D ODA On rate о Are el QUE PO CD Le 69° 24’
KA DO An ee ya ое A oe 65° 32/
Kap qltranlcliniy? 448 ae AN EE Leer AB? 15)
Кари Stewart оу нана Pain pete utc neh moe 70 925
Mackenzie Вос ео о ео У 118280
NYE a) yes MUN EA NER EAU VAE ISF SNERRE ROSES 69° 50'
IN ADO а Rd twee Hees usb crac rein NME 60° 32!
Nordre Bræ fjor de er ESS о. PES NES ES 60° 19
Nordyestre kam et OSSE SE ER PER EN В SES 70° 50'
NOrdostbu a tess Beso iad sat Nene ER ØS A le cies ee 11201
Pendulumw@ ASE. по. DR UE br See ase 74° 38'
RödesOr abelresshal. eight Mee оно een 70? 30'

Sabine Оо. AN KR es EG La baren A а НО 74° 30'
СЕК аа р, CON UN PER ee RER ASE ER 60° 58
SMAlS UNE APR AE En MA IMT PAU ARE ESSEN RAU EN. 65° 59!
asus ke PERS er о с N ne ea GERS
Wahlss Bord алые ee ke BENIN 66° 297

FR ED MS MESS eS

Z

As eZ) oh BN ws oy De

Coleoptera.

Carabidæ.

1. Bembidium Grapei Gyll.

Appears to be very rare in East-Greenland; two specimens
were brought back with the Amdrup Expedition, found together
with larvæ under stones on the shore at Ikerasausak 12. 8. 99.

Geographical distribution: The species is common
in the southern portion of West-Greenland, and is also known
from Lapland, Finland and North America.

Dytiscidæ.
1. Hydroporus atriceps Crotch.
Several specimens from Serketnoua and Angmagsalik; from
the last named place in numbers in a pond at the coast 24.8. 99.
Geographical distribution: On the West coast ‘this
species is found very commonly in larger or smaller water holes,
at least up to 70° М. This species is also known from Finland,
Lapland, the greatest part of Scandinavia, England, Siberia,
North Amerika, and occurs as alpine in the Pyrennes.

2. Colymbetes dolabratus Payk.

Very common and found in many places along the east
coast, Tasiusak 24.8.99; Hekla Havn 8.5.91, 12.6.-18.6. 92;
Angmagsalik 16.9.92; Nordostbugt 14.8.00; Hurry Inlet 3. 7. 00
(larvæ); Eskimo Ö 3.8.99; Jameson Land 8. 1. 00.

At Hurry Inlet it was found in a pond cowered with thick
ice №2: 105 99):

Geographical distribution: At West-Grenland it is also
very common. The Greenland specimens belong to the form

25%

382

C. groenlandicus Aubé, which has the sculpture of the females
elytra finer. This form is also known from Iceland and is pro-
bably also found in northern Scandinavia. The type form is
found in Sweeden, Lapland, Finland, Siberia and North America.

Staphylinidæ.

1. Homalota sp.

Aurivillius (10. 1140) mentioned a little species of Athela
(Homalota) found on Pendulum O 6.7.99. He believes it to
be the same species as Lundbeck (7. p.204 called A. islan-
dica Kraatz.

Geographical distribution: It is very possible that
H. islandica occurs on the East coast; as it can hardly be
called rare in West-Greenland. Besides Greenland it is known
from Iceland, Finland, Sweeden, Norway, Scotland and quite
recently also from Denmark.

2. Micralymma brevilingue Schiedte.

Appears to be common, it is known from Hekla Havn
9.6.00 and Smalsund 17. 9. 00.

Geographical distribution: The species is very com-
mon in West-Greenland but is unknown from any other locality
out of this country.

Lathridiidæ.

1. Lathridius minutus L.

Only two specimens are known from East-Greenland, one
from Hekla Havn 9. 6.92 and one from Tasiusak, found at the
top of a hill 200 ft. amongst moss.

Geographical distribution: This species has only
been found a few times in West-Greenland. Lundbeck (7. 209)
states that he supposes that it has most probably been origi-
nally imported into Greenland. As, however, specimens. have
been found in the open in East-Greenland, it would appear that
the species also had its home here. It is otherwise a cosmo-
politan.

383

Byrrhidæ.

1. Byrrhus fasciatus Oliv.

Single specimens from Tasiusak 3. 5. 99 and Smalsund
26. 6. 99, from the first named place it was found amongst
grass roots.

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land and in North and Middle Europe, also in North Asia and
America.

Curculionidæ.

1. Otiorhynchus maurus Gyll.

Only one specimen from Kangerdluerak (1883). It has not
been found by the later Expeditions.

Geographical distribution: Somewhat rare on the
West coast of Greenland, occurs also in northern Scandinavia,
Iceland, Færoe Islands, England, Denmark, and as an alpine
form in the mountains in Middle Europe.

2. O. arcticus O. Fabr.

Common; Tasiusak 10.5.99, 1.6. 99—18. 8.99, amongst
grass and dead leaves or under stones, Kap Dan 15. 9. 99.

Geographical distribution: Common on the West coast,
especially in the south, also known from Finland, Lapland,
Scandinavia, Iceland and Færoe Islands and also as an alpine
form in the mountains of Central Europe.

Coccinellidæ.

1. Coccinella transversoguttata Fald.

Rode Ö, Tasiusak 24. 5. 99, 1.6.99 on willow, Kap Dan
19: 5. 99:

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, especially in the southern portion. It occurs besides in
Siberia and North-America, and also in Lapland with the variety
quinquenotata Kirb.

384

Hymenoptera.

Tenthredinidæ.

1. Nematus (Amauronematus) sp. 1)

A specimen of Amauronematus was brought from Hekla
Havn that is not any of the described species. As only a single
female exists in the collections at present, the species is not
described. It is allied to À. borealis Marlatt which was founded
upon a male from Disco (Proceedings of the Acad. of Science
of Philadelphia 1892 p. 133.)

Ichneumonid&.

1. Ichneumon larie Curtis.

A single specimen was found at Hekla Havn in Vaccinium,
28) We Wee

Geographical distribution: Occurs in West-Green-
land but has not been found further north than 62° N. It
appears therefore to go further north in East-Greenland. Out of
Greenland the species is only known from Arctic Amerika.

2. I. groenlandicus Lbck.

Since the four males from Hekla Havn and the one specimen
from West-Greenland mentioned by Lundbeck have been
found, no other specimens have been brought from Greenland.

Geographical distribution: The species is unknown
from other localities.

3. Cryptus arcticus Schiodte.

Appears not to be rare in East-Greenland, it has been
found at Hekla Havn, Sabine O 7.1900, Jameson Land 3. 8. 91;
8. 8. 91; 19. 7. 92; 22. 7. 92. A specimen was bred from a
Lepidopterous pupa 16. 5. 1892.

Geographical distribution: The species is also com-
mon in West-Greenland, but is not found out of the country.

1) Mr. Fr. Konow, Teschendorff has kindly determined it for me.

385

4. С. Еабтей Schiødte.

Only one specimen is known from East-Greenland, а female
taken at Jameson Land. |

Geographical distribution: This species is just as
common as the foregoing in West-Greenland, and like it, it
is not known out of the country.

5. Phygadeuon cylindraceus Ruthe.

A series bred from Dipterous pupe (each of which con-
tained only a single parasite) was brought from East-Greenland.

Geographical distribution: Common and widly distri-
buted along the whole of the West coast of Greenland. Lund-
beck (7. 225) found them chiefly under seaweed along the
coast, where he supposed they attacked Fucellia pupe. Besides
Greenland it is found in Sweeden, Iceland and the Feroe
Islands.

6. Hemiteles sp.

A moderate thick and robust species, of which a single
specimen was taken at Kap Stewart, is most probably new.

7. Pimpla Nordenskiöldii Holmer.

Several specimens from Hekla Havn 1.4.91, Kap Dalton
7.1900. Råde O 14.7.92, a male was bred from an Argynnis
pupa 16. 5. 92.

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land. As Aurivillius and Lundbeck have already mentioned,
this species is certainly the same as P. longiceps Thoms. If
this is correct the species also occurs in Lapland, but is
unknown from other localities.

8. Bassus groenlandicus Holmer.

Only one male is known from East-Greenland, that was
found at Hekla Havn in August 1891.

Geographical distribution: Single specimens have
been found in West-Greenland but it is unknown out of the

country.

386

Orthocentrus Grav.

Many species appear to occur of this genus in the arctic
regions. Several arctic species have been enumerated, but the
descriptions are not good and the species difficult to determine.
As the genus wants a revision, and my material is not large,
I refrain from describing any new species. The one species
mentioned below I think is correctly determined.

9. O. hilaris Holmer.

One specimen from Hekla Havn 11. 8. 91.

Geographical distribution: Also found in West-
Greenland.

10. Plectiscus bistriatus Grav.

Hekla Havn, Røde 0 14.-17.7. 91, 11. 8. 91, 19. 6. 92, Gaase-
Тата ай: 3519.2 021. 1.19.23

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land; also found in Sweeden.

11. Ophion luteus L.

Only one specimen is known from East-Greenland, taken
at Nagtoralik 19. 8. 83.

Geographical distribution: Not mentioned in the list
of West-Greenlands Insects, but has been found at Igaliko July
1897, and at Julianehaab July and August 1902. The species
occurs over a greater portion of Europe.

12. Limneria frigida Lbck.

Several specimens from Hekla Havn 25. 5. 92, 17. 6. 92,
Hold with Hope 20. 8.92, Røde О 17.7. 92 and Sabine Ö 7. 1900.

Geographical distribution: Up to now this species
has only been known from South-Greenland, where it appears
to be rare, as only nine specimen are known. It is a parasite
on Noctua larve.

13. L. Deichmanni n. sp.

Black, head narrower than thorax, contracted behind the
eyes, which are feebly concave, antenne, mandibles and palpi

387

quite black. Thorax rugosely punctured, parapsidæ somewhat
evanescent, metathorax area superomedia fivesided, open below
and confluent together with area posteromedia. Abdomen shin-
ing, black. Second segment slightly longer than third. Legs
red, femora and trochanters black, terebra short, not, or only
very slightly excerted. Tegulæ black, wings hyaline, areola
rather small, closed.

Length 8—10 mm.

This species is easily known by its black colour, and by
the colour of the legs which are red from the trochanters. It
is allied to L. frigida, but differs besides by its size by its
black palpi and tegulæ, and by the colour of the hind tibiæ.

It is this species that Deichmann alludes to when men-
tioning parasites on the larva of Dasychira groenlandica (4. 102).

The larva of L. Deichmanni lives as an internal parasite
in the larva of Dasychira. When the parasitic larva is fullgrown,
the host is quite emptied and the parasite does not come out
of the hosts skin but makes its cocoon inside it, which con-
tracts somewhat but otherwise keeps its form. The cocoon fills
the entire larva skin, which is stretched tight over it, and is of a
pointed oval shape and parchmentlike, and of a brownish colour.
The parasite larva also bores a hole through the Lepidopterous
larva underside and attaches it to the surface with a white spin.

When the parasite is fully developed it bores a hole on
the upper side of the cocoon and hosts skin, and then emerges.
Ratzeburg!) mentions the larva of Г. carbonaria Ratz., that
is parasitic on Orgyia antiqua L., and spins its cocoon in the
same way to the surface.

A large number of specimens have been brought from
Hekla Havn, all or the most have been bred, 14. 5.-7. 6. 92.

Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
land.

1) Ichneumonen d. Forstinsecten J, 1844, p. 93.

388

14. Atractodes aterrimus Holmgr.

Several specimens, a few from Sabine O 27.7.92, and
7.1900 and several without locality.

Geographical distribution: Rare in West-Greenland,
also known from Nova Zembla.

15. Mesochorus gibbulus Holmer.

Only one specimen is known from the East coast, Sabine
Ô, found 22. 7. 92.

Geographical distribution: Only one specimen also
known from West-Greenland, the species is otherwise only
known from Sweeden.

Besides the above mentioned Ichneumonidæ, there are a
few others in the East-Greenland collection, that for several
reasons cannot as yet be determined.

Braconidee.

1. Hormius moniliatus Nees.

A little series of this species has been taken at Hekla
Havn 25. 3.92, 19.6.92, 12.7.92, 11.8.91 in the flowers of
Vaccinium.

Geographical distribution: Unknown from West-
Greenland, but occurs over the greater part of Europe.

Microgaster Latr.
Single specimens of species belonging to this genus have
been taken, but cannot definitely be placed with any of the
species at present described.

Pteromalidæ.

Lundbeck mentions in his provisional list of insects
from Ryders Expedition a single specimen from Hekla Havn.
This specimen, however, is not to be found in the Greenland
collection at the Zoological Museum, it is therefore impossible
to say what it is.

389

Apidæ.
1. Bombus hyperboreus Schön.
Hekla Havn 8.91, 11.6.92, 19.6.92, Jameson Land 3.8.91.
Geographical distribution: Occurs along the whole of
West-Greenlands coast and is found round the polar regions.

2. B. balteatus Dahlb.

Hekla Havn 16.8.92, Jameson Land 7.1.1900, Forsblad
Fjord, Kap Dalton 7.7.02.

Geographical distribution: Distributed as with the

foregoing.
Diptera.
Mycetophilidæ.
Sciarinæ,
Sciara Meig.

Two species of this genus are in the East-Greenland Collec-
tions, that are at present unnamed.

Mycetophilinæ.
1. Sciophila apicalis Winn.
Gaaseland 12.7. 92, two specimens.
Geographical distribution: This species is at present
unknown from West-Greenland, but occurs down to the southern
part of Central Europe.

2. Exechia fungorum De Geer.

A short series from Hekla Havn 2.7.92; 23.7.92; Gaase-
land 12. 7.92, and Råde Ö 14. 8. 92.

Geographical distribution: Not common in West-
Greenland, where it occurs as far North as 69°. It is also
known from North and Central Europe.

Tipulidee.
1. Tipula arctica Curt.
Very common on the East coast; a large number of spe-
cimens are found in the collections from Kap Dalton 18. 7.,

390

20. 7. 1900; Hold with Hope 20.7.91; Sabine Ô 7. 1900; Hekla
Havn 27.6.92, 19.7.92; Jameson Land, Kap Borlase Warren
16. 7. 1900; Kap Stewart 5. 8.91, 17. 7.92.

Geographical distribution: Very common in West-
Greenland, and also found at Grinnel Land, Boothia Felix and
Nova Zembla.

2. Pachyrrhina Lundbecki n. sp.

Male. Head black, yellow only at the insertion of the an-
tennæ, and with the eye margins more or less indistinctly yellow;
snout shining black, somewhat yellowish at the anterior margin.
Palpi black; antenne greyish black. Thorax black, shining,
humerus greyish black, with a narrow yellow stripe on each
side, streaching from the humerus backwards to or near to the
scutellum, these stripes are sometimes very indistinct. The
upper part of the pleura, from the humerus to the wing root,
yellow; pleura greyish pruinose, with a couple of small, usually
indistinct, yellow spots below the wing root, and a yellowish
spot on each side of the postscutellum; the postalar callus is
also more or less yellowish. Abdomen greyish black, slightly
shining, greyish to greyish-white pruinose, the dorsal central
line, when seen from above, is dark brownish; at the side
margins are some larger or smaller rufous spots, which are
sometimes confluent, forming a side-stripe. Venter greyish black.
The upper, claw-shaped, genital lamellæ yellow. Abdomen
clothed with short yellow pubescence. Legs with the coxe
grey; femora yellow to rufous, becoming darker towards the
apex; tibiæ and tarsi brown, or brownish black to black. The
legs taken as a whole light at the base and becoming darker
towards the apex. Coxe clothed with somewhat longish, pale
hairs. Wings hyaline, veins blackish-brown, stigma brown, the
two upper veins rising from the discal cell connected at the
base. Halters yellow, peduncle brownish.

Female. Similar to the male with the ovipositor shining
ferrugineous.

391

L. 10—16 mm.

This species, which I have been unable to identify as any
of the previously described species, is somewhat closely allied
to P. pratensis L. but is darker. This, howewer, could be due
to the latitude. It also differs, however, in having the wings
quite hyaline, and the two upper veins rising from the discal
cell connected at the base, whereas in pratensis the wings are
tinged with brown, and the two veins, in question, widly sepa-
rated at the base.

Geographical distribution: Hitherto only known from
East-Greenland.

3. Rhypholophus fascipennis Zett.

Gaaseland 12.7. 92.

Geographical distribution: Two specimens have been
found in West-Greenland, it occurs also in Lapland, Arctic
Norway, Iceland and the Central European Mountains.

4. Gonyomyia caudata Lbck.

Hekla Havn 8.91 one specimen.

Geographical distribution: One specimen, Lundbecks
type, known from West-Greenland. At present unknown from
other places.

5. Trichocera hiemalis De Geer.

Several specimens from Hekla Havn 8.91, Gaaseland 12.7.92,
Kap Stewart 5.8.91 and Kap Dalton 8.7. 1900.

Geographical distribution: Rather rare in West-
Greenland; common in the greatest part of Europe and on the
Faroe Islands.

Chironomide.
Chironomus Meig.
Tanypus Meig.

About ten species of these two genera, together, have
been collected, but are at present unnamed.

392

Culicidæ.
1. Culex nigripes Zett.
Common on the East coast; Hekla Havn 15.-19. 7. 92;
Rode О 17.8. 92 and Jameson Land 3. 8. 91.
Geographical distribution: A widely distributed arctic
species; as to the supposed occurrence of this species in
Denmark I refer to Lundbeck (9. 1898. p. 296).

Empidæ.
1. Rhamphomyia nigrita Zett.
Hekla Havn 19. 6. 92; 19.7. 92; August 91 Hold with Hope,
a moderatly large series. |
Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
land. Of recent years, this species has only been found north
of 68° N. Lundbeck, however, takes Otto Fabricius’ species
Empis borealis to be identical with R. nigrita in which case
it is also found in South-Greenland.

2. В. hirtula Lett.

Hekla Havn 15. 7.—8.91 and Hold with Hope.

Apparently as common as the foregoing.

Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
land, where it is quite common on the West coast from the
southern point up to 70° N.

Dolichopodidæ.
1. Dolichopus groenlandicus Zett.
Tasiusak 8.98. 2 specimens.
Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
land. Common on the West coast.

Syrphide.
1. Melanostoma ambigua Fall.
Kap Stewart 5. 8. 91; Gaaseland 12. 7. 92.
Two badly preserved specimens, as previously determined
by Lundbeck (4. 112), belong most probably to this species.

393

Geographical distribution: If the Greenland Melano-
stoma that are quite common in West-Greenland, really is
M. ambigua Zett., or a closely allied species, is at present
uncertain, vide Lundbeck (10. I, 300). М. ambigua occurs some-
what commonly in Northern and Central Europe.

2. Platycheirus hyperboreus Stæg.

East-Greenland. 2 specimens, 65° 75’ N.

Geographical distribution: Rather common in West-
Greenland, and also occurs in North-America, Pennsylvania and
Virginia.

3. Syrphus torvus Ost. Sack.

Kap Dalton July 1900 and Réde O August 1891, a single
specimen from both localities.

Geographical distribution: Is found in North Europe,
on the Central European Mountains and in North America,
Canada, Massachusetts, etc.

4. S. tarsatus Zett.

Hekla Havn. 21. 5.92; 12.6.92; 18.6.92. Gaaseland.

All the specimens are dark with indistinct markings.

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, also occurs on Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, Northern
Scandinavia and as an alpine form on the Central European
Mountains. |

5. 9. arcuatus Fall.

One specimen from Кар Dalton July 1900.

Geographical distribution: This species has only been
found sparingly in West-Greenland, but occurs in North and
Central Europe, Nova Zembla and North-America.

6. Helophilus groenlandicus O. Fabr.

Hekla Havn and Råde O. July and August 1801.

Geographical distribution: Rather common in West-
Greenland, especially in the North, also occurs in Northern

394

Scandinavia, Lapland, Nova Zembla and the Northern regions

of America.

Muscidæ.
Tachininæ.
1. Echinomyia ænea Stæg.
Several specimens from Hekla Havn taken in July and
August.
Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
land, where it has also been found singly on the West coast.

2. Peteina stylata Brauer & Bergnst. 1)

A rather large number of specimens have been bred from
the larve of Dasychira groenlandica, May—June. Hekla Havn.

Geographical distribution: The species is described
by Brauer and Bergenstamm upon specimens from Greenland,
and is not known from other places. Only specimens from the
East coast are in the Danish collection. Brauer and Bergnst.
only quote Greenland, without definite locality.

3. Eutachina larvarum L.

Several specimens from Hekla Havn, bred as the foregoing
species from the larve of Dasychira groenlandica.

Geographical distribution: The whole of Europe.

Sarcophaginæ.

4. Cynomyia mortuorum L.

A few specimens from Hekla Havn 8.91; 15.5.92; 17.5.92.

Geographical distribution: Rather common in West-
Greenland; common in North and Central Europe, and probably
also occurs in Siberia.

Muscine.

5. Calliphora groenlandica Zett.

Very common. A large number of specimens were collected
at Hekla Havn and Råde O, May—August.

1) Mr. H. Kramer in Ninderoderwitz bei Zittau has kindly determined this
and the following species.

395

Geographical distribution: Very common on the
West coast; occurs also over the whole of Northern Europe.

6. C. azurea Fall.

À single specimen from Hekla Havn 11. 6. 92.

Geographical distribution: Unknown from West-
Greenland, but occurs in Northern and Central Europe.

Anthomyinz. !)

1. Aricia subfuscinervis Zeit. A few specimens from
Hekla Havn June—July 1892.

Geographical distribution: Unknown from West-
Greenland; occurs in Northern Sweeden.

8. Hydrophoria divisa Meig.

Råde O 17.8.92. 2 specimens.

Geographical distribution: 2 specimens have been
found in West-Greenland; otherwise widly distributed over the
whole of Northern and Central Europe.

9. H. brunneifrons Zett.

Hekla Havn Juni 1892. 2 specimens.

Geographical distribution: Rare on the West coast
of Greenland; also found in the most Northern parts of Europe.

10. Limnophora triangulifera Zett.

A large number of specimens from Hekla Havn, August
1891, June—July 1892 and July 1900.

Geographical distribution: Occurs rather commonly
in West-Greenland, also found in Arctic Europe.

11. L. Almquistii Holmer.
Hekla Havn one specimen August 1891; Kap Dalton July
1900, 2 specimens.

1) The determination of the Anthomyine is due to Professor P. Stein,
Treptow a В. to whom the whole material of Anthomyinæ was sub-
mitted for examination.

XXX" 26

396

Geographical distribution: Unknown from West-
Greenland; occurs also on Nova Zembla and Spitzbergen.

Besides the above are a rather large number of unde-
termined Limnophora in the East-Greenland collection.

12. Acroptena frontata Zett.

Appears to be quite common; a large number of speci-
mens have been collected at Hekla Havn, Råde О and Gaase-
land, May to October.

Geographical distribution: Also found in West-
Greenland, in Northern Scandinavia and Spitzbergen, and also
at Steyermark.

13. Chortophila icterica Holmer.

About ten specimens collected at Hekla Havn July 1892.

Geographical distribution: Only known from Green~
land where it also occurs on the West coast.

14. С. florilega Zett.?

A large number of specimens from Hekla Havn and Kap
Dalton. May—June.

Geographical distribution: C. florilega is stated to
occur in Sweeden and North Germany.

15. C. cilicrura Rond.

3 specimens from Hekla Havn, June—July 1892.

Geographical distribution: Occurs over the whole
Northern Europe and America.

With respect to its occurrence in West-Greenland, I refer to
Lundbecks notes (9. 1900 p. 288 Anm.). His suggestion that the
species referred to by Steger (Natur. Tidsskr. udg. af Kroyer
2. R., Bd. I, р. 366, 43) under the name ‘‘Anthomyia ruficeps
Meig.” of which the last named Author only had a single spe-
cimen, now unfortunately lost, is identical with cz/zerura Rond.
would go to prove that the species in all probability occurs in
West-Greenland.

397

16. C. parva Zett.

Hekla Havn and Gaaseland June—July 1892.

Geographical distribution: Unknown from West-
Greenland but occurs in Scandinavia.

17. Pegomyia segnis Holmgr.

Hekla Havn 18.6. 92 and one other specimen without
Locality.

Geographical distribution: Unknown from West-
Greenland; occurs in Nova Zembla.

18. Trichopticus decolor Fall.

Hekla Havn, June—July 1892.

Geographical distribution: Not yet discovered in
West-Greenland, but occurs in Sweeden.

Scatophaginæ.

19. Fucellia arciiformis Holmgr.

A short series collected at Hekla Havn, between the middle
of June to the middle of July 1891.

Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
land; common in the Northern part of West-Greenland. Lund-
beck found the larve and pupe, of this species, in numbers
under Seaweed on the coast (9. 1900. 293).

20. F. pictipennis n. sp.
Hekla Havn 1.6.92, 12.6.92. The description of this
species will be found in the appendix by Th. Becker.

21. Scatophaga lanata Lbck.

Probably not rare in East-Greenland, about a score were
found at Hekla Havn and Gaaseland 7.6.92, 18. 7. 92.

Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
‘and; a single old specimen from the West coast.

22. S. sqvalida Meig.
A large number of specimens have been collected at Hekla
Havn and Kap Stewart in August and September.

26*

398

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, North and Central Europe and North America.

23. S. litorea Fall.

A single specimen captured on Røde Ô 14.8. 92.

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, occurs over almost the whole of Europe and also on
Spitsbergen.

24. S. nigripalpis n. sp.

Hekla Havn 12. 6.92, 17. 6. 92.

The description of this species will be found in the
appendix.

Cordyiurinæ.
25. Pselaphephila arctica n. sp.
HER аб 920271: OUT 92129. Te 92
For description, see appendix.

Helomyzinæ.
26. Leria tibialis Zett.
< Hekla Havn 15. 7. 92, Gaaseland 12. 7. 92, a single spe-
cimen in both localities.
Geographical distribution: West-Greenland, Scandi-
navia, Finmarken and Nova Zembla.

Ephydrinæ.

27 Scatella stagnalis Fall.

Røde О 17.8.92; Gaaseland 12.7. 92, Hekla Havn 14. 5. 92.

Geographical distribution: Very common in West-
Greenland, also occurs over the whole of Europe.

282 138 SD:

Gaaseland 12.7.92. A single specimen of a small species
with unspotted wings, but on account of its somewhat bad
condition it is not described here.

Ågromyzinæ.
29. Ayromyza arctica Lbck.

399

Several specimens from Hekla Havn 20. 5. 92, and one
single specimen from Råde О 17. 8. 92.

Geographical distribution: Only known from Green-
land, where it is common on the West coast in Sallow Copses.

30. Phytomyza obscurella Fall.

Several specimens from Hekla Havn from June to August 1892.

Geographical distribution: About ten specimens have
been found on the West Coast; it also occurs in North and
Central Europe.

Phoridæ.
1. Phora sp.

A single specimen of a rather large species of Phora was
taken at Hekla Havn 1.3.92. The species is not found in the
West-Greenland collections.

Suctoria.
Pulicidæ.

1. Pulex irritans L.

Hekla Havn 1 specimen.

Geographical distribution: Cosmopolitan.

2. P. vulpes (Motsch) Rits.

1 specimen from East-Greenland.

Geographical distribution: Germany, Holland and
Russia(?) on Canis vulpes.

3. Р. galline Bouché.

Several specimens were brought back from East-Greenland,
together with several larve and pupæ found in the nest of
Emberiza nivalis 4. 8. 92.

Geographical distribution: Europe attached to several
birds.

Lepidoptera.
Pieridæ.
1. Colias hecla Lefbr.
This Greenlands largest Butterfly does not appear to be

400

rare in East-Greenland; in Scoresby's Travells it is mentioned
as common at Jameson Land, Kap Lister and Kap Hope. The
Danish Expedition found it at Hold with Hope 26. 6. 1900, Jame-
son Land, July and August 1900, Kap Dalton 1. 8. 92, and
Sabine Ø.

Aurivillus mentions (10. 1137), that the Sweedish Expedi-
tions found it at Kap Bennet, Franz Joseph Fjord, Hurry Inlet
Mackenzie Bugt 3.7., 9. 8., 25. 8. 99 and Kap Franklin 24. 8. 00.

Geographical distribution: The species is common
on Greenlands West coast, and also occurs at Grinnell Land,
and also in Lapland and Finland in the form C. hecla var.
sulitelma Auriv.

Nymphalidæ.

1. Argynnis chariclea Schn. ver. arctica Zett.

Mentioned by Scoresby as common with the foregoing
species.

Kap Dalton 7. 1900, Jameson Land 1. 8. 1900, Sabine Ô
11.7. 1900, Кар Borlase Warren 11.-14. 7. 1900, Wahls Fjord
30. 7.99, Nordre Bræfjord 1.8. 99.

Aurivillius (10.1135) mentions it from Hurry Inlet, Kap
Stewart, Dronning Augustas Dal, Clavering O, Mackenzie Bugt
and Kap Franklin. One of these specimens, according to
Aurivillius, is closely allied to the Labrador form A. cha-
riclea var. Boisduvali Dup.

Geographical distribution: The type form A. chariclea
belongs to Northern Europe. The form arctica is found com-
monly both in East- and West-Greenland, at Nova Zembla, and
on the Islands North of America, and the form Boisduvali
originates from Labrador.

2. A. polaris Bois.
Besides the specimens mentioned by Bang Haas (4. 180)
taken on Ryders Expedition at Hekla Havn 7.93, and Jameson

401

Land 3. 8. 91, a few specimens have been brought back from
Jameson Land 1. 8. 1900.

It does not appear to be rare on the East coast, from
which place Aurivillius (10.1135) also mentions that it was
found at Clavering O, Kap Bennet, Dronning Augustas Dal,
Mackenzie Bugt 3.7.1900 and Kap Franklin 24. 8. 1900.

Geographical distribution: In the Danish collection
the species is only represented from East-Greenland, but Mc.
Lachlan‘) also mentions it hawing been found in West-
Greenland between 81° 20’ and 81° 50" М. Besides Greenland it is
also known from Labrador, Northern Lapland and Finmarken.

Aurivillius mentions and describes two Argynnis larve
from East-Greenland; as neither were bred it is impossible to
say to which species they belong. Both belong to that group
of Argynnis larve which have the spines on the first segment
not longer than those on the following segments. The larva
which Aurivillius believes to be A. chariclea var. arctica is
faibly marked with brown and has five light lines.

The other larva which is believed to be A. polaris is also
marbled with brown and has a fine light medial line. At the
spines on the two first segments are two small black spots and
along the sides below the spiracles is a broad light side line.

Lycænidæ.

1. Lycena orbitulus Praun. var aquilo Bois.

Two specimens from Forsblad Fjord.

The Swedish Expedition found a specimen at Hurry Inlet
3. 8. 99 and one at Mackenzie Bugt 31.7.1900. (Aurivillius
10. 1136.)

Geographical distribution: H. Skinner and L. W.
Mengel*) mention specimens of this species from West-Green-

1) Linn. Soc. Journal. Zoology V. 14. 1879. p. 98.
2) Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia 1892,
p. 157.

402

land in a collection from Herbert O, Mc. Cormick Bugt and
Disco. The type form L. orbitulus Pr. occurs in the mountains
of Central Europe, and is also known from Asia Minor, Colo-
rado and California. The form aquilo Bois. occurs in Arctic
Europe and America and the form Wosnesenskii Ménétr., is
described from Kamtschatka.

Liparidee.

1. Dasychira groenlandica Wocke.

Hekla Havn and Hold with Hope; a few butterflies and
several larve which contained the before mentioned parasite
Limneria Deichmanni.

The Kolthoff Expedition bred some specimens between
19. and 23. July from cocoons collected on Pendulum O 6. July
and at Kap Bennet 14. July. As the Expedition found at the
same time half and full grown larve Aurivillius came to
the conclusion that Dasychira larve hibernate two or three
times and that they spin their cocoons immediately after the
last hibernation. (10. 1137.)

Geographical distribution: The species is not rare
on the East Coast of Greenland and also occurs on Grinnell
Land.

Noctuide. .

1. Hadena exulis Lefebr.

A crippled specimen from Jameson Land 7.1.1900. Auri-
villius mentions a male from the interior of Forsblad Fjord
11.8 99. (10. 1138.).

Geographical distribution: Is found somewhat com-
monly in West-Greenland and is also known from Finmarken,
Scotland, Iceland and Labrador.

2. Plusia parilis Hübn.

Jameson Land, one specimen.

The Kolthoff Expedition brought back a few specimens
from Mackenzie Bugt 9. 8. 1900 and Kap Franklin 24. 8. 1900.

403

Geographical distribution: Rare in West-Greenland,
also known from Lapland, Finmarken, Frau Island, Grinnell
Land and Labrador.

3. Anarta Richardsoniw Curt.

Karraakungniut August 1883, Hekla Havn and Jameson
Land, a longer series from the last mentioned place, collected
29. May and 3. August.

Aurivillius mentions this species from Clavering O 16.7.
99, Nordvestre Fame O 4.8.99 and Mackenzie Bugt 31.7. 1900.

Geographical distribution: The species is common
in West-Greenland and is probably found round the polar
region.

4. A. Zetterstedtii Staud. var Kolthoffii Aur.

One specimen from Hekla Havn taken between 23.7. and
2.8.92. The Kolthoff Expedition found a few specimens at
Kap Franklin and Mackenzie Bugt (Aurivillius 10. 1138).

Geographical distribution: The form Kolthoffi is
only known from Greenland, where it is found on both the
East and West coasts. The type form occurs in Lapland,
North America and Labrador.

5. A. lapponica Thunb.

Kap Dalton 27.6.99 and 7.1900 found flying on a slope
towards South at a height of 200’.

Geographical distribution: Is found in West-Green-
land, Lapland and Labrador.

Geometridæ.

1. Cidaria polata Dup.

Many specimens were taken by the Danish Expedition at
Kap Dalton 7.1900, Hekla Havn 1.-23. 7. 1900, Kap Stewart
5. 8. 1900, Hold with Hope 20.7.91 and Wahls Fjord 30. 7. 99.

The Swedish Expedition found it in large numbers at
Hurry Inlet, Franz Joseph Fjord and Mackenzie Bugt 31.7.—
25. 8. 1900 (Aurivillius 10. 1139).

404

Staudinger separated the Greenland specimens as a
separate form var. Brüllei, on account of its darker colour, but
later on, he again abandoned it; Bang Haas also separated
them later in his Lepidoptera Groenlandica 1896 p. 188.

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, and also mentioned from Finmarken, Arctic Lapland,
Belle Isle Street, Caribou Island and Labrador.

2. C. frigidaria Guén.

Five males were taken at Hold with Hope 20.7.92 and
Råde О 17. 8. 92 Aurivillius mentions a specimen of
Psychophora Sabinei Kirb. from Clavering O; it is most pro-
рае that this species is identical with С. frigidaria. (10. 1139.)

Geographical distribution: Packard!) names Glau-
copteryx sabinaria from Polaris Bay and Mc. Lachlan?) also
mentiones it from West-Greenland. Bang Haas states that
this species is the same as С. frigidaria, that according to the
foregoing, also occurs in West-Greenland.

C. frigidaria is also known from Finmarken and Northern
Lapland.

3. Eupithecia gelidata Mösch.

Hekla Havn 19.6.92 and Gaaseland 7. 12. 92.

Geographical distribution: Several specimens of
this species are known from West-Greenland, where it is most
probably common; it occurs also in Labrador.

Botide.
1. Botys torvalis Mösch.
HeklatHavn 20:7. 90.23. 7. 91.2. 8. 98
The Swedish Expedition found it at Sabine О 9.7. 99,
Pendulum O 7. 7. 99, Clavering O 16.7.99, Mackenzie Bugt
7. 8. 1900 and Kap Franklin 24. 8. 1900. (10. 1139.)

1) Ent. Мо. Mag. XIII. 1897. р. 229 (quoted from Bang Нааз).
DESK [Ds 2s

405

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, also occurs in Labrador and the Pyrenees.

Phycidæ.
1. Pempelia fusca Haw.
Hekla Havn 19.6., 23.7., 2.8., 1.8.92, Gaaseland 1.-12.
7.92, Rode O 14.-17. 7.92, 7.1900 and Kap Dalton.
Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, and also occurs in North and Central Europe, Asia Minor,
Caucasus and Catalonia.

Tortricidæ.
1. Penthina groenlandicana Bang Haas.
Only the three type specimens are known from East-Green-
land, taken at Hekla Havn and Hold with Hope 1891—92.
Geographical distribution: Only known from East-
Greenland. |

2. P. septentrionana Mösch.

Hekla Havn 19.7. 92.

Geographical distribution: The species has not as yet
been found in West-Greenland, but is known from Labrador.

Tineidæ.
1. Tinea fuscipunctella Haw.
A single specimen was brought back of the Ryder Expedi-
tion from the East coast but without locality.
Geographical distribution: Not found in West-
Greenland, but occurs in Europe, Asia Minor and Persia.

Plutellide.
1. Plutella seninella Zett.
A single specimen was taken in the spring of 1892, at
Hekla Havn.
Geographical distribution: Found in numbers in
West-Greenland and also known from North-Europe.

406

Pterophoridæ.
1. Mimaeseoptilus islandicus Staudgr.
Gaaseland 7.-12.7. 92; Sabine O 7. 1900.
Geographical distribution: Besides the East coast
of Greenland, the species is only known from Iceland.

Besides the above, Aurivillius (10.1139) mentiones from
East-Greenland, a species of Sericoris and a species og Seri-
coris or Penthina, but on account of the bad condition of the
specimens it was impossible to determine them.

Neuroptera.
Limnophilidæ.
1. Apatania arctia Bohem !).
Manby, one specimen.
Geographical distribution: About ten specimens have
been found in West-Greenland. The species is also known
from Spitzbergen, and probably from Iceland.

Henuptera.
Capsidæ.
1. Chlamydatus pulicarius Fall.
Råde O, one specimen taken in the middle of August 1892.
Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, and widly distributed over the whole of Europe.

Coccide.

1. Orthesia cataphracta Ol.

Gaaseland 7.-12.7.92. Tasiusak 19.5.99, amongst moss
and grass; Kap Dalton 17.4.99; Nordre Brefjord 1. 8.99; most
probably common.

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land, occurs also on Iceland and the Faroe-fslands.

1 Mr. Esben Petersen has kindly named this species for me.

407

2. Coccus sp.

The females of a species was discowered in numbers on the
branches of sallow, but as no males have been taken as yet,
it is impossible to say definitely to what species they belong.

Mallophaga.
Philopteridæ.
1. Docophorus atratus var. ocellatus N.
Hekla Havn on Corvus corax.
Hosts: Different species of Corvus (C. cornix, C. corone).
2. D. communis N.
Hekla Havn on Hmberiza nivalis.
Hosts: Motacilla alba, Acrocephalus turdinus and Hypo-
lais icterina, and various species of Fringilla.
3. D. melanocephalus N.
Gaaseland on Sterna macrura 10.8. 91.
Hosts: Sterna cantiaca, Larus cirrhocephalus.
4. I). icterodes N.
Gaaseland 10. 8. 91 on Anser albifrons.
Host: Different species of Anser.
5. D. merguli Denny.
Greenland Sea on Arctica alle.

Hosts: Arctica alle is the only mentioned host.

6. Nirmus cameratus Denny.
Danmarks О on Strepsilas interpres 11. 3. 92.
Hosts: Lagopus alpinus, Tetrao urogallus and T. tetrix.

7. N. phaeopi Denny.

Jameson Land on Tringa sp. 3.8. 91.

Hosts: Limosa rufa, Numenius phaeopus, Tringa sub-
arquata.

8. Lipeurus jejunus N.

Gaaseland on Anser albifrons 10. 8. 91.

Hosts: Anser domesticus and other species of Anser.

408

9. Ornithobius goniopleurus Denny.
Gaaseland 10. 8. 91.
Hosts: Anser canadensis, Mergus merganser.

Liotheidæ.
1. Trinotron conspurcatum N.
Gaaseland on Anser albifrons 11.8.91.
Hosts: Cygnus olor and C. musicus, Anser domesticus.
2. Physostomum nitidissimum N.?
Hekla Havn, in siftings, 3. 1892.
Hosts: Emberiza citrinella.

Physopoda.
Thripide.
1. Physopus vulgatissimus Uzel.
Taagefjord 6.92, Gaaseland 12.7.92, Råde O 14. 8. 92.
Geographical distribution: Several places in West-
Greenland; also known from England, Germany, Bohemia, Austria
and Finland.

Collembola.

Smynthuride.
1. Smynthurus concolor Meinert.
A short series from Kap Stewart 5.8 91.
Geographical distribution: Two specimens found at
Frederikshaab, West-Greenland; unknown from other localities.

Deegeriadæ.

1. Isotoma virides Gml.

Hekla Havn 3.91, Kap Stewart 5.8.91, Hold with Hope
AV, Ho Biles

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land; widly distributed over the whole North and Central Europe,
and North America.

2. I. quadrioculata Tullb.

Hekla Havn 3. 92.

409

Geographical distribution: Unknown from West-
Greenland; occurs on Nova Zembla, Hvidöen, Finland, Germany,
and Bohemia.

Poduridæ.

1. Achorutes humicola O. Fabr.

Hekla Havn 3.4.92, Jameson Land 3.8.91, Kap Stewart
528.91, 22.98.91:

Geographical distribution: Common in West-Green-
land; also in North Europe and North America.

2. A. armatus Nic.

Hekla Havn 3. 92.

Geographical distribution: Taken a few times in
fungus in West-Greenland; also known from Europe, North
America and Sumatra.

3. А. uniunguieulatus Tullb.

Kap Stewart 5.8.91 in numbers in an old deserted house.

Geographical distribution: Not known from West-
Greenland ; but once found at Upsala and in Finland.

Lipuridæ.
1. Lipura ambulans O. Fabr.
Kap Stewart 5.8.91, 22.8.91 in an old deserted house.
Geographical distribution: Several places in West-
Greenland; also known from most of the countries of Europe.

Appendix.

Besehreibung von 8 neuen Dipteren aus Ost-Gronland.

Von Th. Becker.

Fucellia pictipennis п. sp. 49.

Diese Тшеге gehören zur Gruppe der Fucellinen wegen
ihrer borstigen Thorakalbehaarung, der runden Kopfform, der
breit getrennten Augen, der Kreuzborsten auf der Stirn, der
kurzen Fuhler mit der nackten Borste. Die Hinterschenkel der
å sind allerdings nicht, wie bei unserer bekannten F. fucorum
auf der Unterseite ihrer Wurzel noch durch besondere Borsten
ausgezeichnet, unsere Art hat hierin vielmehr Aehnlichkeit mit
der F. griseola Fall. Die Flügel sind am Vorderrande etwas
rauh bewimpert, nicht aber mit einer besonderen Borstenreihe
am Aussenrande der Randader versehen wie bei F. fucorum Fall.
und wie wir diese Borsten auch bei F. griseola Fall. wenn
auch nur auf der Wurzelhalfte der Flügel wahrnehmen. Ange-
sichts der Thatsache, dass die Randader-Beborstung bei ver-
schiedenen Arten sich in verschiedener Ausdehnung zeigt, kann
man meiner Ansicht nach das Fehlen solcher Randader Borsten
bei unserer Art bei sonstiger vollkommener Uebereinstimmung
nicht als Gattungsmerkmal alleine auffassen; ich stelle daher
diese Art zur Gattung Fucellia.

89. Fucelliae griceolae Fall. affinis, sed alarum ma-
cula magna apicali fusca diversa. Long. corp. 4 mm.

Kopf und die nackten Augen gerundet, grau; die Stirne

ist fast so breit wie der halbe Kopf, oben braun, über den
XXIX. 27

412

Fuhlern etwas rothbraun, mit 2 Kreuzborsten und ungefåhr je
5 Frontorbitalborsten. Untergesicht gelbgrau; Fühler schwarz,
grau bereift, drittes Glied unten abgerundet, ungefähr zweimal
so lang als breit, Borste schwarz nackt, auf der Wurzelhälfte
verdickt. Backen halb so breit wie das Auge hoch; Mund-
borsten deutlich, der untere Backenrand ist einreihig beborstet
und setzt sich diese Reihe am Hinterkopfe fort. Taster roth-
braun, etwas vortretend. Thorax und Schildchen aschgrau
bereift, ersterer mit 2 — 3 Dorsocentralborsten, letzteres mit
4 Randborsten und 2 etwas schwacheren mitten auf der Schild-
flache, die übrigens sonst ohne Haare bleibt. Akrostikalbôrstchen
erob, zweireihig; Mesopleuren behaart mit einer Borstenreihe
an der Vertikalnaht; Sternopleuren behaart, mit 2 Hauptborsten
in den oberen Ecken; Pteropleuren nackt. Schwinger und
Schüppchen gelbbräunlich. Hinterleib mit 5 deutlichen Ringen,
der letzte unten vom Hypopygium durchbrochen, matt aschgrau;
die schwarze Behaarung hat borstlichen Karakter. Beine
schwarzgrau; die Schenkel zeichnen sich durch eine Reihe
schwarzer Borsten aus, die auf der Unterseite stehen und
namentlich deutlich an den Hinterbeinen hervortreten. Vorder-
schienen mit 2 Einzelborsten auf der Endhälfte ihrer Vorder-
seite; an den Aussen- und Hinterseiten der Mittel- und Hinter-
schienen stehen 2—3 Borsten in 2 Reihen. Die Flügel sind
von weisslichem Ton, der am Hinterwinkel allerdings in Grau
übergeht; an der Spitze ist das Flügeldrittel bis etwa zur hin-
teren Querader schwarz-bräunlich gefärbt, auch sind beide
(Jueradern sowie das Ende der ersten Längsader deutlich schwarz-
braun gefärbt. Bei den Weibchen ist die Flügelfärbung etwas
schwächer.

Pselaphephila arctica n. sp. d.

Diese Art entspricht der von mir in der Berl. Ent. Z. XXXIX
122 (1894) gegebenen Gattungsdiagnose, nur das Schildchen
hat bei unserer Art ausser den beiden mittleren Borsten noch

413

2 ebenso stark ausgebildete Endborsten, wåhrend letztere bei
der einzigen Art Ps. Loew: Beck. nur haarförmig sind; von
letzterer Art unterscheidet sich die unsrige ferner noch durch
dunklere Stirn, andere Bein-Färbung und Behaarung.

4. Nigro-grisea ораса; capite flavo, palpis longis
dilatatis concoloribus; fronte nigro-rufa, antennis
iongis nigris, seta crassa nuda nigra; setis mysta-
cinis utrinque subbinis validis. Oculi oblongi; Scu-
tellum setis quattuor; Abdomen griseum. Pedes
flavi; femoribus basi, tarsis plus minusve infuscatis.
Long. corp. 5 mm.

Das lange Untergesicht ist gelbgrau; Taster breit, flach,
gelb mit feinen gelben und an der Spitze auch mit einigen
schwarzen Haaren; Hinterkopf grau; Stirn dunkelroth-braun;
das zweite Fühlerborstenglied verlängert und mit dem dritten
etwas gekniet. Thorax und Schildchen aschgrau, matt, mit der
normalen Beborstung; das Schildchen jedoch mit 4 gleich
starken Randborsten. Schwinger und Schüppchen gelbbraun.
Hinterleib matt aschgrau, ziemlich rauhhaarig; am Bauche treten
am vierten Ringe 2 ovale Lamellen hervor. Beine rostgelb;
alle Hüften und Schenkel, letztere bis zu 2/3 ibrer Länge mehr
oder weniger schwarzgrau. Tarsen rothbraun bis schwarz, der
Metatarsus etwas heller. Flügel schwach grau gefärbt mit
dunklen normalen Adern.

Scatophaga nigripalpis n. sp. å.

Unter den specifisch nordischen und arktischen Scatophagen
wie: arctica Beck., cordylurina Holmgr., dasythrix Beck., erythro-
stoma Holmgr., incola Beck., islandica Beck., lanata Lundb.,
litorea Fall., maculipes Zett., mollis Beck., obscurinervis Beck.,
scatomyzoides Zett., Stuxbergi Holmgr., varipes Holmgr., villipes
Zett. ist keine Art, welche bei dunkel aschgrauer Färbung des
sanzen Körpers auch ganz schwarze Taster aufweist; meistens

PAT

414

sind diese gelb oder roth und auch håchstens and der Spitze
gebräunt, oder Körper und Beine sind heller gefärbt.

4. Nigro-cinerea opaca, fronte ап се rufa, facie
flavo-grisea, antennis palpisque nigris, antennarum
seta nigra nuda. Thoracis dorso et pleuris pilis setis-
que longis, filiformibus nigris. Abdomen nigro pilo-
sum. Pedes nigri, femoribus tibiisque pilis longis
nigris et pallidis ornatis, femoribus posticis non
setosis. Alae griseae, nervis nigris. Long. corp.
4 — 5 mm.

Thorax, Hinterleib, Kopf und Beine dunkelaschgrau, matt;
nur ganz vorne an der Stirn sieht man eine röthliche Fleckung.
Die Borsten am Kopfe wie am ganzen Körper sind nur schwach,
haarförmig, jedoch von entsprechender Länge; auf den breiten
grauen Orbiten stehen viele Haare, kaum etwas reihenförmig
geordnet. Die beiden ersten Glieder der schwarzen Fühler sind
etwas grau bereift, die Fühlerborste ganz nackt, auf der Wurzel-
hälfte deutlich verdickt. Taster ganz schwarz, wie die untere
und hintere Seite des Kopfes nur spärlich und überwiegend hell
behaart. Thorax mit vielen schwarzen und langen Haaren; die
karakteristischen Borsten der Gattung sind kaum durch grössere
Stärke erkennbar. Schildchen mit 4 langen dünnen Randborsten.
Brustseiten lang und fein und überwiegend schwarz behaart.
Schwinger braun, Schüppchen hellbräunlich mit dunklem Saum
und hellen Wimperhaaren. Hinterleib wie der Thorax, ohne
besonders hervortretende Randborsten, ziemlich lang schwarz
behaart. Beine ganz schwarz mit langer, hell und dunkel
gemischter Behaarung an Schenkeln und Schienen; es überwiegen
jedoch die dunkleren Haare. Hinterschenkel ohne Borsten,
Schienenborsten lang und dünne. Flügel etwas graubraun mit
schwarzen normalen Adern.

Liegnitz 15. Oktober 1907.

XI.

Note on the Crustacea.

H. J. Hansen.

1909.

ААВ

Several years ago it has been decided that the material
of the orders of Crustacea secured by the two Amdrup Ex-
peditions shall be worked out together with the animals of the
same groups collected by the ‘Ingolf’ and other Danish ex-
peditions or voyages to Greenland, Iceland and the Feroes. In
1908 the first part of the report on the Crustacea Malacostraca
from the ‘‘Ingolf” has been published; this part (The Danish
Ingolf-Expedition, Vol. Ш. 2., by Н. J. Hansen), comprises three
orders: Decapoda, Euphauciacea, and Mysidacea). In that paper
every species hitherto found in the seas around our northern
dependencies has been enumerated, and a perusal of the para-
graph ,,occurrence’ under each species will show whether it
is known from East Greenland or Jan Mayen, and if so, whether
it has been taken there by the Amdrup Expeditions. The fol-
lowing account, which is a full list of the forms of the three
orders mentioned brought home by the Amdrup Rap alles, is
only an extract from my paper.

I. Decapoda.
1. Lithodes Maja L. — Denmark Straits, off Angmagsalik.
2. Sclerocrangon boreas Phipps. — Angmagsalik; four localities
in northern East Greenland between 69° 44" N.L. and

74° 30' N. L.

3. Sclerocrangon ferox G. 0. Sars. — Northern East Greenland,
ati STAN Band 72827 М. в

4. Nectocrangon lar Owen. — Angmagsalik; northern East

Greenland at Cape Tobin and in Forsblad Fjord.

10.

12.
13.

29 Wer TS

418

. Sabinea septemcarinata Sab. — Jan Mayen; six localities
in northern East Greenland between 69° 44’N.L. and
141[9° М. Г.

. Spirontocaris Gaimardii Н. M.-Edw. — Jan Mayen; Ang-
magsalik.

. Spirontocaris spinus Sow. — Angmagsalik.

. Spirontocaris turgida Kr. — Angmagsalik.

. Spirontocaris polaris Sab. — Angmagsalik; a score of times

in northern East Greenland, between 691/2° N. L. and
741/2° №. L.

Spirontocaris groenlandica J. C. Fabr. — Angmagsalik; three
localities in northern East Greenland, from 69° 44’ М. L.
to 741/2° М. L.

. Bythocaris simplicirostris G. O. Sars. — East Greenland at
ca. 741/3° N. L.
Pandalus borealis Kr. — Angmagsalik.
Hymenodora glacialis Buchh. — Taken three times: in the

stomach of Procellaria glacialis from 69° 51" N.L., 11° 18’
W.L., in the stomach of the same species of bird from
741/3° М. [., 92/3° W.L., and at 74° 12° N.L., 12° W.L.,
in ice.

II. Euphausiacea.

. Rhoda inermis Кг. — Jan Mayen; at са. 731/2° N.L., 4°
W. L. and ca. 734/3° М. L., 81/2? М. L.

. Thysanoëssa longicaudata Kr. — Jan Mayen; at са. 731/2°
N.L., 4° W.L.

III. Mysidacea.

. Boreomysis nobilis G. О. Sars. — 70° 09' №. L., 22°02’ W. L.
. Erythrops erythrophthalma Goës. — Jan Mayen.
. Mysis oculata O. Fabr. — Angmagsalik and a little north

of this to 66° 15' М. [..; two localities in northern East
Greenland, viz. at 70° 50’ М. L. and 74!/2° М. L.; Jan Mayen.

419

4. Mysis mixta Lilljeb. — Northern East Greenland, at 70° 50'
№ Г. and 722 28! N.L.

The remainder of the Crustacea Malacostraca collected by
the first Amdrup Expedition comprises 2 species of Isopoda
and 23 species of Amphipoda, all from shallow water at the
district of Angmagsalik. The material of Amphipoda secured
by the second Expedition is of course much larger, but has
not yet been named. This second Expedition collected besides
a number of Cumacea, Isopoda and Tanaidacea; the material
of Cumacea comprises 12 species, 2 of which seem to be
new to science; the majority of the Isopoda and Tanaidacea,
viz. 15 species, have been determined, but several species are
still unnamed, and at least two among them are new.

It may be added that some years ago Cand. mag. C. J. With
began to separate the pelagic Copepoda from the samples of
plankton taken by the ‘‘Ingolf’, the second Amdrup Expedition,
etc.; he has determined a part of this vast material, contemp-
oraneously working out the report. The second Amdrup Ex-
pedition brought home numerous bottles with plankton, but
Mr. With being abroad it is impossible to give further com-
munication on the matter.

It may be added that same years ago I discovered a new
type of Cirripedia Rhizocephala in the marsupium of an Iso-
pod, Calathura brachiata Stimps., taken by the second Amdrup
Expedition in Forsblad Fjord, East Greenland. The parasite
(three specimens on the same host) has been described as a
new genus and species, Duplorbis calathure, by Geoffrey Smith
in his Monograph on the Rhizocephala (Fauna und Flora des
Golfes ven Neapel, 29. Mon. 1906). The author says that the
genus is “highly interesting but in some respects problematical.”

20—2—1909.

AUD: oa

214%

ALL:

XII.

The Porifera of East-Greenland.

William Lundbeck.

1909.

The following paper is chiefly based on the collections
of the Amdrup-expeditions to East-Greenland, as these col-
lections were rather rich, but also the collections of the Ryder-
expedition have been included into the paper, and mentions are
also made of the species otherwise known from the region:
thus the paper intends to give an enumeration of all the spe-
cies of Porifera hitherto known from East-Greenland.

The Ryder-expedition took place in the years 1891—92,
and the Amdrup-expeditions in 1898—99 and in 1900, there-
fore the material, collected by the Ryder-expedition, and
belonging to the Homorrhaphidae, Heterorrhaphidae and the
first part of the Desmacidonidae was included in ‘The Danish
Ingolf-Expedition”, Porifera, Part I, 1902 (containing Homor-
rhaphidae and Heterorrhaphidae), and Part II, 1905 (containing
the first Part of the Desmacidonidae), and the material from
the Amdrup-expeditions, belonging to ihe mentioned first part
of the Desmacidonidae was included in Part II of the Ingolf-
work; the species in question are therefore here only enume-
rated; the material from the Amdrup-expeditions, belonging
to the Homorrhaphidae and Heterorrhaphidae on the other
hand was received too late to be included in the first Part of
the Ingolf-work, and this material is therefore now treated here;
it contains one species, Gellius varius, not hitherto known
from the regions in question.

I shall here make the remark, that of the stations of the
Ingolf-expedition I have only taken station 94, 64° 56’ lat. N.,
36° 19’ long. W. with a depth of 204 fathoms into consideration,

424

while I have not considered the other stations, lying in the
western part of the Denmark-Strait, as belonging to the region
treated here, but here there is some inconsequence as a few
collections were made by both the mentioned expeditions in
places lying more eastern, and these are treated here.

Some genera and species of the groups, not published
hitherto in the Ingolf-work, are not yet worked out, and some
new species not yet described, and they are therefore in the
following only mentioned somewhat summarily. — The material
from both expeditions, belonging to the families and orders
not yet treated in the Ingolf-work, will be finally treated there,
together with the other arctic material.

The following species are at present known to occur at
East-Greenland:

Monaxonida.

Fam. Homorrhaphidae.
Chalina groenlandica Frstdt.
Halichondria panicea Pall.
Halichondria fibrosa Frstdt.
Halichondria osculum Ldbck.
Halichondria oblonga Arm. Hans.
Eumastia sitiens O. 5.

Reniera folium Ldbck.?
Reniera clavata Levins.
Reniera cinerea Grant.

Remera tubulosa Frstdt.
Reniera sp.

Ветега sp.

Fam. Heterorrhaphidae.
Gellius varius Bow.
Gellius arcoferus Vosm.
Gellius porosus Frstdt.

425

Gelliodes plexa Ldbck.
Oceanapia robusta Bow.
Biemma rosea Frstdt.
Desmacella Peachii Bow.
Desmacella hamifera Ldbck.
Desmacella groenlandica Frstdt.
Hamacantha Bowerbanki Ldbck.

Fam. Desmacidonidae.
Esperiopsis villosa Cart.
Esperiopsis typichela Ldbck.
Mycale placoides Cart.

Mycale lingua Bow.

Mycale thaumatochela Ldbck.
Mycaie intermedia О. S.
Asbestopluma pennatula О. $.
Asbestopluma cupressiformis Cart.
Asbestopluma lycopodium Levins.
Chondrocladia gigantea Arm. Hans.
Artemisina arcigera О. 5.
Artemisina apollinis В. and D.
Myxilla incrustans Johnst.
Myxilla perspinosa Ldbck.
Lissodendoryx Sophia Frstdt.
Lissodendoryx indistincta Frstdt.
Lissodendoryx complicata Arm. Hans.
Jophon piceus Vosm.

Jophon frigidus Ldbck.
Jotrochota oxeata Ldbck.
Jotrochota rotulancora Ldbck.
Jotrochota affinis Ldbck.
Forcepia fabricans О. 5.
Forcepia groenlandica Frstdt.
Melonanchora elliptica Cart.

426

Melonanchora emphysema О. 3.
Tedania suctoria О. S.
Histoderma physa О. S.
Cornulum textile Cart.
Grayella pyrula Cart.
Hymedesmia Dujardini Bow.
Hymedesmia sp.
Hymedesmia sp.
Hymedesmia sp.
Hymedesmia sp. CO
Hymedesmia sp.
Hymedesmia sp.
Ectyodoryx foliatus Frstdt.
Ectyodoryx sp.

Pocillon sp.

Stylostichon hospitalis О. S.
Hymeraphia sp.

Crella sp.

Crella sp.

Crella sp.

Echinoclathria sp.
Plocamia sp.

Plocamia sp.

un

Fam. Axinellidae.
Phakellia ventilabrum Johnst.
Phakellia Bowerbanki Vosm.
Phakellia rugosa Bow.
Tragosia Sluiteri Vosm.
Bubaris vermiculata Bow.

Fam. Spirastrellidae.
Latrunculia sp.

Fam. Polymastiidae.
Polymastia uberrima О. 5.

XXIX.

427

Polymastia mammillaris Müll.
Polymastia paupera Frstdt.
Trichostemma hemisphæricum Sars.
Quasillina brevis Bow.

Tentorium semisuberites O. S.

Fam. Suberitidae.
Prosuberites sp.
Ficulina ficus L.
Suberites carnosus Johnst.
Suberites sp.

Tetractinelhda.

Fam. Tetillidae.
Craniella cranium Mill.

Fam. Theneidae.
Thenea muricata Bow.

Fam. Geodiidae.
Geodia Barretti Bow.

Hexactinellida.

Fam. Rossellidae.
Schaudinnia rosea Frstdt.
sp. of Rossellinae.

Calcarea.
Fam. Asconidae.

Leucosolenia coriacea Mont.
Leucosolenia Lamarckii Haeck.
Leucosolenia Nanseni Breitfss.
Ascandra complicata Mont.
Ascandra Fabricii O. S.
Ascandra variabilis Haeck.

28

428

Fam. Syconidae.
Sycon ciliatum Risso.
Grantia arctica Haeck.
Grantia mirabilis Frstdt.
Grantia capillosa О. 5.
Grantia pennigera Haeck.
Grantia utriculus O. S.
Amphoriscus glacialis Haeck. .
Ebnerella Schulzei Breitfss.

Fam. Leuconiidae.
Leuconia Egedii O. S.

Myxospongida.
Fam. Halisarcidae.
Halisarca Dujardinii Johnst.

Besides the species, mentioned in the following from: ‘Die
zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt”, still a few sponges have been
recorded by O. Schmidt in this work, but they are indetermined
and indeterminable; they are the following:

Cacospongia sp.
Chalinula sp. (may be some Axinellid, as Schmidt
says it has “‘einspitzige Nadeln’.)
Reniera sp.
Isodictya infundibuliformis (probably = Tragosia
Sluiteri Vosm.)
Desmacidon anceps.

With regard to this latter species, Thiele has shown (Arch.
fiir Naturgesch., 1903, 388) that Desmacidon anceps in reality not
exists, but is a mixtum of different species; judging from the
spicules figured by Schmidt (1. с. Pl. I) none for East-Green-
land new species seems to be represented in it.

429

Monaxonida.
Halichondrina.

Fam. Homorrhaphidae.
Chalina Grant.

C. groenlandica Frstdt.

1887. Chalina groenlandica Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 417,
PI. 23, fig. 19.
1902. — — ‚ Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 13.

This species was taken at East-Greenland, depth 140 fathoms,
on the Swedish arctic expedition 1883 (Fristedt 1. c.).

Halichondria Flem.
H. panicea Pall.

1842. Halichondria panicea Johnston, Brit. Spong. and Litoph. 114, Pl. X,
Pl. XI, fig. 5.

Of this common and cosmopolitan species there are in the
collections some small specimens, growing on Bryozoa and
Hydroids; the largest specimen is somewhat massive, of a
greatest extent of about 30 mm; some of the specimens growing
on the Hydroids are of a quite ovular shape, much resembling
specimens of Mycale ovulum; these specimens have a size of
only 8mm. The oxea are of quite the typical shape, of a length
of up to 0°50 mm.

Tasiusak ?/5 and 1/6 1899, depth 25—30 fathoms (The Am-
drup-expedition 1898—99); Hurry Inlet **/7 1900, depth 20 fathoms
(The Amdrup-expedition 1900). The species was hitherto not
known from East-Greenland.

H. fibrosa Frstdt.

1887. Amorphina fibrosa Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk lakttag., IV, 426, Pl. -
24, figs. 11—12.
1902. Halichondria fibrosa, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 20,
Pl. IX, figs. За, b, с.

This species is represented by about ten specimens; they
form irregular, often lengthy lumps. The oscula are conically
spout-shaped. The specimens show generally very distinctly

28"

430

marked parts of the surface where the small oxea are more or
less closely packed without forming a reticulation and other,
generally more restricted parts where there is a reticulation.
Tasiusak 13/5 1899, depth 20 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition
1898—99), Tasiusak ??/s 1902, depth 30—35 fathoms (Kruuse).

H. osculum Ldbck.

1902. Halichondria osculum Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 23,
Pl. Ш, figs. 3—7, PI. IX, figs. 7—9.

At the south end of Jamesons Land, depth 10—60 fathoms.
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. с.).

H. oblonga Arm. Hans.

1885. Reniera oblonga Armauer Hansen, The Norwegian North-Atl. Exp.
ХШ, 4, Pl. II, fig. 5A, Pl. VI, fig. 2.
1902. Halichondria oblonga, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 24,
PI. II, fig. A, Pl. IX, fig. 10.

Of this species the Amdrup- expedition has brought home
a rather great number of fragments and some more or less
damaged specimens; these latter are chiefly of the shape known
for this species, whereas some of the fragments show, that
the species may also assume the shape of a thick leaf; the
largest of these leaf-shaped fragments has a greatest length of
9 cm.

72° 40' lat. N., 19° 42' long. W., depth 130 fathoms, at the
south end of Jamesons Land, depth 10—60 fathoms (The Ryder-
expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. с.); Cape Brewster ??/s 1900,
depth about 250 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900).

Eumastia O. Schmidt.
E. sitiens O. Schmidt.

1870. Eumastia sitiens 0. Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Spongienfauna des
atlant. Gebiet, 42, Tab. V, Fig. 12.
1902. — — , Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 31, PI. IV,
figs. 1—6, Pl. X, figs. 9—12.
Angmagsalik 77/3 1901 (Søren Nielsen); Forsblad-Fjord °°/s
1900, depth 50—90 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900).

The specimens from Angmagsalik are for the larger part ir-

431

regular, massive lumps with much bottom material imbedded,
only one of the specimens has distinct papillæ. The specimens
from Forsblad-Fjord are fragments, probably of the lower part
of the sponge, as they show no papillæ; the latter specimens
have very large spicules, of a length up to 1:3 mm.

| Reniera Nardo.
R. folium Ldbck.?

1902. Reniera folium Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 39, Pl. V,
fig. 5, Pl. XI, fig. 5.

From Cape Dalton 7°/7 1900, depth 9—11 fathoms (The
Amdrup-expedition 1900) we have a small fragment of a keniera
which in every respect seems to agree with Reniera folium,
the spicules are of the same shape and likewise of a length
of 0:19—0'21 mm, but the fragment is too small to allow a
quite sure determination.

R. clavata Levins.

1886. Reniera clavata Levinsen, Dijmphna Togtets zool. bot. Udbytte, 351,
10, Pl. XXIX, fig. 5, Pl. XXX, fig. 3.

1992.2. — — . Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 43, Pl. XL,
fig. 9.

As mentioned in ‘‘The Danish Ingolf-Exp.” 1. с. we have
two small specimens from East-Greenland, 72° 40’ lat. N., about
20° long. W., depth 100 fathoms (The Ryder-expedition 1891
—92), but these have spicules, which are a little longer than
those of the original specimen, so that the identity is not sure.
Later on a specimen is brought home from Tasiusak, 2?/з 1902,
depth 30—50 fathoms (Kruuse); this specimen is quite agreeing
with that described by Levinsen; the spicules have a length
of 0:23—0-27 mm, and a diameter of about 0015 mm. The spe-
cimen has a length of 50 mm; it shows an osculum at the summit.

R. cinerea Grant.
Pl. XIV. Fig. 2.

1827. Spongia cinerea Grant, Edinb. New Philos. Journ. И, 204.
1902. Reniera cinerea, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 43, Pl. XI,
fig. 10.

432

We have some specimens which I determine with rather
great certainty as À. cinerea. They have an unispicular ske-
leton, and the spicules are of a length of 0‘15 mm, with an
average diameter of 0:006 mm. The specimens grow on sea-
weed and on Hydroids, they are not small, the largest specimen
has a greatest extent of 55mm; they are of a lobate shape,
with oscula-bearing cones. The colour is grey, in some of the
specimens with a yellowish or rosy tinge, in others quite grey.

Jan Mayen 25/6 1900, depth 50—60 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900); Angmagsalik 73/3 1901 (Seren Nielsen).

R. tubulosa Frstdt.

1887. Reniera tubulosa Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Jakttag. IV, 419, PI.
24, fig. 1.

1902. — — , Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 44, 8, Pl.
II, fig. 5, Pl. XI, figs. 11 a—c, fig. 12.

Some in all respects typical specimens.
Tasiusak 77/5 1899 depth 20—30 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1898—99).

R. sp.

In «The Danish Ingolf-Exp.» VI, 1, 49, Pl. XI, fig. 17 a
species of Reniera is mentioned, indicated as Reniera sp. a,
which was taken in Scoresby Sund, depth between 10 and 60
fathoms (The Ryder-expedition 1891—92). Later on a specimen
has been brought home which quite resembles the mentioned
species, it is likewise lengthily pyriform and of the same size;
also the spicules are quite agreeing, so that these specimens
are no doubt identical. The Specimen was taken in Angmag-
salik Fjord ‘/s 1902 (Kruuse).

R. sp.

In the Ingolf-work quoted (50, Pl. XII, fig. 2) another Reniera
species is mentioned, indicated as Reniera sp.c; it shows some
affinity to A. Voeringii Ldbck. (= В. simplex Arm. Hans.), but
the spicules are a little different. The specimens were taken
in Hekla Havn (The Ryder-expedition 1891—92).

433

Fam. Heterorrhaphidae.
Gellius Gray.
G. varius Bow.

Pl. XIV. Fig. За, b.

1875. Halichondria varia Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 292.
1884. Gellius varius, Ridley, Rep. of Zool. Coll. made during the Voy. of
Н. M. $. “Alert” 1884, 424.

We have а small specimen, probably only a fragment, which
I identify as G. varius Bow. Its greatest extent is only 17 mm.
The colour (in spirit) is brown.

It is very difficult for the present to determine with cer.
tainty a Gellius species belonging to the group with the spi-
culation consisting only of oxea and sigmata, because the species
of this group have hitherto neither been thoroughly described
nor figured. When I determine the present species as varius
Bow., I do so chiefly because the sizes of the spicules agree
best with this species, while G. couchi Bow. and G. fibulatus
О. 5. have thinner oxea (se Ridley 1. c.). The oxea of the spe-
cimen in hand are evenly {curved, sometimes the curve is loca-
lized mere or less. distinctly in the middle; they are of the
same thickness in the whole length, the points are short and
bounded by curved lines, the very apex bears a little mucro.
The length of the oxea is 0°26—0°3 mm and the thickness
0'014mm. The ends of the oxea are connected by a distinct
mass of spongin. The sigmata are of common shape and they
are plane, their length is 0'036 mm and the thickness is
0:0015 mm. |

Cape Tobin, depth 57 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition
1900).

G. arcoferus Vosm.
1885. Gellius arcoferus Vosmaer, Bijdrag. tot de Dierk. 12te АН. 3die Ge-
deelt. 29, PI. IV, fig. 18, PI. V, figs. 87—90.
1902. = = , Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 62, PI.
XII, figs. 11 a,b,c.

" Only a small fragment.

434

72° 40' lat. N., 20° long. W., depth 100 fathoms (The Ryder
expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. c.).

G. porosus Frstdt.

1887. Desmacella porosa Fristedt., Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag: IV, 440, Pl.
= 24, figs. 36—37, Pl. 28, figs. 15.
1902. Gellius porosus, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 73, PI. XIV,
figs. 2 a—c. ;

Of this species we have some specimens or fragments, all
of the brittle consistens which is earlier noted for this species;
the largest specimen has a greatest extent of 60 mm and is of
an irregular massive shape.

Angmagsalik 15/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms; Cape Tobin 2
1900, depth 57 fathoms; Forsblad-Fjord °°/s 1900, depth 50—
90 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900).

Gelliodes Ridley.

G. plexa Ldbck.

1902. Gelliodes plexa Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp., VI, 1, 75, Pl. V,
figs. 3—4, Pl. XIV, figs. 3a—d, 4—5.

Of this interesting species some fragments have been taken,
no doubt all belonging to one individual. They are in all re-
spects conform to the original specimens, and may have formed
a flabelliform or a large cup-shaped specimen; the largest frag-
ment which has the upper edge undamaged and thus proves
to be a piece of the upper part of the sponge, has a horizontal
extent of 100mm. With regard to the oscula and pores the
specimen shows the same structures which are described in
the place quoted.

Turner Sund 36/7 1900, depth 120 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900). |

Oceanapia Norman.

O. robusta Bow.

1866. Isodictya robusta Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. II, 304, 20.
1874. Desmacidon Jeffreysii Bowerbank, ibid. Ш, 157, Pl. LXII.
1887. — — , Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 442.

435

1902. Oceanapia robusta, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 78, Pl.
XV, figs. 1 a—e,, 2—4.

This species is not represented in our collections, but it
was taken at the East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms
by the Swedish arctic expedition 1883 (Fristedt 1. с.).

Biemma Gray.

B. rosea Frstdt.

1887. Desmacella rosea Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag IV, 439, PI. 24,
figs. 32--35, PI. 28, fig. 13.
1902. Biemma rosea, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 82, Pl. VI,
figs. 1—2, Pl. XV, figs. 5a—d, 6—9.

The East-coast of Greenland, depth 125 fathoms (The Swe-
dish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. c.).

Desmacella O. Schmidt.

D. Peachii Bow.

1866. Desmacidon rPeachii Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. II, 349, 3, and
1874, Ш, Pl. LXIIL, figs. 1—7.

1902. Desmacella Peachii, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 90, Pl.
IV, figs. 10—13, Pl. XVI, figs. 2a—l.

One specimen, taken at the East-coast of Greenland 65°
39’ lat. N., 28° 25’ long. W., depth 553 fathoms (The Вудег-
expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. c.).

D. hamifera Ldbck.

1902. Desmacella hamifera Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 93,
PL VII, figs. 4—6, PL XVII, figs. 1 a—l.

Some more or less fan-shaped pieces are found in the
collections, they are in all respects quite typical.

Angmagsalik 1°/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms, at Cape Tobin
21/8 1900, depth 57 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900).

D. groenlandica Frstdt.

1887. Desmacella Peachii var. groenlandica Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk.
lakttag. IV, 441, PL 24, figs.
38—45, Pl. 28, fig. 14.
1902. Desmacella groenlandica Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 95,
Pi. VI, fig. 14, Pl. VII, fig. 7, Pl. XVII,
figs. 7a—b.

À small fragment of this species was taken at East-Green-
land, depth 130 fathoms (The Swedish arctic-expedition 1883;
Fristedt 1. c.).

Hamacantha Gray.

H. Bowerbanki Ldbck.

1902. Hamacantha Bowerbanki Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 1, 99,
Pl. VII, figs.2—3, Pl. ХУШ, figs. 1a—k, 2—3.

Of this species we have a small, incrusting specimen, gro-
wing on a stone.

The Ingolf-expedition, station 94, 64° 56’ lat. N., 36° 19’
long. W., depth 204 fathoms.

Remarks. Topsent (Résultats des camp. scient. du Prince
de Monaco, Fasc. XXV, 1904, 216) says, that he thinks this
species identical with HZ. Johnson: Bow., thinking this latter
species identical with H. Johnsoni Cart. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
5, IX, 297, Pl. XI, figs. 20a—e). I can not follow him in this
interpretation, then I se, as I have declared at length in the
place quoted, no sufficient reason for the identification of Bo-
werbank’s and Carter’s species; therefore I thougth it ne-
cessary to give Carter’s species a new name, and to leave
the H. Johnsoni Bow. out of question.

Fam. Desmacidonidae.
Esperiopsis Cart.

E. villosa Cart.
1874. Esperia villosa Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4, XIV, 213, Pl. XIII, figs.
13—15, Pl. XV, fig. 36.
1887. — — , Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV, 451, Pl. 25,
figs. 33—39, Pl. 29, fig. 19.
1905. Esperiopsis villosa, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 9, Pl. 1,
fig. 4, Pl. VII, figs. 1a—i.
65° 39' lat. N., 28° 25’ long. W., depth 553 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891 —92) (Lundbeck |. c.); East-coast of Green-
land, depth 140 fathoms (The Swedish arctic expedition 1883;

Fristedt 1. с.).

E. typichela Ldbck.

1905. Esperiopsis typichela Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 22,
PIT, EET DSE EET 3—4

The only hitherto known specimen of this interesting spe-
cies was taken in Forsblad-Fjord °°/s 1900, depth 50—90 fathoms
(The Amdrup-expedition 1900) (Lundbeck |. c.).

Mycale Gray.

M. placoides Cart.

1876. Esperia placoides Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4, XVIII, 316, Pl. XII,
fig. 12, Pl. XV, fig. 32.

1905. Mycale placoides, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 24, PL IX,
figs. 5a—l.

65° 39’ lat. N., 28°25’ long. W., depth 553 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. c.).

M. lingua Bow.

1866. Hymeniacidon lingua Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. II, 187, 24.
1905. Mycale lingua, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 29, Pl. IX,
figs. 6 a—f.

72° 53’ lat. N., 20° 36' long. W., depth 96 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. c.); it was also taken
near the southern point of Greenland оп 59° 33’ lat. N., 43° 25’
long. W., depth 120 fathoms. (The Swedish arctic expedition
1883; Fristedt).

M. thaumatochela Ldbck.

1905. Mycale thaumatochela Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 39,
PI. X, figs. 2 a—g.

Of this interesting species which is at present only known
from both coasts of Greenland, one specimen was taken off
Cape Dalton 7°/; 1900, depth 9—11 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900) (Lundbeck 1. c.).

M. intermedia O. Schmidt.

1874. Esperia intermedia 0. Schmidt, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, II,
433, Taf. I, Fig. 40.

1903. Mycale intermedia, Thiele, Arch. fir Naturgesch. 1903, 381, Taf. 21,
Fig. 12.

1905. — — ‚ Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 43.

438

This curious species, the only one known of this genus with
diactinal megascleres, is not represented in our-collections.

At North-Shannon (Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt ;
Schmidt 1. с.).

Åsbestopluma Norman.

A. pennatula O. Schmidt.
1875. Cladorhiza pennatula 0. Schmidt, Jahresber. der Comm. zur Unters.
deutsch. Meere in Kiel für 1872—73, 119, Taf.
1, Fig. 14—16.

1887. Cladorhiza Nordenskiôldii Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV,

455, Pl. 25, figs. 56—59, Pl. 31, fig. 55.
1905. Asbestopluma pennatula, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 44,

Pl. II, figs. 1—6, Pl. X, figs. 4a—o, 5—7.
One specimen was taken on the Swedish arctic expedition
1883 at the East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms (Fri-
stedt 1. c.), and one specimen and some fragments were taken
by the Ingolf-expedition on station 94, 64° 56’ lat. N., 21° 36’

long. W., depth 204 fathoms (Lundbeck 1. с.).

| A. cupressiformis Cart.
1874. Hsperia cupressiformis Carter partim, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4, XIV,
215, Pl. XIV, figs. 16a—f, 17—18, Pl. XV,

fig. 37.
1905. Asbestopluma cupressiformis, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI,
2, 58, Pl. II, figs. 11—14, PI. XI, figs.

4 a—f, 5.

72° 40' lat. N., 20° long. W., depth 100 fathoms, 72° 27!
lat. N., 19° 50' long. W., depth 120 fathoms, and at the south
end of Jameson Land, depth 10—60 fathoms (The Ryder-ex-

pedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. с.).

A. lycopodium Levins.

1886. Esperella cupressiformis var. Lycopodium Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets
zool. bot. Udbytte, 364, Tab.
XXIX, figs. 12—13, Tab. XXX,

figs. 15, 16d.
1905. Asbestopluma lycopodium, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2.
62, Pl. II, figs. 15—17, Pl. XI, figs. 6a—d, 7.

70° 32' lat. N., 8° 10' long. W., depth 470 fathoms (The

439

Ryder-expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. c.). The species is a
native of cold water.

Chondrocladia Wyv. Thoms.
C. gigantea Arm. Hans.

1885. Desmacidon giganteum Armauer Hansen, The Norweg. North-Atlant.
Exp. XIII, Spongiadæ 14, Pl. II, figs. 12—13,
Pl. VII, fig 8.
1887. Cladorhiza nobilis Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV, 456, Pl. 25,
fig. 60—65, Pl. 31, fig. 26.
1905. Chondrocladia gigantea, Lundbeck, The Danisn Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 102,
PI. IV, fig. 1, Pl. XIII, figs. 2a—1.

Å specimen of this beautiful arctic sponge was taken by
the Swedish arctic expedition 1883 at the East-coast of Green-
land, depth 130 fathoms (Fristedt 1. c.).

Årtemisina Vosm.
A. arcigera O. Schmidt.

1870. Suberites arciger O.Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Spongienf. des atlant.
Gebiet. 47, Taf. V, Fig. 6.
1905. Artemisina arcigera, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 110,
PI. I, figs. 9—11, Pl. XIII, figs. 3 a —f.

One specimen from East-Greenland without more particular
locality (The Ryder-expedition 1891—92); Forsblad-Fjord °°/s
1900, depth 50—90 fathoms, Hurry-Inlet !!/s 1900, depth 50
fathoms, one specimen on each locality (The Amdrup-expedition
1900) (Lundbeck 1. с.).

A. apollinis R. and D.

1887. Amphilectus apollinis Ridley and Dendy, Challeng. Rep. Monaxonida,
XX, 124, Pl. XIX, figs. 3, 3a—c.

1905. Artemisina apollinis, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 114,
PI. ХШ, figs. 4a—g.

Two fragments without other locality than East-Greenland
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. с.).

Myxilla O. Schmidt.
M. incrustans Johnst.

1842. Halichondria incrustans Johnston, A Hist. of Brit. Spong. and Litoph.
122, PL XII, fig. 3, PL XIII, fig. 5.

440

1905. Myxilla incrustans, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 132,
Pl. IV, figs. 6—7, Pl. XIV, figs. 3a—h.

Of this common and widely distributed species one spe-
cimen has been taken at Jan Mayen, depth 55 fathoms (The
Amdrup-expedition 1900) (Lundbeck 1. с.).

M. perspinosa Ldbck.

1905. Мужа perspinosa Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 147,
Pl. V, fig. 1, Pl. XIV, figs. 7a—e.

One specimen of this species was taken at Jan Mayen 7°/6
1900, depth 50—60 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900)
(Lundbeck |. c.).

Lissodendoryx Tops.

L. Sophia Frstdt.

1887. Esperia Sophia Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV, 451, Pl. 25,
figs. 30—32.
1905. Lissodendoryx Sophia, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 156,
Pl. V, fig. 6, Pl. XV, fig. 5.

One specimen was taken by the Swedish arctic expedition
1883 at the East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms (Fri-
stedt 1. с.).

L. indistincta Frstdt.

1887. Hastatus indistinctus Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV, 444,
Pl. 25, figs. 13—19.
1905. Lissodendoryx indistincta, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2,
162, Pl. V, fig. 10, Pl. XVI, figs. 3a—h.

Two specimens taken at Hekla Havn, depth 5—12 fathoms
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck | c.).

L. complicata Arm. Hans.

1885. Reniera complicata Armauer Hansen, The Norweg. North-Atlantic Exp.
XIII, Spongiadæ, 7, PL I, fig. 8, PI. VI, fig. 8.

1905. Lissodendoryx complicata, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2,
166, PI. V, fig. 11, Pl. XVI, figs. 4a—g.

Some fragments have been taken south of Jan Mayen 70°
32’ lat. N., 8°10’ long. W 2"/6 1891, depth 470 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891--92) (Lundbeck 1. с.). The species is a
native of the cold area.

441

Iophon Gray.
I. piceus Vosm.

1881. Alebion piceum Vosmaer, Niederl. Arch. für Zool. Suppl. Band I, 42,
Pl. I, fig. 19, Pl. Ш, figs. 75—78, 81—82.

1887. Esperia nigricans, Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV, 448.

1905. Iophon piceus, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 175, Pl. VI,
figs. 1—2, Pl. XVII, figs. 3 a—l.

At Angmagsalik 1/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms (The Am-
drup-expedition 1900) (Lundbeck 1. c.), and towards south on
59° 33’ lat. N., 43° 25’ long. W., depth 120 fathoms (The Swe-
dish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. c.).

I. frigidus Ldbck.

1886. Zsperella picea, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets 2001. bot. Udbytte, 360,
Tab. XXXI, figs. 1, 2 a—d.

1905. Zophon frigidus Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 183, Pl.
XVII, figs. 5 a—f.

72° 25! lat. N., 19°33’ long. W., 7"/7 1891, depth 140 fathoms
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92) (Lundbeck 1. с.).

Iotrochota Ridley.
I. oxeata Ldbck.

1905. Iotrochota oxeata Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 186, Pl.
VI, fig. 6, Pl. XVIII, figs. 2 a—f.

One specimen. The Ingolf-expedition station 94, 64° 56’
lat. N., 36° 19’ long. W., depth 204 fathoms (Lundbeck 1. с.).

I. rotulancora Ldbck.

1905. Zotrochota rotulancora Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 191,
Pl. XVIII, figs. 6a—g.

One specimen from Rathbone Ø off the Liverpool-Kyst,
70° 40’ lat. N., depth 94 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900)
(Lundbeck 1. c.).

I. affinis Ldbck.

1905. Zotrochota affinis Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 194, Pl.
XVIII, figs. 8 a—e.

One specimen was taken at Cape Tobin, 70° 23’ lat. N., 22°
long. W., depth 57 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900)
(Lundbeck |. с.).

442

Forcepia Cart.
F. fabricans O. Schmidt.

PI. XIV. Fig. 5.
1874. Езреча fabricans 0. Schmidt, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, I],
2433:

1905. Forcepia fabricans, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 201, PI.
XIX, figs. 3 a—g.

East-Greenland, without more particular locality (The Ry-
der-expedition 1891—92); Forsblad-Fjord, depth 50—90 fathoms,
two specimens (The Amdrup-expedition 1900) (Lundbeck 1. с.).
The original specimen was taken at East-Greenland at North-
Shannon (Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt; Schmidt 1. c.).

F. groenlandica Frstdt.

1887. Forcepia groenlandica Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 452.
Pl. 25, figs. 40—46.

1905. — — ‚ Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 209,
Pl. XX, figs. 3 a—e.

This species was taken during the Swedish arctic expedi-
tion 1883 at East-Greenland, depth 125 fathoms (Fristedt 1. c.).

Melonanchora Cart.
M. elliptica Cart.

1874. Melonanchora elliptica Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4, XIV, 216, Pl.
XII, figs. 6—12, Pl. XV, figs. 35 a—b.

1905. — — , Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2, 212,
Pl. VII, figs. 4—6, Pl. XX, figs. 1 a—o.

This species was taken on the Swedish arctic expedition
1883 at East-Greenland, depth 130 fathoms (Fristedt 1. с.). As
I have mentioned in the place quoted, Thiele (Arch. für
Naturgesch. 1903, I, 392) was of opinion, that Fristedt’s
species was not elliptica, but emphysema O. Schmidt, and this
was also highly indicated by Fristedt’s description and figures,
but when I examined one of Fristedt’s specimens, this proved
to be elliptica.

M. emphysema O. Schmidt.
1875. Desmacidon emphysema O. Schmidt, Jahresber. der Comm. zur wis-
sensch. Unters. der deutsch. Meere in Kiel
für 1872—73, 1875, 118.

443

1905. Melonanchora emphysema, Lundbeck, The Danish Ingolf-Exp. VI, 2,
216, Pl. XX, figs. 2 a—d.

Two small specimens of this species were taken by the
Ingolf-expedition on station 94, 64° 56' lat. N., 36° 19' long. W.,
depth 204 fathoms (Lundbeck |. c.).

Tedania Gray.
T. suctoria O. Schmidt.

1870. Tedania зисюта 0. Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Spongienf. des atlant.
Gebiet. 43, Taf. У, Fig. 11.

One specimen from East-Greenland, depth 100 fathoms
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92); moreover it was taken by the
Ingolf-expedition on station 94, 64° 56’ lat. N., 36° 19’ long. W.,
depth 204 fathoms.

Histoderma Cart.
H. physa O. Schmidt.
1875. Desmacidon physa 0. Schmidt, Jahresber. der Comm. zur wissensch.
Unters. deutsch. Meere in Kiel fir 1872—73, 118,
‘Taf. I, Fig. 8—9.
1887. Cornulum ascidioides Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. 445, PI. 25,
figs. 1-—2, Pl. 29, fig. 21.
This species has been taken by the Ingolf-expedition on
station 94, 64° 56’ lat. N., 36° 19° long. W., depth 204 fathoms.
An examination of the type species of Cornulum ascidioides

Frstdt. proved this to be identical with the present species.

Cornulum Cart.
C. textile Cart.

1876. Cornulum textile Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4, XVIII, 309, Pl. XII,
fig. 9, Pl. XV, figs. 28a—b.

One specimen of this interesting sponge was taken on
74° 17' lat. N., 15° 20’ long. W., depth 127 fathoms (The Ry-
der-expedition 1891—92).

Grayella Cart.
(Yvesia Tops.)
G. pyrula Cart.
1876. Cometella pyrula Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4, XVIII, 388, Pl. XIV,
fig. 20, Pl. XV, fig. 38.
XXIX. 29

444

This curious species was taken by the Ingolf-expedition
on station 94, 64° 56’ lat. М., 36° 19’ long. W., depth 204 fathoms.

Hymedesmia Bow.
(Leptosia Tops.)
H. Dujardinii Bow.

1866. Hymeniacidon Dujardinii Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. II, 224, 38,
et ibid. 1874, Ш, Pl. XXXVIII, figs. 1—4.

A specimen, growing on a shell of Pecten imbrifer,
Forsblad-Fjord, depth 50—90 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition
1900).

Besides this well known species there are in the collections
still six species, all new and not yet described; this genus is
thus represented at East-Greenland by seven species in all.

Ectyodoryx n. g.

In ‘‘Kieselschwamme von Ternate”, II (Abhandl. der Sencken-
berg. nat. Gesell. XXV, 953) Thiele has shown, that the
genus formerly called Dendoryx must have the name Муха
with the typical species rosacea Lieberkühn, and Dendoryx is
thus a synonym to Myxilla. In “The Danish Ingolf-Exp.” VI, 2,
154, I have emended the genus Lissodendoryx in such a way,
that Myxilla comprises species with ancore and Lissodendoryx
species with chelæ. Both these genera belong to the sub-
family Mycalinae; but in the subfamily Ectyoninae we then
have the genus hitherto known as Myxilla i.e. a genus ans-
wering to Myxilla and with the skeleton reticulate, but with
accessory spicules (the ectyonine character). This genus also
must be divided in two, one with ancore and the other with
chelæ, the first thus answering to Муха and the other to
Lissodendoryx. — It is possible, that some old species in a
Bowerbankian or other genus will be found to belong to those
genera, and perhaps in such a way, that we therefrom should
get the necessary names for the genera, but I am not able to
decide this from the literature, and for the rest I think it not

445

at all probable. I then se no other way than the creating of
new genera for the mentioned two groups of species. — The
genus with спе I give the name Hctyodoryx, and for the
genus with ancoræ, which is not represented in the material
treated here, I propose the name Ectyomywilla.

The generic diagnosis for the genus Ectyodoryx may then
be the following:

Sponges with a reticulate skeleton, echinated (more or
less sparingly) by accessory spicules. The skeleton spicules
spined or smooth styli, the accessory spicules smaller, spined
styli; the dermal spicules diactinal; microscleres isochelæ ar-
cuatæ solely or together with other forms.

Е. foliatus Frstdt.

1887. Hastatus foliatus Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 443, PI.
25, figs. 7—12.

This species of which | have examined the type specimen,
is an Ectyodoryx, as it has accessory spicules (1. с. fig. 8)
echinating the fibres, but the accessory spicules are few in
number.

East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms (The Swedish
arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt |. c.).

E. sp.
We have another species of this genus, not yet described,
from Rathbone Ø, depth 94 fathoms, and from Angmagsalik,
depth 140 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900).

Pocillon Tops.
P. sp.
A species of this genus has been taken at Angmagsalik,
in shallow water (Kruuse).

Stylostichon Tops.
The views of the two genera Plumohalichondria Cart. and
Stylostichon Tops. have been somewhat confused so that I shall

say some words about them. — In 1892 Topsent has (Ré-
29*

446

sultats des camp. scient. du Prince de Monaco, Fasc. II, 111)
divided Carter's genus Plumohalichondria in two genera, one
with the fibres formed of smooth, diactinal spicules, echinated
by spined spicules, and the other with the fibres formed of
spined, monactinal spicules and echinated by similar spicules.
For the first genus, with the fibres formed of smooth, diactinal
spicules, be maintained Carter’s name Plumohalichondria,
but unfortunately he placed Carter's type of the genus, P.
microcionides in the other genus; evidently he had not exa-
mined this species, and thus he mistook it as having the fibres
formed of spined styli, while it in reality has them composed
of long, smooth oxea; as a consequence the genus with the
fibres formed of smooth, diactinal spicules must have the name
Plumohalichondria Cart., with the type microcionides Cart.

To the other genus, with the fibres composed of spined
styli, Topsent gave the name Stylostichon, and as he at the
same place described a new species S. Dendyi, 1 se no reason
why this should not be the type of his genus, to which also
plumosum Mont. and frondosum В. and D. seem to belong.
Thiele (Arch. für Naturgesch. 1903, 387) declares, that Top-
sent’s genus Séylostichon can only be a synonym to Plumo-
halichondria, as he placed the type of this, microcionides in
Stylostichon, but as Topsent, as said, at the same time de-
scribed the species Stylostichon Dendyi, | do not se why his
simple mistake with regard to the species microcionides should
cause his genus to fall; on the contrary it seems natural,
that when microcionides is removed from Stylostichon to Plumo-
halichondria, the former genus stands with the type Dendy.

In the place quoted Thiele thinks it not necessary to
divide the old genus Plumohalichondria, but I think the dividing
character, the difference in the spicules composing the fibres,
is of no small value. Thiele seems also to think only on the
species microcionides and mammillata Cart. = incrustans Cart.,
and both these species have the fibres formed of smooth diac-

447

tinals, but mammillata, which has spined dermal spicules,
seems not to belong here, and is by Thiele, I think quite
correctly, referred to the genus Pytheas Tops — Crella Gray.
Stylostichon and Plumohalichondria both have smooth dermal
spicules.

S. hospitalis О. Schmidt.

1870. Cribrella hospitalis O. Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Spongienf. des atlant.
Gebiet. 56, Taf. IV, Fig. 12.

1876. — — , Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4, XVIII, 313, Pl.
XIII, fig. 18, Pl. XV, figs. 36a—b.
1887. = — , Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV, 453, PI.

25, figs. 47—50, Pl. 29, fig. 20.

Besides the above mentioned species of this genus there
is still one more known, the Cribrella hospitalis mentioned by
Fristedt being, after my examination of the type specimen, a
Stylostichon. | can for the present not with certainty decide,
wether the Cribrella hospitalis described by Carter (l. c.) is
identical with the present species, but it is very probable;
should this prove to be the case, it will be probable that also
С. hospitalis Schmidt is the same, as Carter says, that he
has compared his species with a slide of the original specimen,
and then C. hospitalis Schmidt which is at present taken to be
a Grayella (Yvesia Tops.) will be in reality a Séylostichon.

A fine, pedicellated specimen has been taken at East-
Greenland, depth 125 fathoms (The Swedish arctic expedition
1883; Fristedt 1. с.).

Hymeraphia Bow.
H. sp.
At Angmagsalik, depth 140 fathoms. (The Amdrup-expedi-
tion 1900).
Crella Gray.
(Pytheas Tops.)
Of this genus three species have been taken, at Angmag-
salik, depth 140 fathoms, and at Rathbone Ø, depth 94 fathoms
(The Amdrup-expedition 1900, and Kruuse).

448

Echinoclathria Cart.
E. sp.

From Angmagsalik, depth 140 fathoms, the Amdrup-expedi-
tion 1900 has brought home a large, flabelliform species which
present the characteristic honeycombed structure. It appears
to be undescribed.

Plocamia O. Schmidt.

Two species of this genus have been collected at Cape
Tobin, depth 57 fathoms, and at Angmagsalik, depth 140 fathoms
(The Amdrup-expedition 1900). Further we have it from the East-
coast, without particular locality (The Ryder-expedition 1891—92).

Fam. Axinellidae.
Phakellia Bow.
P. ventilabrum Johnst.

1842. Halichondria ventilabrum Johnston, Brit. Spong. and Lithophyt.,
107, PI. VII.

1864. Phakellia ventilabrum, Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. I, 186, et ibid.

1866, II, 122, et 1874, Ш, Pl. XXII, figs. 1—7.

We have two specimens of this species, both of flabelli-
form shape, but somewhat irregular; the skeleton has rather
strong fibres, composed in the common way of long and strong
‘‘vermicular” spicules. The largest specimen has a height of
110 mm.

The Ingolf-expedition, station 94, 64° 56’ lat. N., 36° 19’
long. W., depth 204 fathoms.

P. Bowerbanki Vosm.

1885. Phakellia Bowerbanki Vosmaer, Bijdrag. tot de Dierk. 12te Afl. 3die
Gedeelte, 24, PI. V, figs. 45—47.

We have of this sponge two pieces, one being a lower and
the other an upper part, both parts certainly belonging to one
individual; below there is a short and robust stalk, to which
some bottom material still adheres; from the stalk the sponge
rises into a funnel-shaped part, but this shape disappears a little
way above the stalk, and only one side of the funnel continues

449

its growth, the sponge thus assuming a fan-shaped exterior.
The specimen in hand is rather large, it has a height of
42 cm, and the plate has a greatest breadth of about 30 cm,
the sponge is rather thin, the thickness is 3 mm as an average.
The spicules quite agree with those figured by Vosmaer.

At Angmagsalik 78/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900).

P. rugosa Bow.

1866. Daictyocylindrus rugosus Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. II, 119; ibid.
1874, Ш, Pl. XX, figs. 1—4.
1887. Aæinella rugosa, Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Iakttag. IV, 461.

I have seen a fragment of Fristedt's specimen, but from
this I am not able to judge with certainty about the deter-
mination.

East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms (The Swedish
arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt |. с.).

Tragosia Gray.

T. Sluiteri Vosm.
1882. Cribrochalina Sluiteri Vosmaer, Niederl. Arch. für Zool. Suppl. Band
I, 36, PL I, figs. 16—17, Pl. III, figs. 67—69,
PI. IV, figs. 145—147.

1885. — — Vosmaer, Bijdrag. tot de Dierk. 124е Afl., 3die
Gedeelte, 22, PL I, fig. 10, PI. IV, figs. 4—6.
1886. = — , Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets 200] bot. Udbytte,

352, Pl. XXIX, figs. 6—9. Pl XXX, fig. 6.
Of this species there is a fine, funnel-shaped specimen in
the collection; it has a total length of 120mm, the stalk being
50 mm long.
Jan Mayen 23/6 1900, depth 55 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900).

bubaris Gray.
B. vermiculata Bow.

1866. Hymeraphia vermiculata Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. II, 141, et
ibid. 1874, III, Pl. XXV, figs. 1—3.

1887. — — var. erecta- Gart., Fristedt, Vega-Exp. ve-
tensk. Jakttag. IV, 461.

450

A small specimen, growing on a Betepora.

Angmagsalik, 1°/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900). Further it has been taken at the East-coast
of Greenland, depths 130 fathoms and 350 fathoms (The Swe-
dish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. c.). Our specimen is а
small, flate specimen; the specimens mentioned by Fristedt
on the contrary are erect, branched or unbranched, thus be-
longing to Carter’s var. erecta; the largest of Fristedt’s
specimens reaches a hight of 100 mm. Topsent declares
(Résultats des camp. scient. du Prince de Monaco, Fasc. XXV,
1904, 145) that he thinks these forms, the encrusting and the
erect, to be specifically identical, and I shall for the present
not enter into the question.

Hadromerina.
Fam. Spirastrellidae.

Latrunculia du Bocage.
L. sp.
A species of this genus has been taken on 70° 32’ lat. N.,
8° 10’ long. W., depth 470 fathoms (The lKyder- expedition
1891—92).

Fam. Polymastiidae.

Polymastia Bow.
P. uberrima O. Schmidt.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 4.

1870. Rinalda uberrima O. Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Spongienf. des atlant.
Gebiet., 51, Taf. VI, Fig. 3. \

Of this species we have seven specimens from East-Green-
land. Most specimens are somewhat different from the com-
mon form as to their exterior, being rather high and more or
less globular, one specimen is quite globular and has even a
short stalk (PI. XIV, fig. 4), thereby getting a somewhat curious
appearance. The skeleton and the spicules on the other hand
are quite of the common construction and shape.

>
or
mi

70° 32' lat. N., 8° 10' long. W., *7/6 1891, depth 470 fathoms;
Hekla-Havn 24/9 1892 (The Ryder-expedition 1891—92); Fors-
blad-Fjord °°/s 1900, depth 50—90 fathoms; at Angmagsalik
18/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1900).

P. mammillaris OÖ. Е. Müll.

1806. Spongia mammillarıs 0. Е. Müller, Zool. Dan. IV, 44, Tab. СГУШ,
Fig. 3—4.
1866. Polymastia mammillaris, Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. И, 71, et ibid.
1874, Ш, Pl. ХИ, figs. 1-11.
1887. Polymastia penicillus, Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag., IV, 434.

Of this species we have only a very small specimen, only
measuring 4 mm in diameter, and with only one papilla; yet I
think the determination is sure.

70° 32’ lat. N., 8° 10’ long. W., depth 470 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891—92); further it has been taken at the
East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms (The Swedish arctic
expdition 1883; Fristedt 1. c.).

Remarks: I am very inclined to think, that Spongia mam-
millaris of Müller is in reality identical with Rinalda uber-
rima Schmidt, as already noted by Levinsen (Dijmphna Togtets
zool. bot. Udbytte, 346), but as we have only the figure to judge
from, and as we can therefore only speak of probability but
not of certainty, I shall here make no alteration in the use of
the names.

P. paupera Frstdt.

1887. Polymastia paupera Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 434,
Pl. 24, fig. 21.

I have seen a small fragment of the type of this species,
but I am not able from this to say anything certain about it.

East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms (The Swedish
arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. c.).

Trichostemma Sars.
T. hemisphaericum Sars.

1872. Trichostemma hemisphericum Sars, On some remark. forms of animal
life, I, 62, Pl. VI, figs. 1—15.
1887.? Radiella spinularia Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 435.

452

We have four specimens; the smallest one which has a
diameter of 12 mm is very conical downvards, but flat above;
the largest specimen, of a diameter of about 40 mm, is hemis-
phærical above and somewhat hollowed below. — I have seen a
small fragment of Fristedt’s specimen of Radiella spinularia,
and I think it is Trichostemma.

Forsblad-Fjord °°/s 1900, depth 50—90 fathoms (The Am-
drup-expedition 1900); East-coast of Greenland, depth 130 fathoms
(The Swedish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. c.).

Quasillina Norman.

Q. brevis Bow.

1861. Huplectella brevis Bowerbank, List. Brit. Marine Invert. Faun. (Brit.
Assoc.) 71.

1866. Polymastia brevis Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. II, 64, et ibid. 1874,
lll, Pl. XI, figs. 1—9.

Of this species we have a single, small specimen.
742 17' lat. N., 15° 20’ long. W.. depth 127 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891—92).

Tentorium Vosm.

T. semisuberites O. Schmidt.

1870. Tecophora semisuberites O. Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Spongienf. des
atlant. Gebiet. 50, Taf. VI, Fig. 2.

1874. — = O. Schmidt, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolar-
fahrt, II, 2, 430.
1887. = = , Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. 433.

This common and nearly cosmopolitan species is present
in the collections in rather great numbers; there are specimens
of all sizes from a height of 30 mm down to only 3 mm.

At Sabine-Island 1/7 1900, depth 110 fathoms; Forsblad-
Fjord °°/s 1900, depth 50—90 fathoms; Hurry-Inlet !!/s 1900,
depth 50 fathoms; Cape Tobin 21 1900, depth 57 fathoms
(The Amdrup-expedition 1900); East-Greenland, without parti-
cular locality (The Ryder-expedition 1891—92); at Angmag-
salik, depth 50 fathoms (Kruuse); East-coast of Greenland (The

453

Swedish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. с.); at North-Shannon
(Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt; Schmidt 1. c.).

Fam. Suberitidae.

Prosuberites Tops.
P. sp.
We have two specimens of a not yet determined species
of this genus.
At Angmagsalik, depth 140 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedi-
tion 1900).

Ficulina Gray.
F. ficus L.

1767. Alcyonium ficus Linné, Systema Natura, Ed. XII, 1295.
1867. Ficulina ficus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, 523.
1887. Suberites montalbidus, Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 428.

Of this common and widely distributed species a large,
massive specimen is brougth home; it has a greatest extent
of 10 cm. |

Angmagsalik ??/3 1901 (Søren Nielsen); 65° 40' lat. N., 35°
32' long. W., depth 25—40 fathoms (The Swedish arctic ex-
pedition 1883; Fristedt 1. с.).

Suberites Nardo.
S. carnosus Johnst.
PI. XIV. Fig. 1.

1842. Halichondria carnosa Johnston, Brit. Spong. and Lithophyts, 146,
Pl. XIII, figs. 7—8.
1900. Suberites carnosus, Topsent, Arch. de zool. exp. et gén. VIII, 233,
Pl. VII, figs. 1—5.
1885. Suberites sp. Vosmaer, Bijdrag. tot de Dierk. 12te АЙ. 3die Gedeelte,
21, PL I, figs. 9a—b, Pl. II, fig. 33.

Several specimens of this species have been taken; the
specimens are all of an erect, cylindric shape, and more or
less ramose, thus they agree well with the figures given by Vos-
maer 1. с. The oscula are scattered on the surface, they are
somewhat conical, spout-shaped. With regard to the skeleton

454

the fibres form in the middle a kind of axis, and from here
the fibres go to the surface; these facts are also noted by
Vosmaer. I think it certain that the specimens belong to S.
carnosus, it is quite agreeing with the form ramosus of this
species, and with regard to this form of the sponge Topsent
1. с. declares, that the skeleton is constructed in a similar way
as described above. Thus Suberites carnosus seems to occur
in the arctic seas only in the form samosus.

At Angmagsalik 73/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms (The Am-
drup-expedition 1900).

S. sp.
We have a small specimen of a not yet determined species
of Suberites.
74° 17 lat. N., 15° 20' long. W., depth 127 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891—92).

Tetractinellida.

Sigmatophora.

Fam. Tetillidae.
Craniella O. Schmidt.
C. cranium O. F. Mill.

1789. Alcyonium cranium Miller, Zool. Dan. IV, 42, Tab. CLVII, Fig. 1—2.

1885. Craniella Mülleri Vosmaer, Bijdr. tot de Dierk. 12te АЙ. 3die Gedeelte,
6, Pl. Il, figs. 9—15, Pl. V, figs. 1—2.

1888. Craniella cranium, Sollas, Challeng. Rep. XXV, 51.

Of this species there has been collected a rather great
material; the specimens are very varying in size; the largest
one, which is of ellipsoidal shape, is 60 mm high, and then
there are all sizes down to not more than 1 mm in diameter.

70° 32’ lat. N., 8° 10’ long. W. 27[6 1891, depth 470 fathoms;
72° 25' lat. N., 19°33’ long. W., 271 1891, depth 140 fathoms
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92); East-Greenland, depth about
350 fathoms (The Swedish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. с.).

455
Astrophora.

Fam. Theneidae.

Thenea Gray.
T. muricata Bow.

1858. Tethea muricata Bowerbank, M.S. Phil. Trans., 148, II, 308, Pl. XXV,
fig. 18.

1887. Tethya muricata, Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Jakttag. IV, 436.

1888. Thenea muricata, Sollas, Challeng. Rep. XXV, 95, Pl. VII, fig. 3.

This species, which is very common and widely distributed
in the arctic and North-Atlantic ocean, is likewise common
at East-Greenland and has been brought home in rather great
numbers.

72° 25' lat. N., 19° 35’ long. W. 2/7 1891, depth 140 fathoms;
70° 21’ lat. N., 8° 25’ long. W., “/6 1891, depth 160 fathoms
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92); south-east of Sabine-Island
10/7 1900, depth 110 fathoms, a great many specimens (The
Amdrup-expedition 1900); the East-coast of Greenland, depth
130 fathoms (The Swedish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. с).

Fam. Geodiidae.

Geodia Lamarck.
G. Barretti Bow.
1858. Geodia Barretti Bowerbank, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., 279.

1882. — — , Vosmaer, Niederl. Arch. für Zool. Suppl. Band I, 23,
PI. Ш, figs. 50—51, Pl. IV, figs. 120—122.

1887. — — , Fiistedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 463.

1888. — — , Sollas, Challeng. Rep. XXV, 250.

Of this species we have a somewhat damaged specimen,
it measures 10 cm in greatest diameter.

At Angmagsalik 1/9 1900, depth 140 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900); further it has been taken at East-Greenland,
depth 130—140 fathoms (The Swedish arctic expedition; Fri-
stedt 1. с.).

456

Hexactinellida.

Hexasterophora.

Fam. Rossellidae.
Schaudinnia Schulze.

S. rosea Frstdt.
1887. Hyalonema rosea Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. Jakttag. IV, 411, Pl. 23,
figs. 1—11, Pl. 25, fig. 5.

Of this species we have an entire specimen which is
elongately sack-shaped; it has a length of 90 mm and a
diameter of about 30 mm, the body wall is at most 5 mm
thick; above it is somewhat constricted towards the osculum
which has a diameter of scarcely 15 mm and is provided with
a marginal fringe. Further we have som fragments of a larger
specimen in which the body wall is considerably thicker, up
to 14 mm. The description which Fristedt gives of his
Hyalonema rosea shows that he has only had fragments, and
therefore he has got a wrong idea of the shape of the sponge.
The spicules in my specimens agree completely with those de-
scribed and figured by Fristedt. — I think it also beyond
doubt, that the species is identical with Shaudinnia arctica
Schulze (Faun. Arctica, I, 1900, 87, Tab. I, Fig. 1—6, Tab. II—
1]; the author declares (1. с. 108), that besides the three species
of arctic Hexactinellids described in the work cited, only two
other arctic species are known, collected on the Albatross-
expedition; he thus evidently has overlooked the work of Fri-
stedt. — The only thing which does, that I am not quite
sure in my identification of the two species rosea and arctica
is, that I have not been able to find the discohexasters, and
such were not found by Fristedt too; otherwise the descrip-
tion by Schulze is quite agreeing, and f. inst. the pentactine
hypodermalia with strong spines on the tangential rays are
quite the same, and likewise the various forms of oxyhexasters
and derivate-oxyhexactines as also the autodermal diactines.

457

With regard to the absence of the discohexasters I dare for
the present say nothing sure, should they prove to be quite
wanting, it seems to me, that the species would belong to the
genus Bathydorus.

Forsblad-Fjord °°/s 1900, depth 50—90 fathoms (The Am-
drup-expedition 1900); Fristedt had the species from East-
Greenland, depth 125 fathoms (The Swedish arctic expedition
1883). Schulze had his specimens from north of Spitzbergen
in a depth of 530 fathoms.

Besides the above mentioned species we have further an
indeterminable fragment of a species belonging to the Bos-
sellinae, taken at Angmagsalik, depth 140 fathoms (The Am-
drup-expedition 1900).

Calcarea.
Homocoela.
Fam. Asconidae.
Leucosolenia Bow.

L. coriacea Mont.
1818. Spongia coriacea Montagu, Mem. Wernerian. II, 116.
1872. Ascetta coriacea, Haeckel, Die Kalkschwämme, II, 24, Taf. 3, Taf. 5,
Fig. 2a—c.
1898. Leucosolenia coriacea, Britfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 20.
This species is somewhat richly represented in the ma-
terial; one specimen is of the Nardorus-form the others are
of the Auloplegma-form; the largest specimen of these latter
has a greatest extent of 25 mm. The colour is brown or grey.
Tasiusak 1/6 1899, depth 25—30 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1898—99); Tasiusak *?/s 1902, depth 30—50 fathoms
(Kruuse); 70° 32’ lat. N., 8° 10’ long. W., depth 470 fathoms
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92).

L. Lamarckii Haeck.

1872. Ascaltis Lamarckii Haeckel, Die Kalkschwamme, II, 60, Taf.9, Fig. 5,
Taf. 10, Fig 4a—d.
1874. — — Haeckel, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, Il, 434.

458

This species is not represented in our collections; it has
been taken at North-Shannon (Die zweite deutsche Nordpolar-
fahrt; Haeckel |. c.).

L. Nanseni Breitfuss.

1898. Leucosolenia Nanseni Breitfuss, Zool. Jahrbuch. XI, 166, Taf. 12,
Fig. 1—9.
1898. — — Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 21.

A number of small, cylindric, but only slightly connected
individuals, each with an osculum, growing on a Hydroid; the
whole has an extent of about 8mm. I think it probable, that
the Ascaltis coriacea mentioned by Fristedt (Vega-Exp. vetensk.
lakttag. IV, 405, Pl. 22, figs. 1—2) belongs to the present
species, with which the mentioned and figured spicules seem
to agree.

Angmagsalik 23/з 1901 (Seren Nielsen). In case Fristedt’s
A. coriacea belongs here, it has also been taken at East-Green-
land, depth 350 fathoms (The Swedish arctic expedition 1883).

Ascandra (Haeck) v. Lendenf.

A. complicata Mont.

1818. Spongia complicata Montagu, Mem. Wernerian., II, 97.

1872. Ascandra complicata, Haeckel, Die Kalkschwämme, II, 93, Taf. 15,
Fig. 1 a—k.

1898. — — , Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 22.

Of this species we have a specimen which may be termed
a Soleniscus-form, creeping on the leaf of a Fucus; it is ex-
tended along the leaf to а length of 35 mm.

Hekla-Havn, depth 5—12 fathoms (The Ryder-expedition
1891—92).

A. Fabricii OÖ. Schmidt.

1870. Leucosolenia Fabricii O. Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Sponginf. des
atlant. Gebiet. 73.
1872. Ascortis Fabricii, Haeckel, Die Kalkschwämme, II, 71, Taf. 11, Fig. 3,
Taf. 12, Fig. 3a—i.
1898. Ascandra Fabrici, Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 22.

Of this species we have two small specimens, both be-

459

longing to the Auloplegma-form; the largest one grows on a
Lithothamnion and has a greatest extent of about 15 mm.

East- Greenland, without more particular locality (The
Ryder-expedition 1891—92); Tasiusak “/5 1899, depth 5—19
fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1898—99).

A. variabilis Haeck.

1872. Ascandra variabilis Haeckel, Die Kalkschwämme, II, 106, Taf. 16,
Fig. 4a—-1, Taf. 18.
1898. — — , Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 23.

Of this species we have a small specimen of the Soleniscus-
form; it has an extent of only 5mm.

Jan Mayen *%/6 1900, depth 15 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900).

Heterocoela.
Fam. Syconidae.
Sycon Risso.

S. ciliatum O. Fabr.

1780. Spongia ciliata 0. Fabricus, Faun. groenl. 448.

1872. Sycandra ciliata, Haeckel, Die Kalkschwämme, II, 296, Taf. 51, Fig.
1a—t, Taf. 59, Fig. 9.

1898. Sycon ciliatum, Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch., 1898, 23.

Of this for Greenland classical sponge there are only two
specimens in the material, and they are both very small, of a
length of only 5 mm.

70° 32’ lat. N., 8° 10’ long. W. 7"/6 1891, depth 470 fathoms
(The Ryder-expedition 1891—92).

Grantia Flem.

G. arctica Haeck.

1872 Sycandra arctica Haeckel, Die Kalkschwämme, Ш, 353, Taf. 55, Fig.
1 a—v.
1898. Grantia arctica, Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 26.

There are several specimens of this species in the material ;
they are all single persons with a long and fine oscular fringe
which reaches a length of up to 10 mm. The largest specimen

XXIX. 30

460

has a height of 23 mm, including the oscular fringe. The spe-
cimens are cylindric or somewhat pyriform.

Hurry-Inlet 2 and ‘/s 1900, depths 7 and 20 fathoms
(The Amdrup-expedition 1900); Tasiusak 1/6 1899, depth 25—30
fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1898—99) and Tasiusak 22/з
1902, depth 30—50 fathoms (Kruuse).

G. mirabilis Frstdt.
1887. Ascandra mirabilis Fristedt, Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 406, Pl.
22, figs. 3—13, Pl. 26, figs. 1—2.
1898. — — , Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 26.

- This species I have not examined; it is strange that
Breitfuss |. с. records it as an Ascandra, since it is evident
from the description by Fristedt, and especially from his
figures. that the sponge is a Grantia; without examination of
the type specimen it is impossible to say anything certain about
the species, yet I am somewhat inclined to think it identical
with G. arctica.

65° 40' lat. N., 35° 32' long. W., depth 25—30 fathoms (The
Swedish arctic expedition 1883; Fristedt 1. с.).

С. сарШоза 0. Schmidt.

1862. Ute capillosa 0. Schmidt, Spong. des adriat. Meeres, 17, Taf. I, Fig. 6, 6b.
1872. Sycandra capillosa, Haeckel, Die Kalkschwåmme, II, 317, Taf. 51,
Fig. 3a—t.

1898. Grantia capillosa, Breitfuss, Arch. fir Naturgesch. 1898, 26.

Of this species we have five specimens; they are cylindrical
or somewhat compressed, and slightly curved, and they have a
shorter or longer oscular fringe; the largest specimen has a
height of 20mm. When the dermal rhabds are not torn off the
surface is highly and uniformly hispid. I determine the species
as capillosa, but I must remark, that the dermal rhabds are
not straight but generally somewhat curved.

Jan Mayen 26/6 1900, depth 57 fathoms (The Amdrup-ex-
pedition 1900); Angmagsalik, depth 10—15 fathoms (Kruuse).

461

G. pennigera Haeck.
1872. Sycandra compressa var. pennigera Haeckel, Die Kalkschwamme, II,
362, Taf. 55, Fig. 2 sp.
1898. Grantia pennigera Breitfuss, Arch. fir Naturgesch. 1898, 27.

To this species I refer with some doubt three cylindrical,
tubular specimens without oscular fringe; the specimens are
not at all compressed; the largest specimen has a length of
about 12mm, the diameter is up to 2mm, the body wall is
very thin, only 0'25 mm. The surface is only slightly hispid.
My reason for determining the species as pennigera is the
shape of the dermal rhabds which is chiefly agreeing with the
figure by Haeckel.

Hurry-Land 71/7 1900, depth 20 fathoms (The Amdrup-ex-
pedition 1900). |

G. utriculus О. Schmidt.

1870. Ute utriculus 0. Schmidt, Grundzuge einer Spongienf. des atlant.
Gebiet., 74, Taf. II, Fig. 27.
1872. Sycandra utriculus, Haeckel, Die Kalkschwåmme, II, 370, Taf. 55,
Fig. 3a—t, Taf. 58, Fig. 4.
1898. Grantia utriculus, Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 27.

Of this species there are six specimens in the collections ;
they are all sack-shaped, cylindrical or compressed, and they
have all a single osculum; the osculum is not quite bare but
in some of the specimens provided with a short fringe. (Spe-
cimens with a fringed osculum are also mentioned by Fri-
stedt: Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 1887, 410). The spe-
cimens are not large, the largest one has a height of 26 mm.
All specimens have the characteristic network, formed of strings
of small rhabds, in the gastral cavity. In two respects the
specimens seem to be somewhat different from the common
description of the species; first the subgastral quadriradiates
are present in very small number, and next the distal cones
are somewhat visible; on account of these facts the sponge
must be very nearly related to Sycon lingua, though the two

species are for the present placed in different genera. It must
30"

462

be remembered, that the presence of a network of small rhabds
in the gastral cavity seems not to be a valid character, since
Breitfuss has found the same gastral network in specimens
of Sycon raphanus (Zool. Jahrbüch. Abth. für Systematik, XI,
1898, 110), and the same author also mentions (Mém. de l’Acad.
Imp. de St. Petersb. VI, 1898, 22) specimens of Grantia capil-
losa which showed slight distal cones and which he therefore
declares to be nearly related to Sycon raphanus.

Jan Mayen 25/6 1900, depth 50—60 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900); Tasiusak 25/5 1899, depth 15—20 fathoms, and
1/6 1899, depth 25—30 fathoms (The Amdrup-expedition 1898
—99); 70° 32’ lat. N., 8° 10’ long. W., depth 470 fathoms (The
Ryder-expedition 1891—92).

Amphoriseus v. Lendenf.

A. glacialis Haeck.

1872. Sycaltis glacialis Haeckel, Die Kalkschwamme, II, 269, Taf.45, Fig. 4—7.
1874. — — Haeckel, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, II, 2, 435.
1898. Amphoriscus glacialis, Breitfuss, Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 28.

This species I have not examined as it is not represented
in our material; it was taken at North-Shannon (Die zweite
deutsche Nordpolarfahrt; Haeckel |. c.).

Ebnerella v. Lendenf.

E. Schulzei Breitfuss.

1898. Ebnerella Schulzei Breitfuss, Zool. Jahrbuch. Abtheil. für Systematik,
XI, 113, Taf. 13, Fig. 39—52.

We have of this interesting species only a small, tubular
specimen of a length of 6 mm.

Forsblad-Fjord °°/s 1900, depth 50—90 fathoms (The Am-
drup-expedition 1900).

Fam. Leuconiidae.
Leuconia Grant.
L. Egedii O. Schmidt.

1870. Sycinula Egedii 0. Schmidt, Grundzüge einer Spongienf. des atlant.
Gebiet., 74.

463

1872. Leucandra Egedii, Haeckel, Die Kalkschwämme, II, 173, Taf. 32,
Fig. 1a—d.
1898. Leuconia Egedii, Breitfuss, Arch. fir Naturgesch. 1898, 29.

We have two specimens of this species, both single per-
sons, one is somewhat compressed, and with a well developed
oscular fringe, the other is of an irregular shape, with a small
circular osculum which is turned to one side and has a small
fringe. The specimens have a height of about 10 mm.

Jan Mayen *°/6 1900, depth 50—60 fathoms (The Amdrup-
expedition 1900); Tasiusak 15 1899, depth 20 fathoms (The
Amdrup-expedition 1898—99).

It will be seen, that according to the above list fiften Cal-
carea are at present known to occur in the sea at East-Green-
land, wiz:

Leucosolenia coriacea Mont.
Leucosolenia Lamarckii H.
Leucosolenia Nanseni Breitf.
Ascandra complicata Mont.
Ascandra Fabricii О 5.
Ascandra variabilis H.
Sycon ciliatum O. Fabr.
Grantia arctica H.
Grantia mirabilis Frstdt.
Grantia capillosa O. S.
Grantia pennigera H.
Grantia utriculus O. S.
Amphoriscus glacialis H.
Ebnerella Schulzei Breitf.
Leucandra Egedii O. S.
Hitherto only four species were known, wiz:

Leucosolenia coriacea (? — Nanseni se under this species).

Leucosolenia Lamarckii.

464

Grantia mirabilis.
Amphoriscus glacialis.

These species were published respectively by Haeckel
(Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfarht 1874), and by Fristedt
(Vega-Exp. vetensk. lakttag. IV, 1887). Breitfuss has published
at list of the arctic Calcarea in which their distribution in the
various subregions are given (Mém. de l’Acad. Imp. de St. Pe-
tersb. VI, 1898, 7), and here he has under «Öst-Grönland»
sixten species, but this is erroneous, as there were at that
time only known the above mentioned four species; Breitfuss
has evidently made the error of counting all at that time known
species, both from West- and East-Greenland as East-
Greenlandic. In the same authors ‘‘Katalog der arktischen Kalk-
schwämme” (Arch. für Naturgesch. 1898, 19) he also gives the
locality East-Greenland only to the four species enumerated
above.

Myxospongida.
Fam. Halisarcidae.
Halisarea Dujardin.

H. Dujardini Johnst.

1842. Halisarca Dujardini Johnston, Brit. Spong. and Lithophyt., 192,
PI. XVI, fig. 8.

1874. = — , Haeckel, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt,
II, 2, 436.

This species is not present in our collections, but it has
been taken at East-Greenland, North-Shannon (Die zweite
deutsche Nordpolarfahrt; Haeckel |. с.).

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

me w 8 —

©

Plate XIV.

Suberites carnosus Johnst., a richly branched specimen, several
spout-shaped oscula are seen 1/1.

Reniera cinerea Grant, oxea X 225.

Gellius varius Bow., a. oxea, b. sigmata >< 225.

Polymastia uberrima 0. S., a curious, globular, stalked speci-
men. 111.

Forcepia fabricans 0. S., a fragment; oscular papilla are seen.

Note.

Besides the divisions of invertebrates from East- Green-
land which have been treated-in the present volume, there are
other more or less rich collections of Chætopoda, Bryozoa,
Hydroids, Corals, and Tunicata from East- Greenland which
will be discussed successively in “The Danish Ingolf-Expedition”.

Meddelelser om Grønland XXIX. Tav. XIV.

m

E. Bang et Lundbeck del. Kür: Pacht & Crone phototyp,

Re

XV. Bidrag til Vest-Grønlands Flora og Vegetation af N. Hartz og L. Kolderup
Rosenvinge. Mosser fra Øst-Grønland af ©, Jensen, Diatoméer af E. Østrup.
Forekomst af Cohenit i tellurisk Jern ved Jakobshavn af Dr. E. Cohen,
Med 2 Tavler. 1898. Kr. 8.

XVI. Undersøgelser i Julianehaabs Distrikt 1893 og 1894. Skjærgaardsop-
maaling, Undersøgelse af Indlandsis og Brewer, Misvisning m. m. ved
У. Garde, С. Moltke og A. Jessen, Arkæologiske Undersøgelser af №. Bruun,
|, Petersen og У. Boye. Med 20 Tavler. 1896. Kr. 10.

XVII—XIX. Den ostgronlandske Expedition i Aarene 1891—92 (Scoresby-
Sund) ved €. Ryder, И, Vedel, № Hartz, Е. Bay, И. Deichmann, €. Christiansen,
Willaume-Jantzen, Rørdam, S. Hansen, Børgesen, Rostrup, Deichmann Branth,
Østrup, Posselt, Lundbeck, H. Hansen, Wesenberg-Lund og Lundgren. Med
40 Tavler. 1895—96. Kr. 25.

ХХ. Grønlands Alger, Flora og Vegetation af №, Kolderup Rosenvinge. Om
Steenstrupin af Joh. Chr. Moberg. Grønlands gamle Topografi af linnur
Jonsson, Brade Ransons Forde af f'rode Petersen. Med 3 Tavler. 1899. Kr.6.

XXI, iste Afdeling: Grønlands Fugle af Herluf Winge. 1899. Kr. 4,50.
2den Afdeling: Grønlands Pattedyr af Herluf Winge. 1902. Kr. 3.

XXII. Under Udarbejdelse.

ХХШ, 1ste Afdeling: Grønlands Brachiopoder og Bløddyr af Henr. J. Posselt
udgivet efter Forfatterens Død ved Ad.S.Jensen. Med 2 Tavler. 1899.
Kr. 4,50.

XXIV. Undersøgelser af Mineraler fra Julianehaab af G. Flink, N. B. Bøggild
og Chr. Winther med indledende Bemærkninger af №, У, Ussing. Untersuch-
ungen an den eisenführenden Gesteine der Insel Disko von Dr. Th. Nicolau.
Beretning om en Undersøgelsesrejse til Øen Disko 1898 af K. J. V. Steen-
strup» Med 20 Tavler og et særskilt heftet Farvetryk. 1901. Kr. 6,50.

XXV. Om Bestemmelse af Lysstyrke og Lysmængde af K. J. V. Steenstrup.
Fra en Vaccinationsrejse til Kap Farvel af &. Meldorf. On Ilvaite from
Siorarsuit by 0. В. Bøggild, Skildring af Vegetationen paa Disko af М.
Pedersen Porsild. Med 6 Tavler. 1902, Kr. 6.

XXVI. Undersøgelser og Opmaalinger ved Jakobshavns Isfjord af М. €. Engell
og Ш. Schjørring. On some Minerals from the Nephelite-Syenite at Juliane-
haab by 0. В. Bøggild. Planktonprover fra Nord-Atlanterhavet (с. 58°—
60° N. Br.) af C.H. Ostenfeld og Ove Paulsen. Tuberkulosens Udbredelse
i Grønland af Gustav Meldorf. Eskimoernes Indvandring i Grønland af
Schultz-Lorentzen. On the Tension of Carbonic Acid in Natural Waters;
the abnormal COe-Percentage in the Air in Greenland, etc., by August
Krogh. Descriptions de quelques espéces nouvelles de Bryacées de l’île de
Disko par I. Hagen et Morten P. Porsild. Notes on some rare or dubious
Danish Greenland plants by Herman 6. Simmons. Med 15 Tavler. 1904. Kr. 8.

XXVIL Carlsbergfondets Expedition til Ost-Gronland i Aarene 1898—1900,
ved @, Amdrup, № Hartz, J.P. Koch, Willaume-Jantzen og И, Ravn. Med
8 Таче» 1902. Kr. 10.

ХХУШ, 1ste Afdeling: Notes on some specimens of rocks collected by С.
Kruuse on the East coast of Greenland between lat. 65° 35’ and 67° 22’ М.
by Dr. Otto Nordenskjöld. Samples of the sea-floor along the coast of East
Greenland 74!/2.—70 N. L. by 0. В. Bøggild. Med 9 Tavler. 1904. Kr. 2,50.

ХХХ. 1ste Afdeling: Mammals observed on Amdrup’s journeys to East-
Greenland 1898—1900 by Seren Jensen.- Echinoderms from East-Green-
land by Th. Mortensen. The Tertiary Fauna at Kap Dalton in East-
Greenland by J. P. J. Ravn. Birds of East-Greenland by H.. Deichmann.
On Jurassic Fossils from East-Greenland by Victor Madsen. The Fishes
of East-Greenland by Ad. №. Jensen. Weitere Beiträge zur Fauna des Jura
von Nordost-Groenland von Prof. Dr. Е Fraas in Stuttgart. Med 13
Tavler og 1 Kort.. 1904. Kr. 5.50. > j
2den Afdeling: On the Mollusca of East-Greenland: Lamellibranchiata
by Adolf Severin Jensen. The Insects of East-Greenland by J. © Nielsen :
Appendix: Beschreibung von neuen Dipteren aus Ost-Grönland von Th.
Becker. „Note on the Crustacea by„MH. J. Hansen. The Porifera of East-
Greenland by William Lundbeck. Med 1 Tavle. 1909. Kr. 4.50.

XXX, iste Afdeling: Botanical exploration of the East-Coast of Greenland
between 65° 35'—74° 30! lat. №. By Chr. Kruuse. The Marine Algæ of
East-Greenland. By Helgi Jonsson. The Freshwater: Algæ of East-Green-
land. By E. Larsen. Fungi Groenlandiæ orientalis in expeditionibus G.
Amdrup 1898—1902. Determ. Е. Rostrup. Lichenes expeditionis G. Amdrup
(1898—1902). Enumeravit Edy. А. Wainio. List of the phanerogams
and vascular cryptogams found on the coast 75°—66° 20! lat. М. of Hast-
Greenland. By Chr. Kruuse. List of Phanerogams and Vascular Crypto-
gams found in the Angmagsalik-District on the East-coast of Greenland
between 65° 30’ and 66° 20’ lat. №. By Chr. Kruuse. Species nova Marsu-
pellae, muscorum generis. Auctore ©. Jensen. List of the Hepaticae
and Sphagnales found in East-Greenland between 75° and 65° 35! lat. М.
in the years 1398—1902. By C. Jensen. 1907. Kr. 4.

XXXI. A phonetical study of the Eskimo Language based on observations
made on a journey in North-Greenland 1900—1901 by William Thalbitzer.
Med 4 Tavler. 1904. | Kr. 8.

XXXII. Mineralogia Groenlandica af 0. В. Bøggild. Med 1 Kort. 1905. Kr. 10.

XXXII. Kan Tagranden benyttes til Bestemmelse af Forandringer i Vand-
standen? Af K. J. У. Steenstrup. Contributions to the Study of the Eskimo
language in Greenland. By Poul Vibek. A List of Flowerings Plants from
Cape York and Melville-Bay (NW.-Greenland), collected by the Rev. Knud à
Balle and Mr. L. Mylius-Erichsen in 1903—05, determined by |
6. H. Ostenfeld. De i Grønland brugte Fuglenavne og deres Betydning.
Af A. Bertelsen. On some minerals from Narsarsuk at Julianehaah, Green-
land. By 0. В. Boggild. Om Grønlands Areal. Beregninger, udførte paa
det af Kommissionen i 1906 udgivne Kaart 1 Maalestokken 1: 2000000.
Af H. Prytz. Epidemiske Sygdomme i Grønland: Influenza og epidemiske
katarrhalske Affektioner af Luftvejs-Slimhinderne. Ved Gustav Meldorf.
Ferskvandsalger fra Vest-Gronland. Af E. Larsen. Med 8 Tavler. 1907. Kr. 8.

FAE kr sett Sr тыр a Ne

{

f \

Als
RE eS
TT

TX

Div

m

/

(zh

MCZ ERNST MAYR LIBRARY

| NT

| 3 2044 118 6

Date Due

ORI.

APR 24 ‘67
FEB2 1967 :
su Sep HU
may №0

Th te ei 5
NAT аб